<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/930/index.xml"/>
    <title>Access Unmissable Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Animals &amp; Nature</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/930/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/930/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action &amp;amp; Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/930/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Sat, 07 Dec 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Sat, 07 Dec 2024 07:56:42 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/930/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/930/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Access Unmissable Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Animals &amp; Nature</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/930/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/930/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Rosalind Wisozk</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/930/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/930/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action &amp;amp; Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Education"/>
    <item>
      <title>[Romanian] - Despre toate, pe scurt. De la Big Bang la ADN by Bill Bryson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/839940</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/839940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/839940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Romanian] - Despre toate, pe scurt. De la Big Bang la ADN
Author: Bill Bryson
Narrator: Liviu Tănăsoiu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestseller international Volumul Despre toate, pe scurt a fost distins cu Aventis Prize si Descartes Science Communication Prize. O istorie ingenioasa si antrenanta a universului, Pamintului, vietii si omului, o poveste care merge de la Big Bang, cind nu eram nimic, pina la aparitia civilizatiei si la noi, cei de astazi. Bill Bryson pleaca de la propria experienta de elev care, intrigat de o imagine a Pamintului in sectiune, citeste manualul de stiinte ca sa gaseasca aici un amestec de lucruri de neinteles – mai putin raspunsurile la ceea ce ii stirnise curiozitatea, inclusiv cum si de unde stim toate aceste lucruri. Despre toate, pe scurt e rodul acestor cautari, o aventura fascinanta pe tarimul cunoasterii umane, relatata asa cum numai Bryson stie sa o faca si care ne dezvaluie lumea intr-un mod in care cei mai multi dintre noi nu au vazut-o niciodata inainte. &amp;#039;Cu adevarat impresionant. E greu de imaginat o introducere mai buna in stiinta.&amp;#039; (John Waller, The Guardian) &amp;#039;Cartea pe care am cautat-o toata viata mea. O multime de informatii, povesti uimitoare si personalitati extraordinare.&amp;#039; (Christopher Matthew, Daily Mail)</description>
      <author>Bill Bryson</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2022 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789180297943.mp3" length="1524377" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/839940</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789180297943.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>25:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/839940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/839940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Romanian] - Despre toate, pe scurt. De la Big Bang la ADN
Author: Bill Bryson
Narrator: Liviu Tănăsoiu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestseller international Volumul Despre toate, pe scurt a fost distins cu Aventis Prize si Descartes Science Communication Prize. O istorie ingenioasa si antrenanta a universului, Pamintului, vietii si omului, o poveste care merge de la Big Bang, cind nu eram nimic, pina la aparitia civilizatiei si la noi, cei de astazi. Bill Bryson pleaca de la propria experienta de elev care, intrigat de o imagine a Pamintului in sectiune, citeste manualul de stiinte ca sa gaseasca aici un amestec de lucruri de neinteles – mai putin raspunsurile la ceea ce ii stirnise curiozitatea, inclusiv cum si de unde stim toate aceste lucruri. Despre toate, pe scurt e rodul acestor cautari, o aventura fascinanta pe tarimul cunoasterii umane, relatata asa cum numai Bryson stie sa o faca si care ne dezvaluie lumea intr-un mod in care cei mai multi dintre noi nu au vazut-o niciodata inainte. &amp;#039;Cu adevarat impresionant. E greu de imaginat o introducere mai buna in stiinta.&amp;#039; (John Waller, The Guardian) &amp;#039;Cartea pe care am cautat-o toata viata mea. O multime de informatii, povesti uimitoare si personalitati extraordinare.&amp;#039; (Christopher Matthew, Daily Mail)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/839940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/839940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Romanian] - Despre toate, pe scurt. De la Big Bang la ADN
Author: Bill Bryson
Narrator: Liviu Tănăsoiu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestseller international Volumul Despre toate, pe scurt a fost distins cu Aventis Prize si Descartes Science Communication Prize. O istorie ingenioasa si antrenanta a universului, Pamintului, vietii si omului, o poveste care merge de la Big Bang, cind nu eram nimic, pina la aparitia civilizatiei si la noi, cei de astazi. Bill Bryson pleaca de la propria experienta de elev care, intrigat de o imagine a Pamintului in sectiune, citeste manualul de stiinte ca sa gaseasca aici un amestec de lucruri de neinteles – mai putin raspunsurile la ceea ce ii stirnise curiozitatea, inclusiv cum si de unde stim toate aceste lucruri. Despre toate, pe scurt e rodul acestor cautari, o aventura fascinanta pe tarimul cunoasterii umane, relatata asa cum numai Bryson stie sa o faca si care ne dezvaluie lumea intr-un mod in care cei mai multi dintre noi nu au vazut-o niciodata inainte. &amp;#039;Cu adevarat impresionant. E greu de imaginat o introducere mai buna in stiinta.&amp;#039; (John Waller, The Guardian) &amp;#039;Cartea pe care am cautat-o toata viata mea. O multime de informatii, povesti uimitoare si personalitati extraordinare.&amp;#039; (Christopher Matthew, Daily Mail)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Oriya] - Prachina Sabhyata Kahani - Greece by ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତି</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836685</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836685">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836685</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Oriya] - Prachina Sabhyata Kahani - Greece
Author: ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତି
Narrator: ସୁବ୍ରତ କୁମାର ପତି
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
ବିଶ୍ୱର ପ୍ରମୁଖ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ସଭ୍ୟତା ବିଷୟରେ ଓଡ଼ିଆଙ୍କୁ ପରିଚିତ ଓ ଶିକ୍ଷିତ କରିବା ଦିଗରେ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ପ୍ରାବନ୍ଧିକ ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତିଙ୍କ ଭୂମିକା ଉଲ୍ଲେଖନୀୟ! ଏହି କ୍ରମରେ ସେ ଅନେକ ଛୋଟଛୋଟ ନଗରରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରଙ୍କୁ ନେଇ ଗଠିତ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଗ୍ରୀସକୁ ନେଇ ଏହି ତଥ୍ୟଭିତ୍ତିକ ପୁସ୍ତକଟି ରଚନା କରିଛନ୍ତି! ଏହି ଗ୍ରୀସରେ ହିଁ ଜନ୍ମ ନେଇଥିଲେ ମହାକବି ହୋମର, ଯାହାଙ୍କ ମହାକାବ୍ୟ ସାରା ବିଶ୍ୱକୁ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିଥିଲା! ଏହି ଗ୍ରୀସରେ ଅଛି ଅଲିମ୍ପିଆ ନଗର, ଯେଉଁଠାରୁ ଅଲିମ୍ପିକ କ୍ରୀଡା ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗିତାର ଶୁଭାରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିଲା! ଗ୍ରୀକ ବୀରମାନଙ୍କ କାହାଣୀ ବା କାହାକୁ ଅଛପା! ଗ୍ରୀସର ସାହିତ୍ୟ, ଦର୍ଶନ, ଯୁଦ୍ଧ ସବୁକିଛି ସାରା ବିଶ୍ୱକୁ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିଆସିଛି ଯୁଗଯୁଗ ଧରି! ତେବେ ଚାଲନ୍ତୁ ଶୁଣିବା ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତିଙ୍କ ସନ୍ଧାନୀ ନଜରରେ ଗ୍ରୀସର କାହାଣୀ...</description>
      <author>ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତି</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Aug 2021 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789354342387.mp3" length="1493966" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836685</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789354342387.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836685">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836685</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Oriya] - Prachina Sabhyata Kahani - Greece
Author: ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତି
Narrator: ସୁବ୍ରତ କୁମାର ପତି
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
ବିଶ୍ୱର ପ୍ରମୁଖ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ସଭ୍ୟତା ବିଷୟରେ ଓଡ଼ିଆଙ୍କୁ ପରିଚିତ ଓ ଶିକ୍ଷିତ କରିବା ଦିଗରେ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ପ୍ରାବନ୍ଧିକ ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତିଙ୍କ ଭୂମିକା ଉଲ୍ଲେଖନୀୟ! ଏହି କ୍ରମରେ ସେ ଅନେକ ଛୋଟଛୋଟ ନଗରରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରଙ୍କୁ ନେଇ ଗଠିତ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଗ୍ରୀସକୁ ନେଇ ଏହି ତଥ୍ୟଭିତ୍ତିକ ପୁସ୍ତକଟି ରଚନା କରିଛନ୍ତି! ଏହି ଗ୍ରୀସରେ ହିଁ ଜନ୍ମ ନେଇଥିଲେ ମହାକବି ହୋମର, ଯାହାଙ୍କ ମହାକାବ୍ୟ ସାରା ବିଶ୍ୱକୁ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିଥିଲା! ଏହି ଗ୍ରୀସରେ ଅଛି ଅଲିମ୍ପିଆ ନଗର, ଯେଉଁଠାରୁ ଅଲିମ୍ପିକ କ୍ରୀଡା ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗିତାର ଶୁଭାରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିଲା! ଗ୍ରୀକ ବୀରମାନଙ୍କ କାହାଣୀ ବା କାହାକୁ ଅଛପା! ଗ୍ରୀସର ସାହିତ୍ୟ, ଦର୍ଶନ, ଯୁଦ୍ଧ ସବୁକିଛି ସାରା ବିଶ୍ୱକୁ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିଆସିଛି ଯୁଗଯୁଗ ଧରି! ତେବେ ଚାଲନ୍ତୁ ଶୁଣିବା ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତିଙ୍କ ସନ୍ଧାନୀ ନଜରରେ ଗ୍ରୀସର କାହାଣୀ...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836685">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836685</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Oriya] - Prachina Sabhyata Kahani - Greece
Author: ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତି
Narrator: ସୁବ୍ରତ କୁମାର ପତି
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
ବିଶ୍ୱର ପ୍ରମୁଖ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ସଭ୍ୟତା ବିଷୟରେ ଓଡ଼ିଆଙ୍କୁ ପରିଚିତ ଓ ଶିକ୍ଷିତ କରିବା ଦିଗରେ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ପ୍ରାବନ୍ଧିକ ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତିଙ୍କ ଭୂମିକା ଉଲ୍ଲେଖନୀୟ! ଏହି କ୍ରମରେ ସେ ଅନେକ ଛୋଟଛୋଟ ନଗରରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରଙ୍କୁ ନେଇ ଗଠିତ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଗ୍ରୀସକୁ ନେଇ ଏହି ତଥ୍ୟଭିତ୍ତିକ ପୁସ୍ତକଟି ରଚନା କରିଛନ୍ତି! ଏହି ଗ୍ରୀସରେ ହିଁ ଜନ୍ମ ନେଇଥିଲେ ମହାକବି ହୋମର, ଯାହାଙ୍କ ମହାକାବ୍ୟ ସାରା ବିଶ୍ୱକୁ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିଥିଲା! ଏହି ଗ୍ରୀସରେ ଅଛି ଅଲିମ୍ପିଆ ନଗର, ଯେଉଁଠାରୁ ଅଲିମ୍ପିକ କ୍ରୀଡା ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗିତାର ଶୁଭାରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିଲା! ଗ୍ରୀକ ବୀରମାନଙ୍କ କାହାଣୀ ବା କାହାକୁ ଅଛପା! ଗ୍ରୀସର ସାହିତ୍ୟ, ଦର୍ଶନ, ଯୁଦ୍ଧ ସବୁକିଛି ସାରା ବିଶ୍ୱକୁ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିଆସିଛି ଯୁଗଯୁଗ ଧରି! ତେବେ ଚାଲନ୍ତୁ ଶୁଣିବା ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତିଙ୍କ ସନ୍ଧାନୀ ନଜରରେ ଗ୍ରୀସର କାହାଣୀ...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Deepshikha by Niranjan Sinhendra Ghate</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836522</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Deepshikha
Author: Niranjan Sinhendra Ghate
Narrator: Rasika Kulkarni
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 58 minutes
Release date: December 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
अनेक स्त्री शास्त्रज्ञानी आपल्या वेगवेगळ्या संशोधनाने जगाला ललायभूत केले आहे आणि त्यांच्या संशोधनांचा गाजवजही झाला आहे. आज अनेक क्षेत्रात महिला पुरुषांच्या बरोबरीने काम करताना दिसतात. पर्यावरण आणि मानव वंशशास्त्रात स्त्रियांनी संशोधनाचा फार मोठा वाट उचलला आहे. प्रसंगी पर्यावरण संरक्षणासाठी प्राणार्पण सुद्धा केले आहे. या पुस्तकात दिग्गज महिलांच्या संशोधनाची माहिती दिली आहे.</description>
      <author>Niranjan Sinhendra Ghate</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Dec 2020 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100054358.mp3" length="1226071" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836522</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100054358.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Deepshikha
Author: Niranjan Sinhendra Ghate
Narrator: Rasika Kulkarni
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 58 minutes
Release date: December 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
अनेक स्त्री शास्त्रज्ञानी आपल्या वेगवेगळ्या संशोधनाने जगाला ललायभूत केले आहे आणि त्यांच्या संशोधनांचा गाजवजही झाला आहे. आज अनेक क्षेत्रात महिला पुरुषांच्या बरोबरीने काम करताना दिसतात. पर्यावरण आणि मानव वंशशास्त्रात स्त्रियांनी संशोधनाचा फार मोठा वाट उचलला आहे. प्रसंगी पर्यावरण संरक्षणासाठी प्राणार्पण सुद्धा केले आहे. या पुस्तकात दिग्गज महिलांच्या संशोधनाची माहिती दिली आहे.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Deepshikha
Author: Niranjan Sinhendra Ghate
Narrator: Rasika Kulkarni
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 58 minutes
Release date: December 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
अनेक स्त्री शास्त्रज्ञानी आपल्या वेगवेगळ्या संशोधनाने जगाला ललायभूत केले आहे आणि त्यांच्या संशोधनांचा गाजवजही झाला आहे. आज अनेक क्षेत्रात महिला पुरुषांच्या बरोबरीने काम करताना दिसतात. पर्यावरण आणि मानव वंशशास्त्रात स्त्रियांनी संशोधनाचा फार मोठा वाट उचलला आहे. प्रसंगी पर्यावरण संरक्षणासाठी प्राणार्पण सुद्धा केले आहे. या पुस्तकात दिग्गज महिलांच्या संशोधनाची माहिती दिली आहे.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Praani Jeevangatha by Niranjan Sinhendra Ghate</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836282</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Praani Jeevangatha
Author: Niranjan Sinhendra Ghate
Narrator: Krunal Alve
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;प्राणी जीवनगाथा&amp;#039; या पुस्तकात निरंजन घाटे यांनी गांडूळ या अगदी प्राथमिक स्वरूपाच्या सजीवापासून ते चिंपांझी या मानवाच्या जवळच्या नातेवाईकांपर्यंत , हे प्राणी जगतात कसे ? काय खातात ? स्वतःचा जोडीदार कसा मिळवतात ? अशी बारीकसारीक बरीच माहिती या पुस्तकात गोळा केली आहे.</description>
      <author>Niranjan Sinhendra Ghate</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 28 Mar 2021 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100054334.mp3" length="1193741" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836282</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100054334.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Praani Jeevangatha
Author: Niranjan Sinhendra Ghate
Narrator: Krunal Alve
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;प्राणी जीवनगाथा&amp;#039; या पुस्तकात निरंजन घाटे यांनी गांडूळ या अगदी प्राथमिक स्वरूपाच्या सजीवापासून ते चिंपांझी या मानवाच्या जवळच्या नातेवाईकांपर्यंत , हे प्राणी जगतात कसे ? काय खातात ? स्वतःचा जोडीदार कसा मिळवतात ? अशी बारीकसारीक बरीच माहिती या पुस्तकात गोळा केली आहे.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Praani Jeevangatha
Author: Niranjan Sinhendra Ghate
Narrator: Krunal Alve
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;प्राणी जीवनगाथा&amp;#039; या पुस्तकात निरंजन घाटे यांनी गांडूळ या अगदी प्राथमिक स्वरूपाच्या सजीवापासून ते चिंपांझी या मानवाच्या जवळच्या नातेवाईकांपर्यंत , हे प्राणी जगतात कसे ? काय खातात ? स्वतःचा जोडीदार कसा मिळवतात ? अशी बारीकसारीक बरीच माहिती या पुस्तकात गोळा केली आहे.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Bharatiya Genius Laurie Baker by Deepa Deshmukh Achyut Godbole</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836269</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Bharatiya Genius Laurie Baker
Author: Deepa Deshmukh Achyut Godbole
Narrator: Swaroopa Phadke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
बेकर यांचं जीवन म्हणजे वास्तूकलेतील एकहाती अबोल क्रांती होती. बेकर यांना अभिप्रेत तत्त्वज्ञान त्यांच्या वास्तूमधून व्यक्त होत राहिले. हरित इमारत, पर्यावरणस्नेही बांधकाम, भूकंपरोधक घरे, सर्जनशील निवास असे वास्तूकलेतील कोणत्याही प्रांतात नव्याने काही घडले असेल, तर त्यावर बेकर यांचा प्रभाव अटळ आहे. साधारणपणे १९९०च्या दशकापासून अनेक तरुण भारतीय वास्तूकलेचा नव्याने अभ्यास करू लागले आहेत. या विद्यार्थ्यांकरिता बेकर हे आदर्श नायक आहेत. बेकर यांच्या कार्यातून स्फूर्ती घेणारे असंख्य तरुण आहेत. त्यांची वास्तूकला आजही समकालीन वाटते. वास्तुकलेत रस असणा-या प्रत्येक भारतीयाने ऐकलेच पाहिजे असे हे जीवनचरित्र आहे.</description>
      <author>Deepa Deshmukh Achyut Godbole</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100058363.mp3" length="1142658" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836269</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100058363.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Bharatiya Genius Laurie Baker
Author: Deepa Deshmukh Achyut Godbole
Narrator: Swaroopa Phadke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
बेकर यांचं जीवन म्हणजे वास्तूकलेतील एकहाती अबोल क्रांती होती. बेकर यांना अभिप्रेत तत्त्वज्ञान त्यांच्या वास्तूमधून व्यक्त होत राहिले. हरित इमारत, पर्यावरणस्नेही बांधकाम, भूकंपरोधक घरे, सर्जनशील निवास असे वास्तूकलेतील कोणत्याही प्रांतात नव्याने काही घडले असेल, तर त्यावर बेकर यांचा प्रभाव अटळ आहे. साधारणपणे १९९०च्या दशकापासून अनेक तरुण भारतीय वास्तूकलेचा नव्याने अभ्यास करू लागले आहेत. या विद्यार्थ्यांकरिता बेकर हे आदर्श नायक आहेत. बेकर यांच्या कार्यातून स्फूर्ती घेणारे असंख्य तरुण आहेत. त्यांची वास्तूकला आजही समकालीन वाटते. वास्तुकलेत रस असणा-या प्रत्येक भारतीयाने ऐकलेच पाहिजे असे हे जीवनचरित्र आहे.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Bharatiya Genius Laurie Baker
Author: Deepa Deshmukh Achyut Godbole
Narrator: Swaroopa Phadke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
बेकर यांचं जीवन म्हणजे वास्तूकलेतील एकहाती अबोल क्रांती होती. बेकर यांना अभिप्रेत तत्त्वज्ञान त्यांच्या वास्तूमधून व्यक्त होत राहिले. हरित इमारत, पर्यावरणस्नेही बांधकाम, भूकंपरोधक घरे, सर्जनशील निवास असे वास्तूकलेतील कोणत्याही प्रांतात नव्याने काही घडले असेल, तर त्यावर बेकर यांचा प्रभाव अटळ आहे. साधारणपणे १९९०च्या दशकापासून अनेक तरुण भारतीय वास्तूकलेचा नव्याने अभ्यास करू लागले आहेत. या विद्यार्थ्यांकरिता बेकर हे आदर्श नायक आहेत. बेकर यांच्या कार्यातून स्फूर्ती घेणारे असंख्य तरुण आहेत. त्यांची वास्तूकला आजही समकालीन वाटते. वास्तुकलेत रस असणा-या प्रत्येक भारतीयाने ऐकलेच पाहिजे असे हे जीवनचरित्र आहे.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Career chi Vegali Vaat by Sai Tambe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835990</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Career chi Vegali Vaat
Series: #1 of Storytel Audio Diwali Ank
Author: Sai Tambe
Narrator: amita deshpande
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
काहीवेळा असं होतं की समाजात मान्यता मिळालेलं करिअर करत असताना पण आपल्याला वेगळंच काही खुणावू लागतं. हातातलं सगळं सोडून आपल्याला आवडणाऱ्या विषयात पूर्ण नव्याने काही करण्यासाठी खूप हिम्मत लागते , चिकाटी लागते. आज स्वत:च्या आवडीसाठी , निसर्गाला सोबत देणारी करिअरची एक वेगळी वाट निवडणाऱ्या मुलीशी आपण गप्पा मारणार आहोत . &amp;#039;रीचरखा&amp;#039;या इको फ्रेंडली ब्रँडची फाऊंडर - अमिता देशपांडे हिचा करिअर प्रवास समजून घेणार आहोत.</description>
      <author>Sai Tambe</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Nov 2021 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100128615.mp3" length="882224" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835990</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100128615.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Career chi Vegali Vaat
Series: #1 of Storytel Audio Diwali Ank
Author: Sai Tambe
Narrator: amita deshpande
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
काहीवेळा असं होतं की समाजात मान्यता मिळालेलं करिअर करत असताना पण आपल्याला वेगळंच काही खुणावू लागतं. हातातलं सगळं सोडून आपल्याला आवडणाऱ्या विषयात पूर्ण नव्याने काही करण्यासाठी खूप हिम्मत लागते , चिकाटी लागते. आज स्वत:च्या आवडीसाठी , निसर्गाला सोबत देणारी करिअरची एक वेगळी वाट निवडणाऱ्या मुलीशी आपण गप्पा मारणार आहोत . &amp;#039;रीचरखा&amp;#039;या इको फ्रेंडली ब्रँडची फाऊंडर - अमिता देशपांडे हिचा करिअर प्रवास समजून घेणार आहोत.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Career chi Vegali Vaat
Series: #1 of Storytel Audio Diwali Ank
Author: Sai Tambe
Narrator: amita deshpande
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
काहीवेळा असं होतं की समाजात मान्यता मिळालेलं करिअर करत असताना पण आपल्याला वेगळंच काही खुणावू लागतं. हातातलं सगळं सोडून आपल्याला आवडणाऱ्या विषयात पूर्ण नव्याने काही करण्यासाठी खूप हिम्मत लागते , चिकाटी लागते. आज स्वत:च्या आवडीसाठी , निसर्गाला सोबत देणारी करिअरची एक वेगळी वाट निवडणाऱ्या मुलीशी आपण गप्पा मारणार आहोत . &amp;#039;रीचरखा&amp;#039;या इको फ्रेंडली ब्रँडची फाऊंडर - अमिता देशपांडे हिचा करिअर प्रवास समजून घेणार आहोत.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Oriya] - Bigyana Barnali by ଡ. ବିଜୟକେତନ ପଟ୍ଟନାୟକ</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835658</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835658">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835658</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Oriya] - Bigyana Barnali
Author: ଡ. ବିଜୟକେତନ ପଟ୍ଟନାୟକ
Narrator: ନଳିନୀକାନ୍ତ ବିଶ୍ୱାଳ
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
ବିଜୟ କେତନ ପଟ୍ଟନାୟକଙ୍କ &amp;#039;ବିଜ୍ଞାନ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣାଳୀ&amp;#039; ପୃଥିବୀ ଓ ପରିବେଶକୁ ନେଇ ରଚିତ ଏକ ତଥ୍ୟ ଓ ତତ୍ତ୍ୱମୂଳକ ପୁସ୍ତକ, ଯାହାକୁ ସାତରୁ ସତୁରୀ ସଭିଏଁ ପଢ଼ିପାରିବେ ଓ ଅନୁପ୍ରେରିତ ହୋଇପାରିବେ । ନଳିନୀକାନ୍ତ ବିଶ୍ୱାଳଙ୍କ କଣ୍ଠରେ ଚାଲନ୍ତୁ ଶୁଣିବା ଜ୍ଞାନବିଜ୍ଞାନର କିଛି ରୋଚକ କାହାଣୀ...</description>
      <author>ଡ. ବିଜୟକେତନ ପଟ୍ଟନାୟକ</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Apr 2022 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789354836046.mp3" length="1456305" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835658</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789354836046.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835658">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835658</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Oriya] - Bigyana Barnali
Author: ଡ. ବିଜୟକେତନ ପଟ୍ଟନାୟକ
Narrator: ନଳିନୀକାନ୍ତ ବିଶ୍ୱାଳ
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
ବିଜୟ କେତନ ପଟ୍ଟନାୟକଙ୍କ &amp;#039;ବିଜ୍ଞାନ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣାଳୀ&amp;#039; ପୃଥିବୀ ଓ ପରିବେଶକୁ ନେଇ ରଚିତ ଏକ ତଥ୍ୟ ଓ ତତ୍ତ୍ୱମୂଳକ ପୁସ୍ତକ, ଯାହାକୁ ସାତରୁ ସତୁରୀ ସଭିଏଁ ପଢ଼ିପାରିବେ ଓ ଅନୁପ୍ରେରିତ ହୋଇପାରିବେ । ନଳିନୀକାନ୍ତ ବିଶ୍ୱାଳଙ୍କ କଣ୍ଠରେ ଚାଲନ୍ତୁ ଶୁଣିବା ଜ୍ଞାନବିଜ୍ଞାନର କିଛି ରୋଚକ କାହାଣୀ...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835658">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835658</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Oriya] - Bigyana Barnali
Author: ଡ. ବିଜୟକେତନ ପଟ୍ଟନାୟକ
Narrator: ନଳିନୀକାନ୍ତ ବିଶ୍ୱାଳ
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
ବିଜୟ କେତନ ପଟ୍ଟନାୟକଙ୍କ &amp;#039;ବିଜ୍ଞାନ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣାଳୀ&amp;#039; ପୃଥିବୀ ଓ ପରିବେଶକୁ ନେଇ ରଚିତ ଏକ ତଥ୍ୟ ଓ ତତ୍ତ୍ୱମୂଳକ ପୁସ୍ତକ, ଯାହାକୁ ସାତରୁ ସତୁରୀ ସଭିଏଁ ପଢ଼ିପାରିବେ ଓ ଅନୁପ୍ରେରିତ ହୋଇପାରିବେ । ନଳିନୀକାନ୍ତ ବିଶ୍ୱାଳଙ୍କ କଣ୍ଠରେ ଚାଲନ୍ତୁ ଶୁଣିବା ଜ୍ଞାନବିଜ୍ଞାନର କିଛି ରୋଚକ କାହାଣୀ...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Oriya] - Prachina Sabhyata Kahani - Israel by ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତି</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831497</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Oriya] - Prachina Sabhyata Kahani - Israel
Author: ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତି
Narrator: ସୁବ୍ରତ କୁମାର ପତି
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
ବିଶ୍ୱର ପ୍ରମୁଖ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ସଭ୍ୟତା ବିଷୟରେ ଓଡ଼ିଆଙ୍କୁ ପରିଚିତ ଓ ଶିକ୍ଷିତ କରିବା ଦିଗରେ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ପ୍ରାବନ୍ଧିକ ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତିଙ୍କ ଭୂମିକା ଉଲ୍ଲେଖନୀୟ! ଏହି କ୍ରମରେ ସେ ଇହୁଦୀମାନଙ୍କର ଆଦ୍ୟଭୂମି ଭାବେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ଇସ୍ରାଏଲ ଦେଶ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ଏହି ପୁସ୍ତକଟି ରଚନା କରିଛନ୍ତି! ବାଇବେଲର ଜନ୍ମଦାତା ଏହି ଦେଶର ସଭ୍ୟତା ଓ ସମାଜର ଇତିହାସକୁ ନେଇ ଖୁବ ସୁନ୍ଦର ଭାବେ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା କରାଯାଇଛି ଏହି ପୁସ୍ତକରେ! ଥରେ ଶୁଣି ଦେଖନ୍ତୁନା...</description>
      <author>ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତି</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Aug 2021 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789354342462.mp3" length="1491363" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831497</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789354342462.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Oriya] - Prachina Sabhyata Kahani - Israel
Author: ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତି
Narrator: ସୁବ୍ରତ କୁମାର ପତି
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
ବିଶ୍ୱର ପ୍ରମୁଖ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ସଭ୍ୟତା ବିଷୟରେ ଓଡ଼ିଆଙ୍କୁ ପରିଚିତ ଓ ଶିକ୍ଷିତ କରିବା ଦିଗରେ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ପ୍ରାବନ୍ଧିକ ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତିଙ୍କ ଭୂମିକା ଉଲ୍ଲେଖନୀୟ! ଏହି କ୍ରମରେ ସେ ଇହୁଦୀମାନଙ୍କର ଆଦ୍ୟଭୂମି ଭାବେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ଇସ୍ରାଏଲ ଦେଶ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ଏହି ପୁସ୍ତକଟି ରଚନା କରିଛନ୍ତି! ବାଇବେଲର ଜନ୍ମଦାତା ଏହି ଦେଶର ସଭ୍ୟତା ଓ ସମାଜର ଇତିହାସକୁ ନେଇ ଖୁବ ସୁନ୍ଦର ଭାବେ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା କରାଯାଇଛି ଏହି ପୁସ୍ତକରେ! ଥରେ ଶୁଣି ଦେଖନ୍ତୁନା...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Oriya] - Prachina Sabhyata Kahani - Israel
Author: ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତି
Narrator: ସୁବ୍ରତ କୁମାର ପତି
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
ବିଶ୍ୱର ପ୍ରମୁଖ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ସଭ୍ୟତା ବିଷୟରେ ଓଡ଼ିଆଙ୍କୁ ପରିଚିତ ଓ ଶିକ୍ଷିତ କରିବା ଦିଗରେ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ପ୍ରାବନ୍ଧିକ ଶରତ କୁମାର ମହାନ୍ତିଙ୍କ ଭୂମିକା ଉଲ୍ଲେଖନୀୟ! ଏହି କ୍ରମରେ ସେ ଇହୁଦୀମାନଙ୍କର ଆଦ୍ୟଭୂମି ଭାବେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ଇସ୍ରାଏଲ ଦେଶ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ଏହି ପୁସ୍ତକଟି ରଚନା କରିଛନ୍ତି! ବାଇବେଲର ଜନ୍ମଦାତା ଏହି ଦେଶର ସଭ୍ୟତା ଓ ସମାଜର ଇତିହାସକୁ ନେଇ ଖୁବ ସୁନ୍ଦର ଭାବେ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା କରାଯାଇଛି ଏହି ପୁସ୍ତକରେ! ଥରେ ଶୁଣି ଦେଖନ୍ତୁନା...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Brief Answers to the Big Questions by Stephen Hawking</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831252</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Brief Answers to the Big Questions
Author: Stephen Hawking
Narrator: Sachin Suresh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;- जगविख्यात विश्वरचनाशास्त्रज्ञ आणि द ब्रीफ हिस्ट्री ऑफ टाइम या लोकप्रिय पुस्तकाचे बेस्टसेलिंग लेखक स्टीफन हॉकिंग यांचं नवं आणि अखेरचं पुस्तक. हॉकिंग यांनी जगाचा निरोप घेतल्यानंतर प्रकाशित झालेल्या या पुस्तकात, विश्वातल्या मूलभत प्रश्नांबाबतचे त्यांचे विचार आहेत - विश्वाची उत्पत्ती कशी झाली? पृथ्वीवर मानवजात तगून राहील का? आपल्या सूर्यमालेबाहेर बुद्धिमान जीवसृष्टी आहे का? कृत्रिम बुद्धिमत्ता (आर्टिफिशियल इंटेलिजन्स) आपल्यावर नियंत्रण ठेवेल का? मानवजातीसमोर असलेली आव्हानं आणि पृथ्वी कोणत्या दिशेने विस्तारत आहे, याविषयी लेखकानं प्रस्तुत पुस्तकात आपले विचार मांडले आहेत.</description>
      <author>Stephen Hawking</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 15 May 2022 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789355441072.mp3" length="1331132" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831252</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789355441072.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Brief Answers to the Big Questions
Author: Stephen Hawking
Narrator: Sachin Suresh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;- जगविख्यात विश्वरचनाशास्त्रज्ञ आणि द ब्रीफ हिस्ट्री ऑफ टाइम या लोकप्रिय पुस्तकाचे बेस्टसेलिंग लेखक स्टीफन हॉकिंग यांचं नवं आणि अखेरचं पुस्तक. हॉकिंग यांनी जगाचा निरोप घेतल्यानंतर प्रकाशित झालेल्या या पुस्तकात, विश्वातल्या मूलभत प्रश्नांबाबतचे त्यांचे विचार आहेत - विश्वाची उत्पत्ती कशी झाली? पृथ्वीवर मानवजात तगून राहील का? आपल्या सूर्यमालेबाहेर बुद्धिमान जीवसृष्टी आहे का? कृत्रिम बुद्धिमत्ता (आर्टिफिशियल इंटेलिजन्स) आपल्यावर नियंत्रण ठेवेल का? मानवजातीसमोर असलेली आव्हानं आणि पृथ्वी कोणत्या दिशेने विस्तारत आहे, याविषयी लेखकानं प्रस्तुत पुस्तकात आपले विचार मांडले आहेत.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Brief Answers to the Big Questions
Author: Stephen Hawking
Narrator: Sachin Suresh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;- जगविख्यात विश्वरचनाशास्त्रज्ञ आणि द ब्रीफ हिस्ट्री ऑफ टाइम या लोकप्रिय पुस्तकाचे बेस्टसेलिंग लेखक स्टीफन हॉकिंग यांचं नवं आणि अखेरचं पुस्तक. हॉकिंग यांनी जगाचा निरोप घेतल्यानंतर प्रकाशित झालेल्या या पुस्तकात, विश्वातल्या मूलभत प्रश्नांबाबतचे त्यांचे विचार आहेत - विश्वाची उत्पत्ती कशी झाली? पृथ्वीवर मानवजात तगून राहील का? आपल्या सूर्यमालेबाहेर बुद्धिमान जीवसृष्टी आहे का? कृत्रिम बुद्धिमत्ता (आर्टिफिशियल इंटेलिजन्स) आपल्यावर नियंत्रण ठेवेल का? मानवजातीसमोर असलेली आव्हानं आणि पृथ्वी कोणत्या दिशेने विस्तारत आहे, याविषयी लेखकानं प्रस्तुत पुस्तकात आपले विचार मांडले आहेत.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Know Your Dog&amp;#039;s True Nature: Understanding Canine Personality through the Five Elements by Elizabeth Anne Johnson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831232</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831232">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831232</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Know Your Dog&amp;#039;s True Nature: Understanding Canine Personality through the Five Elements
Author: Elizabeth Anne Johnson
Narrator: Aura Paige
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
• Looks at each dog element archetype individually, exploring their personality strengths and weaknesses, emotional defaults, how they react under stress, what makes them happy, and their potential physical ailments and conditions • Offers holistic practices to help support each elemental dog type at any stage of life, including diagrams of acupressure points that can help • Includes element archetype quizzes to determine your dog’s type as well as your own DO YOU EVER WONDER why your canine friend behaves the way they do? With sensitivity and skill, master animal healer Elizabeth Anne Johnson takes you into the body, mind, and heart of the dog—sharing intimate stories of working dogs who are changing the world, rescue dogs who change us, old dogs offering profound wisdom, and humans making the world a better place. Introducing the five element archetypes of the Wood, Fire, Earth, Metal, and Water Dog, Know Your Dog’s True Nature illuminates practical ways to gain insigh into the unique personalities of your animal companion. As you explore the similarities and dynamics between dog and human, you’ll come to appreciate the mutually supportive structures and richness in your relationships, an understanding that helps to create a peaceful and happy home environment for all. In this guide you will find: • five element archetype quizzes for both dogs and humans • a fresh perspective on a dog’s elemental stressors, behaviors, wants, and needs • easy acupressure techniques for balancing each element • a unique lens on old dogs and rescue dogs • supportive lifestyle measures and life lessons from the other end of the leash Elizabeth’s stories and adventures from a lifetime of animal healing and many dog partners will tickle your heart, mind, and empathy, and create a safe and sacred container for your own trek with your beloved companion.</description>
      <author>Elizabeth Anne Johnson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797186832.mp3" length="824736" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831232</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797186832.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831232">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831232</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Know Your Dog&amp;#039;s True Nature: Understanding Canine Personality through the Five Elements
Author: Elizabeth Anne Johnson
Narrator: Aura Paige
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
• Looks at each dog element archetype individually, exploring their personality strengths and weaknesses, emotional defaults, how they react under stress, what makes them happy, and their potential physical ailments and conditions • Offers holistic practices to help support each elemental dog type at any stage of life, including diagrams of acupressure points that can help • Includes element archetype quizzes to determine your dog’s type as well as your own DO YOU EVER WONDER why your canine friend behaves the way they do? With sensitivity and skill, master animal healer Elizabeth Anne Johnson takes you into the body, mind, and heart of the dog—sharing intimate stories of working dogs who are changing the world, rescue dogs who change us, old dogs offering profound wisdom, and humans making the world a better place. Introducing the five element archetypes of the Wood, Fire, Earth, Metal, and Water Dog, Know Your Dog’s True Nature illuminates practical ways to gain insigh into the unique personalities of your animal companion. As you explore the similarities and dynamics between dog and human, you’ll come to appreciate the mutually supportive structures and richness in your relationships, an understanding that helps to create a peaceful and happy home environment for all. In this guide you will find: • five element archetype quizzes for both dogs and humans • a fresh perspective on a dog’s elemental stressors, behaviors, wants, and needs • easy acupressure techniques for balancing each element • a unique lens on old dogs and rescue dogs • supportive lifestyle measures and life lessons from the other end of the leash Elizabeth’s stories and adventures from a lifetime of animal healing and many dog partners will tickle your heart, mind, and empathy, and create a safe and sacred container for your own trek with your beloved companion.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831232">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831232</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Know Your Dog&amp;#039;s True Nature: Understanding Canine Personality through the Five Elements
Author: Elizabeth Anne Johnson
Narrator: Aura Paige
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
• Looks at each dog element archetype individually, exploring their personality strengths and weaknesses, emotional defaults, how they react under stress, what makes them happy, and their potential physical ailments and conditions • Offers holistic practices to help support each elemental dog type at any stage of life, including diagrams of acupressure points that can help • Includes element archetype quizzes to determine your dog’s type as well as your own DO YOU EVER WONDER why your canine friend behaves the way they do? With sensitivity and skill, master animal healer Elizabeth Anne Johnson takes you into the body, mind, and heart of the dog—sharing intimate stories of working dogs who are changing the world, rescue dogs who change us, old dogs offering profound wisdom, and humans making the world a better place. Introducing the five element archetypes of the Wood, Fire, Earth, Metal, and Water Dog, Know Your Dog’s True Nature illuminates practical ways to gain insigh into the unique personalities of your animal companion. As you explore the similarities and dynamics between dog and human, you’ll come to appreciate the mutually supportive structures and richness in your relationships, an understanding that helps to create a peaceful and happy home environment for all. In this guide you will find: • five element archetype quizzes for both dogs and humans • a fresh perspective on a dog’s elemental stressors, behaviors, wants, and needs • easy acupressure techniques for balancing each element • a unique lens on old dogs and rescue dogs • supportive lifestyle measures and life lessons from the other end of the leash Elizabeth’s stories and adventures from a lifetime of animal healing and many dog partners will tickle your heart, mind, and empathy, and create a safe and sacred container for your own trek with your beloved companion.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shakespeare: The dog with a broken brain by Borghild Strandenes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827367</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827367">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827367</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shakespeare: The dog with a broken brain
Author: Borghild Strandenes
Narrator: Wendy Troe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Borghild Strandenes is a Norwegian woman living in France where she runs a small non-profit rescue association, specialised in helping blind dogs and dogs suffering from trauma. In 2020 she flies to Cyprus to bring three blind dogs to France. Whilst on the island she meets Shakespeare, a dog that has sat “frozen “in a concrete corner for five years. Noone has seen Shakespeare stand up, nor eat, as he will only eat and move in the night when there is no humans at the sanctuary. Shakespeare has been visited by trainers and behaviourists alike, who all say there’s no hope for Shakespeare. He is a doomed dog, they say – only alive due to his beating heart.  Then, one winter morning a meeting at a shelter, on a plateau in Cyprus changes both their lives forever - and through this memoir you can follow their magical, heartbreaking, uplifting, incredible journey</description>
      <author>Borghild Strandenes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875186929.mp3" length="1529400" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827367</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875186929.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827367">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827367</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shakespeare: The dog with a broken brain
Author: Borghild Strandenes
Narrator: Wendy Troe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Borghild Strandenes is a Norwegian woman living in France where she runs a small non-profit rescue association, specialised in helping blind dogs and dogs suffering from trauma. In 2020 she flies to Cyprus to bring three blind dogs to France. Whilst on the island she meets Shakespeare, a dog that has sat “frozen “in a concrete corner for five years. Noone has seen Shakespeare stand up, nor eat, as he will only eat and move in the night when there is no humans at the sanctuary. Shakespeare has been visited by trainers and behaviourists alike, who all say there’s no hope for Shakespeare. He is a doomed dog, they say – only alive due to his beating heart.  Then, one winter morning a meeting at a shelter, on a plateau in Cyprus changes both their lives forever - and through this memoir you can follow their magical, heartbreaking, uplifting, incredible journey</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827367">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827367</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shakespeare: The dog with a broken brain
Author: Borghild Strandenes
Narrator: Wendy Troe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Borghild Strandenes is a Norwegian woman living in France where she runs a small non-profit rescue association, specialised in helping blind dogs and dogs suffering from trauma. In 2020 she flies to Cyprus to bring three blind dogs to France. Whilst on the island she meets Shakespeare, a dog that has sat “frozen “in a concrete corner for five years. Noone has seen Shakespeare stand up, nor eat, as he will only eat and move in the night when there is no humans at the sanctuary. Shakespeare has been visited by trainers and behaviourists alike, who all say there’s no hope for Shakespeare. He is a doomed dog, they say – only alive due to his beating heart.  Then, one winter morning a meeting at a shelter, on a plateau in Cyprus changes both their lives forever - and through this memoir you can follow their magical, heartbreaking, uplifting, incredible journey</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Romanian] - Călătoria unui sceptic în jurul lumii by Aldous Huxley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/826929</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/826929">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/826929</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Romanian] - Călătoria unui sceptic în jurul lumii
Author: Aldous Huxley
Narrator: Mihai Pahonțu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 27, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
În călătoria sa de un an prin lume (India, Birmania, Japonia, China, America), Aldous Huxley își notează impresiile puternice lăsate de locurile pe care le vizitează și de oamenii pe care îi cunoaște. India și Birmania sunt pentru el prilej de a vorbi despre istoria culturală a Cașmirului, despre arhitectura mongolă și despre istoria artei indiene. Preumblându-se cu o ambarcațiune dinspre tropice spre ecuator, găsește o veche autobiografie a lui Henry Ford, care-i amintește de &amp;#039;valorile și avantajele&amp;#039; capitalismului. Rezultatul tuturor acestor însemnări este un jurnal încântător și plin de viață, care dezvăluie un Huxley rafinat, plin de umor și de profunzime: &amp;#039;Am pornit în călătorie știind, sau crezând că stiu, cum ar trebui să trăiască oamenii, cum ar trebui să fie guvernați, educați, ce ar trebui să creadă. Știam care e cea mai bună formă de organizare socială și scopul pentru care au fost create societățile. Aveam părerile mele asupra oricărei activități a vieții umane. Acum, la întoarcere, mă trezesc lipsit de toate aceste certitudini plăcute&amp;#039;. &amp;#039;Cartea lui Huxley este înzestrată cu o rară înțelepciune și naturalețe a scriiturii.&amp;#039; (The New York Times) &amp;#039;Huxley a găsit în jurnalul sau adevărata cale de a dialoga cu lumea.&amp;#039; (The Spectator) &amp;#039;În Călătoria unui sceptic în jurul lumii, Aldous Huxley își arată calitățile: inteligența, curiozitate și o mizantropie plina de pasiune.&amp;#039; (The Nation) &amp;#039;O carte de călătorie cum nu s-a mai scris.&amp;#039; (The Saturday Review of Literature)</description>
      <author>Aldous Huxley</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Mar 2023 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789180558006.mp3" length="1371579" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/826929</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789180558006.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/826929">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/826929</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Romanian] - Călătoria unui sceptic în jurul lumii
Author: Aldous Huxley
Narrator: Mihai Pahonțu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 27, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
În călătoria sa de un an prin lume (India, Birmania, Japonia, China, America), Aldous Huxley își notează impresiile puternice lăsate de locurile pe care le vizitează și de oamenii pe care îi cunoaște. India și Birmania sunt pentru el prilej de a vorbi despre istoria culturală a Cașmirului, despre arhitectura mongolă și despre istoria artei indiene. Preumblându-se cu o ambarcațiune dinspre tropice spre ecuator, găsește o veche autobiografie a lui Henry Ford, care-i amintește de &amp;#039;valorile și avantajele&amp;#039; capitalismului. Rezultatul tuturor acestor însemnări este un jurnal încântător și plin de viață, care dezvăluie un Huxley rafinat, plin de umor și de profunzime: &amp;#039;Am pornit în călătorie știind, sau crezând că stiu, cum ar trebui să trăiască oamenii, cum ar trebui să fie guvernați, educați, ce ar trebui să creadă. Știam care e cea mai bună formă de organizare socială și scopul pentru care au fost create societățile. Aveam părerile mele asupra oricărei activități a vieții umane. Acum, la întoarcere, mă trezesc lipsit de toate aceste certitudini plăcute&amp;#039;. &amp;#039;Cartea lui Huxley este înzestrată cu o rară înțelepciune și naturalețe a scriiturii.&amp;#039; (The New York Times) &amp;#039;Huxley a găsit în jurnalul sau adevărata cale de a dialoga cu lumea.&amp;#039; (The Spectator) &amp;#039;În Călătoria unui sceptic în jurul lumii, Aldous Huxley își arată calitățile: inteligența, curiozitate și o mizantropie plina de pasiune.&amp;#039; (The Nation) &amp;#039;O carte de călătorie cum nu s-a mai scris.&amp;#039; (The Saturday Review of Literature)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/826929">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/826929</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Romanian] - Călătoria unui sceptic în jurul lumii
Author: Aldous Huxley
Narrator: Mihai Pahonțu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 27, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
În călătoria sa de un an prin lume (India, Birmania, Japonia, China, America), Aldous Huxley își notează impresiile puternice lăsate de locurile pe care le vizitează și de oamenii pe care îi cunoaște. India și Birmania sunt pentru el prilej de a vorbi despre istoria culturală a Cașmirului, despre arhitectura mongolă și despre istoria artei indiene. Preumblându-se cu o ambarcațiune dinspre tropice spre ecuator, găsește o veche autobiografie a lui Henry Ford, care-i amintește de &amp;#039;valorile și avantajele&amp;#039; capitalismului. Rezultatul tuturor acestor însemnări este un jurnal încântător și plin de viață, care dezvăluie un Huxley rafinat, plin de umor și de profunzime: &amp;#039;Am pornit în călătorie știind, sau crezând că stiu, cum ar trebui să trăiască oamenii, cum ar trebui să fie guvernați, educați, ce ar trebui să creadă. Știam care e cea mai bună formă de organizare socială și scopul pentru care au fost create societățile. Aveam părerile mele asupra oricărei activități a vieții umane. Acum, la întoarcere, mă trezesc lipsit de toate aceste certitudini plăcute&amp;#039;. &amp;#039;Cartea lui Huxley este înzestrată cu o rară înțelepciune și naturalețe a scriiturii.&amp;#039; (The New York Times) &amp;#039;Huxley a găsit în jurnalul sau adevărata cale de a dialoga cu lumea.&amp;#039; (The Spectator) &amp;#039;În Călătoria unui sceptic în jurul lumii, Aldous Huxley își arată calitățile: inteligența, curiozitate și o mizantropie plina de pasiune.&amp;#039; (The Nation) &amp;#039;O carte de călătorie cum nu s-a mai scris.&amp;#039; (The Saturday Review of Literature)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Der Hundefitness Guide: Mit gezieltem Muskeltraining, Bewegungstraining, Agility-Training und Physiotherapie zu optimaler Gesundheit und mehr Lebensqualität für Ihren Hund - inkl. Trainingsplan by Jens Kortlang</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824634</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Hundefitness Guide: Mit gezieltem Muskeltraining, Bewegungstraining, Agility-Training und Physiotherapie zu optimaler Gesundheit und mehr Lebensqualität für Ihren Hund - inkl. Trainingsplan
Author: Jens Kortlang
Narrator: Tobias Pilarski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hundefitness: Artgerechte, alltagstaugliche und motivierende Trainings-Ideen für topfitte Vierbeiner bis ins hohe Alter Ihr Hund ist eine treue Seele, allerdings auch eine faule? Er liegt gerne auf dem Sofa und bevorzugt gemütliche Spazierrunden? Womöglich schleppt er auch schon das eine oder andere Extrapfund mit sich herum oder leidet sogar an leichten Schmerzen? Dann schnappen Sie sich diesen Ratgeber und bringen Sie Ihren Vierbeiner (wieder) in Topform! Ein Hund gehört heutzutage ganz selbstverständlich zur Familie und als Besitzer wünschen Sie sich, dass Ihre Fellnase ein möglichst langes, angenehmes und schmerzfreies Leben bei Ihnen hat. Dabei wird zwischen züchtungsbedingten Fehlstellungen und -belastungen, stressigem Alltagsleben und nicht ausreichender Bewegung der gezielte Hundesport immer wichtiger, um Übergewicht, Fehlhaltungen, mangelnde Fitness und daraus resultierende Gesundheits- oder gar Verhaltensprobleme zu vermeiden. Die gute Nachricht: Das muss keine Laufband-Quälerei sein, sondern kann ganz im Gegenteil so richtig Spaß machen, und dieses Buch zeigt Ihnen, wie das klappt! Sie erfahren zunächst alles Wichtige rund um Anatomie, Muskelsystem und Trainingsgrundlagen und finden heraus, wie Muskel-, Ausdauer- und Agility-Training beim Vierbeiner funktionieren. Anschließend entdecken Sie eine Vielzahl an genau angeleiteten Übungen, mit denen Sie gezielt bestimmte Fähigkeiten trainieren, für Beweglichkeit, Kraft, Kondition und Koordination sorgen und Ihren Hund so richtig herausfordern können. Ihr Liebling ist noch weit entfernt vom Top-Athleten? Macht nichts! Denn die Übungen beinhalten Fitness vom trägen Anfänger bis hin zum fortgeschrittenen Hundesportler, sodass Sie das Training perfekt an die Bedürfnisse Ihres Vierbeiners anpassen können.</description>
      <author>Jens Kortlang</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783757616700.mp3" length="868731" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824634</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783757616700.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Hundefitness Guide: Mit gezieltem Muskeltraining, Bewegungstraining, Agility-Training und Physiotherapie zu optimaler Gesundheit und mehr Lebensqualität für Ihren Hund - inkl. Trainingsplan
Author: Jens Kortlang
Narrator: Tobias Pilarski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hundefitness: Artgerechte, alltagstaugliche und motivierende Trainings-Ideen für topfitte Vierbeiner bis ins hohe Alter Ihr Hund ist eine treue Seele, allerdings auch eine faule? Er liegt gerne auf dem Sofa und bevorzugt gemütliche Spazierrunden? Womöglich schleppt er auch schon das eine oder andere Extrapfund mit sich herum oder leidet sogar an leichten Schmerzen? Dann schnappen Sie sich diesen Ratgeber und bringen Sie Ihren Vierbeiner (wieder) in Topform! Ein Hund gehört heutzutage ganz selbstverständlich zur Familie und als Besitzer wünschen Sie sich, dass Ihre Fellnase ein möglichst langes, angenehmes und schmerzfreies Leben bei Ihnen hat. Dabei wird zwischen züchtungsbedingten Fehlstellungen und -belastungen, stressigem Alltagsleben und nicht ausreichender Bewegung der gezielte Hundesport immer wichtiger, um Übergewicht, Fehlhaltungen, mangelnde Fitness und daraus resultierende Gesundheits- oder gar Verhaltensprobleme zu vermeiden. Die gute Nachricht: Das muss keine Laufband-Quälerei sein, sondern kann ganz im Gegenteil so richtig Spaß machen, und dieses Buch zeigt Ihnen, wie das klappt! Sie erfahren zunächst alles Wichtige rund um Anatomie, Muskelsystem und Trainingsgrundlagen und finden heraus, wie Muskel-, Ausdauer- und Agility-Training beim Vierbeiner funktionieren. Anschließend entdecken Sie eine Vielzahl an genau angeleiteten Übungen, mit denen Sie gezielt bestimmte Fähigkeiten trainieren, für Beweglichkeit, Kraft, Kondition und Koordination sorgen und Ihren Hund so richtig herausfordern können. Ihr Liebling ist noch weit entfernt vom Top-Athleten? Macht nichts! Denn die Übungen beinhalten Fitness vom trägen Anfänger bis hin zum fortgeschrittenen Hundesportler, sodass Sie das Training perfekt an die Bedürfnisse Ihres Vierbeiners anpassen können.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Hundefitness Guide: Mit gezieltem Muskeltraining, Bewegungstraining, Agility-Training und Physiotherapie zu optimaler Gesundheit und mehr Lebensqualität für Ihren Hund - inkl. Trainingsplan
Author: Jens Kortlang
Narrator: Tobias Pilarski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hundefitness: Artgerechte, alltagstaugliche und motivierende Trainings-Ideen für topfitte Vierbeiner bis ins hohe Alter Ihr Hund ist eine treue Seele, allerdings auch eine faule? Er liegt gerne auf dem Sofa und bevorzugt gemütliche Spazierrunden? Womöglich schleppt er auch schon das eine oder andere Extrapfund mit sich herum oder leidet sogar an leichten Schmerzen? Dann schnappen Sie sich diesen Ratgeber und bringen Sie Ihren Vierbeiner (wieder) in Topform! Ein Hund gehört heutzutage ganz selbstverständlich zur Familie und als Besitzer wünschen Sie sich, dass Ihre Fellnase ein möglichst langes, angenehmes und schmerzfreies Leben bei Ihnen hat. Dabei wird zwischen züchtungsbedingten Fehlstellungen und -belastungen, stressigem Alltagsleben und nicht ausreichender Bewegung der gezielte Hundesport immer wichtiger, um Übergewicht, Fehlhaltungen, mangelnde Fitness und daraus resultierende Gesundheits- oder gar Verhaltensprobleme zu vermeiden. Die gute Nachricht: Das muss keine Laufband-Quälerei sein, sondern kann ganz im Gegenteil so richtig Spaß machen, und dieses Buch zeigt Ihnen, wie das klappt! Sie erfahren zunächst alles Wichtige rund um Anatomie, Muskelsystem und Trainingsgrundlagen und finden heraus, wie Muskel-, Ausdauer- und Agility-Training beim Vierbeiner funktionieren. Anschließend entdecken Sie eine Vielzahl an genau angeleiteten Übungen, mit denen Sie gezielt bestimmte Fähigkeiten trainieren, für Beweglichkeit, Kraft, Kondition und Koordination sorgen und Ihren Hund so richtig herausfordern können. Ihr Liebling ist noch weit entfernt vom Top-Athleten? Macht nichts! Denn die Übungen beinhalten Fitness vom trägen Anfänger bis hin zum fortgeschrittenen Hundesportler, sodass Sie das Training perfekt an die Bedürfnisse Ihres Vierbeiners anpassen können.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Hufe gesund reiten by Burkhard Rau</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824589</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hufe gesund reiten
Author: Burkhard Rau
Narrator: Petra Bechtler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hufbearbeitung allein macht noch keinen guten Huf, zu dieser Überzeugung kam Burkhard Rau in seiner Tätigkeit als Hufschmied, Hufbeschlaglehrschmied und Ausbilder von Barhufbearbeitern. Dass sich der Untergrund auf die Hufqualität auswirkt, ist bekannt. Dass aber auch die Art der Bewegung Einfluss auf Form und Qualität der Hufe hat, ist weniger offensichtlich und dennoch ein bestimmender Faktor. Hier wird gezeigt, wie sich Fehlhaltungen und schlechtes Reiten auf die Hufe auswirken, wie der Huf untrüglich anzeigt, wo es in der Bewegung nicht stimmt und was der Pferdebesitzer tun kann, um langfristig die Hufe zu verbessern.</description>
      <author>Burkhard Rau</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4099995469097.mp3" length="757929" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824589</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4099995469097.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hufe gesund reiten
Author: Burkhard Rau
Narrator: Petra Bechtler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hufbearbeitung allein macht noch keinen guten Huf, zu dieser Überzeugung kam Burkhard Rau in seiner Tätigkeit als Hufschmied, Hufbeschlaglehrschmied und Ausbilder von Barhufbearbeitern. Dass sich der Untergrund auf die Hufqualität auswirkt, ist bekannt. Dass aber auch die Art der Bewegung Einfluss auf Form und Qualität der Hufe hat, ist weniger offensichtlich und dennoch ein bestimmender Faktor. Hier wird gezeigt, wie sich Fehlhaltungen und schlechtes Reiten auf die Hufe auswirken, wie der Huf untrüglich anzeigt, wo es in der Bewegung nicht stimmt und was der Pferdebesitzer tun kann, um langfristig die Hufe zu verbessern.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hufe gesund reiten
Author: Burkhard Rau
Narrator: Petra Bechtler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hufbearbeitung allein macht noch keinen guten Huf, zu dieser Überzeugung kam Burkhard Rau in seiner Tätigkeit als Hufschmied, Hufbeschlaglehrschmied und Ausbilder von Barhufbearbeitern. Dass sich der Untergrund auf die Hufqualität auswirkt, ist bekannt. Dass aber auch die Art der Bewegung Einfluss auf Form und Qualität der Hufe hat, ist weniger offensichtlich und dennoch ein bestimmender Faktor. Hier wird gezeigt, wie sich Fehlhaltungen und schlechtes Reiten auf die Hufe auswirken, wie der Huf untrüglich anzeigt, wo es in der Bewegung nicht stimmt und was der Pferdebesitzer tun kann, um langfristig die Hufe zu verbessern.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rediscover Joy with your dog: How to train your dog to live in harmony with your family by Yvonne Done</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824548</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824548">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824548</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rediscover Joy with your dog: How to train your dog to live in harmony with your family
Author: Yvonne Done
Narrator: Yvonne Done
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook is not just a training manual for a dog, as Yvonne explains that a deeper dive into how our minds work and &amp;#039;understanding our dogs&amp;#039; needs will create a better life for our dogs and help us be better human beings. If you want to rediscover joy with your dog , then... • Take a deep dive into how your mind reacts emotionally to learning. and understand your dog has emotions too • Write a new story for your life and your dog&amp;#039;s, so you can create a bond with your dog that will live up to your dreams. • Say yes to a new way of training by following game-based plans. All dog owners had a vision of what owning a dog would look like, from a dog that would walk obediently by their side to a dog that could support them and help them with daily tasks. Yvonne explains that by projecting your desires into your own written story for your dog, you will add traction to your dog&amp;#039;s training and learn how every moment in the day is an opportunity to add one closer step to your hero dog story coming true.</description>
      <author>Yvonne Done</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875185847.mp3" length="1342908" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824548</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875185847.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824548">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824548</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rediscover Joy with your dog: How to train your dog to live in harmony with your family
Author: Yvonne Done
Narrator: Yvonne Done
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook is not just a training manual for a dog, as Yvonne explains that a deeper dive into how our minds work and &amp;#039;understanding our dogs&amp;#039; needs will create a better life for our dogs and help us be better human beings. If you want to rediscover joy with your dog , then... • Take a deep dive into how your mind reacts emotionally to learning. and understand your dog has emotions too • Write a new story for your life and your dog&amp;#039;s, so you can create a bond with your dog that will live up to your dreams. • Say yes to a new way of training by following game-based plans. All dog owners had a vision of what owning a dog would look like, from a dog that would walk obediently by their side to a dog that could support them and help them with daily tasks. Yvonne explains that by projecting your desires into your own written story for your dog, you will add traction to your dog&amp;#039;s training and learn how every moment in the day is an opportunity to add one closer step to your hero dog story coming true.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824548">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824548</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rediscover Joy with your dog: How to train your dog to live in harmony with your family
Author: Yvonne Done
Narrator: Yvonne Done
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook is not just a training manual for a dog, as Yvonne explains that a deeper dive into how our minds work and &amp;#039;understanding our dogs&amp;#039; needs will create a better life for our dogs and help us be better human beings. If you want to rediscover joy with your dog , then... • Take a deep dive into how your mind reacts emotionally to learning. and understand your dog has emotions too • Write a new story for your life and your dog&amp;#039;s, so you can create a bond with your dog that will live up to your dreams. • Say yes to a new way of training by following game-based plans. All dog owners had a vision of what owning a dog would look like, from a dog that would walk obediently by their side to a dog that could support them and help them with daily tasks. Yvonne explains that by projecting your desires into your own written story for your dog, you will add traction to your dog&amp;#039;s training and learn how every moment in the day is an opportunity to add one closer step to your hero dog story coming true.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rooftop Revolution: How Solar Power Can Save Our Economy—and Our Planet—from Dirty Energy by Danny Kennedy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822225</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822225">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822225</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rooftop Revolution: How Solar Power Can Save Our Economy—and Our Planet—from Dirty Energy
Author: Danny Kennedy
Narrator: Kevin Pierce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2012
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We&amp;#039;re at a tipping point in our global movement from dirty, big-industry electricity-- countries like Germany have 25% of their power grid on clean, local energy, yet the U.S is still under 1%. Solar pioneer Danny Kennedy has written this rallying cry for the solar industry and policy makers--the only obstacle to solar power is our ignorance.</description>
      <author>Danny Kennedy</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Sep 2012 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663744029.mp3" length="881167" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822225</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663744029.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822225">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822225</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rooftop Revolution: How Solar Power Can Save Our Economy—and Our Planet—from Dirty Energy
Author: Danny Kennedy
Narrator: Kevin Pierce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2012
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We&amp;#039;re at a tipping point in our global movement from dirty, big-industry electricity-- countries like Germany have 25% of their power grid on clean, local energy, yet the U.S is still under 1%. Solar pioneer Danny Kennedy has written this rallying cry for the solar industry and policy makers--the only obstacle to solar power is our ignorance.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822225">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822225</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rooftop Revolution: How Solar Power Can Save Our Economy—and Our Planet—from Dirty Energy
Author: Danny Kennedy
Narrator: Kevin Pierce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2012
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We&amp;#039;re at a tipping point in our global movement from dirty, big-industry electricity-- countries like Germany have 25% of their power grid on clean, local energy, yet the U.S is still under 1%. Solar pioneer Danny Kennedy has written this rallying cry for the solar industry and policy makers--the only obstacle to solar power is our ignorance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Courage of Birds: And the Often Surprising Ways They Survive Winter by Pete Dunne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821756</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821756">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821756</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Courage of Birds: And the Often Surprising Ways They Survive Winter
Author: Pete Dunne
Narrator: Madison Niederhauser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From our own backyards to the rim of the Arctic ice, countless birds have adapted to meet the challenges of the winter season. This is their remarkable story, told by award-winning birder and acclaimed writer Pete Dunne, accompanied by illustrations from renowned artist and birder David Sibley.  Despite the seasonal life-sapping cold, birds have evolved strategies that meet winter’s vicissitudes head on, driven by the imperative to make it to spring and pass down their genes to the next generation. The drama of winter and the resilience and adaptability of birds witnessed in the harsher months of the calendar is both fascinating and astonishing.  In The Courage of Birds, Pete Dunne—winner of the American Birding Association’s Roger Tory Peterson Award for lifetime achievement in promoting the cause of birding—chronicles the behavior of the birds of North America. He expertly explores widespread adaptations, such as feathers that protect against the cold, and unpacks the unique migration patterns and survival strategies of individual species. Dunne also addresses the impact of changing climatic conditions on avian longevity and recounts personal anecdotes that soar with a naturalist’s gimlet eye.  Filled with unforgettable facts, wit, and moving observations on the natural world, Dunne’s book is for everyone; from the serious birder who tracks migration patterns, to the casual birder who logs daily reports on eBird, to the backyard observer who throws a handful of seed out for the Northern Cardinals and wonders how the birds magically appear in the garden when temperatures begin to fall.</description>
      <author>Pete Dunne</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645022596.mp3" length="852858" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821756</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645022596.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821756">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821756</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Courage of Birds: And the Often Surprising Ways They Survive Winter
Author: Pete Dunne
Narrator: Madison Niederhauser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From our own backyards to the rim of the Arctic ice, countless birds have adapted to meet the challenges of the winter season. This is their remarkable story, told by award-winning birder and acclaimed writer Pete Dunne, accompanied by illustrations from renowned artist and birder David Sibley.  Despite the seasonal life-sapping cold, birds have evolved strategies that meet winter’s vicissitudes head on, driven by the imperative to make it to spring and pass down their genes to the next generation. The drama of winter and the resilience and adaptability of birds witnessed in the harsher months of the calendar is both fascinating and astonishing.  In The Courage of Birds, Pete Dunne—winner of the American Birding Association’s Roger Tory Peterson Award for lifetime achievement in promoting the cause of birding—chronicles the behavior of the birds of North America. He expertly explores widespread adaptations, such as feathers that protect against the cold, and unpacks the unique migration patterns and survival strategies of individual species. Dunne also addresses the impact of changing climatic conditions on avian longevity and recounts personal anecdotes that soar with a naturalist’s gimlet eye.  Filled with unforgettable facts, wit, and moving observations on the natural world, Dunne’s book is for everyone; from the serious birder who tracks migration patterns, to the casual birder who logs daily reports on eBird, to the backyard observer who throws a handful of seed out for the Northern Cardinals and wonders how the birds magically appear in the garden when temperatures begin to fall.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821756">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821756</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Courage of Birds: And the Often Surprising Ways They Survive Winter
Author: Pete Dunne
Narrator: Madison Niederhauser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From our own backyards to the rim of the Arctic ice, countless birds have adapted to meet the challenges of the winter season. This is their remarkable story, told by award-winning birder and acclaimed writer Pete Dunne, accompanied by illustrations from renowned artist and birder David Sibley.  Despite the seasonal life-sapping cold, birds have evolved strategies that meet winter’s vicissitudes head on, driven by the imperative to make it to spring and pass down their genes to the next generation. The drama of winter and the resilience and adaptability of birds witnessed in the harsher months of the calendar is both fascinating and astonishing.  In The Courage of Birds, Pete Dunne—winner of the American Birding Association’s Roger Tory Peterson Award for lifetime achievement in promoting the cause of birding—chronicles the behavior of the birds of North America. He expertly explores widespread adaptations, such as feathers that protect against the cold, and unpacks the unique migration patterns and survival strategies of individual species. Dunne also addresses the impact of changing climatic conditions on avian longevity and recounts personal anecdotes that soar with a naturalist’s gimlet eye.  Filled with unforgettable facts, wit, and moving observations on the natural world, Dunne’s book is for everyone; from the serious birder who tracks migration patterns, to the casual birder who logs daily reports on eBird, to the backyard observer who throws a handful of seed out for the Northern Cardinals and wonders how the birds magically appear in the garden when temperatures begin to fall.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Planet Aqua: Rethinking Our Home in the Universe by Jeremy Rifkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821100</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821100">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821100</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Planet Aqua: Rethinking Our Home in the Universe
Author: Jeremy Rifkin
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What would happen if we were to awaken one day and suddenly realize that the world we live in appeared eerily alien, as if we&amp;#039;d been teleported to some other distant world? That frightening prospect is now. Our planetary hydrosphere, which animates all of life on Earth, is rebelling in the wake of a global warming climate, spurring biblical spring floods, devastating summer droughts, heatwaves, and wildfires and powerful autumn hurricanes and typhoons, wreaking havoc on ecosystems and society. We have come to believe that we live on a land planet when the reality is that we live on a water planet, and now the Earth&amp;#039;s hydrosphere is rewilding in the throes of a changing climate, taking our species and our fellow creatures into a mass extinction event as it searches for a new equilibrium. Jeremy Rifkin calls on us to rethink our place in the universe and realize that we live on Planet Aqua. The next stage in the human journey is to rebrand our home Planet Aqua and learn how to readapt to the waters of life. Underpinned by robust research, this major new work by one of the world&amp;#039;s leading public intellectuals aims to redefine the very core of our existence on Planet Aqua.</description>
      <author>Jeremy Rifkin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855584684.mp3" length="8698335" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821100</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855584684.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821100">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821100</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Planet Aqua: Rethinking Our Home in the Universe
Author: Jeremy Rifkin
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What would happen if we were to awaken one day and suddenly realize that the world we live in appeared eerily alien, as if we&amp;#039;d been teleported to some other distant world? That frightening prospect is now. Our planetary hydrosphere, which animates all of life on Earth, is rebelling in the wake of a global warming climate, spurring biblical spring floods, devastating summer droughts, heatwaves, and wildfires and powerful autumn hurricanes and typhoons, wreaking havoc on ecosystems and society. We have come to believe that we live on a land planet when the reality is that we live on a water planet, and now the Earth&amp;#039;s hydrosphere is rewilding in the throes of a changing climate, taking our species and our fellow creatures into a mass extinction event as it searches for a new equilibrium. Jeremy Rifkin calls on us to rethink our place in the universe and realize that we live on Planet Aqua. The next stage in the human journey is to rebrand our home Planet Aqua and learn how to readapt to the waters of life. Underpinned by robust research, this major new work by one of the world&amp;#039;s leading public intellectuals aims to redefine the very core of our existence on Planet Aqua.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821100">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821100</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Planet Aqua: Rethinking Our Home in the Universe
Author: Jeremy Rifkin
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What would happen if we were to awaken one day and suddenly realize that the world we live in appeared eerily alien, as if we&amp;#039;d been teleported to some other distant world? That frightening prospect is now. Our planetary hydrosphere, which animates all of life on Earth, is rebelling in the wake of a global warming climate, spurring biblical spring floods, devastating summer droughts, heatwaves, and wildfires and powerful autumn hurricanes and typhoons, wreaking havoc on ecosystems and society. We have come to believe that we live on a land planet when the reality is that we live on a water planet, and now the Earth&amp;#039;s hydrosphere is rewilding in the throes of a changing climate, taking our species and our fellow creatures into a mass extinction event as it searches for a new equilibrium. Jeremy Rifkin calls on us to rethink our place in the universe and realize that we live on Planet Aqua. The next stage in the human journey is to rebrand our home Planet Aqua and learn how to readapt to the waters of life. Underpinned by robust research, this major new work by one of the world&amp;#039;s leading public intellectuals aims to redefine the very core of our existence on Planet Aqua.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>My Ever-Present Help Learning to Live by K.B. Thomas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820990</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: My Ever-Present Help Learning to Live
Author: K.B. Thomas
Narrator: Mandy Grant-Grierson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 45 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
my heart for writing this book, is so that those who believe, can know that they have the power to have be and do any and all they desire too. With the understanding that your life has to be aligned with love, peace, joy and compassion not just for what you want, but for people. This does not mean you are going to be financially rich, but you can be; this is about you living your best life with security and safety. As well as being aware of the condition of the earth and its inhabitants, being environmentally conscious and doing your part to preserve your world. The ever-present help God give is for us all, the people, animals, planet and the universe at large.</description>
      <author>K.B. Thomas</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875178252.mp3" length="1440703" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820990</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875178252.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: My Ever-Present Help Learning to Live
Author: K.B. Thomas
Narrator: Mandy Grant-Grierson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 45 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
my heart for writing this book, is so that those who believe, can know that they have the power to have be and do any and all they desire too. With the understanding that your life has to be aligned with love, peace, joy and compassion not just for what you want, but for people. This does not mean you are going to be financially rich, but you can be; this is about you living your best life with security and safety. As well as being aware of the condition of the earth and its inhabitants, being environmentally conscious and doing your part to preserve your world. The ever-present help God give is for us all, the people, animals, planet and the universe at large.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: My Ever-Present Help Learning to Live
Author: K.B. Thomas
Narrator: Mandy Grant-Grierson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 45 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
my heart for writing this book, is so that those who believe, can know that they have the power to have be and do any and all they desire too. With the understanding that your life has to be aligned with love, peace, joy and compassion not just for what you want, but for people. This does not mean you are going to be financially rich, but you can be; this is about you living your best life with security and safety. As well as being aware of the condition of the earth and its inhabitants, being environmentally conscious and doing your part to preserve your world. The ever-present help God give is for us all, the people, animals, planet and the universe at large.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Call of the Kingfisher - Bright sights and birdsong in a year by the river (Unabridged) by Nick Penny</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819513</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819513">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819513</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Call of the Kingfisher - Bright sights and birdsong in a year by the river (Unabridged)
Author: Nick Penny
Narrator: Nick Penny
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Call of the Kingfisher is the enchanting debut from composer and wildlife recordist Nick Penny. This love letter to a short stretch of Northamptonshire&amp;#039;s River Nene celebrates all the wild things that live there, especially the kingfishers. Nick has walked beside the river at Oundle for four decades. But for a whole year he gave the waterway all the time it asked for. The more attention he gave it, the more he saw the kingfishers and heard their high whistling calls. Set in a lovely but little-known part of England, Call of the Kingfisher relates a year by the river, the author&amp;#039;s experiences there and the different people he meets. Other strands are woven around the elusive feathered protagonist: explorations of local history and landscape, from Roman and Bronze Age sites to watermills and centuries-old stone churches; visits at different times and to different places in the valley; homages to naturalists who lived nearby; forest dawns and dusks listening to the precious song of nightingales. But the background tapestry is the sights and sounds, and greens and browns, of the riverbank, shot through with the blue and orange threads of a kingfisher&amp;#039;s glowing feathers.As a composer and wildlife recordist, Nick has a deep interest in sounds in the natural environment. He uses the local landscape and wildlife sounds as inspiration, and brings fresh insights into the sounds of the countryside. The book includes access to a number of high-quality birdsong recordings made alongside the River Nene - audio soundbites of nature&amp;#039;s riches, from kingfishers and nightingales to owls and cuckoos. This is a book about the things that can be seen and heard when we approach nature with patience and curiosity. It celebrates people who have used that focus to help preserve wildlife and pass on their knowledge to future generations. Above all, Call of the Kingfisher serves as a call to appreciate what we&amp;#039;ve got, wherever we are, and to use our ears as much as our eyes when we experience the natural world.</description>
      <author>Nick Penny</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781804692943.mp3" length="834620" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819513</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781804692943.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819513">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819513</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Call of the Kingfisher - Bright sights and birdsong in a year by the river (Unabridged)
Author: Nick Penny
Narrator: Nick Penny
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Call of the Kingfisher is the enchanting debut from composer and wildlife recordist Nick Penny. This love letter to a short stretch of Northamptonshire&amp;#039;s River Nene celebrates all the wild things that live there, especially the kingfishers. Nick has walked beside the river at Oundle for four decades. But for a whole year he gave the waterway all the time it asked for. The more attention he gave it, the more he saw the kingfishers and heard their high whistling calls. Set in a lovely but little-known part of England, Call of the Kingfisher relates a year by the river, the author&amp;#039;s experiences there and the different people he meets. Other strands are woven around the elusive feathered protagonist: explorations of local history and landscape, from Roman and Bronze Age sites to watermills and centuries-old stone churches; visits at different times and to different places in the valley; homages to naturalists who lived nearby; forest dawns and dusks listening to the precious song of nightingales. But the background tapestry is the sights and sounds, and greens and browns, of the riverbank, shot through with the blue and orange threads of a kingfisher&amp;#039;s glowing feathers.As a composer and wildlife recordist, Nick has a deep interest in sounds in the natural environment. He uses the local landscape and wildlife sounds as inspiration, and brings fresh insights into the sounds of the countryside. The book includes access to a number of high-quality birdsong recordings made alongside the River Nene - audio soundbites of nature&amp;#039;s riches, from kingfishers and nightingales to owls and cuckoos. This is a book about the things that can be seen and heard when we approach nature with patience and curiosity. It celebrates people who have used that focus to help preserve wildlife and pass on their knowledge to future generations. Above all, Call of the Kingfisher serves as a call to appreciate what we&amp;#039;ve got, wherever we are, and to use our ears as much as our eyes when we experience the natural world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819513">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819513</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Call of the Kingfisher - Bright sights and birdsong in a year by the river (Unabridged)
Author: Nick Penny
Narrator: Nick Penny
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Call of the Kingfisher is the enchanting debut from composer and wildlife recordist Nick Penny. This love letter to a short stretch of Northamptonshire&amp;#039;s River Nene celebrates all the wild things that live there, especially the kingfishers. Nick has walked beside the river at Oundle for four decades. But for a whole year he gave the waterway all the time it asked for. The more attention he gave it, the more he saw the kingfishers and heard their high whistling calls. Set in a lovely but little-known part of England, Call of the Kingfisher relates a year by the river, the author&amp;#039;s experiences there and the different people he meets. Other strands are woven around the elusive feathered protagonist: explorations of local history and landscape, from Roman and Bronze Age sites to watermills and centuries-old stone churches; visits at different times and to different places in the valley; homages to naturalists who lived nearby; forest dawns and dusks listening to the precious song of nightingales. But the background tapestry is the sights and sounds, and greens and browns, of the riverbank, shot through with the blue and orange threads of a kingfisher&amp;#039;s glowing feathers.As a composer and wildlife recordist, Nick has a deep interest in sounds in the natural environment. He uses the local landscape and wildlife sounds as inspiration, and brings fresh insights into the sounds of the countryside. The book includes access to a number of high-quality birdsong recordings made alongside the River Nene - audio soundbites of nature&amp;#039;s riches, from kingfishers and nightingales to owls and cuckoos. This is a book about the things that can be seen and heard when we approach nature with patience and curiosity. It celebrates people who have used that focus to help preserve wildlife and pass on their knowledge to future generations. Above all, Call of the Kingfisher serves as a call to appreciate what we&amp;#039;ve got, wherever we are, and to use our ears as much as our eyes when we experience the natural world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Der Wolf im Schafspelz - Das Buch der tierischen Redewendungen (ungekürzt) by Uwe Pauly</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819452</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Wolf im Schafspelz - Das Buch der tierischen Redewendungen (ungekürzt)
Author: Uwe Pauly
Narrator: Stefan Sangmeister
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 11 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Redewendungen oder Redensarten - wir kennen und benutzen sie fast täglich. Sie beschreiben Situationen und Personen. Viele dieser Redewendungen beschäftigen sich mit dem Tierreich und das Verhalten der Tiere übertragen wir in entsprechenden Situationen auf unsere Mitmenschen. Doch was steckt hinter den Redewendungen? Welchen Ursprung haben sie, was bedeuten sie und geben sie uns tatsächlich Rückschlüsse auf das Verhalten der Tiere? Diese spannenden Fragen möchte dieses Buch klären und uns gleichzeitig zum Nachdenken anregen, ob wir einige dieser Redewendungen benutzen sollten oder besser nicht.</description>
      <author>Uwe Pauly</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066004676890.mp3" length="865615" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819452</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066004676890.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Wolf im Schafspelz - Das Buch der tierischen Redewendungen (ungekürzt)
Author: Uwe Pauly
Narrator: Stefan Sangmeister
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 11 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Redewendungen oder Redensarten - wir kennen und benutzen sie fast täglich. Sie beschreiben Situationen und Personen. Viele dieser Redewendungen beschäftigen sich mit dem Tierreich und das Verhalten der Tiere übertragen wir in entsprechenden Situationen auf unsere Mitmenschen. Doch was steckt hinter den Redewendungen? Welchen Ursprung haben sie, was bedeuten sie und geben sie uns tatsächlich Rückschlüsse auf das Verhalten der Tiere? Diese spannenden Fragen möchte dieses Buch klären und uns gleichzeitig zum Nachdenken anregen, ob wir einige dieser Redewendungen benutzen sollten oder besser nicht.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Wolf im Schafspelz - Das Buch der tierischen Redewendungen (ungekürzt)
Author: Uwe Pauly
Narrator: Stefan Sangmeister
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 11 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Redewendungen oder Redensarten - wir kennen und benutzen sie fast täglich. Sie beschreiben Situationen und Personen. Viele dieser Redewendungen beschäftigen sich mit dem Tierreich und das Verhalten der Tiere übertragen wir in entsprechenden Situationen auf unsere Mitmenschen. Doch was steckt hinter den Redewendungen? Welchen Ursprung haben sie, was bedeuten sie und geben sie uns tatsächlich Rückschlüsse auf das Verhalten der Tiere? Diese spannenden Fragen möchte dieses Buch klären und uns gleichzeitig zum Nachdenken anregen, ob wir einige dieser Redewendungen benutzen sollten oder besser nicht.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Charged: A History of Batteries and Lessons for a Clean Energy Future by James Morton Turner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Charged: A History of Batteries and Lessons for a Clean Energy Future
Author: James Morton Turner
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 24th Annual Susanne M. Glasscock Humanities Book Prize Finalist for the 2023 Cundill History Prize Gold Medal Recipient, Nautilus Book Awards, Sustainability To achieve fossil fuel independence, few technologies are more important than batteries. Used for powering zero-emission vehicles, storing electricity from solar panels and wind turbines, and revitalizing the electric grid, batteries are essential to scaling up the renewable energy resources that help address global warming. But given the unique environmental impact of batteries—including mining, disposal, and more—does a clean energy transition risk trading one set of problems for another? In Charged, James Morton Turner unpacks the history of batteries to explore why solving &amp;#039;the battery problem&amp;#039; is critical to a clean energy transition. As climate activists focus on what a clean energy future will create the history of batteries offers a sharp reminder of what building that future will consume. With new insight on the consequences for people and communities on the front lines, Turner draws on the past for crucial lessons that will help us build a just and clean energy future, from the ground up.</description>
      <author>James Morton Turner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855570960.mp3" length="8316209" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855570960.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Charged: A History of Batteries and Lessons for a Clean Energy Future
Author: James Morton Turner
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 24th Annual Susanne M. Glasscock Humanities Book Prize Finalist for the 2023 Cundill History Prize Gold Medal Recipient, Nautilus Book Awards, Sustainability To achieve fossil fuel independence, few technologies are more important than batteries. Used for powering zero-emission vehicles, storing electricity from solar panels and wind turbines, and revitalizing the electric grid, batteries are essential to scaling up the renewable energy resources that help address global warming. But given the unique environmental impact of batteries—including mining, disposal, and more—does a clean energy transition risk trading one set of problems for another? In Charged, James Morton Turner unpacks the history of batteries to explore why solving &amp;#039;the battery problem&amp;#039; is critical to a clean energy transition. As climate activists focus on what a clean energy future will create the history of batteries offers a sharp reminder of what building that future will consume. With new insight on the consequences for people and communities on the front lines, Turner draws on the past for crucial lessons that will help us build a just and clean energy future, from the ground up.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Charged: A History of Batteries and Lessons for a Clean Energy Future
Author: James Morton Turner
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 24th Annual Susanne M. Glasscock Humanities Book Prize Finalist for the 2023 Cundill History Prize Gold Medal Recipient, Nautilus Book Awards, Sustainability To achieve fossil fuel independence, few technologies are more important than batteries. Used for powering zero-emission vehicles, storing electricity from solar panels and wind turbines, and revitalizing the electric grid, batteries are essential to scaling up the renewable energy resources that help address global warming. But given the unique environmental impact of batteries—including mining, disposal, and more—does a clean energy transition risk trading one set of problems for another? In Charged, James Morton Turner unpacks the history of batteries to explore why solving &amp;#039;the battery problem&amp;#039; is critical to a clean energy transition. As climate activists focus on what a clean energy future will create the history of batteries offers a sharp reminder of what building that future will consume. With new insight on the consequences for people and communities on the front lines, Turner draws on the past for crucial lessons that will help us build a just and clean energy future, from the ground up.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Monarch Butterfly Migration: Its Rise and Fall by Monika Maeckle</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818763</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818763">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818763</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Monarch Butterfly Migration: Its Rise and Fall
Author: Monika Maeckle
Narrator: Kate Coventry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Each fall, millions of monarch butterflies migrate from Canada to Mexico. The monarch migration is a demonstration of nature&amp;#039;s ingenuity, but the delicate creatures face many perils, and the number of migrating monarchs is declining sharply. This book weaves natural history, science, and personal experience to explore the rise and fall of one of nature&amp;#039;s most spectacular phenomena. While monarch butterflies have been migrating for centuries, they seized public attention in 1976 when a National Geographic magazine cover story featured the &amp;#039;discovery&amp;#039; of their roosting sites in Mexico. The revelations put a spotlight on the insects and inspired the creation of butterfly sanctuaries in Mexico as well as efforts to protect them. Almost forty years later, many believe that monarch butterflies are in danger of extinction. Journalist and butterfly advocate Monika Maeckle delves into the rich history and current plight of the monarch butterfly. Maeckle offers unique insights on the butterflies as well as a nuanced portrait of the community of scientists, enthusiasts, and &amp;#039;flutterati&amp;#039; who have emerged to support the monarchs. The Monarch Butterfly Migration focuses a wider lens on the effects of climate change and the tensions between advocacy and scientific accuracy. This book reminds us to notice the natural wonders in our own backyards.</description>
      <author>Monika Maeckle</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798331907266.mp3" length="7916552" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818763</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798331907266.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818763">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818763</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Monarch Butterfly Migration: Its Rise and Fall
Author: Monika Maeckle
Narrator: Kate Coventry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Each fall, millions of monarch butterflies migrate from Canada to Mexico. The monarch migration is a demonstration of nature&amp;#039;s ingenuity, but the delicate creatures face many perils, and the number of migrating monarchs is declining sharply. This book weaves natural history, science, and personal experience to explore the rise and fall of one of nature&amp;#039;s most spectacular phenomena. While monarch butterflies have been migrating for centuries, they seized public attention in 1976 when a National Geographic magazine cover story featured the &amp;#039;discovery&amp;#039; of their roosting sites in Mexico. The revelations put a spotlight on the insects and inspired the creation of butterfly sanctuaries in Mexico as well as efforts to protect them. Almost forty years later, many believe that monarch butterflies are in danger of extinction. Journalist and butterfly advocate Monika Maeckle delves into the rich history and current plight of the monarch butterfly. Maeckle offers unique insights on the butterflies as well as a nuanced portrait of the community of scientists, enthusiasts, and &amp;#039;flutterati&amp;#039; who have emerged to support the monarchs. The Monarch Butterfly Migration focuses a wider lens on the effects of climate change and the tensions between advocacy and scientific accuracy. This book reminds us to notice the natural wonders in our own backyards.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818763">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818763</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Monarch Butterfly Migration: Its Rise and Fall
Author: Monika Maeckle
Narrator: Kate Coventry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Each fall, millions of monarch butterflies migrate from Canada to Mexico. The monarch migration is a demonstration of nature&amp;#039;s ingenuity, but the delicate creatures face many perils, and the number of migrating monarchs is declining sharply. This book weaves natural history, science, and personal experience to explore the rise and fall of one of nature&amp;#039;s most spectacular phenomena. While monarch butterflies have been migrating for centuries, they seized public attention in 1976 when a National Geographic magazine cover story featured the &amp;#039;discovery&amp;#039; of their roosting sites in Mexico. The revelations put a spotlight on the insects and inspired the creation of butterfly sanctuaries in Mexico as well as efforts to protect them. Almost forty years later, many believe that monarch butterflies are in danger of extinction. Journalist and butterfly advocate Monika Maeckle delves into the rich history and current plight of the monarch butterfly. Maeckle offers unique insights on the butterflies as well as a nuanced portrait of the community of scientists, enthusiasts, and &amp;#039;flutterati&amp;#039; who have emerged to support the monarchs. The Monarch Butterfly Migration focuses a wider lens on the effects of climate change and the tensions between advocacy and scientific accuracy. This book reminds us to notice the natural wonders in our own backyards.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Without Exception: Reclaiming Abortion, Personhood, and Freedom by Pam Houston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818687</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818687">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818687</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Without Exception: Reclaiming Abortion, Personhood, and Freedom
Author: Pam Houston
Narrator: Pam Houston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Without Exception is an unflinching call for freedom by way of abortion rights. &amp;#039;A story told with honesty. I thank Pam Houston for this timely and timeless book&amp;#039; —CAMILLE T. DUNGY, Soil: The Story of a Black Mother&amp;#039;s Garden Written with equal parts candor and lyricism, Pam Houston illuminates the interconnected histories of abortion in the United States and in her own life during the decades when Roe v. Wade was the law of the land. Houston guides us through the shifting landscapes of politics, the law, and self-determination in a country where access to medical care and the power to determine your own destiny are increasingly—and once again—dependent on geography and circumstance.</description>
      <author>Pam Houston</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798331913229.mp3" length="7752277" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818687</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798331913229.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818687">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818687</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Without Exception: Reclaiming Abortion, Personhood, and Freedom
Author: Pam Houston
Narrator: Pam Houston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Without Exception is an unflinching call for freedom by way of abortion rights. &amp;#039;A story told with honesty. I thank Pam Houston for this timely and timeless book&amp;#039; —CAMILLE T. DUNGY, Soil: The Story of a Black Mother&amp;#039;s Garden Written with equal parts candor and lyricism, Pam Houston illuminates the interconnected histories of abortion in the United States and in her own life during the decades when Roe v. Wade was the law of the land. Houston guides us through the shifting landscapes of politics, the law, and self-determination in a country where access to medical care and the power to determine your own destiny are increasingly—and once again—dependent on geography and circumstance.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818687">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818687</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Without Exception: Reclaiming Abortion, Personhood, and Freedom
Author: Pam Houston
Narrator: Pam Houston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Without Exception is an unflinching call for freedom by way of abortion rights. &amp;#039;A story told with honesty. I thank Pam Houston for this timely and timeless book&amp;#039; —CAMILLE T. DUNGY, Soil: The Story of a Black Mother&amp;#039;s Garden Written with equal parts candor and lyricism, Pam Houston illuminates the interconnected histories of abortion in the United States and in her own life during the decades when Roe v. Wade was the law of the land. Houston guides us through the shifting landscapes of politics, the law, and self-determination in a country where access to medical care and the power to determine your own destiny are increasingly—and once again—dependent on geography and circumstance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Tensaw River: Alabama&amp;#039;s Hidden Heritage Corridor by Mike Bunn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818688</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818688">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818688</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Tensaw River: Alabama&amp;#039;s Hidden Heritage Corridor
Author: Mike Bunn
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Tensaw River introduces one of the American South&amp;#039;s richest and most fertile natural features. Author Mike Bunn is director of Historic Blakeley State Park, which is nestled in a prominent bend of the majestic Tensaw River. Forming the eastern boundary of the expansive Mobile-Tensaw Delta, the Tensaw has had little industrial development. Left largely undisturbed, the river flows free and bountiful into the grand estuary of Mobile Bay in ways that would be recognizable to Native Americans centuries ago and to pioneers who arrived before Alabama became a state. Bunn&amp;#039;s unforgettable stories in The Tensaw River trace the construction and occupation of the Bottle Creek site, an important mound complex built by Southeastern Native Americans a millennia ago. Nearby Blakeley is an antebellum ghost town whose lost memories tease the imagination. During the Civil War, the boom of artillery fire in the battle that sealed the fate of the city of Mobile echoed along the bends in the Tensaw. Located near popular travel destinations, the Tensaw&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Forgotten Cultural Heritage Corridor&amp;#039; is a gateway to the enchanting beauty of—and humankind&amp;#039;s relationship to—the landscape of the American South.</description>
      <author>Mike Bunn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855593884.mp3" length="8142396" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818688</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855593884.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818688">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818688</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Tensaw River: Alabama&amp;#039;s Hidden Heritage Corridor
Author: Mike Bunn
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Tensaw River introduces one of the American South&amp;#039;s richest and most fertile natural features. Author Mike Bunn is director of Historic Blakeley State Park, which is nestled in a prominent bend of the majestic Tensaw River. Forming the eastern boundary of the expansive Mobile-Tensaw Delta, the Tensaw has had little industrial development. Left largely undisturbed, the river flows free and bountiful into the grand estuary of Mobile Bay in ways that would be recognizable to Native Americans centuries ago and to pioneers who arrived before Alabama became a state. Bunn&amp;#039;s unforgettable stories in The Tensaw River trace the construction and occupation of the Bottle Creek site, an important mound complex built by Southeastern Native Americans a millennia ago. Nearby Blakeley is an antebellum ghost town whose lost memories tease the imagination. During the Civil War, the boom of artillery fire in the battle that sealed the fate of the city of Mobile echoed along the bends in the Tensaw. Located near popular travel destinations, the Tensaw&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Forgotten Cultural Heritage Corridor&amp;#039; is a gateway to the enchanting beauty of—and humankind&amp;#039;s relationship to—the landscape of the American South.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818688">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818688</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Tensaw River: Alabama&amp;#039;s Hidden Heritage Corridor
Author: Mike Bunn
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Tensaw River introduces one of the American South&amp;#039;s richest and most fertile natural features. Author Mike Bunn is director of Historic Blakeley State Park, which is nestled in a prominent bend of the majestic Tensaw River. Forming the eastern boundary of the expansive Mobile-Tensaw Delta, the Tensaw has had little industrial development. Left largely undisturbed, the river flows free and bountiful into the grand estuary of Mobile Bay in ways that would be recognizable to Native Americans centuries ago and to pioneers who arrived before Alabama became a state. Bunn&amp;#039;s unforgettable stories in The Tensaw River trace the construction and occupation of the Bottle Creek site, an important mound complex built by Southeastern Native Americans a millennia ago. Nearby Blakeley is an antebellum ghost town whose lost memories tease the imagination. During the Civil War, the boom of artillery fire in the battle that sealed the fate of the city of Mobile echoed along the bends in the Tensaw. Located near popular travel destinations, the Tensaw&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Forgotten Cultural Heritage Corridor&amp;#039; is a gateway to the enchanting beauty of—and humankind&amp;#039;s relationship to—the landscape of the American South.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cull of the Wild: Killing in the Name of Conservation by Hugh Warwick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818400</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cull of the Wild: Killing in the Name of Conservation
Author: Hugh Warwick
Narrator: Hugh Warwick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Across the world, invasive species pose a danger to ecosystems. The UN Convention on Biological Diversity ranks them as a major threat to biodiversity on par with habitat loss, climate change, and pollution. Tackling this isn&amp;#039;t easy, and no one knows this better than Hugh Warwick, a conservationist who loathes the idea of killing, harming, or even eating animals. Yet as an ecologist, he is acutely aware of the need, at times, to kill invasive species whose presence harms the wider environment. Hugh explores the complex history of species control, revealing the global movement of species and the impacts of their presence. Combining scientific theory with gentle humor in his signature style, he explains the issues conservationists face to control non-native animals and protect native species—including grey and red squirrels on Anglesey, ravens and tortoises in the Mojave Desert, cane toads in Australia, and the smooth-billed ani on the Galapagos—and describes cases like Pablo Escobar&amp;#039;s cocaine hippos and the Burmese python pet trade. Taking a balanced and open approach to this emotive subject, Hugh speaks to experts on all sides of the debate. How do we protect endangered native species? Which species do we prioritize? And how do we reckon with the ethics of killing anything in the name of conservation?</description>
      <author>Hugh Warwick</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855569285.mp3" length="8020155" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818400</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855569285.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cull of the Wild: Killing in the Name of Conservation
Author: Hugh Warwick
Narrator: Hugh Warwick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Across the world, invasive species pose a danger to ecosystems. The UN Convention on Biological Diversity ranks them as a major threat to biodiversity on par with habitat loss, climate change, and pollution. Tackling this isn&amp;#039;t easy, and no one knows this better than Hugh Warwick, a conservationist who loathes the idea of killing, harming, or even eating animals. Yet as an ecologist, he is acutely aware of the need, at times, to kill invasive species whose presence harms the wider environment. Hugh explores the complex history of species control, revealing the global movement of species and the impacts of their presence. Combining scientific theory with gentle humor in his signature style, he explains the issues conservationists face to control non-native animals and protect native species—including grey and red squirrels on Anglesey, ravens and tortoises in the Mojave Desert, cane toads in Australia, and the smooth-billed ani on the Galapagos—and describes cases like Pablo Escobar&amp;#039;s cocaine hippos and the Burmese python pet trade. Taking a balanced and open approach to this emotive subject, Hugh speaks to experts on all sides of the debate. How do we protect endangered native species? Which species do we prioritize? And how do we reckon with the ethics of killing anything in the name of conservation?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cull of the Wild: Killing in the Name of Conservation
Author: Hugh Warwick
Narrator: Hugh Warwick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Across the world, invasive species pose a danger to ecosystems. The UN Convention on Biological Diversity ranks them as a major threat to biodiversity on par with habitat loss, climate change, and pollution. Tackling this isn&amp;#039;t easy, and no one knows this better than Hugh Warwick, a conservationist who loathes the idea of killing, harming, or even eating animals. Yet as an ecologist, he is acutely aware of the need, at times, to kill invasive species whose presence harms the wider environment. Hugh explores the complex history of species control, revealing the global movement of species and the impacts of their presence. Combining scientific theory with gentle humor in his signature style, he explains the issues conservationists face to control non-native animals and protect native species—including grey and red squirrels on Anglesey, ravens and tortoises in the Mojave Desert, cane toads in Australia, and the smooth-billed ani on the Galapagos—and describes cases like Pablo Escobar&amp;#039;s cocaine hippos and the Burmese python pet trade. Taking a balanced and open approach to this emotive subject, Hugh speaks to experts on all sides of the debate. How do we protect endangered native species? Which species do we prioritize? And how do we reckon with the ethics of killing anything in the name of conservation?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Terrible Beauty: Reckoning with Climate Complicity and Rediscovering Our Soul by Auden Schendler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818266</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818266">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818266</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terrible Beauty: Reckoning with Climate Complicity and Rediscovering Our Soul
Author: Auden Schendler
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November 25, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Something&amp;#039;s gone badly awry with environmentalism. We faithfully separate our waste into different streams, but wonder whether it really makes a difference. Global companies announce their commitment to carbon negativity while simultaneously sponsoring oil conferences. American businesses, communities, and individuals assiduously measure their carbon footprints, then implement voluntary emissions-reduction programs, all while trumpeting their do-gooderism. The problem is, none of this—whether individual efforts or corporate sustainability tactics—will make a dent in solving the civilizational threat of climate change. We only pretend it will, at our peril. As Auden Schendler argues in this provocative, powerful book, we&amp;#039;re living a big green lie. The hard truth is that much of the modern environmental road map could have been written by the fossil fuel industry specifically to avoid disrupting the status quo. But there is another truth: while ineffective or duplicitous environmentalism has become standard practice, we all have friends and family we love and care about, whose future depends on solving the problem of climate change. Conscience tells us we have an obligation to repair the world. How can our common dreams be so at odds with our daily practice? And how might we meld our spirit and our passion to create a better future?</description>
      <author>Auden Schendler</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663747761.mp3" length="687773" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818266</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663747761.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818266">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818266</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terrible Beauty: Reckoning with Climate Complicity and Rediscovering Our Soul
Author: Auden Schendler
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November 25, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Something&amp;#039;s gone badly awry with environmentalism. We faithfully separate our waste into different streams, but wonder whether it really makes a difference. Global companies announce their commitment to carbon negativity while simultaneously sponsoring oil conferences. American businesses, communities, and individuals assiduously measure their carbon footprints, then implement voluntary emissions-reduction programs, all while trumpeting their do-gooderism. The problem is, none of this—whether individual efforts or corporate sustainability tactics—will make a dent in solving the civilizational threat of climate change. We only pretend it will, at our peril. As Auden Schendler argues in this provocative, powerful book, we&amp;#039;re living a big green lie. The hard truth is that much of the modern environmental road map could have been written by the fossil fuel industry specifically to avoid disrupting the status quo. But there is another truth: while ineffective or duplicitous environmentalism has become standard practice, we all have friends and family we love and care about, whose future depends on solving the problem of climate change. Conscience tells us we have an obligation to repair the world. How can our common dreams be so at odds with our daily practice? And how might we meld our spirit and our passion to create a better future?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818266">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818266</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terrible Beauty: Reckoning with Climate Complicity and Rediscovering Our Soul
Author: Auden Schendler
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November 25, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Something&amp;#039;s gone badly awry with environmentalism. We faithfully separate our waste into different streams, but wonder whether it really makes a difference. Global companies announce their commitment to carbon negativity while simultaneously sponsoring oil conferences. American businesses, communities, and individuals assiduously measure their carbon footprints, then implement voluntary emissions-reduction programs, all while trumpeting their do-gooderism. The problem is, none of this—whether individual efforts or corporate sustainability tactics—will make a dent in solving the civilizational threat of climate change. We only pretend it will, at our peril. As Auden Schendler argues in this provocative, powerful book, we&amp;#039;re living a big green lie. The hard truth is that much of the modern environmental road map could have been written by the fossil fuel industry specifically to avoid disrupting the status quo. But there is another truth: while ineffective or duplicitous environmentalism has become standard practice, we all have friends and family we love and care about, whose future depends on solving the problem of climate change. Conscience tells us we have an obligation to repair the world. How can our common dreams be so at odds with our daily practice? And how might we meld our spirit and our passion to create a better future?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Ecología para principiantes: Un viaje al corazón de la naturaleza by Santiago Machain</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817807</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817807">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817807</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Ecología para principiantes: Un viaje al corazón de la naturaleza
Author: Santiago Machain
Narrator: Santiago Machain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Este libro ofrece una introducción accesible y completa al mundo de la ecología, explorando las complejas interacciones entre los seres vivos y su entorno. A través de capítulos que abarcan desde los fundamentos de la ecología hasta los desafíos actuales como el cambio climático y la pérdida de biodiversidad, el lector descubrirá cómo los ecosistemas se forman, evolucionan y cómo nuestras acciones los afectan. Con un enfoque humanizado y amigable, este libro no solo proporciona conocimientos científicos, sino que también invita a la reflexión sobre nuestra responsabilidad hacia el planeta. Perfecto tanto para estudiantes como para cualquier persona interesada en comprender mejor el mundo natural y cómo protegerlo para las futuras generaciones.</description>
      <author>Santiago Machain</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875173325.mp3" length="1355059" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817807</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875173325.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817807">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817807</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Ecología para principiantes: Un viaje al corazón de la naturaleza
Author: Santiago Machain
Narrator: Santiago Machain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Este libro ofrece una introducción accesible y completa al mundo de la ecología, explorando las complejas interacciones entre los seres vivos y su entorno. A través de capítulos que abarcan desde los fundamentos de la ecología hasta los desafíos actuales como el cambio climático y la pérdida de biodiversidad, el lector descubrirá cómo los ecosistemas se forman, evolucionan y cómo nuestras acciones los afectan. Con un enfoque humanizado y amigable, este libro no solo proporciona conocimientos científicos, sino que también invita a la reflexión sobre nuestra responsabilidad hacia el planeta. Perfecto tanto para estudiantes como para cualquier persona interesada en comprender mejor el mundo natural y cómo protegerlo para las futuras generaciones.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817807">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817807</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Ecología para principiantes: Un viaje al corazón de la naturaleza
Author: Santiago Machain
Narrator: Santiago Machain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Este libro ofrece una introducción accesible y completa al mundo de la ecología, explorando las complejas interacciones entre los seres vivos y su entorno. A través de capítulos que abarcan desde los fundamentos de la ecología hasta los desafíos actuales como el cambio climático y la pérdida de biodiversidad, el lector descubrirá cómo los ecosistemas se forman, evolucionan y cómo nuestras acciones los afectan. Con un enfoque humanizado y amigable, este libro no solo proporciona conocimientos científicos, sino que también invita a la reflexión sobre nuestra responsabilidad hacia el planeta. Perfecto tanto para estudiantes como para cualquier persona interesada en comprender mejor el mundo natural y cómo protegerlo para las futuras generaciones.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Russian] - On the Origin of Species [Russian Edition]: by Means of Natural Selection, or the Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life by Charles Darwin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817736</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817736">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817736</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Russian] - On the Origin of Species [Russian Edition]: by Means of Natural Selection, or the Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: Olga Andreeva
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Darwin&amp;#039;s gigantic work, revealing the theory of evolution based on natural selection, and at the same time - the diary of a naturalist traveler who visited South America, the Galapagos Islands and Australia.  In addition to the fact that this is a scientific work with examples, evidence and conclusions, it is also the most interesting material about wildlife, stories about the peculiarities of physiology and behavior of living things.</description>
      <author>Charles Darwin</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 14 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875175121.mp3" length="1492648" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817736</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875175121.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>23:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817736">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817736</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Russian] - On the Origin of Species [Russian Edition]: by Means of Natural Selection, or the Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: Olga Andreeva
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Darwin&amp;#039;s gigantic work, revealing the theory of evolution based on natural selection, and at the same time - the diary of a naturalist traveler who visited South America, the Galapagos Islands and Australia.  In addition to the fact that this is a scientific work with examples, evidence and conclusions, it is also the most interesting material about wildlife, stories about the peculiarities of physiology and behavior of living things.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817736">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817736</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Russian] - On the Origin of Species [Russian Edition]: by Means of Natural Selection, or the Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: Olga Andreeva
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Darwin&amp;#039;s gigantic work, revealing the theory of evolution based on natural selection, and at the same time - the diary of a naturalist traveler who visited South America, the Galapagos Islands and Australia.  In addition to the fact that this is a scientific work with examples, evidence and conclusions, it is also the most interesting material about wildlife, stories about the peculiarities of physiology and behavior of living things.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Last Wilderness by Murray Morgan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816830</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Wilderness
Author: Murray Morgan
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Murray Morgan&amp;#039;s classic history of the Olympic Peninsula, originally published in 1955, evokes a remote American wilderness &amp;#039;as large as the state of Massachusetts, more rugged than the Rockies, its lowlands blanketed by a cool jungle of fir and pine and cedar, its peaks bearing hundreds of miles of living ice that gave rise to swift rivers alive with giant salmon.&amp;#039; Drawing on historical research and personal tales collected from docks, forest trails, and waterways, Morgan recounts vivid adventures of the area&amp;#039;s settlers—loggers, hunters, prospectors, homesteaders, utopianists, murderers, profit-seekers, conservationists, Wobblies, and bureaucrats—alongside stories of coastal first peoples and striking descriptions of the peninsula&amp;#039;s wildlife and land. Freshly redesigned and with a new introduction by poet and environmentalist Tim McNulty, this humor-filled saga and landmark love story of one of the most formidably beautiful regions of the Pacific Northwest will inform and engage a new generation of listeners.</description>
      <author>Murray Morgan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855507782.mp3" length="8939397" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816830</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855507782.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Wilderness
Author: Murray Morgan
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Murray Morgan&amp;#039;s classic history of the Olympic Peninsula, originally published in 1955, evokes a remote American wilderness &amp;#039;as large as the state of Massachusetts, more rugged than the Rockies, its lowlands blanketed by a cool jungle of fir and pine and cedar, its peaks bearing hundreds of miles of living ice that gave rise to swift rivers alive with giant salmon.&amp;#039; Drawing on historical research and personal tales collected from docks, forest trails, and waterways, Morgan recounts vivid adventures of the area&amp;#039;s settlers—loggers, hunters, prospectors, homesteaders, utopianists, murderers, profit-seekers, conservationists, Wobblies, and bureaucrats—alongside stories of coastal first peoples and striking descriptions of the peninsula&amp;#039;s wildlife and land. Freshly redesigned and with a new introduction by poet and environmentalist Tim McNulty, this humor-filled saga and landmark love story of one of the most formidably beautiful regions of the Pacific Northwest will inform and engage a new generation of listeners.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Wilderness
Author: Murray Morgan
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Murray Morgan&amp;#039;s classic history of the Olympic Peninsula, originally published in 1955, evokes a remote American wilderness &amp;#039;as large as the state of Massachusetts, more rugged than the Rockies, its lowlands blanketed by a cool jungle of fir and pine and cedar, its peaks bearing hundreds of miles of living ice that gave rise to swift rivers alive with giant salmon.&amp;#039; Drawing on historical research and personal tales collected from docks, forest trails, and waterways, Morgan recounts vivid adventures of the area&amp;#039;s settlers—loggers, hunters, prospectors, homesteaders, utopianists, murderers, profit-seekers, conservationists, Wobblies, and bureaucrats—alongside stories of coastal first peoples and striking descriptions of the peninsula&amp;#039;s wildlife and land. Freshly redesigned and with a new introduction by poet and environmentalist Tim McNulty, this humor-filled saga and landmark love story of one of the most formidably beautiful regions of the Pacific Northwest will inform and engage a new generation of listeners.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Las Perils of Payeto - Saving the Last Vaquita Porpoise (Unabridged) by Tío Stib</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816806</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Las Perils of Payeto - Saving the Last Vaquita Porpoise (Unabridged)
Author: Tío Stib
Narrator: Precious Perez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In Mexico&amp;#039;s Gulf of California, disaster strikes Payeto, the world&amp;#039;s smallest porpoise. Suddenly, he is alone, perhaps the last vaquita porpoise on Planet Earth. In the nearby town of San Pedro, two teenagers, shy Miguelito and precocious Magda, struggle to find a hopeful future in a community whose fishing industry has collapsed. Payeto&amp;#039;s perilous journey brings him face to face with the monster Red Devil, Maku, the King of the Sea Wolves, and finally the most dangerous predator of all, Man. Zorro, the mischievous monkey, Sanchez, the good-hearted ghost, poachers, drones, a secret beach, Ancient Irma, the wise whale, and Sonya, the powerful shaman, all add to the intrigue, humor, and adventures of Payeto, Miguelito and Magda. Discover the surprising climax when the world&amp;#039;s of Payeto and the two teenagers finally collide.</description>
      <author>Tío Stib</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066004771236.mp3" length="872717" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816806</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066004771236.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Las Perils of Payeto - Saving the Last Vaquita Porpoise (Unabridged)
Author: Tío Stib
Narrator: Precious Perez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In Mexico&amp;#039;s Gulf of California, disaster strikes Payeto, the world&amp;#039;s smallest porpoise. Suddenly, he is alone, perhaps the last vaquita porpoise on Planet Earth. In the nearby town of San Pedro, two teenagers, shy Miguelito and precocious Magda, struggle to find a hopeful future in a community whose fishing industry has collapsed. Payeto&amp;#039;s perilous journey brings him face to face with the monster Red Devil, Maku, the King of the Sea Wolves, and finally the most dangerous predator of all, Man. Zorro, the mischievous monkey, Sanchez, the good-hearted ghost, poachers, drones, a secret beach, Ancient Irma, the wise whale, and Sonya, the powerful shaman, all add to the intrigue, humor, and adventures of Payeto, Miguelito and Magda. Discover the surprising climax when the world&amp;#039;s of Payeto and the two teenagers finally collide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Las Perils of Payeto - Saving the Last Vaquita Porpoise (Unabridged)
Author: Tío Stib
Narrator: Precious Perez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In Mexico&amp;#039;s Gulf of California, disaster strikes Payeto, the world&amp;#039;s smallest porpoise. Suddenly, he is alone, perhaps the last vaquita porpoise on Planet Earth. In the nearby town of San Pedro, two teenagers, shy Miguelito and precocious Magda, struggle to find a hopeful future in a community whose fishing industry has collapsed. Payeto&amp;#039;s perilous journey brings him face to face with the monster Red Devil, Maku, the King of the Sea Wolves, and finally the most dangerous predator of all, Man. Zorro, the mischievous monkey, Sanchez, the good-hearted ghost, poachers, drones, a secret beach, Ancient Irma, the wise whale, and Sonya, the powerful shaman, all add to the intrigue, humor, and adventures of Payeto, Miguelito and Magda. Discover the surprising climax when the world&amp;#039;s of Payeto and the two teenagers finally collide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Here Comes The Sun: How a high-school dropout brought renewable energy to coal country by Andy McCarthy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816075</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816075">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816075</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Here Comes The Sun: How a high-school dropout brought renewable energy to coal country
Author: Andy McCarthy
Narrator: Andy McCarthy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Here Comes the Sun is a story of overcoming adversity, finding a purpose and avoiding the potholes that throw you off course. When Andy McCarthy left school in Year 10 because of relentless bullying, his career prospects weren&amp;#039;t great, but he was determined to prove the doubters wrong. At age 19, he connected his first solar panel and suddenly found himself powered by a purpose. He would accelerate the world&amp;#039;s transition to renewable energy, and he would do it in the coal-fired heartland of Victoria&amp;#039;s Latrobe Valley. From tiny beginnings in his home garage, Andy overcame a tide of ridicule, setbacks and opposition to build one of Australia&amp;#039;s largest employers in the renewable energy sector: Gippsland Solar. But when his obsessive drive landed him in hospital, Andy realised something had to give. For his work to finally pay off, he would have to transform himself too. Here Comes the Sun is an electrifying tale for anyone interested in renewable energy, in building a business and in what it takes to follow a purpose without burning out.</description>
      <author>Andy McCarthy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781923293045.mp3" length="1164824" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816075</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781923293045.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816075">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816075</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Here Comes The Sun: How a high-school dropout brought renewable energy to coal country
Author: Andy McCarthy
Narrator: Andy McCarthy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Here Comes the Sun is a story of overcoming adversity, finding a purpose and avoiding the potholes that throw you off course. When Andy McCarthy left school in Year 10 because of relentless bullying, his career prospects weren&amp;#039;t great, but he was determined to prove the doubters wrong. At age 19, he connected his first solar panel and suddenly found himself powered by a purpose. He would accelerate the world&amp;#039;s transition to renewable energy, and he would do it in the coal-fired heartland of Victoria&amp;#039;s Latrobe Valley. From tiny beginnings in his home garage, Andy overcame a tide of ridicule, setbacks and opposition to build one of Australia&amp;#039;s largest employers in the renewable energy sector: Gippsland Solar. But when his obsessive drive landed him in hospital, Andy realised something had to give. For his work to finally pay off, he would have to transform himself too. Here Comes the Sun is an electrifying tale for anyone interested in renewable energy, in building a business and in what it takes to follow a purpose without burning out.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816075">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816075</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Here Comes The Sun: How a high-school dropout brought renewable energy to coal country
Author: Andy McCarthy
Narrator: Andy McCarthy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Here Comes the Sun is a story of overcoming adversity, finding a purpose and avoiding the potholes that throw you off course. When Andy McCarthy left school in Year 10 because of relentless bullying, his career prospects weren&amp;#039;t great, but he was determined to prove the doubters wrong. At age 19, he connected his first solar panel and suddenly found himself powered by a purpose. He would accelerate the world&amp;#039;s transition to renewable energy, and he would do it in the coal-fired heartland of Victoria&amp;#039;s Latrobe Valley. From tiny beginnings in his home garage, Andy overcame a tide of ridicule, setbacks and opposition to build one of Australia&amp;#039;s largest employers in the renewable energy sector: Gippsland Solar. But when his obsessive drive landed him in hospital, Andy realised something had to give. For his work to finally pay off, he would have to transform himself too. Here Comes the Sun is an electrifying tale for anyone interested in renewable energy, in building a business and in what it takes to follow a purpose without burning out.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating a better climate future: How you can start solving climate change in 5 minutes a day by Philip Kent-Hughes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816068</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816068">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816068</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creating a better climate future: How you can start solving climate change in 5 minutes a day
Author: Philip Kent-Hughes
Narrator: Sebastian Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you ready to be part of the solution? You can join millions of people taking action on climate change. Using his expertise in emergency management, the author provides practical  solutions to climate change that you can apply in your daily life. What you will gain from this book: • Find out how to promote system change and influence corporations to reduce their emissions now. • Discover enjoyable ways to communicate and connect with others, while creating community and increasing momentum for change. • Download a free Climate Action Guide to help you take action, reduce emissions, and achieve a sustainable lifestyle.  • Transform frustration into a feeling of self-empowerment and restore your confidence in our shared future. Imagine a day where you don&amp;#039;t just witness the climate crisis—but participate in shaping a better world. This guide can help you take steps to create meaningful action in just five minutes a day.</description>
      <author>Philip Kent-Hughes</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 07 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781763698758.mp3" length="1384365" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816068</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781763698758.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816068">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816068</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creating a better climate future: How you can start solving climate change in 5 minutes a day
Author: Philip Kent-Hughes
Narrator: Sebastian Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you ready to be part of the solution? You can join millions of people taking action on climate change. Using his expertise in emergency management, the author provides practical  solutions to climate change that you can apply in your daily life. What you will gain from this book: • Find out how to promote system change and influence corporations to reduce their emissions now. • Discover enjoyable ways to communicate and connect with others, while creating community and increasing momentum for change. • Download a free Climate Action Guide to help you take action, reduce emissions, and achieve a sustainable lifestyle.  • Transform frustration into a feeling of self-empowerment and restore your confidence in our shared future. Imagine a day where you don&amp;#039;t just witness the climate crisis—but participate in shaping a better world. This guide can help you take steps to create meaningful action in just five minutes a day.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816068">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816068</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creating a better climate future: How you can start solving climate change in 5 minutes a day
Author: Philip Kent-Hughes
Narrator: Sebastian Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you ready to be part of the solution? You can join millions of people taking action on climate change. Using his expertise in emergency management, the author provides practical  solutions to climate change that you can apply in your daily life. What you will gain from this book: • Find out how to promote system change and influence corporations to reduce their emissions now. • Discover enjoyable ways to communicate and connect with others, while creating community and increasing momentum for change. • Download a free Climate Action Guide to help you take action, reduce emissions, and achieve a sustainable lifestyle.  • Transform frustration into a feeling of self-empowerment and restore your confidence in our shared future. Imagine a day where you don&amp;#039;t just witness the climate crisis—but participate in shaping a better world. This guide can help you take steps to create meaningful action in just five minutes a day.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>IQ, EQ and DQ: Digital DNA in the AI Age by Yuhyun Park</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: IQ, EQ and DQ: Digital DNA in the AI Age
Author: Yuhyun Park
Narrator: Ellie Flory Fawcett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you know that 60% of children around the world have experienced at least one cyber-risk such as cyber-bullying, technology addiction, misinformation, online sexual exploitation, and others? The COVID-19 pandemic is accelerating the digitalization of global society. Cyber-risks among children, digital skill gaps and societal instability due to fake news and cyber-threats, are rapidly increasing and widening inequality. Amidst these challenges, how can we move forward to realize a better future?This book is about Park’s social impact journey to develop DQ (Digital Intelligence) as the global standard for digital literacy, digital skills, and digital readiness with the belief that ‘technology is only meaningful when it enhances humanness’. This book shares over a decade of her experiences and insights on the empowerment of individuals across more than 80 countries with digital citizenship, which constitutes the core life skills that are needed in the digital age to minimize cyber-risks and maximize human potential. The story invites all people to envision how DQ can help to reshape technology, education, and well-being in the digital age.</description>
      <author>Yuhyun Park</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789815280869.mp3" length="2485441" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789815280869.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: IQ, EQ and DQ: Digital DNA in the AI Age
Author: Yuhyun Park
Narrator: Ellie Flory Fawcett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you know that 60% of children around the world have experienced at least one cyber-risk such as cyber-bullying, technology addiction, misinformation, online sexual exploitation, and others? The COVID-19 pandemic is accelerating the digitalization of global society. Cyber-risks among children, digital skill gaps and societal instability due to fake news and cyber-threats, are rapidly increasing and widening inequality. Amidst these challenges, how can we move forward to realize a better future?This book is about Park’s social impact journey to develop DQ (Digital Intelligence) as the global standard for digital literacy, digital skills, and digital readiness with the belief that ‘technology is only meaningful when it enhances humanness’. This book shares over a decade of her experiences and insights on the empowerment of individuals across more than 80 countries with digital citizenship, which constitutes the core life skills that are needed in the digital age to minimize cyber-risks and maximize human potential. The story invites all people to envision how DQ can help to reshape technology, education, and well-being in the digital age.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: IQ, EQ and DQ: Digital DNA in the AI Age
Author: Yuhyun Park
Narrator: Ellie Flory Fawcett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you know that 60% of children around the world have experienced at least one cyber-risk such as cyber-bullying, technology addiction, misinformation, online sexual exploitation, and others? The COVID-19 pandemic is accelerating the digitalization of global society. Cyber-risks among children, digital skill gaps and societal instability due to fake news and cyber-threats, are rapidly increasing and widening inequality. Amidst these challenges, how can we move forward to realize a better future?This book is about Park’s social impact journey to develop DQ (Digital Intelligence) as the global standard for digital literacy, digital skills, and digital readiness with the belief that ‘technology is only meaningful when it enhances humanness’. This book shares over a decade of her experiences and insights on the empowerment of individuals across more than 80 countries with digital citizenship, which constitutes the core life skills that are needed in the digital age to minimize cyber-risks and maximize human potential. The story invites all people to envision how DQ can help to reshape technology, education, and well-being in the digital age.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Uncovering Dinosaur Behavior: What They Did and How We Know by David Hone</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814988</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Uncovering Dinosaur Behavior: What They Did and How We Know
Author: David Hone
Narrator: Graham Mack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Our understanding of dinosaur behavior has long been hampered by the inevitable lack of evidence from animals that went extinct more than sixty-five million years ago. Today, with the discovery of new specimens and the development of new and cutting-edge techniques, paleontologists are making major advances in reconstructing how dinosaurs lived and acted. Uncovering Dinosaur Behavior provides an unparalleled look at this emerging field of science, presenting the latest findings on dinosaur behavior and explaining how researchers interpret the often minimal and even conflicting information available to them. David Hone begins by introducing listeners to the fundamentals of dinosaur biology, diversity, and evolution, and goes on to describe their behaviors, from feeding and communication to reproduction, sociality, and combat. Speculation about dinosaur behavior goes back to the earliest scientific studies of these &amp;#039;terrible lizards.&amp;#039; Hone traces how pioneering science is opening a window into prehistoric life as never before, and discusses future directions of research in this thrilling and rapidly growing area of paleontology. Written by one of the world&amp;#039;s leading dinosaur experts, Uncovering Dinosaur Behavior is a foundational work on the subject and an invaluable reference for anyone interested in these amazing creatures.</description>
      <author>David Hone</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696616867.mp3" length="8021264" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814988</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696616867.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Uncovering Dinosaur Behavior: What They Did and How We Know
Author: David Hone
Narrator: Graham Mack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Our understanding of dinosaur behavior has long been hampered by the inevitable lack of evidence from animals that went extinct more than sixty-five million years ago. Today, with the discovery of new specimens and the development of new and cutting-edge techniques, paleontologists are making major advances in reconstructing how dinosaurs lived and acted. Uncovering Dinosaur Behavior provides an unparalleled look at this emerging field of science, presenting the latest findings on dinosaur behavior and explaining how researchers interpret the often minimal and even conflicting information available to them. David Hone begins by introducing listeners to the fundamentals of dinosaur biology, diversity, and evolution, and goes on to describe their behaviors, from feeding and communication to reproduction, sociality, and combat. Speculation about dinosaur behavior goes back to the earliest scientific studies of these &amp;#039;terrible lizards.&amp;#039; Hone traces how pioneering science is opening a window into prehistoric life as never before, and discusses future directions of research in this thrilling and rapidly growing area of paleontology. Written by one of the world&amp;#039;s leading dinosaur experts, Uncovering Dinosaur Behavior is a foundational work on the subject and an invaluable reference for anyone interested in these amazing creatures.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Uncovering Dinosaur Behavior: What They Did and How We Know
Author: David Hone
Narrator: Graham Mack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Our understanding of dinosaur behavior has long been hampered by the inevitable lack of evidence from animals that went extinct more than sixty-five million years ago. Today, with the discovery of new specimens and the development of new and cutting-edge techniques, paleontologists are making major advances in reconstructing how dinosaurs lived and acted. Uncovering Dinosaur Behavior provides an unparalleled look at this emerging field of science, presenting the latest findings on dinosaur behavior and explaining how researchers interpret the often minimal and even conflicting information available to them. David Hone begins by introducing listeners to the fundamentals of dinosaur biology, diversity, and evolution, and goes on to describe their behaviors, from feeding and communication to reproduction, sociality, and combat. Speculation about dinosaur behavior goes back to the earliest scientific studies of these &amp;#039;terrible lizards.&amp;#039; Hone traces how pioneering science is opening a window into prehistoric life as never before, and discusses future directions of research in this thrilling and rapidly growing area of paleontology. Written by one of the world&amp;#039;s leading dinosaur experts, Uncovering Dinosaur Behavior is a foundational work on the subject and an invaluable reference for anyone interested in these amazing creatures.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Highway to Climate Hell - Rockt nicht wirklich diese Aussicht, aber hier drin steht, wie du mit AC/DC gegensteuern kannst. Die Zukunft ist Elektrisch. Lies das mal. (Ungekürzt) by Frank Hummel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814353</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814353">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814353</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Highway to Climate Hell - Rockt nicht wirklich diese Aussicht, aber hier drin steht, wie du mit AC/DC gegensteuern kannst. Die Zukunft ist Elektrisch. Lies das mal. (Ungekürzt)
Author: Frank Hummel
Narrator: Karsten Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bist Du bereit für eine nachhaltige Zukunft? Entdecke, wie Du aktiv zur Energiewende beitragen kannst!  Nach Deinem Interesse für einen ziemlich ungewöhnlichen Titel erhältst Du hier also &amp;#039;im Handumdrehen&amp;#039; ein paar Hinweise zum Inhalt dieses Buches: Es gibt Dir Hintergrundinformationen zu den überall - oft widersprüchlich - diskutierten Themen der Energiewende und der Klimaneutralität. Also zu Themen, die uns alle bewegen (sollten) - hin zu mehr Eigeninitiative! Hier erfährst Du zum Beispiel, wie Du für Deinen privaten Haushalt oder Dein Unternehmen ökonomische und ökologische Vorteile realisieren kannst. Damit Deine Immobilie und Deine Mobilität von reinen Energieverbrauchern im Umkehrschluss zu den Protagonisten Deiner eigenen Energiewende werden. Dabei wirst Du sicher auch Überraschendes zur historischen Entwicklung und den nachfolgenden Weiterentwicklungen von Techniken, aber auch über die kalkulierbaren Risiken eines &amp;#039;Weiter so&amp;#039; lesen. Du hast genug vom ganzen Hin und Her der Meinungen? Kann ich verstehen. Aber vielleicht ist gerade dann mein Buch für Dich interessant. Warum, erfährst Du, wenn Du jetzt noch einmal Deine Hand zurückdrehst, Deine Finger benutzt und Seite 142 aufschlägst.</description>
      <author>Frank Hummel</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783759739483.mp3" length="828005" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814353</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783759739483.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814353">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814353</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Highway to Climate Hell - Rockt nicht wirklich diese Aussicht, aber hier drin steht, wie du mit AC/DC gegensteuern kannst. Die Zukunft ist Elektrisch. Lies das mal. (Ungekürzt)
Author: Frank Hummel
Narrator: Karsten Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bist Du bereit für eine nachhaltige Zukunft? Entdecke, wie Du aktiv zur Energiewende beitragen kannst!  Nach Deinem Interesse für einen ziemlich ungewöhnlichen Titel erhältst Du hier also &amp;#039;im Handumdrehen&amp;#039; ein paar Hinweise zum Inhalt dieses Buches: Es gibt Dir Hintergrundinformationen zu den überall - oft widersprüchlich - diskutierten Themen der Energiewende und der Klimaneutralität. Also zu Themen, die uns alle bewegen (sollten) - hin zu mehr Eigeninitiative! Hier erfährst Du zum Beispiel, wie Du für Deinen privaten Haushalt oder Dein Unternehmen ökonomische und ökologische Vorteile realisieren kannst. Damit Deine Immobilie und Deine Mobilität von reinen Energieverbrauchern im Umkehrschluss zu den Protagonisten Deiner eigenen Energiewende werden. Dabei wirst Du sicher auch Überraschendes zur historischen Entwicklung und den nachfolgenden Weiterentwicklungen von Techniken, aber auch über die kalkulierbaren Risiken eines &amp;#039;Weiter so&amp;#039; lesen. Du hast genug vom ganzen Hin und Her der Meinungen? Kann ich verstehen. Aber vielleicht ist gerade dann mein Buch für Dich interessant. Warum, erfährst Du, wenn Du jetzt noch einmal Deine Hand zurückdrehst, Deine Finger benutzt und Seite 142 aufschlägst.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814353">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814353</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Highway to Climate Hell - Rockt nicht wirklich diese Aussicht, aber hier drin steht, wie du mit AC/DC gegensteuern kannst. Die Zukunft ist Elektrisch. Lies das mal. (Ungekürzt)
Author: Frank Hummel
Narrator: Karsten Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bist Du bereit für eine nachhaltige Zukunft? Entdecke, wie Du aktiv zur Energiewende beitragen kannst!  Nach Deinem Interesse für einen ziemlich ungewöhnlichen Titel erhältst Du hier also &amp;#039;im Handumdrehen&amp;#039; ein paar Hinweise zum Inhalt dieses Buches: Es gibt Dir Hintergrundinformationen zu den überall - oft widersprüchlich - diskutierten Themen der Energiewende und der Klimaneutralität. Also zu Themen, die uns alle bewegen (sollten) - hin zu mehr Eigeninitiative! Hier erfährst Du zum Beispiel, wie Du für Deinen privaten Haushalt oder Dein Unternehmen ökonomische und ökologische Vorteile realisieren kannst. Damit Deine Immobilie und Deine Mobilität von reinen Energieverbrauchern im Umkehrschluss zu den Protagonisten Deiner eigenen Energiewende werden. Dabei wirst Du sicher auch Überraschendes zur historischen Entwicklung und den nachfolgenden Weiterentwicklungen von Techniken, aber auch über die kalkulierbaren Risiken eines &amp;#039;Weiter so&amp;#039; lesen. Du hast genug vom ganzen Hin und Her der Meinungen? Kann ich verstehen. Aber vielleicht ist gerade dann mein Buch für Dich interessant. Warum, erfährst Du, wenn Du jetzt noch einmal Deine Hand zurückdrehst, Deine Finger benutzt und Seite 142 aufschlägst.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Wolverine Way by Douglas H. Chadwick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814278</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814278">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814278</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wolverine Way
Author: Douglas H. Chadwick
Narrator: John Bricker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Glutton, demon of destruction, symbol of slaughter, mightiest of wilderness villains . . . The wolverine comes marked with a reputation based on myth and fancy. Yet this enigmatic animal is more complex than the legends that surround it. With a shrinking wilderness and global warming, the future of the wolverine is uncertain. The Wolverine Way reveals the natural history of this species and the forces that threaten its future, engagingly told by Douglas Chadwick, who volunteered with the Glacier Wolverine Project. This five-year study in Glacier National Park—which involved dealing with blizzards, grizzlies, sheer mountain walls, and other daily challenges to survival—uncovered key missing information about the wolverine&amp;#039;s habitat, social structure, and reproduction habits. Wolverines, according to Chadwick, are the land equivalent of polar bears in regard to the impacts of global warming. The plight of wolverines adds to the call for wildlife corridors that connect existing habitat that is proposed by the Freedom to Roam coalition.</description>
      <author>Douglas H. Chadwick</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855557909.mp3" length="8071362" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814278</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855557909.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814278">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814278</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wolverine Way
Author: Douglas H. Chadwick
Narrator: John Bricker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Glutton, demon of destruction, symbol of slaughter, mightiest of wilderness villains . . . The wolverine comes marked with a reputation based on myth and fancy. Yet this enigmatic animal is more complex than the legends that surround it. With a shrinking wilderness and global warming, the future of the wolverine is uncertain. The Wolverine Way reveals the natural history of this species and the forces that threaten its future, engagingly told by Douglas Chadwick, who volunteered with the Glacier Wolverine Project. This five-year study in Glacier National Park—which involved dealing with blizzards, grizzlies, sheer mountain walls, and other daily challenges to survival—uncovered key missing information about the wolverine&amp;#039;s habitat, social structure, and reproduction habits. Wolverines, according to Chadwick, are the land equivalent of polar bears in regard to the impacts of global warming. The plight of wolverines adds to the call for wildlife corridors that connect existing habitat that is proposed by the Freedom to Roam coalition.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814278">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814278</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wolverine Way
Author: Douglas H. Chadwick
Narrator: John Bricker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Glutton, demon of destruction, symbol of slaughter, mightiest of wilderness villains . . . The wolverine comes marked with a reputation based on myth and fancy. Yet this enigmatic animal is more complex than the legends that surround it. With a shrinking wilderness and global warming, the future of the wolverine is uncertain. The Wolverine Way reveals the natural history of this species and the forces that threaten its future, engagingly told by Douglas Chadwick, who volunteered with the Glacier Wolverine Project. This five-year study in Glacier National Park—which involved dealing with blizzards, grizzlies, sheer mountain walls, and other daily challenges to survival—uncovered key missing information about the wolverine&amp;#039;s habitat, social structure, and reproduction habits. Wolverines, according to Chadwick, are the land equivalent of polar bears in regard to the impacts of global warming. The plight of wolverines adds to the call for wildlife corridors that connect existing habitat that is proposed by the Freedom to Roam coalition.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dog Behiviour Training, Learn Dog: Get the Connection With Your Dog Using A More Natural Approach by Maree Hart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813968</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813968">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813968</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog Behiviour Training, Learn Dog: Get the Connection With Your Dog Using A More Natural Approach
Author: Maree Hart
Narrator: Maree Hart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
If you already have a dog in your life or you are considering adopting a dog into your life then this book is a must-read. Whether you have behavioral or obedience issues or not, there is always something new to learn when you understand how the mind and body of a dog actually works. Maree is so tuned in to animals, dogs in particular, that she understands exactly how they are feeling and what they are thinking. This book will teach you how to ‘speak dog’. It’s all about teaching humans to speak dog, not training the dog to understand what their human is asking of them. Maree often get&amp;#039;s called the Practical Dog trainer or the Dog Whisperer because of her methods.</description>
      <author>Maree Hart</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 11 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798333439086.mp3" length="1424547" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813968</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798333439086.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813968">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813968</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog Behiviour Training, Learn Dog: Get the Connection With Your Dog Using A More Natural Approach
Author: Maree Hart
Narrator: Maree Hart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
If you already have a dog in your life or you are considering adopting a dog into your life then this book is a must-read. Whether you have behavioral or obedience issues or not, there is always something new to learn when you understand how the mind and body of a dog actually works. Maree is so tuned in to animals, dogs in particular, that she understands exactly how they are feeling and what they are thinking. This book will teach you how to ‘speak dog’. It’s all about teaching humans to speak dog, not training the dog to understand what their human is asking of them. Maree often get&amp;#039;s called the Practical Dog trainer or the Dog Whisperer because of her methods.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813968">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813968</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog Behiviour Training, Learn Dog: Get the Connection With Your Dog Using A More Natural Approach
Author: Maree Hart
Narrator: Maree Hart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
If you already have a dog in your life or you are considering adopting a dog into your life then this book is a must-read. Whether you have behavioral or obedience issues or not, there is always something new to learn when you understand how the mind and body of a dog actually works. Maree is so tuned in to animals, dogs in particular, that she understands exactly how they are feeling and what they are thinking. This book will teach you how to ‘speak dog’. It’s all about teaching humans to speak dog, not training the dog to understand what their human is asking of them. Maree often get&amp;#039;s called the Practical Dog trainer or the Dog Whisperer because of her methods.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tales of a Pet Vet: Stories from the Clinic and House Calls by Dr. Dawn Filos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813947</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813947">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813947</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tales of a Pet Vet: Stories from the Clinic and House Calls
Author: Dr. Dawn Filos
Narrator: Jennifer McCool
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In stories tailor-made for pet lovers, a seasoned veterinarian shares her good, bad, and messy days on the job—and highlights the undeniable magic of the human-animal bond. Dr. Dawn Filos’s own menagerie of pets, including Willie the woolly monkey, primed her for a. career as a veterinarian. With emotional honesty, Dr. Dawn shares her heartfelt, and often hilarious journey, from nervous novice to seasoned, self-assured doctor. This modern-day James Herriot finds her niche as a house-call vet, with unique, intimate access into the homes and lives of her beloved patients and their human families. She understands with all of her heart that no visit or emergency is too trivial to a pet parent. After reading Tales of a Pet Vet you will never see your own vet the same way. Sometimes heartwarming, sometimes sad, and often hilarious, Tales of a Pet Vet will resonate deeply with pet lovers everywhere.</description>
      <author>Dr. Dawn Filos</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781963598193.mp3" length="1423283" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813947</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781963598193.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813947">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813947</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tales of a Pet Vet: Stories from the Clinic and House Calls
Author: Dr. Dawn Filos
Narrator: Jennifer McCool
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In stories tailor-made for pet lovers, a seasoned veterinarian shares her good, bad, and messy days on the job—and highlights the undeniable magic of the human-animal bond. Dr. Dawn Filos’s own menagerie of pets, including Willie the woolly monkey, primed her for a. career as a veterinarian. With emotional honesty, Dr. Dawn shares her heartfelt, and often hilarious journey, from nervous novice to seasoned, self-assured doctor. This modern-day James Herriot finds her niche as a house-call vet, with unique, intimate access into the homes and lives of her beloved patients and their human families. She understands with all of her heart that no visit or emergency is too trivial to a pet parent. After reading Tales of a Pet Vet you will never see your own vet the same way. Sometimes heartwarming, sometimes sad, and often hilarious, Tales of a Pet Vet will resonate deeply with pet lovers everywhere.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813947">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813947</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tales of a Pet Vet: Stories from the Clinic and House Calls
Author: Dr. Dawn Filos
Narrator: Jennifer McCool
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In stories tailor-made for pet lovers, a seasoned veterinarian shares her good, bad, and messy days on the job—and highlights the undeniable magic of the human-animal bond. Dr. Dawn Filos’s own menagerie of pets, including Willie the woolly monkey, primed her for a. career as a veterinarian. With emotional honesty, Dr. Dawn shares her heartfelt, and often hilarious journey, from nervous novice to seasoned, self-assured doctor. This modern-day James Herriot finds her niche as a house-call vet, with unique, intimate access into the homes and lives of her beloved patients and their human families. She understands with all of her heart that no visit or emergency is too trivial to a pet parent. After reading Tales of a Pet Vet you will never see your own vet the same way. Sometimes heartwarming, sometimes sad, and often hilarious, Tales of a Pet Vet will resonate deeply with pet lovers everywhere.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What the Bears Know: How I Found Truth and Magic in America&amp;#039;s Most Misunderstood Creatures by Chris Erskine, Steve Searles</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813887</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What the Bears Know: How I Found Truth and Magic in America&amp;#039;s Most Misunderstood Creatures
Author: Chris Erskine, Steve Searles
Narrator: Basil Sands
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In the late 1990s, the town of Mammoth Lakes, California, hired Steve Searles as a hunter to cull half its troublesome bear population. But as he began to prepare for the grim task, the bears soon won him over, and Searles realized there had to be a better way. He soon developed nonlethal tactics to control their behavior and overpopulation that heralded a landmark moment in the care and handling of the American black bear. But change was not without its challenges. To some, his success was dismissed due to his lack of formal academic training. Yet Searles never wavered in his commitment, and eventually became not just local folk hero but a nationally recognized expert. This high school dropout saved not just the bears, but, in many ways, his community. In a tradition that runs from John Muir to Bear Grylls, Searles finds a fellowship with nature and a deeper meaning in the world of bears. Do bears understand things we don&amp;#039;t? Are they dialed in to some greater natural force? Unlike us, bears waste little time on unreasonable fears. Bears are fully in the moment. They have an inner peace that seems to offset their power and strength. That may explain why no other animal on the planet is as revered as the bear. As Searles shares his remarkable knowledge and we become immersed in the ursine world, you&amp;#039;ll never look at bears or nature the same way again.</description>
      <author>Chris Erskine, Steve Searles</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855549461.mp3" length="7655686" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813887</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855549461.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What the Bears Know: How I Found Truth and Magic in America&amp;#039;s Most Misunderstood Creatures
Author: Chris Erskine, Steve Searles
Narrator: Basil Sands
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In the late 1990s, the town of Mammoth Lakes, California, hired Steve Searles as a hunter to cull half its troublesome bear population. But as he began to prepare for the grim task, the bears soon won him over, and Searles realized there had to be a better way. He soon developed nonlethal tactics to control their behavior and overpopulation that heralded a landmark moment in the care and handling of the American black bear. But change was not without its challenges. To some, his success was dismissed due to his lack of formal academic training. Yet Searles never wavered in his commitment, and eventually became not just local folk hero but a nationally recognized expert. This high school dropout saved not just the bears, but, in many ways, his community. In a tradition that runs from John Muir to Bear Grylls, Searles finds a fellowship with nature and a deeper meaning in the world of bears. Do bears understand things we don&amp;#039;t? Are they dialed in to some greater natural force? Unlike us, bears waste little time on unreasonable fears. Bears are fully in the moment. They have an inner peace that seems to offset their power and strength. That may explain why no other animal on the planet is as revered as the bear. As Searles shares his remarkable knowledge and we become immersed in the ursine world, you&amp;#039;ll never look at bears or nature the same way again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What the Bears Know: How I Found Truth and Magic in America&amp;#039;s Most Misunderstood Creatures
Author: Chris Erskine, Steve Searles
Narrator: Basil Sands
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In the late 1990s, the town of Mammoth Lakes, California, hired Steve Searles as a hunter to cull half its troublesome bear population. But as he began to prepare for the grim task, the bears soon won him over, and Searles realized there had to be a better way. He soon developed nonlethal tactics to control their behavior and overpopulation that heralded a landmark moment in the care and handling of the American black bear. But change was not without its challenges. To some, his success was dismissed due to his lack of formal academic training. Yet Searles never wavered in his commitment, and eventually became not just local folk hero but a nationally recognized expert. This high school dropout saved not just the bears, but, in many ways, his community. In a tradition that runs from John Muir to Bear Grylls, Searles finds a fellowship with nature and a deeper meaning in the world of bears. Do bears understand things we don&amp;#039;t? Are they dialed in to some greater natural force? Unlike us, bears waste little time on unreasonable fears. Bears are fully in the moment. They have an inner peace that seems to offset their power and strength. That may explain why no other animal on the planet is as revered as the bear. As Searles shares his remarkable knowledge and we become immersed in the ursine world, you&amp;#039;ll never look at bears or nature the same way again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shepherd&amp;#039;s Sight: A Farming Life by Barbara McLean</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813851</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shepherd&amp;#039;s Sight: A Farming Life
Author: Barbara McLean
Narrator: Robin Siegerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A restorative and resonant memoir of a year in the life of an aging shepherd For fifty years, Barbara McLean has tended a flock of Border Leicester sheep on her small Ontario farm, Lambsquarters. In Shepherd&amp;#039;s Sight she shares the crises, pleasures, and challenges of farm life over the course of a year. Now in her seventies, McLean faces a new problem: how much longer she can continue with the physically taxing work that is her central source of meaning and satisfaction. Through her unsentimental gaze, we witness the highs and heartbreaks of delivering and rearing lambs, the shearing and spinning of wool, the wildlife in the woods (and occasionally in the house), and the garden produce moving from seed to harvest to table. Even after half a century on this land, McLean is still making fresh observations, and she shares them in evocative, elegant prose. As she moves through the calendar year, she also reflects on years past, offering a long view on climate, stewardship, and agriculture. With its vivid description and absorbing storytelling, Shepherd&amp;#039;s Sight offers an unforgettable glimpse of a life lived on the land.</description>
      <author>Barbara McLean</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855529647.mp3" length="8371702" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813851</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855529647.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shepherd&amp;#039;s Sight: A Farming Life
Author: Barbara McLean
Narrator: Robin Siegerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A restorative and resonant memoir of a year in the life of an aging shepherd For fifty years, Barbara McLean has tended a flock of Border Leicester sheep on her small Ontario farm, Lambsquarters. In Shepherd&amp;#039;s Sight she shares the crises, pleasures, and challenges of farm life over the course of a year. Now in her seventies, McLean faces a new problem: how much longer she can continue with the physically taxing work that is her central source of meaning and satisfaction. Through her unsentimental gaze, we witness the highs and heartbreaks of delivering and rearing lambs, the shearing and spinning of wool, the wildlife in the woods (and occasionally in the house), and the garden produce moving from seed to harvest to table. Even after half a century on this land, McLean is still making fresh observations, and she shares them in evocative, elegant prose. As she moves through the calendar year, she also reflects on years past, offering a long view on climate, stewardship, and agriculture. With its vivid description and absorbing storytelling, Shepherd&amp;#039;s Sight offers an unforgettable glimpse of a life lived on the land.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shepherd&amp;#039;s Sight: A Farming Life
Author: Barbara McLean
Narrator: Robin Siegerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A restorative and resonant memoir of a year in the life of an aging shepherd For fifty years, Barbara McLean has tended a flock of Border Leicester sheep on her small Ontario farm, Lambsquarters. In Shepherd&amp;#039;s Sight she shares the crises, pleasures, and challenges of farm life over the course of a year. Now in her seventies, McLean faces a new problem: how much longer she can continue with the physically taxing work that is her central source of meaning and satisfaction. Through her unsentimental gaze, we witness the highs and heartbreaks of delivering and rearing lambs, the shearing and spinning of wool, the wildlife in the woods (and occasionally in the house), and the garden produce moving from seed to harvest to table. Even after half a century on this land, McLean is still making fresh observations, and she shares them in evocative, elegant prose. As she moves through the calendar year, she also reflects on years past, offering a long view on climate, stewardship, and agriculture. With its vivid description and absorbing storytelling, Shepherd&amp;#039;s Sight offers an unforgettable glimpse of a life lived on the land.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Return to the Sky: The Surprising Story of How One Woman and Seven Eaglets Helped Restore the Bald Eagle by Tina Morris</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813613</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813613">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813613</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Return to the Sky: The Surprising Story of How One Woman and Seven Eaglets Helped Restore the Bald Eagle
Author: Tina Morris
Narrator: Tia Rider
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Alone in a vast wildlife refuge with little direction and no experience, a Cornell Laboratory of Ornithology student found herself responsible for a project of historical importance—to bring the Bald Eagle back from near extinction.  In Return to the Sky, Tina Morris, one of the first women to engage in a raptor reintroduction program, shares her remarkable story that is as much about the human spirit as it is about birds of prey.  In the spring of 1975, on the eve of the US Bicentennial, Tina was selected to reintroduce Bald Eagles into New York State in the hope that the species could eventually repopulate eastern North America. Young and female in a male-dominated field, Tina was handed an assignment to rehabilitate a population that had been devastated by the effects of DDT. The challenges were prodigious—there was no model to emulate for a bird of the eagle’s size, for one—but Tina soon found that her own path to self-discovery and confidence-building was deeply connected with the survival of the species she was chosen to protect.  Ultimately, Tina spent two years playing “mother” to seven eaglets at Montezuma National Wildlife Refuge, east of Seneca Falls in New York. Driven by her passion, she discovered unknown reserves of patience, determination, and grit.  At a time when the mass extinction of bird species is a critical global topic, Return to the Sky reminds us how, with a mix of common sense, resilience, and resolve, humans can be effective stewards of the natural world.</description>
      <author>Tina Morris</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645022657.mp3" length="845679" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813613</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645022657.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813613">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813613</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Return to the Sky: The Surprising Story of How One Woman and Seven Eaglets Helped Restore the Bald Eagle
Author: Tina Morris
Narrator: Tia Rider
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Alone in a vast wildlife refuge with little direction and no experience, a Cornell Laboratory of Ornithology student found herself responsible for a project of historical importance—to bring the Bald Eagle back from near extinction.  In Return to the Sky, Tina Morris, one of the first women to engage in a raptor reintroduction program, shares her remarkable story that is as much about the human spirit as it is about birds of prey.  In the spring of 1975, on the eve of the US Bicentennial, Tina was selected to reintroduce Bald Eagles into New York State in the hope that the species could eventually repopulate eastern North America. Young and female in a male-dominated field, Tina was handed an assignment to rehabilitate a population that had been devastated by the effects of DDT. The challenges were prodigious—there was no model to emulate for a bird of the eagle’s size, for one—but Tina soon found that her own path to self-discovery and confidence-building was deeply connected with the survival of the species she was chosen to protect.  Ultimately, Tina spent two years playing “mother” to seven eaglets at Montezuma National Wildlife Refuge, east of Seneca Falls in New York. Driven by her passion, she discovered unknown reserves of patience, determination, and grit.  At a time when the mass extinction of bird species is a critical global topic, Return to the Sky reminds us how, with a mix of common sense, resilience, and resolve, humans can be effective stewards of the natural world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813613">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813613</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Return to the Sky: The Surprising Story of How One Woman and Seven Eaglets Helped Restore the Bald Eagle
Author: Tina Morris
Narrator: Tia Rider
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Alone in a vast wildlife refuge with little direction and no experience, a Cornell Laboratory of Ornithology student found herself responsible for a project of historical importance—to bring the Bald Eagle back from near extinction.  In Return to the Sky, Tina Morris, one of the first women to engage in a raptor reintroduction program, shares her remarkable story that is as much about the human spirit as it is about birds of prey.  In the spring of 1975, on the eve of the US Bicentennial, Tina was selected to reintroduce Bald Eagles into New York State in the hope that the species could eventually repopulate eastern North America. Young and female in a male-dominated field, Tina was handed an assignment to rehabilitate a population that had been devastated by the effects of DDT. The challenges were prodigious—there was no model to emulate for a bird of the eagle’s size, for one—but Tina soon found that her own path to self-discovery and confidence-building was deeply connected with the survival of the species she was chosen to protect.  Ultimately, Tina spent two years playing “mother” to seven eaglets at Montezuma National Wildlife Refuge, east of Seneca Falls in New York. Driven by her passion, she discovered unknown reserves of patience, determination, and grit.  At a time when the mass extinction of bird species is a critical global topic, Return to the Sky reminds us how, with a mix of common sense, resilience, and resolve, humans can be effective stewards of the natural world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Darker Wilderness: Black Nature Writing from Soil to Stars by Erin Sharkey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813420</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813420">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813420</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Darker Wilderness: Black Nature Writing from Soil to Stars
Author: Erin Sharkey
Narrator: Carmen Jewel Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What are the politics of nature? Who owns it, where is it, what role does it play in our lives? Does it need to be tamed? Are we ourselves natural? In A Darker Wilderness, a constellation of luminary writers reflect on the significance of nature in their lived experience and on the role of nature in the lives of Black folks in the United States. Each of these essays engages with a single archival object, whether directly or obliquely, exploring stories spanning hundreds of years and thousands of miles, traveling from roots to space and finding rich Blackness everywhere. Erin Sharkey considers Benjamin Banneker&amp;#039;s 1795 almanac, as she follows the passing of seasons in an urban garden in Buffalo. Naima Penniman reflects on a statue of Haitian revolutionary François Makandal, within her own pursuit of environmental justice. Ama Codjoe meditates on rain, hair, protest, and freedom via a photo of a woman during a civil rights demonstration in Alabama. And so on with wide-ranging contributions unearthing evidence of the ways Black people&amp;#039;s relationship to the natural world has persevered through colonialism, slavery, violence, and structurally racist policies. A scrapbook, a family chest, a quilt—a work of historical engagement and literary accomplishment—A Darker Wilderness is a collection brimming with abundance and insight.</description>
      <author>Erin Sharkey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855532289.mp3" length="8415355" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813420</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855532289.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813420">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813420</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Darker Wilderness: Black Nature Writing from Soil to Stars
Author: Erin Sharkey
Narrator: Carmen Jewel Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What are the politics of nature? Who owns it, where is it, what role does it play in our lives? Does it need to be tamed? Are we ourselves natural? In A Darker Wilderness, a constellation of luminary writers reflect on the significance of nature in their lived experience and on the role of nature in the lives of Black folks in the United States. Each of these essays engages with a single archival object, whether directly or obliquely, exploring stories spanning hundreds of years and thousands of miles, traveling from roots to space and finding rich Blackness everywhere. Erin Sharkey considers Benjamin Banneker&amp;#039;s 1795 almanac, as she follows the passing of seasons in an urban garden in Buffalo. Naima Penniman reflects on a statue of Haitian revolutionary François Makandal, within her own pursuit of environmental justice. Ama Codjoe meditates on rain, hair, protest, and freedom via a photo of a woman during a civil rights demonstration in Alabama. And so on with wide-ranging contributions unearthing evidence of the ways Black people&amp;#039;s relationship to the natural world has persevered through colonialism, slavery, violence, and structurally racist policies. A scrapbook, a family chest, a quilt—a work of historical engagement and literary accomplishment—A Darker Wilderness is a collection brimming with abundance and insight.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813420">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813420</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Darker Wilderness: Black Nature Writing from Soil to Stars
Author: Erin Sharkey
Narrator: Carmen Jewel Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What are the politics of nature? Who owns it, where is it, what role does it play in our lives? Does it need to be tamed? Are we ourselves natural? In A Darker Wilderness, a constellation of luminary writers reflect on the significance of nature in their lived experience and on the role of nature in the lives of Black folks in the United States. Each of these essays engages with a single archival object, whether directly or obliquely, exploring stories spanning hundreds of years and thousands of miles, traveling from roots to space and finding rich Blackness everywhere. Erin Sharkey considers Benjamin Banneker&amp;#039;s 1795 almanac, as she follows the passing of seasons in an urban garden in Buffalo. Naima Penniman reflects on a statue of Haitian revolutionary François Makandal, within her own pursuit of environmental justice. Ama Codjoe meditates on rain, hair, protest, and freedom via a photo of a woman during a civil rights demonstration in Alabama. And so on with wide-ranging contributions unearthing evidence of the ways Black people&amp;#039;s relationship to the natural world has persevered through colonialism, slavery, violence, and structurally racist policies. A scrapbook, a family chest, a quilt—a work of historical engagement and literary accomplishment—A Darker Wilderness is a collection brimming with abundance and insight.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mother&amp;#039;s Mother&amp;#039;s Day (Unabridged) by Lorna Balian</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813082</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813082">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813082</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mother&amp;#039;s Mother&amp;#039;s Day (Unabridged)
Author: Lorna Balian
Narrator: Ariana Prusack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hazel and her mother, grandmother, and great-grandmother all go to visit each other on Mother&amp;#039;s Day. But where&amp;#039;s great-great-grandmother?</description>
      <author>Lorna Balian</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781649090423.mp3" length="169578" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813082</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781649090423.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813082">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813082</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mother&amp;#039;s Mother&amp;#039;s Day (Unabridged)
Author: Lorna Balian
Narrator: Ariana Prusack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hazel and her mother, grandmother, and great-grandmother all go to visit each other on Mother&amp;#039;s Day. But where&amp;#039;s great-great-grandmother?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813082">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/813082</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mother&amp;#039;s Mother&amp;#039;s Day (Unabridged)
Author: Lorna Balian
Narrator: Ariana Prusack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hazel and her mother, grandmother, and great-grandmother all go to visit each other on Mother&amp;#039;s Day. But where&amp;#039;s great-great-grandmother?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dog Anxiety For Dummies by Sarah Hodgson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812662</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812662">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812662</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog Anxiety For Dummies
Author: Sarah Hodgson
Narrator: Gina Rogers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 27 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dog anxiety is common among all breeds, but different dogs can show different symptoms. Dog Anxiety For Dummies is for the millions of dog parents (and dog-parents-to-be) who want to help improve their pets&amp;#039; quality of life and relieve their suffering. With this helpful resource, you can recognize common signs of anxiety in dogs, discover what triggers their anxiety, learn to use training and play to ease anxiety, and find professional help when you need it. You&amp;#039;ll also get tips for dealing with specific situations like separation anxiety, fear aggression, noise-sensitive pups, and addressing trauma in rescue dogs. Calm dogs of all ages with the expert tips inside! ● Recognize your dog&amp;#039;s anxiety symptoms and triggers ● Understand treatment options for dogs displaying anxious behaviors ● Implement daily routines and training solutions to help alleviate anxiety ● Help your dog feel comfortable about strangers, cope with containment anxiety, and live a happy life This is the perfect Dummies guide for puppy and dog owners whose pets are suffering from anxiety, and for anyone considering adopting a dog in the future.</description>
      <author>Sarah Hodgson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855567427.mp3" length="7525988" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812662</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855567427.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812662">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812662</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog Anxiety For Dummies
Author: Sarah Hodgson
Narrator: Gina Rogers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 27 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dog anxiety is common among all breeds, but different dogs can show different symptoms. Dog Anxiety For Dummies is for the millions of dog parents (and dog-parents-to-be) who want to help improve their pets&amp;#039; quality of life and relieve their suffering. With this helpful resource, you can recognize common signs of anxiety in dogs, discover what triggers their anxiety, learn to use training and play to ease anxiety, and find professional help when you need it. You&amp;#039;ll also get tips for dealing with specific situations like separation anxiety, fear aggression, noise-sensitive pups, and addressing trauma in rescue dogs. Calm dogs of all ages with the expert tips inside! ● Recognize your dog&amp;#039;s anxiety symptoms and triggers ● Understand treatment options for dogs displaying anxious behaviors ● Implement daily routines and training solutions to help alleviate anxiety ● Help your dog feel comfortable about strangers, cope with containment anxiety, and live a happy life This is the perfect Dummies guide for puppy and dog owners whose pets are suffering from anxiety, and for anyone considering adopting a dog in the future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812662">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812662</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog Anxiety For Dummies
Author: Sarah Hodgson
Narrator: Gina Rogers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 27 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dog anxiety is common among all breeds, but different dogs can show different symptoms. Dog Anxiety For Dummies is for the millions of dog parents (and dog-parents-to-be) who want to help improve their pets&amp;#039; quality of life and relieve their suffering. With this helpful resource, you can recognize common signs of anxiety in dogs, discover what triggers their anxiety, learn to use training and play to ease anxiety, and find professional help when you need it. You&amp;#039;ll also get tips for dealing with specific situations like separation anxiety, fear aggression, noise-sensitive pups, and addressing trauma in rescue dogs. Calm dogs of all ages with the expert tips inside! ● Recognize your dog&amp;#039;s anxiety symptoms and triggers ● Understand treatment options for dogs displaying anxious behaviors ● Implement daily routines and training solutions to help alleviate anxiety ● Help your dog feel comfortable about strangers, cope with containment anxiety, and live a happy life This is the perfect Dummies guide for puppy and dog owners whose pets are suffering from anxiety, and for anyone considering adopting a dog in the future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Adventure Gap: Changing the Face of the Outdoors, 10th Anniversary Edition by James Edward Mills</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812590</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Adventure Gap: Changing the Face of the Outdoors, 10th Anniversary Edition
Author: James Edward Mills
Narrator: James Edward Mills
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Features a new &amp;#039;where are they now&amp;#039; section, with updates about lives of expedition&amp;#039;s original climbers and updated resources based on the &amp;#039;Anti-Racism in the Outdoors&amp;#039; (ARITO) guide. Outdoor journalist James Edward Mills&amp;#039;s book, The Adventure Gap, is a groundbreaking volume that is equal parts adventure story, history, and inspiration as it chronicles the first American all-Black summit attempt on Denali in 2013. Mills uses this momentous expedition as a jumping-off point to explore diversity in the outdoors, from Mathew Henson who stood at the North Pole in 1909 to contemporary adventurers such as polar explorer Barbara Hillary and rock climber Kai Lightner. This tenth anniversary edition once again shares the compelling events that unfolded during Expedition Denali&amp;#039;s summit bid. But it also provides fresh context: A new thought-provoking afterword by Mills examines what has evolved in and around the outdoor community since that effort. He highlights progress and inspiring stories, such as Full Circle Everest, an expedition led by Phillip Henderson that put an all-Black team on top of the world&amp;#039;s highest peak. And he points to places where we can and should all strive for higher achievement. The Adventure Gap has become an essential text in outdoor education and inspiration—a story of our times, now more relevant than ever.</description>
      <author>James Edward Mills</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855581065.mp3" length="7852772" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812590</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855581065.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Adventure Gap: Changing the Face of the Outdoors, 10th Anniversary Edition
Author: James Edward Mills
Narrator: James Edward Mills
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Features a new &amp;#039;where are they now&amp;#039; section, with updates about lives of expedition&amp;#039;s original climbers and updated resources based on the &amp;#039;Anti-Racism in the Outdoors&amp;#039; (ARITO) guide. Outdoor journalist James Edward Mills&amp;#039;s book, The Adventure Gap, is a groundbreaking volume that is equal parts adventure story, history, and inspiration as it chronicles the first American all-Black summit attempt on Denali in 2013. Mills uses this momentous expedition as a jumping-off point to explore diversity in the outdoors, from Mathew Henson who stood at the North Pole in 1909 to contemporary adventurers such as polar explorer Barbara Hillary and rock climber Kai Lightner. This tenth anniversary edition once again shares the compelling events that unfolded during Expedition Denali&amp;#039;s summit bid. But it also provides fresh context: A new thought-provoking afterword by Mills examines what has evolved in and around the outdoor community since that effort. He highlights progress and inspiring stories, such as Full Circle Everest, an expedition led by Phillip Henderson that put an all-Black team on top of the world&amp;#039;s highest peak. And he points to places where we can and should all strive for higher achievement. The Adventure Gap has become an essential text in outdoor education and inspiration—a story of our times, now more relevant than ever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Adventure Gap: Changing the Face of the Outdoors, 10th Anniversary Edition
Author: James Edward Mills
Narrator: James Edward Mills
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Features a new &amp;#039;where are they now&amp;#039; section, with updates about lives of expedition&amp;#039;s original climbers and updated resources based on the &amp;#039;Anti-Racism in the Outdoors&amp;#039; (ARITO) guide. Outdoor journalist James Edward Mills&amp;#039;s book, The Adventure Gap, is a groundbreaking volume that is equal parts adventure story, history, and inspiration as it chronicles the first American all-Black summit attempt on Denali in 2013. Mills uses this momentous expedition as a jumping-off point to explore diversity in the outdoors, from Mathew Henson who stood at the North Pole in 1909 to contemporary adventurers such as polar explorer Barbara Hillary and rock climber Kai Lightner. This tenth anniversary edition once again shares the compelling events that unfolded during Expedition Denali&amp;#039;s summit bid. But it also provides fresh context: A new thought-provoking afterword by Mills examines what has evolved in and around the outdoor community since that effort. He highlights progress and inspiring stories, such as Full Circle Everest, an expedition led by Phillip Henderson that put an all-Black team on top of the world&amp;#039;s highest peak. And he points to places where we can and should all strive for higher achievement. The Adventure Gap has become an essential text in outdoor education and inspiration—a story of our times, now more relevant than ever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What the Wild Sea Can Be: The Future of the World’s Ocean by Helen Scales</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812573</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What the Wild Sea Can Be: The Future of the World’s Ocean
Author: Helen Scales
Narrator: Helen Scales
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 45 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
No matter where we live, &amp;#039;we are all ocean people,&amp;#039; Helen Scales emphatically observes in her bracing yet hopeful exploration of the future of the ocean. Beginning with its fascinating deep history, Scales shows how the prehistoric ocean ecology was already working in ways similar to the ocean of today. In elegant, evocative prose, she takes listeners into the realms of animals that epitomize today&amp;#039;s increasingly challenging conditions. Ocean life everywhere is on the move as seas warm, and warm waters are an existential threat to emperor penguins, whose mating grounds in Antarctica are collapsing. Shark populations—critical to balanced ecosystems—have shrunk by 71 percent since the 1970s, largely the result of massive and oft-unregulated industrial fishing. Orcas—the apex predators—have also drastically declined, victims of toxic chemicals and plastics with long half-lives that disrupt the immune system and the ability to breed. Offering innovative ideas for protecting coastlines and cleaning the toxic seas, Scales insists we need more ethical and sustainable fisheries and must prevent the other existential threat of deep-sea mining, which could significantly alter life on earth. Inspiring us all to maintain a sense of awe and wonder at the majesty beneath the waves, she urges us to fight for the better future that still exists for the Anthropocene ocean.</description>
      <author>Helen Scales</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855576788.mp3" length="7599368" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812573</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855576788.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What the Wild Sea Can Be: The Future of the World’s Ocean
Author: Helen Scales
Narrator: Helen Scales
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 45 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
No matter where we live, &amp;#039;we are all ocean people,&amp;#039; Helen Scales emphatically observes in her bracing yet hopeful exploration of the future of the ocean. Beginning with its fascinating deep history, Scales shows how the prehistoric ocean ecology was already working in ways similar to the ocean of today. In elegant, evocative prose, she takes listeners into the realms of animals that epitomize today&amp;#039;s increasingly challenging conditions. Ocean life everywhere is on the move as seas warm, and warm waters are an existential threat to emperor penguins, whose mating grounds in Antarctica are collapsing. Shark populations—critical to balanced ecosystems—have shrunk by 71 percent since the 1970s, largely the result of massive and oft-unregulated industrial fishing. Orcas—the apex predators—have also drastically declined, victims of toxic chemicals and plastics with long half-lives that disrupt the immune system and the ability to breed. Offering innovative ideas for protecting coastlines and cleaning the toxic seas, Scales insists we need more ethical and sustainable fisheries and must prevent the other existential threat of deep-sea mining, which could significantly alter life on earth. Inspiring us all to maintain a sense of awe and wonder at the majesty beneath the waves, she urges us to fight for the better future that still exists for the Anthropocene ocean.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What the Wild Sea Can Be: The Future of the World’s Ocean
Author: Helen Scales
Narrator: Helen Scales
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 45 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
No matter where we live, &amp;#039;we are all ocean people,&amp;#039; Helen Scales emphatically observes in her bracing yet hopeful exploration of the future of the ocean. Beginning with its fascinating deep history, Scales shows how the prehistoric ocean ecology was already working in ways similar to the ocean of today. In elegant, evocative prose, she takes listeners into the realms of animals that epitomize today&amp;#039;s increasingly challenging conditions. Ocean life everywhere is on the move as seas warm, and warm waters are an existential threat to emperor penguins, whose mating grounds in Antarctica are collapsing. Shark populations—critical to balanced ecosystems—have shrunk by 71 percent since the 1970s, largely the result of massive and oft-unregulated industrial fishing. Orcas—the apex predators—have also drastically declined, victims of toxic chemicals and plastics with long half-lives that disrupt the immune system and the ability to breed. Offering innovative ideas for protecting coastlines and cleaning the toxic seas, Scales insists we need more ethical and sustainable fisheries and must prevent the other existential threat of deep-sea mining, which could significantly alter life on earth. Inspiring us all to maintain a sense of awe and wonder at the majesty beneath the waves, she urges us to fight for the better future that still exists for the Anthropocene ocean.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Plastikflasche by Valérie Guillaume</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812271</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Plastikflasche
Author: Valérie Guillaume
Narrator: Marco Thiemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 6 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Eine namenlose Plastikflasche... Ein Fluss am anderen Ende der Welt... Die endlose Weite des Meeres... Eine abenteuerliche Odyssee beginnt… In einem fernen Land wird eine Plastikflasche in einen Fluss geworfen. Eben noch ein nützlicher Begleiter für durstige Menschen, ist sie plötzlich ungewollt ein Teil des weltweiten Müllproblems. Gibt es ein Chance für ein neues Leben oder wird sie ein weiterer Mosaikstein in dem Bild einer verschmutzten Erde? Unsere Gewässer werden jedes Jahr stärker mit Plastikabfällen aller Art belastet. Aus diesem Grund wird das Thema immer wichtiger für uns alle.</description>
      <author>Valérie Guillaume</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4099995706413.mp3" length="792148" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812271</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4099995706413.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Plastikflasche
Author: Valérie Guillaume
Narrator: Marco Thiemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 6 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Eine namenlose Plastikflasche... Ein Fluss am anderen Ende der Welt... Die endlose Weite des Meeres... Eine abenteuerliche Odyssee beginnt… In einem fernen Land wird eine Plastikflasche in einen Fluss geworfen. Eben noch ein nützlicher Begleiter für durstige Menschen, ist sie plötzlich ungewollt ein Teil des weltweiten Müllproblems. Gibt es ein Chance für ein neues Leben oder wird sie ein weiterer Mosaikstein in dem Bild einer verschmutzten Erde? Unsere Gewässer werden jedes Jahr stärker mit Plastikabfällen aller Art belastet. Aus diesem Grund wird das Thema immer wichtiger für uns alle.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Plastikflasche
Author: Valérie Guillaume
Narrator: Marco Thiemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 6 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Eine namenlose Plastikflasche... Ein Fluss am anderen Ende der Welt... Die endlose Weite des Meeres... Eine abenteuerliche Odyssee beginnt… In einem fernen Land wird eine Plastikflasche in einen Fluss geworfen. Eben noch ein nützlicher Begleiter für durstige Menschen, ist sie plötzlich ungewollt ein Teil des weltweiten Müllproblems. Gibt es ein Chance für ein neues Leben oder wird sie ein weiterer Mosaikstein in dem Bild einer verschmutzten Erde? Unsere Gewässer werden jedes Jahr stärker mit Plastikabfällen aller Art belastet. Aus diesem Grund wird das Thema immer wichtiger für uns alle.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>HOOF BEATS: How Horses Shaped Human History by William T. Taylor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811836</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811836">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811836</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HOOF BEATS: How Horses Shaped Human History
Author: William T. Taylor
Narrator: Tristan Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Journey to the ancient past with cutting-edge science and new data to discover how horses forever altered the course of human history.      From the Rockies to the Himalayas, the bond between horses and humans has spanned across time and civilizations. In this archaeological journey, William T. Taylor explores how momentous events in the story of humans and horses helped create the world we live in today. Tracing the horse&amp;#039;s origins and spread from the western Eurasian steppes to the invention of horse-drawn transportation and the explosive shift to mounted riding, Taylor offers a revolutionary new account of how horses altered the course of human history.     Drawing on Indigenous perspectives, ancient DNA, and new research from Mongolia to the Great Plains and beyond, Taylor guides listeners through the major discoveries that have placed the horse at the origins of globalization, trade, biological exchange, and social inequality. Hoof Beats transforms our understanding of both horses and humanity&amp;#039;s ancient past and asks us to consider what our relationship with horses means for the future of humanity and the world around us.</description>
      <author>William T. Taylor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696617307.mp3" length="7511208" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811836</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696617307.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811836">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811836</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HOOF BEATS: How Horses Shaped Human History
Author: William T. Taylor
Narrator: Tristan Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Journey to the ancient past with cutting-edge science and new data to discover how horses forever altered the course of human history.      From the Rockies to the Himalayas, the bond between horses and humans has spanned across time and civilizations. In this archaeological journey, William T. Taylor explores how momentous events in the story of humans and horses helped create the world we live in today. Tracing the horse&amp;#039;s origins and spread from the western Eurasian steppes to the invention of horse-drawn transportation and the explosive shift to mounted riding, Taylor offers a revolutionary new account of how horses altered the course of human history.     Drawing on Indigenous perspectives, ancient DNA, and new research from Mongolia to the Great Plains and beyond, Taylor guides listeners through the major discoveries that have placed the horse at the origins of globalization, trade, biological exchange, and social inequality. Hoof Beats transforms our understanding of both horses and humanity&amp;#039;s ancient past and asks us to consider what our relationship with horses means for the future of humanity and the world around us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811836">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811836</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HOOF BEATS: How Horses Shaped Human History
Author: William T. Taylor
Narrator: Tristan Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Journey to the ancient past with cutting-edge science and new data to discover how horses forever altered the course of human history.      From the Rockies to the Himalayas, the bond between horses and humans has spanned across time and civilizations. In this archaeological journey, William T. Taylor explores how momentous events in the story of humans and horses helped create the world we live in today. Tracing the horse&amp;#039;s origins and spread from the western Eurasian steppes to the invention of horse-drawn transportation and the explosive shift to mounted riding, Taylor offers a revolutionary new account of how horses altered the course of human history.     Drawing on Indigenous perspectives, ancient DNA, and new research from Mongolia to the Great Plains and beyond, Taylor guides listeners through the major discoveries that have placed the horse at the origins of globalization, trade, biological exchange, and social inequality. Hoof Beats transforms our understanding of both horses and humanity&amp;#039;s ancient past and asks us to consider what our relationship with horses means for the future of humanity and the world around us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Gewohnheitstiere - Wie Industrie und Wissenschaft unsere Instinkte manipulieren (Ungekürzt) by Nicklas Brendborg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811178</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811178">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811178</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gewohnheitstiere - Wie Industrie und Wissenschaft unsere Instinkte manipulieren (Ungekürzt)
Author: Nicklas Brendborg
Narrator: Markus J. Bachmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Eine neue Sichtweise auf unsere Gewohnheiten Wieso sind große, bunte Eier für Vögel attraktiver als die kleinen, unscheinbaren? Warum werden Früchte im Laufe der Evolution immer süßer? Und warum wird die Weltbevölkerung immer übergewichtiger, obwohl das Interesse an einer gesunden Lebensweise größer ist, denn je? In Gewohnheitstiere nimmt Nicklas Brendborg die Entwicklung unserer Verhaltensmuster unter die Lupe und gibt unterhaltsame, kritische und wissenschaftliche Antworten auf die Fragen, wieso wir uns so schwer von schlechten Gewohnheiten befreien können und wie sich Unternehmen das Wissen über den menschlichen Instinkt und die Biologie zunutze machen, um süchtig machende Superreize zu schaffen.</description>
      <author>Nicklas Brendborg</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783754016930.mp3" length="835590" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811178</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783754016930.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811178">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811178</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gewohnheitstiere - Wie Industrie und Wissenschaft unsere Instinkte manipulieren (Ungekürzt)
Author: Nicklas Brendborg
Narrator: Markus J. Bachmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Eine neue Sichtweise auf unsere Gewohnheiten Wieso sind große, bunte Eier für Vögel attraktiver als die kleinen, unscheinbaren? Warum werden Früchte im Laufe der Evolution immer süßer? Und warum wird die Weltbevölkerung immer übergewichtiger, obwohl das Interesse an einer gesunden Lebensweise größer ist, denn je? In Gewohnheitstiere nimmt Nicklas Brendborg die Entwicklung unserer Verhaltensmuster unter die Lupe und gibt unterhaltsame, kritische und wissenschaftliche Antworten auf die Fragen, wieso wir uns so schwer von schlechten Gewohnheiten befreien können und wie sich Unternehmen das Wissen über den menschlichen Instinkt und die Biologie zunutze machen, um süchtig machende Superreize zu schaffen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811178">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811178</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gewohnheitstiere - Wie Industrie und Wissenschaft unsere Instinkte manipulieren (Ungekürzt)
Author: Nicklas Brendborg
Narrator: Markus J. Bachmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Eine neue Sichtweise auf unsere Gewohnheiten Wieso sind große, bunte Eier für Vögel attraktiver als die kleinen, unscheinbaren? Warum werden Früchte im Laufe der Evolution immer süßer? Und warum wird die Weltbevölkerung immer übergewichtiger, obwohl das Interesse an einer gesunden Lebensweise größer ist, denn je? In Gewohnheitstiere nimmt Nicklas Brendborg die Entwicklung unserer Verhaltensmuster unter die Lupe und gibt unterhaltsame, kritische und wissenschaftliche Antworten auf die Fragen, wieso wir uns so schwer von schlechten Gewohnheiten befreien können und wie sich Unternehmen das Wissen über den menschlichen Instinkt und die Biologie zunutze machen, um süchtig machende Superreize zu schaffen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pawverbs for a Dog Lover&amp;#039;s Heart: Inspiring Stories of Friendship, Fun, and Faithfulness by Jennifer Marshall Bleakley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809268</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pawverbs for a Dog Lover&amp;#039;s Heart: Inspiring Stories of Friendship, Fun, and Faithfulness
Author: Jennifer Marshall Bleakley
Narrator: Aimee Reid
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 1 minute
Release date: October  8, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A dog’s love is one of life’s greatest blessings.  Your dog doesn’t ask you to be anyone other than yourself. When you’re with your dog, you don’t have to worry about what you say or what you look like; all your canine friend wants is you (and food, and belly rubs, and treats).  But dogs are even more than our best friends?they can be our wise teachers, sharing lessons that stay in our hearts forever. Every day, they show us the value of listening and loyalty; what it means to trust and obey; and the importance of just sitting with someone and being a friend. God has given us animals, ultimately, to point us to Himself?to the One who is always there and who loves unconditionally.  Pawverbs for a Dog Lover’s Heart is a collection of dog stories, with each reading featuring:    - A principle from the book of Proverbs  - Prompts to ponder and pray through    In this devotional, you’ll not only find inspiring and heartwarming tales, but spiritual truths to touch your heart and remind you of God’s unfailing love, wisdom, and grace.  The perfect gift for dog lovers, with over 100,000 copies sold in print and e-book!</description>
      <author>Jennifer Marshall Bleakley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666678611.mp3" length="812851" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809268</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666678611.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pawverbs for a Dog Lover&amp;#039;s Heart: Inspiring Stories of Friendship, Fun, and Faithfulness
Author: Jennifer Marshall Bleakley
Narrator: Aimee Reid
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 1 minute
Release date: October  8, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A dog’s love is one of life’s greatest blessings.  Your dog doesn’t ask you to be anyone other than yourself. When you’re with your dog, you don’t have to worry about what you say or what you look like; all your canine friend wants is you (and food, and belly rubs, and treats).  But dogs are even more than our best friends?they can be our wise teachers, sharing lessons that stay in our hearts forever. Every day, they show us the value of listening and loyalty; what it means to trust and obey; and the importance of just sitting with someone and being a friend. God has given us animals, ultimately, to point us to Himself?to the One who is always there and who loves unconditionally.  Pawverbs for a Dog Lover’s Heart is a collection of dog stories, with each reading featuring:    - A principle from the book of Proverbs  - Prompts to ponder and pray through    In this devotional, you’ll not only find inspiring and heartwarming tales, but spiritual truths to touch your heart and remind you of God’s unfailing love, wisdom, and grace.  The perfect gift for dog lovers, with over 100,000 copies sold in print and e-book!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pawverbs for a Dog Lover&amp;#039;s Heart: Inspiring Stories of Friendship, Fun, and Faithfulness
Author: Jennifer Marshall Bleakley
Narrator: Aimee Reid
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 1 minute
Release date: October  8, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A dog’s love is one of life’s greatest blessings.  Your dog doesn’t ask you to be anyone other than yourself. When you’re with your dog, you don’t have to worry about what you say or what you look like; all your canine friend wants is you (and food, and belly rubs, and treats).  But dogs are even more than our best friends?they can be our wise teachers, sharing lessons that stay in our hearts forever. Every day, they show us the value of listening and loyalty; what it means to trust and obey; and the importance of just sitting with someone and being a friend. God has given us animals, ultimately, to point us to Himself?to the One who is always there and who loves unconditionally.  Pawverbs for a Dog Lover’s Heart is a collection of dog stories, with each reading featuring:    - A principle from the book of Proverbs  - Prompts to ponder and pray through    In this devotional, you’ll not only find inspiring and heartwarming tales, but spiritual truths to touch your heart and remind you of God’s unfailing love, wisdom, and grace.  The perfect gift for dog lovers, with over 100,000 copies sold in print and e-book!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pawverbs for a Cat Lover&amp;#039;s Heart: Inspiring Stories of Feistiness, Friendship, and Fun by Jennifer Marshall Bleakley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809234</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809234">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809234</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pawverbs for a Cat Lover&amp;#039;s Heart: Inspiring Stories of Feistiness, Friendship, and Fun
Author: Jennifer Marshall Bleakley
Narrator: Aimee Reid
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Cats aren’t just cute and cuddly; they also have a lot to teach us about life.  Our cats are our companions?they love us deeply, are always honest with us (sometimes too honest), and are there for us when we need them most. There is no sound in the world quite as soothing as the purr of a contented cat by our side.  But cats are even more than our companions?they can be our wise teachers, sharing lessons that stay in our hearts forever. Cats show us the importance of trusting the people we love; they model how to live with confident authenticity; and they inspire us to overcome obstacles that stand in our way. Ultimately, God has given us animals to point us to Himself?to the One who is always there and who loves us unconditionally, right where we are.  Pawverbs for a Cat Lover’s Heart is a collection of stories, each featuring a real-life animal and sharing a principle from the book of Proverbs. You’ll not only find inspiring and heartwarming tales, but also spiritual truths to touch your heart and remind you of God’s unfailing love, wisdom, and grace.</description>
      <author>Jennifer Marshall Bleakley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666678628.mp3" length="848076" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809234</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666678628.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809234">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809234</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pawverbs for a Cat Lover&amp;#039;s Heart: Inspiring Stories of Feistiness, Friendship, and Fun
Author: Jennifer Marshall Bleakley
Narrator: Aimee Reid
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Cats aren’t just cute and cuddly; they also have a lot to teach us about life.  Our cats are our companions?they love us deeply, are always honest with us (sometimes too honest), and are there for us when we need them most. There is no sound in the world quite as soothing as the purr of a contented cat by our side.  But cats are even more than our companions?they can be our wise teachers, sharing lessons that stay in our hearts forever. Cats show us the importance of trusting the people we love; they model how to live with confident authenticity; and they inspire us to overcome obstacles that stand in our way. Ultimately, God has given us animals to point us to Himself?to the One who is always there and who loves us unconditionally, right where we are.  Pawverbs for a Cat Lover’s Heart is a collection of stories, each featuring a real-life animal and sharing a principle from the book of Proverbs. You’ll not only find inspiring and heartwarming tales, but also spiritual truths to touch your heart and remind you of God’s unfailing love, wisdom, and grace.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809234">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809234</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pawverbs for a Cat Lover&amp;#039;s Heart: Inspiring Stories of Feistiness, Friendship, and Fun
Author: Jennifer Marshall Bleakley
Narrator: Aimee Reid
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Cats aren’t just cute and cuddly; they also have a lot to teach us about life.  Our cats are our companions?they love us deeply, are always honest with us (sometimes too honest), and are there for us when we need them most. There is no sound in the world quite as soothing as the purr of a contented cat by our side.  But cats are even more than our companions?they can be our wise teachers, sharing lessons that stay in our hearts forever. Cats show us the importance of trusting the people we love; they model how to live with confident authenticity; and they inspire us to overcome obstacles that stand in our way. Ultimately, God has given us animals to point us to Himself?to the One who is always there and who loves us unconditionally, right where we are.  Pawverbs for a Cat Lover’s Heart is a collection of stories, each featuring a real-life animal and sharing a principle from the book of Proverbs. You’ll not only find inspiring and heartwarming tales, but also spiritual truths to touch your heart and remind you of God’s unfailing love, wisdom, and grace.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Woman in the Polar Night by Christiane Ritter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809086</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Woman in the Polar Night
Author: Christiane Ritter
Narrator: Rebecca Gallagher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This rediscovered classic memoir tells the incredible tale of a woman defying society&amp;#039;s expectations to find freedom and peace in the adventure of a lifetime. In 1934, the painter Christiane Ritter leaves her comfortable life in Austria and travels to the remote Arctic island of Spitsbergen, to spend a year there with her husband. She thinks it will be a relaxing trip, a chance to &amp;#039;read thick books in the remote quiet and, not least, sleep to my heart&amp;#039;s content,&amp;#039; but when Christiane arrives she is shocked to realize that they are to live in a tiny ramshackle hut on the shores of a lonely fjord, hundreds of miles from the nearest settlement, battling the elements every day, just to survive. At first, Christiane is horrified by the freezing cold, the bleak landscape the lack of equipment and supplies . . . But as time passes, after encounters with bears and seals, long treks over the ice and months on end of perpetual night, she finds herself falling in love with the Arctic&amp;#039;s harsh, otherworldly beauty, gaining a great sense of inner peace and a new appreciation for the sanctity of life.</description>
      <author>Christiane Ritter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855575781.mp3" length="8161050" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809086</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855575781.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Woman in the Polar Night
Author: Christiane Ritter
Narrator: Rebecca Gallagher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This rediscovered classic memoir tells the incredible tale of a woman defying society&amp;#039;s expectations to find freedom and peace in the adventure of a lifetime. In 1934, the painter Christiane Ritter leaves her comfortable life in Austria and travels to the remote Arctic island of Spitsbergen, to spend a year there with her husband. She thinks it will be a relaxing trip, a chance to &amp;#039;read thick books in the remote quiet and, not least, sleep to my heart&amp;#039;s content,&amp;#039; but when Christiane arrives she is shocked to realize that they are to live in a tiny ramshackle hut on the shores of a lonely fjord, hundreds of miles from the nearest settlement, battling the elements every day, just to survive. At first, Christiane is horrified by the freezing cold, the bleak landscape the lack of equipment and supplies . . . But as time passes, after encounters with bears and seals, long treks over the ice and months on end of perpetual night, she finds herself falling in love with the Arctic&amp;#039;s harsh, otherworldly beauty, gaining a great sense of inner peace and a new appreciation for the sanctity of life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Woman in the Polar Night
Author: Christiane Ritter
Narrator: Rebecca Gallagher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This rediscovered classic memoir tells the incredible tale of a woman defying society&amp;#039;s expectations to find freedom and peace in the adventure of a lifetime. In 1934, the painter Christiane Ritter leaves her comfortable life in Austria and travels to the remote Arctic island of Spitsbergen, to spend a year there with her husband. She thinks it will be a relaxing trip, a chance to &amp;#039;read thick books in the remote quiet and, not least, sleep to my heart&amp;#039;s content,&amp;#039; but when Christiane arrives she is shocked to realize that they are to live in a tiny ramshackle hut on the shores of a lonely fjord, hundreds of miles from the nearest settlement, battling the elements every day, just to survive. At first, Christiane is horrified by the freezing cold, the bleak landscape the lack of equipment and supplies . . . But as time passes, after encounters with bears and seals, long treks over the ice and months on end of perpetual night, she finds herself falling in love with the Arctic&amp;#039;s harsh, otherworldly beauty, gaining a great sense of inner peace and a new appreciation for the sanctity of life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Story of Earth&amp;#039;s Climate in 25 Discoveries: How Scientists Found the Connections Between Climate and Life by Donald R. Prothero</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808664</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808664">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808664</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Story of Earth&amp;#039;s Climate in 25 Discoveries: How Scientists Found the Connections Between Climate and Life
Author: Donald R. Prothero
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Over 4.5 billion years, Earth&amp;#039;s climate has transformed tremendously. Before our more temperate recent past, the planet swung from one extreme to another—from a greenhouse world of sweltering temperatures and high sea levels to a &amp;#039;snowball earth&amp;#039;in which glaciers reached the equator. During this history, we now know, living things and the climate have always influenced and even shaped each other. But the climate has never changed as rapidly or as drastically as it has since the Industrial Revolution. In this entertaining book, Donald R. Prothero explores the astonishing connections between climate and life through the ages, telling the remarkable stories of the scientists who made crucial discoveries. Journeying through the intertwined evolution of climate and life, he tackles questions such as: Why do we have phytoplankton to thank for the air we breathe? What kind of climate was necessary for the rise of the dinosaurs—or the mammals, their successors? When and how have climatic changes caused mass extinctions? Prothero concludes with the Ice Ages and the Holocene, the role of climate in human history, and the perils of anthropogenic climate change. Understanding why the climate has changed in the past, this timely book shows, is essential to grasping the gravity of how radically human activity is altering the climate today.</description>
      <author>Donald R. Prothero</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855533460.mp3" length="8355199" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808664</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855533460.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808664">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808664</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Story of Earth&amp;#039;s Climate in 25 Discoveries: How Scientists Found the Connections Between Climate and Life
Author: Donald R. Prothero
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Over 4.5 billion years, Earth&amp;#039;s climate has transformed tremendously. Before our more temperate recent past, the planet swung from one extreme to another—from a greenhouse world of sweltering temperatures and high sea levels to a &amp;#039;snowball earth&amp;#039;in which glaciers reached the equator. During this history, we now know, living things and the climate have always influenced and even shaped each other. But the climate has never changed as rapidly or as drastically as it has since the Industrial Revolution. In this entertaining book, Donald R. Prothero explores the astonishing connections between climate and life through the ages, telling the remarkable stories of the scientists who made crucial discoveries. Journeying through the intertwined evolution of climate and life, he tackles questions such as: Why do we have phytoplankton to thank for the air we breathe? What kind of climate was necessary for the rise of the dinosaurs—or the mammals, their successors? When and how have climatic changes caused mass extinctions? Prothero concludes with the Ice Ages and the Holocene, the role of climate in human history, and the perils of anthropogenic climate change. Understanding why the climate has changed in the past, this timely book shows, is essential to grasping the gravity of how radically human activity is altering the climate today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808664">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808664</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Story of Earth&amp;#039;s Climate in 25 Discoveries: How Scientists Found the Connections Between Climate and Life
Author: Donald R. Prothero
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Over 4.5 billion years, Earth&amp;#039;s climate has transformed tremendously. Before our more temperate recent past, the planet swung from one extreme to another—from a greenhouse world of sweltering temperatures and high sea levels to a &amp;#039;snowball earth&amp;#039;in which glaciers reached the equator. During this history, we now know, living things and the climate have always influenced and even shaped each other. But the climate has never changed as rapidly or as drastically as it has since the Industrial Revolution. In this entertaining book, Donald R. Prothero explores the astonishing connections between climate and life through the ages, telling the remarkable stories of the scientists who made crucial discoveries. Journeying through the intertwined evolution of climate and life, he tackles questions such as: Why do we have phytoplankton to thank for the air we breathe? What kind of climate was necessary for the rise of the dinosaurs—or the mammals, their successors? When and how have climatic changes caused mass extinctions? Prothero concludes with the Ice Ages and the Holocene, the role of climate in human history, and the perils of anthropogenic climate change. Understanding why the climate has changed in the past, this timely book shows, is essential to grasping the gravity of how radically human activity is altering the climate today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Invisible No More: Voices from Native America by Raymond Foxworth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808361</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Invisible No More: Voices from Native America
Author: Raymond Foxworth
Narrator: Jason Grasl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For too long, Native American people in the United States have been stereotyped as vestiges of the past, invisible citizens in their own land obliged to remind others, &amp;#039;We are still here!&amp;#039; Yet today, Native leaders are at the center of social change, challenging philanthropic organizations that have historically excluded Native people, and fighting for economic and environmental justice. Invisible No More is a collection of stories by Native American leaders, many of them women, who are leading the way through cultural grounding and nation-building in the areas of community, environmental justice, and economic justice. Authors in the collection come from over a dozen Native nations. While telling their stories, authors excavate the history and ongoing effects of genocide and colonialism. At the same time, the authors detail ways that listeners might imagine the world differently, presenting stories of Native community building that offer benefits for all. In a world facing a mounting climate crisis and record economic inequality, Invisible No More exposes the deep wounds of a racist past while offering a powerful call to care for one another and the planet. Indigenous communities have much to offer, not the least of which are solutions gleaned from cultural knowledge developed over generations.</description>
      <author>Raymond Foxworth</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350887242.mp3" length="8024174" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808361</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350887242.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Invisible No More: Voices from Native America
Author: Raymond Foxworth
Narrator: Jason Grasl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For too long, Native American people in the United States have been stereotyped as vestiges of the past, invisible citizens in their own land obliged to remind others, &amp;#039;We are still here!&amp;#039; Yet today, Native leaders are at the center of social change, challenging philanthropic organizations that have historically excluded Native people, and fighting for economic and environmental justice. Invisible No More is a collection of stories by Native American leaders, many of them women, who are leading the way through cultural grounding and nation-building in the areas of community, environmental justice, and economic justice. Authors in the collection come from over a dozen Native nations. While telling their stories, authors excavate the history and ongoing effects of genocide and colonialism. At the same time, the authors detail ways that listeners might imagine the world differently, presenting stories of Native community building that offer benefits for all. In a world facing a mounting climate crisis and record economic inequality, Invisible No More exposes the deep wounds of a racist past while offering a powerful call to care for one another and the planet. Indigenous communities have much to offer, not the least of which are solutions gleaned from cultural knowledge developed over generations.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Invisible No More: Voices from Native America
Author: Raymond Foxworth
Narrator: Jason Grasl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For too long, Native American people in the United States have been stereotyped as vestiges of the past, invisible citizens in their own land obliged to remind others, &amp;#039;We are still here!&amp;#039; Yet today, Native leaders are at the center of social change, challenging philanthropic organizations that have historically excluded Native people, and fighting for economic and environmental justice. Invisible No More is a collection of stories by Native American leaders, many of them women, who are leading the way through cultural grounding and nation-building in the areas of community, environmental justice, and economic justice. Authors in the collection come from over a dozen Native nations. While telling their stories, authors excavate the history and ongoing effects of genocide and colonialism. At the same time, the authors detail ways that listeners might imagine the world differently, presenting stories of Native community building that offer benefits for all. In a world facing a mounting climate crisis and record economic inequality, Invisible No More exposes the deep wounds of a racist past while offering a powerful call to care for one another and the planet. Indigenous communities have much to offer, not the least of which are solutions gleaned from cultural knowledge developed over generations.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dark Skies: ...In the afterglow by Mike Blake</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808209</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808209">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808209</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Skies: ...In the afterglow
Series: #1 of Cosmos
Author: Mike Blake
Narrator: Mike Blake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dark Skies: ~ In the Afterglow. A poem about the importance of seeing terestrial bodies at night, like we used to in days of old. Now designated spots around the globe have been put aside for &amp;#039;Dark Skies&amp;#039; to be seen in their true wonder. This shortish poem, encapsulates that. Mentions the Darks Skies of America, the UK, and one of the Darkest in Africa.</description>
      <author>Mike Blake</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875162435.mp3" length="194058" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808209</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875162435.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808209">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808209</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Skies: ...In the afterglow
Series: #1 of Cosmos
Author: Mike Blake
Narrator: Mike Blake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dark Skies: ~ In the Afterglow. A poem about the importance of seeing terestrial bodies at night, like we used to in days of old. Now designated spots around the globe have been put aside for &amp;#039;Dark Skies&amp;#039; to be seen in their true wonder. This shortish poem, encapsulates that. Mentions the Darks Skies of America, the UK, and one of the Darkest in Africa.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808209">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808209</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Skies: ...In the afterglow
Series: #1 of Cosmos
Author: Mike Blake
Narrator: Mike Blake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dark Skies: ~ In the Afterglow. A poem about the importance of seeing terestrial bodies at night, like we used to in days of old. Now designated spots around the globe have been put aside for &amp;#039;Dark Skies&amp;#039; to be seen in their true wonder. This shortish poem, encapsulates that. Mentions the Darks Skies of America, the UK, and one of the Darkest in Africa.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Southern Wonder: Alabama&amp;#039;s Surprising Biodiversity by R. Scot Duncan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807799</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807799">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807799</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Southern Wonder: Alabama&amp;#039;s Surprising Biodiversity
Author: R. Scot Duncan
Narrator: Chris Abernathy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When all the species of birds, trees, mammals, reptiles, amphibians, fishes, wildflowers, dragonflies, tiger beetles, and ants are tallied, Alabama harbors more species than ninety percent of the other states in the US. The state&amp;#039;s 4,533 species, with more being inventoried and discovered each year, are supported by no less than sixty-four distinct ecological systems—each a unique blend of soil, water, sunlight, heat, and natural disturbance regimes. Although Alabama is teeming with life, the state&amp;#039;s prominence as a refuge for plants and animals is poorly appreciated. Even among Alabama&amp;#039;s citizens, few outside a small circle of biologists, advocates, and other naturalists understand the special quality of the state&amp;#039;s natural heritage. R. Scot Duncan rectifies this situation in Southern Wonder by providing a well-written, comprehensive overview that the general public, policy makers, and teachers can understand and use. Listeners are taken on an exploratory journey of the state&amp;#039;s varied landscapes—from the Tennessee River Valley to the coastal dunes—and are introduced to remarkable species, such as the cave salamander and the beach mouse. By interweaving the disciplines of ecology, evolution, meteorology, and geology into an accessible whole, Duncan explains clearly why Alabama is so biotically rich and champions efforts for its careful preservation.</description>
      <author>R. Scot Duncan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855540468.mp3" length="8135285" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807799</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855540468.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807799">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807799</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Southern Wonder: Alabama&amp;#039;s Surprising Biodiversity
Author: R. Scot Duncan
Narrator: Chris Abernathy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When all the species of birds, trees, mammals, reptiles, amphibians, fishes, wildflowers, dragonflies, tiger beetles, and ants are tallied, Alabama harbors more species than ninety percent of the other states in the US. The state&amp;#039;s 4,533 species, with more being inventoried and discovered each year, are supported by no less than sixty-four distinct ecological systems—each a unique blend of soil, water, sunlight, heat, and natural disturbance regimes. Although Alabama is teeming with life, the state&amp;#039;s prominence as a refuge for plants and animals is poorly appreciated. Even among Alabama&amp;#039;s citizens, few outside a small circle of biologists, advocates, and other naturalists understand the special quality of the state&amp;#039;s natural heritage. R. Scot Duncan rectifies this situation in Southern Wonder by providing a well-written, comprehensive overview that the general public, policy makers, and teachers can understand and use. Listeners are taken on an exploratory journey of the state&amp;#039;s varied landscapes—from the Tennessee River Valley to the coastal dunes—and are introduced to remarkable species, such as the cave salamander and the beach mouse. By interweaving the disciplines of ecology, evolution, meteorology, and geology into an accessible whole, Duncan explains clearly why Alabama is so biotically rich and champions efforts for its careful preservation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807799">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807799</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Southern Wonder: Alabama&amp;#039;s Surprising Biodiversity
Author: R. Scot Duncan
Narrator: Chris Abernathy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When all the species of birds, trees, mammals, reptiles, amphibians, fishes, wildflowers, dragonflies, tiger beetles, and ants are tallied, Alabama harbors more species than ninety percent of the other states in the US. The state&amp;#039;s 4,533 species, with more being inventoried and discovered each year, are supported by no less than sixty-four distinct ecological systems—each a unique blend of soil, water, sunlight, heat, and natural disturbance regimes. Although Alabama is teeming with life, the state&amp;#039;s prominence as a refuge for plants and animals is poorly appreciated. Even among Alabama&amp;#039;s citizens, few outside a small circle of biologists, advocates, and other naturalists understand the special quality of the state&amp;#039;s natural heritage. R. Scot Duncan rectifies this situation in Southern Wonder by providing a well-written, comprehensive overview that the general public, policy makers, and teachers can understand and use. Listeners are taken on an exploratory journey of the state&amp;#039;s varied landscapes—from the Tennessee River Valley to the coastal dunes—and are introduced to remarkable species, such as the cave salamander and the beach mouse. By interweaving the disciplines of ecology, evolution, meteorology, and geology into an accessible whole, Duncan explains clearly why Alabama is so biotically rich and champions efforts for its careful preservation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird: From Flying to Nesting, Eating to Singing--What Birds Are Doing, and Why by David Allen Sibley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807328</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807328">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807328</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird: From Flying to Nesting, Eating to Singing--What Birds Are Doing, and Why
Author: David Allen Sibley
Narrator: Evan Sibley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The bird book for birders and nonbirders alike that will excite and inspire by providing a new and deeper understanding of what common, mostly backyard, birds are doing—and why: Can birds smell?; Is this the same cardinal that was at my feeder last year?; Do robins &amp;#039;hear worms&amp;#039;?  In What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird, David Sibley answers the most frequently asked questions about the birds we see most often. This special brand-new audio edition is geared as much to nonbirders as it is to the out-and-out obsessed, covering more than 200 species. While its focus is on familiar backyard birds—blue jays, nuthatches, chickadees—it also examines certain species that can be fairly easily observed, such as the seashore-dwelling Atlantic puffin.  David Sibley&amp;#039;s wide-ranging expertise brings observed behaviors vividly to life. And while the text is aimed at adults—including fascinating new scientific research on the myriad ways birds have adapted to environmental changes—it is nontechnical, making it the perfect occasion for parents and grandparents to share their love of birds with young children, who will delight in colorful descriptions of birds in action.  Unlike any other book he has written, What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird is poised to bring a whole new audience to David Sibley&amp;#039;s world of birds.  This audio edition of What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird is skillfully narrated by Evan Sibley, the author&amp;#039;s son. The script been adapted by the author to suit the audio format. Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2020 David Allen Sibley (P)</description>
      <author>David Allen Sibley</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666677942.mp3" length="838013" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807328</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666677942.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807328">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807328</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird: From Flying to Nesting, Eating to Singing--What Birds Are Doing, and Why
Author: David Allen Sibley
Narrator: Evan Sibley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The bird book for birders and nonbirders alike that will excite and inspire by providing a new and deeper understanding of what common, mostly backyard, birds are doing—and why: Can birds smell?; Is this the same cardinal that was at my feeder last year?; Do robins &amp;#039;hear worms&amp;#039;?  In What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird, David Sibley answers the most frequently asked questions about the birds we see most often. This special brand-new audio edition is geared as much to nonbirders as it is to the out-and-out obsessed, covering more than 200 species. While its focus is on familiar backyard birds—blue jays, nuthatches, chickadees—it also examines certain species that can be fairly easily observed, such as the seashore-dwelling Atlantic puffin.  David Sibley&amp;#039;s wide-ranging expertise brings observed behaviors vividly to life. And while the text is aimed at adults—including fascinating new scientific research on the myriad ways birds have adapted to environmental changes—it is nontechnical, making it the perfect occasion for parents and grandparents to share their love of birds with young children, who will delight in colorful descriptions of birds in action.  Unlike any other book he has written, What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird is poised to bring a whole new audience to David Sibley&amp;#039;s world of birds.  This audio edition of What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird is skillfully narrated by Evan Sibley, the author&amp;#039;s son. The script been adapted by the author to suit the audio format. Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2020 David Allen Sibley (P)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807328">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807328</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird: From Flying to Nesting, Eating to Singing--What Birds Are Doing, and Why
Author: David Allen Sibley
Narrator: Evan Sibley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The bird book for birders and nonbirders alike that will excite and inspire by providing a new and deeper understanding of what common, mostly backyard, birds are doing—and why: Can birds smell?; Is this the same cardinal that was at my feeder last year?; Do robins &amp;#039;hear worms&amp;#039;?  In What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird, David Sibley answers the most frequently asked questions about the birds we see most often. This special brand-new audio edition is geared as much to nonbirders as it is to the out-and-out obsessed, covering more than 200 species. While its focus is on familiar backyard birds—blue jays, nuthatches, chickadees—it also examines certain species that can be fairly easily observed, such as the seashore-dwelling Atlantic puffin.  David Sibley&amp;#039;s wide-ranging expertise brings observed behaviors vividly to life. And while the text is aimed at adults—including fascinating new scientific research on the myriad ways birds have adapted to environmental changes—it is nontechnical, making it the perfect occasion for parents and grandparents to share their love of birds with young children, who will delight in colorful descriptions of birds in action.  Unlike any other book he has written, What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird is poised to bring a whole new audience to David Sibley&amp;#039;s world of birds.  This audio edition of What It&amp;#039;s Like to Be a Bird is skillfully narrated by Evan Sibley, the author&amp;#039;s son. The script been adapted by the author to suit the audio format. Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2020 David Allen Sibley (P)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Elephants Cry: How Observing Unusual Animal Behaviours Can Predict the Weather (and Other Environmental Phenomena) by John T. Hancock</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807173</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807173">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807173</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Elephants Cry: How Observing Unusual Animal Behaviours Can Predict the Weather (and Other Environmental Phenomena)
Author: John T. Hancock
Narrator: Michael Langan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 11 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Why Elephants Cry is a fascinating frolic through the literature and evidence surrounding the use of unusual behavior of animals to measure and predict the environment. The role of animals, from the smallest ant to the biggest elephant, as predictors of environmental changes is framed around the climate crisis, which highlights the increasingly important part that animals will have to play in the future. Renowned biologist Professor John T. Hancock collects anecdotal stories and myths along with scientific evidence, demonstrating that observation of animals can be of tangible use. He looks at the measurement of the air temperature using ants, crickets, and snakes, and goes on to assess the evidence that the observation of a wide range of animals can predict the weather or the imminent eruption of volcanoes and earthquakes. Evidence of animals being able to predict lunar and solar events, such as lunar cycles and the Northern Lights, is also considered. This is the only time that all this literature has been brought together in one place, a fascinating reference for anybody interested in animals and the environment. The book is also an ideal supplementary textbook for students studying animal behavior.</description>
      <author>John T. Hancock</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350874280.mp3" length="7021321" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807173</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350874280.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807173">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807173</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Elephants Cry: How Observing Unusual Animal Behaviours Can Predict the Weather (and Other Environmental Phenomena)
Author: John T. Hancock
Narrator: Michael Langan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 11 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Why Elephants Cry is a fascinating frolic through the literature and evidence surrounding the use of unusual behavior of animals to measure and predict the environment. The role of animals, from the smallest ant to the biggest elephant, as predictors of environmental changes is framed around the climate crisis, which highlights the increasingly important part that animals will have to play in the future. Renowned biologist Professor John T. Hancock collects anecdotal stories and myths along with scientific evidence, demonstrating that observation of animals can be of tangible use. He looks at the measurement of the air temperature using ants, crickets, and snakes, and goes on to assess the evidence that the observation of a wide range of animals can predict the weather or the imminent eruption of volcanoes and earthquakes. Evidence of animals being able to predict lunar and solar events, such as lunar cycles and the Northern Lights, is also considered. This is the only time that all this literature has been brought together in one place, a fascinating reference for anybody interested in animals and the environment. The book is also an ideal supplementary textbook for students studying animal behavior.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807173">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807173</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Elephants Cry: How Observing Unusual Animal Behaviours Can Predict the Weather (and Other Environmental Phenomena)
Author: John T. Hancock
Narrator: Michael Langan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 11 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Why Elephants Cry is a fascinating frolic through the literature and evidence surrounding the use of unusual behavior of animals to measure and predict the environment. The role of animals, from the smallest ant to the biggest elephant, as predictors of environmental changes is framed around the climate crisis, which highlights the increasingly important part that animals will have to play in the future. Renowned biologist Professor John T. Hancock collects anecdotal stories and myths along with scientific evidence, demonstrating that observation of animals can be of tangible use. He looks at the measurement of the air temperature using ants, crickets, and snakes, and goes on to assess the evidence that the observation of a wide range of animals can predict the weather or the imminent eruption of volcanoes and earthquakes. Evidence of animals being able to predict lunar and solar events, such as lunar cycles and the Northern Lights, is also considered. This is the only time that all this literature has been brought together in one place, a fascinating reference for anybody interested in animals and the environment. The book is also an ideal supplementary textbook for students studying animal behavior.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dirt: The Erosion of Civilizations by David R. Montgomery</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807085</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807085">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807085</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dirt: The Erosion of Civilizations
Author: David R. Montgomery
Narrator: Tim Lundeen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dirt, soil, call it what you want, it&amp;#039;s everywhere we go. It is the root of our existence, supporting our feet, our farms, our cities. This fascinating yet disquieting audiobook finds, however, that we are running out of dirt, and it&amp;#039;s no laughing matter. An engaging natural and cultural history of soil that sweeps from ancient civilizations to modern times, Dirt: The Erosion of Civilizations explores the compelling idea that we are, and have long been, using up Earth&amp;#039;s soil. Once bare of protective vegetation and exposed to wind and rain, cultivated soils erode bit by bit, slowly enough to be ignored in a single lifetime but fast enough over centuries to limit the lifespan of civilizations.   A rich mix of history, archaeology and geology, Dirt traces the role of soil use and abuse in the history of Mesopotamia, Ancient Greece, the Roman Empire, China, European colonialism, Central America, and the American push westward. We see how soil has shaped us and we have shaped soil as society after society has risen, prospered, and plowed through a natural endowment of fertile dirt. David R. Montgomery sees in the recent rise of organic and no-till farming the hope for a new agricultural revolution that might help us avoid the fate of previous civilizations.  Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2012 David R. Montgomery (P)</description>
      <author>David R. Montgomery</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666677768.mp3" length="863753" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807085</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666677768.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807085">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807085</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dirt: The Erosion of Civilizations
Author: David R. Montgomery
Narrator: Tim Lundeen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dirt, soil, call it what you want, it&amp;#039;s everywhere we go. It is the root of our existence, supporting our feet, our farms, our cities. This fascinating yet disquieting audiobook finds, however, that we are running out of dirt, and it&amp;#039;s no laughing matter. An engaging natural and cultural history of soil that sweeps from ancient civilizations to modern times, Dirt: The Erosion of Civilizations explores the compelling idea that we are, and have long been, using up Earth&amp;#039;s soil. Once bare of protective vegetation and exposed to wind and rain, cultivated soils erode bit by bit, slowly enough to be ignored in a single lifetime but fast enough over centuries to limit the lifespan of civilizations.   A rich mix of history, archaeology and geology, Dirt traces the role of soil use and abuse in the history of Mesopotamia, Ancient Greece, the Roman Empire, China, European colonialism, Central America, and the American push westward. We see how soil has shaped us and we have shaped soil as society after society has risen, prospered, and plowed through a natural endowment of fertile dirt. David R. Montgomery sees in the recent rise of organic and no-till farming the hope for a new agricultural revolution that might help us avoid the fate of previous civilizations.  Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2012 David R. Montgomery (P)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807085">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807085</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dirt: The Erosion of Civilizations
Author: David R. Montgomery
Narrator: Tim Lundeen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dirt, soil, call it what you want, it&amp;#039;s everywhere we go. It is the root of our existence, supporting our feet, our farms, our cities. This fascinating yet disquieting audiobook finds, however, that we are running out of dirt, and it&amp;#039;s no laughing matter. An engaging natural and cultural history of soil that sweeps from ancient civilizations to modern times, Dirt: The Erosion of Civilizations explores the compelling idea that we are, and have long been, using up Earth&amp;#039;s soil. Once bare of protective vegetation and exposed to wind and rain, cultivated soils erode bit by bit, slowly enough to be ignored in a single lifetime but fast enough over centuries to limit the lifespan of civilizations.   A rich mix of history, archaeology and geology, Dirt traces the role of soil use and abuse in the history of Mesopotamia, Ancient Greece, the Roman Empire, China, European colonialism, Central America, and the American push westward. We see how soil has shaped us and we have shaped soil as society after society has risen, prospered, and plowed through a natural endowment of fertile dirt. David R. Montgomery sees in the recent rise of organic and no-till farming the hope for a new agricultural revolution that might help us avoid the fate of previous civilizations.  Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2012 David R. Montgomery (P)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>My Life As A Yorkshire Vet by Matt Jackson-Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806314</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806314">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806314</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: My Life As A Yorkshire Vet
Author: Matt Jackson-Smith
Narrator: Matt Jackson-Smith, Peter Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Animals can be our greatest comfort or our absolute heartbreak when we lose them, but they never stop teaching us and helping us to be better.”Matt Jackson-Smith is a new generation Yorkshire vet; a dashing James Herriot for the modern age. From watching TV show The Yorkshire Vet with his gran, to being one of its most popular stars, Matt is forging an exciting life and career both on and off screen.In this fascinating, funny, engaging and honest memoir he opens his case book to reveal what life is really like as a Yorkshire vet in the 21st Century.Matt reveals his journey from the son of a rugby league superstar to one of TVs most popular animal experts. He talks about his childhood struggles with stuttering, his adventures at vet school, his veterinary career and his journey to stardom as one of the most popular professionals on Channel 5&amp;#039;s hit show, The Yorkshire Vet.With stories from his childhood, his training and early career, through to his current success at work while starting a family of his own.This is a funny, touching and engaging snapshot of Matt&amp;#039;s story so far – filled with anecdotes and heartwarming tales of life as a Yorkshire Vet and beyond.From dealing with exotic wildcats and crocs to dramatic emergency Caesarean sections on dairy cows – from open-shell operations on tortoises to looking after a care home&amp;#039;s beloved budgie.</description>
      <author>Matt Jackson-Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004180561.mp3" length="704904" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806314</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004180561.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806314">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806314</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: My Life As A Yorkshire Vet
Author: Matt Jackson-Smith
Narrator: Matt Jackson-Smith, Peter Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Animals can be our greatest comfort or our absolute heartbreak when we lose them, but they never stop teaching us and helping us to be better.”Matt Jackson-Smith is a new generation Yorkshire vet; a dashing James Herriot for the modern age. From watching TV show The Yorkshire Vet with his gran, to being one of its most popular stars, Matt is forging an exciting life and career both on and off screen.In this fascinating, funny, engaging and honest memoir he opens his case book to reveal what life is really like as a Yorkshire vet in the 21st Century.Matt reveals his journey from the son of a rugby league superstar to one of TVs most popular animal experts. He talks about his childhood struggles with stuttering, his adventures at vet school, his veterinary career and his journey to stardom as one of the most popular professionals on Channel 5&amp;#039;s hit show, The Yorkshire Vet.With stories from his childhood, his training and early career, through to his current success at work while starting a family of his own.This is a funny, touching and engaging snapshot of Matt&amp;#039;s story so far – filled with anecdotes and heartwarming tales of life as a Yorkshire Vet and beyond.From dealing with exotic wildcats and crocs to dramatic emergency Caesarean sections on dairy cows – from open-shell operations on tortoises to looking after a care home&amp;#039;s beloved budgie.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806314">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806314</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: My Life As A Yorkshire Vet
Author: Matt Jackson-Smith
Narrator: Matt Jackson-Smith, Peter Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Animals can be our greatest comfort or our absolute heartbreak when we lose them, but they never stop teaching us and helping us to be better.”Matt Jackson-Smith is a new generation Yorkshire vet; a dashing James Herriot for the modern age. From watching TV show The Yorkshire Vet with his gran, to being one of its most popular stars, Matt is forging an exciting life and career both on and off screen.In this fascinating, funny, engaging and honest memoir he opens his case book to reveal what life is really like as a Yorkshire vet in the 21st Century.Matt reveals his journey from the son of a rugby league superstar to one of TVs most popular animal experts. He talks about his childhood struggles with stuttering, his adventures at vet school, his veterinary career and his journey to stardom as one of the most popular professionals on Channel 5&amp;#039;s hit show, The Yorkshire Vet.With stories from his childhood, his training and early career, through to his current success at work while starting a family of his own.This is a funny, touching and engaging snapshot of Matt&amp;#039;s story so far – filled with anecdotes and heartwarming tales of life as a Yorkshire Vet and beyond.From dealing with exotic wildcats and crocs to dramatic emergency Caesarean sections on dairy cows – from open-shell operations on tortoises to looking after a care home&amp;#039;s beloved budgie.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Überlebensinstinkt: 35 lebensbedrohliche Ausnahmesituationen und ihre wahrscheinlichsten Auswege by Martin Luntig</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806237</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Überlebensinstinkt: 35 lebensbedrohliche Ausnahmesituationen und ihre wahrscheinlichsten Auswege
Author: Martin Luntig
Narrator: Martin Luntig
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: July 19, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der unbedingte Wille zu leben, fortzubestehen, zu sein – dieses offensichtliche Grundbedürfnis bildet die Basis allen menschlichen Lebens. Wie bei allen Säugetieren ist auch beim Menschen der Überlebensinstinkt angeboren. Wir streben stets danach, unsere Gesundheit und unser Leben zu erhalten, haben ein großes Bedürfnis nach Sicherheit und Schutz und achten unentwegt auf eine Vermeidung von Gefahren.   Der Überlebensinstinkt wird auch &amp;#039;Selbsterhaltungstrieb&amp;#039; genannt und entsteht aus einer Kombination von angeborenem Verhalten, erlernten Reaktionen und bewussten Entscheidungen. Der Begriff &amp;#039;Instinkt&amp;#039; ist dabei bis heute nicht genau definiert. Zu genetischen Veranlagungen kommen im Laufe des Lebens Erfahrungswerte sowie Epigenetik hinzu. Vererbtes und erworbenes Verhalten greifen wie bei einem Uhrwerk ineinander, vermischen sich und lassen auf diese Weise unseren Selbsterhaltungstrieb entstehen.   Im Folgenden möchten wir dir verschiedene Gefahrensituationen aufzeigen, die zum Teil gar nicht mal so selten auftreten. Wir geben zu: Einige der genannten Dinge werden dir vermutlich nie zustoßen, da es sich hier um eher ungewöhnliche Ereignisse handelt. Unser Grundsatz lautet jedoch: &amp;#039;Sicher ist sicher!&amp;#039; und es schadet gewiss nie, sich Wissen anzueignen, dass einem in jeder erdenklichen Situation helfen kann.</description>
      <author>Martin Luntig</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jul 2021 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707623714.mp3" length="944916" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806237</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707623714.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Überlebensinstinkt: 35 lebensbedrohliche Ausnahmesituationen und ihre wahrscheinlichsten Auswege
Author: Martin Luntig
Narrator: Martin Luntig
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: July 19, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der unbedingte Wille zu leben, fortzubestehen, zu sein – dieses offensichtliche Grundbedürfnis bildet die Basis allen menschlichen Lebens. Wie bei allen Säugetieren ist auch beim Menschen der Überlebensinstinkt angeboren. Wir streben stets danach, unsere Gesundheit und unser Leben zu erhalten, haben ein großes Bedürfnis nach Sicherheit und Schutz und achten unentwegt auf eine Vermeidung von Gefahren.   Der Überlebensinstinkt wird auch &amp;#039;Selbsterhaltungstrieb&amp;#039; genannt und entsteht aus einer Kombination von angeborenem Verhalten, erlernten Reaktionen und bewussten Entscheidungen. Der Begriff &amp;#039;Instinkt&amp;#039; ist dabei bis heute nicht genau definiert. Zu genetischen Veranlagungen kommen im Laufe des Lebens Erfahrungswerte sowie Epigenetik hinzu. Vererbtes und erworbenes Verhalten greifen wie bei einem Uhrwerk ineinander, vermischen sich und lassen auf diese Weise unseren Selbsterhaltungstrieb entstehen.   Im Folgenden möchten wir dir verschiedene Gefahrensituationen aufzeigen, die zum Teil gar nicht mal so selten auftreten. Wir geben zu: Einige der genannten Dinge werden dir vermutlich nie zustoßen, da es sich hier um eher ungewöhnliche Ereignisse handelt. Unser Grundsatz lautet jedoch: &amp;#039;Sicher ist sicher!&amp;#039; und es schadet gewiss nie, sich Wissen anzueignen, dass einem in jeder erdenklichen Situation helfen kann.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Überlebensinstinkt: 35 lebensbedrohliche Ausnahmesituationen und ihre wahrscheinlichsten Auswege
Author: Martin Luntig
Narrator: Martin Luntig
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: July 19, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der unbedingte Wille zu leben, fortzubestehen, zu sein – dieses offensichtliche Grundbedürfnis bildet die Basis allen menschlichen Lebens. Wie bei allen Säugetieren ist auch beim Menschen der Überlebensinstinkt angeboren. Wir streben stets danach, unsere Gesundheit und unser Leben zu erhalten, haben ein großes Bedürfnis nach Sicherheit und Schutz und achten unentwegt auf eine Vermeidung von Gefahren.   Der Überlebensinstinkt wird auch &amp;#039;Selbsterhaltungstrieb&amp;#039; genannt und entsteht aus einer Kombination von angeborenem Verhalten, erlernten Reaktionen und bewussten Entscheidungen. Der Begriff &amp;#039;Instinkt&amp;#039; ist dabei bis heute nicht genau definiert. Zu genetischen Veranlagungen kommen im Laufe des Lebens Erfahrungswerte sowie Epigenetik hinzu. Vererbtes und erworbenes Verhalten greifen wie bei einem Uhrwerk ineinander, vermischen sich und lassen auf diese Weise unseren Selbsterhaltungstrieb entstehen.   Im Folgenden möchten wir dir verschiedene Gefahrensituationen aufzeigen, die zum Teil gar nicht mal so selten auftreten. Wir geben zu: Einige der genannten Dinge werden dir vermutlich nie zustoßen, da es sich hier um eher ungewöhnliche Ereignisse handelt. Unser Grundsatz lautet jedoch: &amp;#039;Sicher ist sicher!&amp;#039; und es schadet gewiss nie, sich Wissen anzueignen, dass einem in jeder erdenklichen Situation helfen kann.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Homestead Harmony Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Backyard Homestead Project and Modern Homestead Garden Guide by Theo Whitaker, Marcus Blake</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805715</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805715">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805715</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Homestead Harmony Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Backyard Homestead Project and Modern Homestead Garden Guide
Author: Theo Whitaker, Marcus Blake
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Homestead Harmony Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Backyard Homestead Project and Modern Homestead Garden Guide This audiobook bundle is your ultimate guide to creating a thriving homestead right in your backyard, offering practical tips and expert advice on cultivating self-sufficiency, abundance, and a closer connection with nature. Included Audiobooks: 1. Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard Discover the joys of homesteading and transform your backyard into a productive and sustainable oasis. This audiobook provides a comprehensive guide to starting and maintaining your own homestead, from growing your own food to raising small livestock. Learn how to cultivate self-sufficiency, enjoy the abundance of your labor, and deepen your connection with nature. 2. Modern Homestead Garden Guide: Nurturing Nature and Sustainability at Home Dive into the principles of sustainable gardening and transform your homestead into an eco-friendly haven. This audiobook covers everything you need to know about modern homesteading practices, from organic gardening techniques to permaculture principles. Why Choose the Homestead Harmony Bundle? Comprehensive Guidance: Covers both homesteading and sustainable gardening, providing a holistic approach to self-sufficiency. Expert Advice: Gain insights from experienced homesteaders and gardening experts. Practical Strategies: Implement easy-to-follow tips and techniques for creating a productive and sustainable homestead. Closer Connection with Nature: Enjoy the benefits of working with nature and cultivating a harmonious living environment. Sustainable Living: Learn how to reduce your environmental footprint and create a self-sustaining lifestyle. Listen and embark on your journey to self-sufficiency and harmony with nature today!</description>
      <author>Theo Whitaker, Marcus Blake</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875160523.mp3" length="1341989" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805715</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875160523.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805715">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805715</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Homestead Harmony Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Backyard Homestead Project and Modern Homestead Garden Guide
Author: Theo Whitaker, Marcus Blake
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Homestead Harmony Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Backyard Homestead Project and Modern Homestead Garden Guide This audiobook bundle is your ultimate guide to creating a thriving homestead right in your backyard, offering practical tips and expert advice on cultivating self-sufficiency, abundance, and a closer connection with nature. Included Audiobooks: 1. Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard Discover the joys of homesteading and transform your backyard into a productive and sustainable oasis. This audiobook provides a comprehensive guide to starting and maintaining your own homestead, from growing your own food to raising small livestock. Learn how to cultivate self-sufficiency, enjoy the abundance of your labor, and deepen your connection with nature. 2. Modern Homestead Garden Guide: Nurturing Nature and Sustainability at Home Dive into the principles of sustainable gardening and transform your homestead into an eco-friendly haven. This audiobook covers everything you need to know about modern homesteading practices, from organic gardening techniques to permaculture principles. Why Choose the Homestead Harmony Bundle? Comprehensive Guidance: Covers both homesteading and sustainable gardening, providing a holistic approach to self-sufficiency. Expert Advice: Gain insights from experienced homesteaders and gardening experts. Practical Strategies: Implement easy-to-follow tips and techniques for creating a productive and sustainable homestead. Closer Connection with Nature: Enjoy the benefits of working with nature and cultivating a harmonious living environment. Sustainable Living: Learn how to reduce your environmental footprint and create a self-sustaining lifestyle. Listen and embark on your journey to self-sufficiency and harmony with nature today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805715">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805715</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Homestead Harmony Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Backyard Homestead Project and Modern Homestead Garden Guide
Author: Theo Whitaker, Marcus Blake
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Homestead Harmony Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Backyard Homestead Project and Modern Homestead Garden Guide This audiobook bundle is your ultimate guide to creating a thriving homestead right in your backyard, offering practical tips and expert advice on cultivating self-sufficiency, abundance, and a closer connection with nature. Included Audiobooks: 1. Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard Discover the joys of homesteading and transform your backyard into a productive and sustainable oasis. This audiobook provides a comprehensive guide to starting and maintaining your own homestead, from growing your own food to raising small livestock. Learn how to cultivate self-sufficiency, enjoy the abundance of your labor, and deepen your connection with nature. 2. Modern Homestead Garden Guide: Nurturing Nature and Sustainability at Home Dive into the principles of sustainable gardening and transform your homestead into an eco-friendly haven. This audiobook covers everything you need to know about modern homesteading practices, from organic gardening techniques to permaculture principles. Why Choose the Homestead Harmony Bundle? Comprehensive Guidance: Covers both homesteading and sustainable gardening, providing a holistic approach to self-sufficiency. Expert Advice: Gain insights from experienced homesteaders and gardening experts. Practical Strategies: Implement easy-to-follow tips and techniques for creating a productive and sustainable homestead. Closer Connection with Nature: Enjoy the benefits of working with nature and cultivating a harmonious living environment. Sustainable Living: Learn how to reduce your environmental footprint and create a self-sustaining lifestyle. Listen and embark on your journey to self-sufficiency and harmony with nature today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Modern Homestead Garden Guide: Nurturing Nature and Sustainability at Home by Theo Whitaker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805718</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805718">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805718</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Modern Homestead Garden Guide: Nurturing Nature and Sustainability at Home
Author: Theo Whitaker
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Modern Homestead Garden Guide: Nurturing Nature and Sustainability at Home Embrace the future of sustainable living with &amp;#039;Modern Homestead Garden Guide: Nurturing Nature and Sustainability at Home.&amp;#039; This audiobook is your indispensable companion on a journey toward self-sufficiency and environmental harmony, right in the heart of your own modern homestead. In these pages, you&amp;#039;ll discover the art of cultivating a thriving garden that not only feeds your family but also nourishes the planet. Explore innovative gardening techniques, eco-friendly practices, and the latest insights in sustainable agriculture. From small urban spaces to sprawling countryside plots, this guide caters to all, helping you craft an eco-conscious oasis that supports both your needs and the planet&amp;#039;s health. Modern homesteading is more than just a trend; it&amp;#039;s a way of life that connects us with nature and promotes sustainable choices. &amp;#039;Modern Homestead Garden Guide&amp;#039; empowers you to nurture the earth, reduce your carbon footprint, and savor the fruits of your labor—all while enhancing your well-being and sustainability. Join us on this green journey, where you&amp;#039;ll learn to create a flourishing, sustainable haven that bridges the past and the future. Your modern homestead adventure begins here.</description>
      <author>Theo Whitaker</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875160585.mp3" length="792379" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805718</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875160585.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805718">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805718</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Modern Homestead Garden Guide: Nurturing Nature and Sustainability at Home
Author: Theo Whitaker
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Modern Homestead Garden Guide: Nurturing Nature and Sustainability at Home Embrace the future of sustainable living with &amp;#039;Modern Homestead Garden Guide: Nurturing Nature and Sustainability at Home.&amp;#039; This audiobook is your indispensable companion on a journey toward self-sufficiency and environmental harmony, right in the heart of your own modern homestead. In these pages, you&amp;#039;ll discover the art of cultivating a thriving garden that not only feeds your family but also nourishes the planet. Explore innovative gardening techniques, eco-friendly practices, and the latest insights in sustainable agriculture. From small urban spaces to sprawling countryside plots, this guide caters to all, helping you craft an eco-conscious oasis that supports both your needs and the planet&amp;#039;s health. Modern homesteading is more than just a trend; it&amp;#039;s a way of life that connects us with nature and promotes sustainable choices. &amp;#039;Modern Homestead Garden Guide&amp;#039; empowers you to nurture the earth, reduce your carbon footprint, and savor the fruits of your labor—all while enhancing your well-being and sustainability. Join us on this green journey, where you&amp;#039;ll learn to create a flourishing, sustainable haven that bridges the past and the future. Your modern homestead adventure begins here.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805718">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805718</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Modern Homestead Garden Guide: Nurturing Nature and Sustainability at Home
Author: Theo Whitaker
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Modern Homestead Garden Guide: Nurturing Nature and Sustainability at Home Embrace the future of sustainable living with &amp;#039;Modern Homestead Garden Guide: Nurturing Nature and Sustainability at Home.&amp;#039; This audiobook is your indispensable companion on a journey toward self-sufficiency and environmental harmony, right in the heart of your own modern homestead. In these pages, you&amp;#039;ll discover the art of cultivating a thriving garden that not only feeds your family but also nourishes the planet. Explore innovative gardening techniques, eco-friendly practices, and the latest insights in sustainable agriculture. From small urban spaces to sprawling countryside plots, this guide caters to all, helping you craft an eco-conscious oasis that supports both your needs and the planet&amp;#039;s health. Modern homesteading is more than just a trend; it&amp;#039;s a way of life that connects us with nature and promotes sustainable choices. &amp;#039;Modern Homestead Garden Guide&amp;#039; empowers you to nurture the earth, reduce your carbon footprint, and savor the fruits of your labor—all while enhancing your well-being and sustainability. Join us on this green journey, where you&amp;#039;ll learn to create a flourishing, sustainable haven that bridges the past and the future. Your modern homestead adventure begins here.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard by Marcus Blake</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard
Author: Marcus Blake
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard Step into the world of self-sufficiency and abundance with &amp;#039;Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard.&amp;#039; This audiobook is your passport to a more fulfilling and sustainable life, all within the confines of your own backyard. Unearth the secrets of cultivating your very own oasis, where you&amp;#039;ll grow your food, raise livestock, and nurture a deep connection with the natural world. With expert guidance and practical insights, you&amp;#039;ll learn to transform your yard into a thriving ecosystem that provides for you and your family, all while reducing your environmental impact. This book isn&amp;#039;t just a guide; it&amp;#039;s an invitation to a lifestyle that&amp;#039;s both enriching and eco-conscious. Whether you&amp;#039;re a budding homesteader or a seasoned gardener, &amp;#039;Backyard Homestead Project&amp;#039; offers a roadmap to self-sufficiency, abundance, and a harmonious bond with the world around you. Prepare to embark on a journey that will change your life and your backyard forever.</description>
      <author>Marcus Blake</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875160608.mp3" length="823191" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875160608.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard
Author: Marcus Blake
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard Step into the world of self-sufficiency and abundance with &amp;#039;Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard.&amp;#039; This audiobook is your passport to a more fulfilling and sustainable life, all within the confines of your own backyard. Unearth the secrets of cultivating your very own oasis, where you&amp;#039;ll grow your food, raise livestock, and nurture a deep connection with the natural world. With expert guidance and practical insights, you&amp;#039;ll learn to transform your yard into a thriving ecosystem that provides for you and your family, all while reducing your environmental impact. This book isn&amp;#039;t just a guide; it&amp;#039;s an invitation to a lifestyle that&amp;#039;s both enriching and eco-conscious. Whether you&amp;#039;re a budding homesteader or a seasoned gardener, &amp;#039;Backyard Homestead Project&amp;#039; offers a roadmap to self-sufficiency, abundance, and a harmonious bond with the world around you. Prepare to embark on a journey that will change your life and your backyard forever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard
Author: Marcus Blake
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard Step into the world of self-sufficiency and abundance with &amp;#039;Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard.&amp;#039; This audiobook is your passport to a more fulfilling and sustainable life, all within the confines of your own backyard. Unearth the secrets of cultivating your very own oasis, where you&amp;#039;ll grow your food, raise livestock, and nurture a deep connection with the natural world. With expert guidance and practical insights, you&amp;#039;ll learn to transform your yard into a thriving ecosystem that provides for you and your family, all while reducing your environmental impact. This book isn&amp;#039;t just a guide; it&amp;#039;s an invitation to a lifestyle that&amp;#039;s both enriching and eco-conscious. Whether you&amp;#039;re a budding homesteader or a seasoned gardener, &amp;#039;Backyard Homestead Project&amp;#039; offers a roadmap to self-sufficiency, abundance, and a harmonious bond with the world around you. Prepare to embark on a journey that will change your life and your backyard forever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Collie Dog&amp;#039;s Tale by Dorothy M. Mitchell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805714</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Collie Dog&amp;#039;s Tale
Author: Dorothy M. Mitchell
Narrator: Colette Redgrave
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the story of Ben the useless Border Collie! Well that&amp;#039;s what his first owner Gwyn Thomas thought. The sheep farmer had suffered a mental breakdown at the time. He had lost his wife in a terrible accident, causing him to almost lose his mind! His daughter Belle had also been involved in the tragedy, having her arm so badly injured it had had to be removed. Ben had been her pet, but he was also supposed to be a sheep dog, helping his mum Floss to take care of the large flock. Unfortunately, Ben had been born with a weak back leg, making it almost impossible for him to control the sheep. He was ok on a straight run, but when it came to turning round his leg let him down, causing the poor dog to fall over. It always upset him, but there was nothing he could do to alter the situation try as he might. This heartwarming tale is full of danger and love, it tells of many hair-raising happenings. Read about Ben&amp;#039;s mum Floss, and Nellie the Golden Labrador, and Peggy Owen who are all so important in the telling of this lovely tale. They are definitely the loves of this Collie&amp;#039;s life! Please read and enjoy the riveting, sometimes funny, sometimes sad, heart warming adventure &amp;#039;To Lead Us Home.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Dorothy M. Mitchell</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875160509.mp3" length="1375751" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805714</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875160509.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Collie Dog&amp;#039;s Tale
Author: Dorothy M. Mitchell
Narrator: Colette Redgrave
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the story of Ben the useless Border Collie! Well that&amp;#039;s what his first owner Gwyn Thomas thought. The sheep farmer had suffered a mental breakdown at the time. He had lost his wife in a terrible accident, causing him to almost lose his mind! His daughter Belle had also been involved in the tragedy, having her arm so badly injured it had had to be removed. Ben had been her pet, but he was also supposed to be a sheep dog, helping his mum Floss to take care of the large flock. Unfortunately, Ben had been born with a weak back leg, making it almost impossible for him to control the sheep. He was ok on a straight run, but when it came to turning round his leg let him down, causing the poor dog to fall over. It always upset him, but there was nothing he could do to alter the situation try as he might. This heartwarming tale is full of danger and love, it tells of many hair-raising happenings. Read about Ben&amp;#039;s mum Floss, and Nellie the Golden Labrador, and Peggy Owen who are all so important in the telling of this lovely tale. They are definitely the loves of this Collie&amp;#039;s life! Please read and enjoy the riveting, sometimes funny, sometimes sad, heart warming adventure &amp;#039;To Lead Us Home.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Collie Dog&amp;#039;s Tale
Author: Dorothy M. Mitchell
Narrator: Colette Redgrave
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the story of Ben the useless Border Collie! Well that&amp;#039;s what his first owner Gwyn Thomas thought. The sheep farmer had suffered a mental breakdown at the time. He had lost his wife in a terrible accident, causing him to almost lose his mind! His daughter Belle had also been involved in the tragedy, having her arm so badly injured it had had to be removed. Ben had been her pet, but he was also supposed to be a sheep dog, helping his mum Floss to take care of the large flock. Unfortunately, Ben had been born with a weak back leg, making it almost impossible for him to control the sheep. He was ok on a straight run, but when it came to turning round his leg let him down, causing the poor dog to fall over. It always upset him, but there was nothing he could do to alter the situation try as he might. This heartwarming tale is full of danger and love, it tells of many hair-raising happenings. Read about Ben&amp;#039;s mum Floss, and Nellie the Golden Labrador, and Peggy Owen who are all so important in the telling of this lovely tale. They are definitely the loves of this Collie&amp;#039;s life! Please read and enjoy the riveting, sometimes funny, sometimes sad, heart warming adventure &amp;#039;To Lead Us Home.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When the Ice is Gone: What a Greenland Ice Core Reveals About Earth&amp;#039;s Tumultuous History and Perilous Future by Paul Bierman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805489</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805489">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805489</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When the Ice is Gone: What a Greenland Ice Core Reveals About Earth&amp;#039;s Tumultuous History and Perilous Future
Author: Paul Bierman
Narrator: David Marantz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2018, lumps of frozen soil, collected from the bottom of the world&amp;#039;s first deep ice core and lost for decades, reappeared in Denmark. When geologist Paul Bierman and his team first melted a piece of this unique material, they were shocked to find perfectly preserved leaves, twigs, and moss. That observation led them to a startling discovery: Greenland&amp;#039;s ice sheet had melted naturally before, about 400,000 years ago. In When the Ice Is Gone, Bierman traces the story of this extraordinary finding, revealing how it radically changes our understanding of the Earth and its climate. A longtime researcher in Greenland, he begins with a brief history of the island, both human and geological. For the origins of ice coring, Bierman brings us to Camp Century, a US military base built inside Greenland&amp;#039;s ice sheet, where engineers first drilled through mile-thick ice and into the frozen soil beneath. Decades later, a few feet of that long-frozen earth would reveal its secrets—ancient warmth and melted ice. Changes in Greenland reverberate around the world, with ice melting high in the arctic affecting people everywhere. Bierman explores how losing Greenland&amp;#039;s ice will catalyze devastating events if we don&amp;#039;t change course and address climate change now.</description>
      <author>Paul Bierman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696616942.mp3" length="7908783" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805489</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696616942.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805489">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805489</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When the Ice is Gone: What a Greenland Ice Core Reveals About Earth&amp;#039;s Tumultuous History and Perilous Future
Author: Paul Bierman
Narrator: David Marantz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2018, lumps of frozen soil, collected from the bottom of the world&amp;#039;s first deep ice core and lost for decades, reappeared in Denmark. When geologist Paul Bierman and his team first melted a piece of this unique material, they were shocked to find perfectly preserved leaves, twigs, and moss. That observation led them to a startling discovery: Greenland&amp;#039;s ice sheet had melted naturally before, about 400,000 years ago. In When the Ice Is Gone, Bierman traces the story of this extraordinary finding, revealing how it radically changes our understanding of the Earth and its climate. A longtime researcher in Greenland, he begins with a brief history of the island, both human and geological. For the origins of ice coring, Bierman brings us to Camp Century, a US military base built inside Greenland&amp;#039;s ice sheet, where engineers first drilled through mile-thick ice and into the frozen soil beneath. Decades later, a few feet of that long-frozen earth would reveal its secrets—ancient warmth and melted ice. Changes in Greenland reverberate around the world, with ice melting high in the arctic affecting people everywhere. Bierman explores how losing Greenland&amp;#039;s ice will catalyze devastating events if we don&amp;#039;t change course and address climate change now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805489">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805489</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When the Ice is Gone: What a Greenland Ice Core Reveals About Earth&amp;#039;s Tumultuous History and Perilous Future
Author: Paul Bierman
Narrator: David Marantz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2018, lumps of frozen soil, collected from the bottom of the world&amp;#039;s first deep ice core and lost for decades, reappeared in Denmark. When geologist Paul Bierman and his team first melted a piece of this unique material, they were shocked to find perfectly preserved leaves, twigs, and moss. That observation led them to a startling discovery: Greenland&amp;#039;s ice sheet had melted naturally before, about 400,000 years ago. In When the Ice Is Gone, Bierman traces the story of this extraordinary finding, revealing how it radically changes our understanding of the Earth and its climate. A longtime researcher in Greenland, he begins with a brief history of the island, both human and geological. For the origins of ice coring, Bierman brings us to Camp Century, a US military base built inside Greenland&amp;#039;s ice sheet, where engineers first drilled through mile-thick ice and into the frozen soil beneath. Decades later, a few feet of that long-frozen earth would reveal its secrets—ancient warmth and melted ice. Changes in Greenland reverberate around the world, with ice melting high in the arctic affecting people everywhere. Bierman explores how losing Greenland&amp;#039;s ice will catalyze devastating events if we don&amp;#039;t change course and address climate change now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Limits to Growth: The 30-Year Update by Donella Meadows, Jorgen Randers, Dennis Meadows</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805442</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805442">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805442</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Limits to Growth: The 30-Year Update
Author: Donella Meadows, Jorgen Randers, Dennis Meadows
Narrator: Tia Rider
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1972, three scientists from MIT created a computer model that analyzed global resource consumption and production. Their results shocked the world and created stirring conversation about global ‘overshoot,’ or resource use beyond the carrying capacity of the planet. Now, preeminent environmental scientists Donnella Meadows, Jorgen Randers, and Dennis Meadows have teamed up again to update and expand their original findings in The Limits to Growth: The 30 Year Global Update.  Meadows, Randers, and Meadows are international environmental leaders recognized for their groundbreaking research into early signs of wear on the planet. Citing climate change as the most tangible example of our current overshoot, the scientists now provide us with an updated scenario and a plan to reduce our needs to meet the carrying capacity of the planet.  Over the past three decades, population growth and global warming have forged on with a striking semblance to the scenarios laid out by the World3 computer model in the original Limits to Growth. While Meadows, Randers, and Meadows do not make a practice of predicting future environmental degradation, they offer an analysis of present and future trends in resource use, and assess a variety of possible outcomes.  In many ways, the message contained in Limits to Growth: The 30-Year Update is a warning. Overshoot cannot be sustained without collapse. But, as the authors are careful to point out, there is reason to believe that humanity can still reverse some of its damage to Earth if it takes appropriate measures to reduce inefficiency and waste.  Written in refreshingly accessible prose, Limits to Growth: The 30-Year Update is a long anticipated revival of some of the original voices in the growing chorus of sustainability. Limits to Growth: The 30 Year Update is a work of stunning intelligence that will expose for humanity the hazy but critical line between human growth and human development.</description>
      <author>Donella Meadows, Jorgen Randers, Dennis Meadows</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645022763.mp3" length="871260" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805442</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645022763.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805442">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805442</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Limits to Growth: The 30-Year Update
Author: Donella Meadows, Jorgen Randers, Dennis Meadows
Narrator: Tia Rider
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1972, three scientists from MIT created a computer model that analyzed global resource consumption and production. Their results shocked the world and created stirring conversation about global ‘overshoot,’ or resource use beyond the carrying capacity of the planet. Now, preeminent environmental scientists Donnella Meadows, Jorgen Randers, and Dennis Meadows have teamed up again to update and expand their original findings in The Limits to Growth: The 30 Year Global Update.  Meadows, Randers, and Meadows are international environmental leaders recognized for their groundbreaking research into early signs of wear on the planet. Citing climate change as the most tangible example of our current overshoot, the scientists now provide us with an updated scenario and a plan to reduce our needs to meet the carrying capacity of the planet.  Over the past three decades, population growth and global warming have forged on with a striking semblance to the scenarios laid out by the World3 computer model in the original Limits to Growth. While Meadows, Randers, and Meadows do not make a practice of predicting future environmental degradation, they offer an analysis of present and future trends in resource use, and assess a variety of possible outcomes.  In many ways, the message contained in Limits to Growth: The 30-Year Update is a warning. Overshoot cannot be sustained without collapse. But, as the authors are careful to point out, there is reason to believe that humanity can still reverse some of its damage to Earth if it takes appropriate measures to reduce inefficiency and waste.  Written in refreshingly accessible prose, Limits to Growth: The 30-Year Update is a long anticipated revival of some of the original voices in the growing chorus of sustainability. Limits to Growth: The 30 Year Update is a work of stunning intelligence that will expose for humanity the hazy but critical line between human growth and human development.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805442">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805442</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Limits to Growth: The 30-Year Update
Author: Donella Meadows, Jorgen Randers, Dennis Meadows
Narrator: Tia Rider
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1972, three scientists from MIT created a computer model that analyzed global resource consumption and production. Their results shocked the world and created stirring conversation about global ‘overshoot,’ or resource use beyond the carrying capacity of the planet. Now, preeminent environmental scientists Donnella Meadows, Jorgen Randers, and Dennis Meadows have teamed up again to update and expand their original findings in The Limits to Growth: The 30 Year Global Update.  Meadows, Randers, and Meadows are international environmental leaders recognized for their groundbreaking research into early signs of wear on the planet. Citing climate change as the most tangible example of our current overshoot, the scientists now provide us with an updated scenario and a plan to reduce our needs to meet the carrying capacity of the planet.  Over the past three decades, population growth and global warming have forged on with a striking semblance to the scenarios laid out by the World3 computer model in the original Limits to Growth. While Meadows, Randers, and Meadows do not make a practice of predicting future environmental degradation, they offer an analysis of present and future trends in resource use, and assess a variety of possible outcomes.  In many ways, the message contained in Limits to Growth: The 30-Year Update is a warning. Overshoot cannot be sustained without collapse. But, as the authors are careful to point out, there is reason to believe that humanity can still reverse some of its damage to Earth if it takes appropriate measures to reduce inefficiency and waste.  Written in refreshingly accessible prose, Limits to Growth: The 30-Year Update is a long anticipated revival of some of the original voices in the growing chorus of sustainability. Limits to Growth: The 30 Year Update is a work of stunning intelligence that will expose for humanity the hazy but critical line between human growth and human development.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Raiders, Rulers, and Traders: The Horse and the Rise of Empires by David Chaffetz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805183</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Raiders, Rulers, and Traders: The Horse and the Rise of Empires
Author: David Chaffetz
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 56 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
No animal is so entangled in human history as the horse. The thread starts in prehistory, with a slight, shy animal, hunted for food. Domesticating the horse allowed early humans to settle the vast Eurasian steppe; later, their horses enabled new forms of warfare, encouraged long-distance trade routes, and ended up acquiring deep cultural and religious significance. Over time, horses came to power mighty empires in Iran, Afghanistan, China, India, and, later, Russia. Genghis Khan and the thirteenth-century Mongols offer the most famous example, but from ancient Assyria and Persia, to the seventeenth-century Mughals, to the high noon of colonialism in the early twentieth century, horse breeding was indispensable to conquest and statecraft. Scholar of Asian history David Chaffetz tells the story of how the horse made rulers, raiders, and traders interchangeable, providing a novel explanation for the turbulent history of the &amp;#039;Silk Road,&amp;#039; which might be better called the Horse Road. Drawing on recent research in fields including genetics and forensic archeology, Chaffetz presents a lively history of the great horse empires that shaped civilization.</description>
      <author>David Chaffetz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855556124.mp3" length="8150919" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805183</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855556124.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Raiders, Rulers, and Traders: The Horse and the Rise of Empires
Author: David Chaffetz
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 56 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
No animal is so entangled in human history as the horse. The thread starts in prehistory, with a slight, shy animal, hunted for food. Domesticating the horse allowed early humans to settle the vast Eurasian steppe; later, their horses enabled new forms of warfare, encouraged long-distance trade routes, and ended up acquiring deep cultural and religious significance. Over time, horses came to power mighty empires in Iran, Afghanistan, China, India, and, later, Russia. Genghis Khan and the thirteenth-century Mongols offer the most famous example, but from ancient Assyria and Persia, to the seventeenth-century Mughals, to the high noon of colonialism in the early twentieth century, horse breeding was indispensable to conquest and statecraft. Scholar of Asian history David Chaffetz tells the story of how the horse made rulers, raiders, and traders interchangeable, providing a novel explanation for the turbulent history of the &amp;#039;Silk Road,&amp;#039; which might be better called the Horse Road. Drawing on recent research in fields including genetics and forensic archeology, Chaffetz presents a lively history of the great horse empires that shaped civilization.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Raiders, Rulers, and Traders: The Horse and the Rise of Empires
Author: David Chaffetz
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 56 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
No animal is so entangled in human history as the horse. The thread starts in prehistory, with a slight, shy animal, hunted for food. Domesticating the horse allowed early humans to settle the vast Eurasian steppe; later, their horses enabled new forms of warfare, encouraged long-distance trade routes, and ended up acquiring deep cultural and religious significance. Over time, horses came to power mighty empires in Iran, Afghanistan, China, India, and, later, Russia. Genghis Khan and the thirteenth-century Mongols offer the most famous example, but from ancient Assyria and Persia, to the seventeenth-century Mughals, to the high noon of colonialism in the early twentieth century, horse breeding was indispensable to conquest and statecraft. Scholar of Asian history David Chaffetz tells the story of how the horse made rulers, raiders, and traders interchangeable, providing a novel explanation for the turbulent history of the &amp;#039;Silk Road,&amp;#039; which might be better called the Horse Road. Drawing on recent research in fields including genetics and forensic archeology, Chaffetz presents a lively history of the great horse empires that shaped civilization.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Housebreak Your Dog in 7 Days: Revised Edition by Shirlee Kalstone</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805067</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805067">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805067</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Housebreak Your Dog in 7 Days: Revised Edition
Author: Shirlee Kalstone
Narrator: Scott R. Pollak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For almost 20 years, dog owners have turned to this succinct guide for sensible, step-by-step advice on how to housebreak their beloved pets - in just one week! Now revised and updated in this audio edition, pet expert Shirlee Kalstone&amp;#039;s foolproof method for housebreaking your dog is available with a fresh, new, sound, and up-to-date information.  Whether your dog is a puppy or getting on in years, whether your goal is to housebreak, paper train, or litter train, this practical, easy-to-follow plan will help you transform your pet into a dependable member of the household - in a way that works with both his innate behavioral instincts and your individual lifestyle. You&amp;#039;ll never again have to worry about your dog acting out, feeling anxious, depressed, or ruining your brand-new rug - as you discover:  - The simple secret of successful housebreaking and understanding your dog as a den dweller  - Step-by-step programs tailored to both apartment dwellers and home owners as well as to people who go to work versus those who are home all day  - How to identify your dog&amp;#039;s natural behavioral rhythms and use them to your advantage  - How to cope with housebreaking lapses, marking territory, separation anxiety, and health problems  - The power of praise and positive reinforcement, not punishment  Here is the essential, proven advice that will make training a pleasure for both you and your dog.  How to Housebreak Your Dog in 7 Days is expertly narrated by Scott Pollak.  ©1984, 2004 Shirlee Kalstone. Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</description>
      <author>Shirlee Kalstone</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666677157.mp3" length="864126" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805067</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666677157.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805067">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805067</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Housebreak Your Dog in 7 Days: Revised Edition
Author: Shirlee Kalstone
Narrator: Scott R. Pollak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For almost 20 years, dog owners have turned to this succinct guide for sensible, step-by-step advice on how to housebreak their beloved pets - in just one week! Now revised and updated in this audio edition, pet expert Shirlee Kalstone&amp;#039;s foolproof method for housebreaking your dog is available with a fresh, new, sound, and up-to-date information.  Whether your dog is a puppy or getting on in years, whether your goal is to housebreak, paper train, or litter train, this practical, easy-to-follow plan will help you transform your pet into a dependable member of the household - in a way that works with both his innate behavioral instincts and your individual lifestyle. You&amp;#039;ll never again have to worry about your dog acting out, feeling anxious, depressed, or ruining your brand-new rug - as you discover:  - The simple secret of successful housebreaking and understanding your dog as a den dweller  - Step-by-step programs tailored to both apartment dwellers and home owners as well as to people who go to work versus those who are home all day  - How to identify your dog&amp;#039;s natural behavioral rhythms and use them to your advantage  - How to cope with housebreaking lapses, marking territory, separation anxiety, and health problems  - The power of praise and positive reinforcement, not punishment  Here is the essential, proven advice that will make training a pleasure for both you and your dog.  How to Housebreak Your Dog in 7 Days is expertly narrated by Scott Pollak.  ©1984, 2004 Shirlee Kalstone. Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805067">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805067</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Housebreak Your Dog in 7 Days: Revised Edition
Author: Shirlee Kalstone
Narrator: Scott R. Pollak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For almost 20 years, dog owners have turned to this succinct guide for sensible, step-by-step advice on how to housebreak their beloved pets - in just one week! Now revised and updated in this audio edition, pet expert Shirlee Kalstone&amp;#039;s foolproof method for housebreaking your dog is available with a fresh, new, sound, and up-to-date information.  Whether your dog is a puppy or getting on in years, whether your goal is to housebreak, paper train, or litter train, this practical, easy-to-follow plan will help you transform your pet into a dependable member of the household - in a way that works with both his innate behavioral instincts and your individual lifestyle. You&amp;#039;ll never again have to worry about your dog acting out, feeling anxious, depressed, or ruining your brand-new rug - as you discover:  - The simple secret of successful housebreaking and understanding your dog as a den dweller  - Step-by-step programs tailored to both apartment dwellers and home owners as well as to people who go to work versus those who are home all day  - How to identify your dog&amp;#039;s natural behavioral rhythms and use them to your advantage  - How to cope with housebreaking lapses, marking territory, separation anxiety, and health problems  - The power of praise and positive reinforcement, not punishment  Here is the essential, proven advice that will make training a pleasure for both you and your dog.  How to Housebreak Your Dog in 7 Days is expertly narrated by Scott Pollak.  ©1984, 2004 Shirlee Kalstone. Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creatures That Eat People: Why Wild Animals Might Eat You by Richard Freeman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804385</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creatures That Eat People: Why Wild Animals Might Eat You
Author: Richard Freeman
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wild Animals Might Eat You—Learn Which Ones Avoid getting eaten! Do you find yourself wondering: Do bears eat humans? Do birds eat people? Do kangaroos? Could I survive people eating predators of any kind? Perfect for anyone with a fun or morbid interest in wildlife or survivalism, Creatures That Eat People is full of stories of strange animals that eat humans and the situations that lead to it. Learn which wild animals might eat you—from an expert. Cryptozoologist, former zookeeper, current zoological director, bestselling author, and animal enthusiast Richard Freeman examines all the cool man eaters in the animal kingdom—so you can be prepared on your next adventure. You&amp;#039;ll find: tips for visiting different types of areas with apex predators in them; bears, sharks, birds, kangaroos, squids, lions, raptors, and all of the other other weird, wild animals that eat people; and real-life, thrilling stories of animals eating people—and some survive and some don&amp;#039;t. If you liked How To Survive A Freakin&amp;#039; Bear Attack, Plants That Kill, Surviving the Wild, or In Search of Real Monsters, and if you enjoyed shows like Tiger King or Human Prey, you&amp;#039;ll love Creatures That Eat People.</description>
      <author>Richard Freeman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350855562.mp3" length="7798007" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804385</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350855562.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creatures That Eat People: Why Wild Animals Might Eat You
Author: Richard Freeman
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wild Animals Might Eat You—Learn Which Ones Avoid getting eaten! Do you find yourself wondering: Do bears eat humans? Do birds eat people? Do kangaroos? Could I survive people eating predators of any kind? Perfect for anyone with a fun or morbid interest in wildlife or survivalism, Creatures That Eat People is full of stories of strange animals that eat humans and the situations that lead to it. Learn which wild animals might eat you—from an expert. Cryptozoologist, former zookeeper, current zoological director, bestselling author, and animal enthusiast Richard Freeman examines all the cool man eaters in the animal kingdom—so you can be prepared on your next adventure. You&amp;#039;ll find: tips for visiting different types of areas with apex predators in them; bears, sharks, birds, kangaroos, squids, lions, raptors, and all of the other other weird, wild animals that eat people; and real-life, thrilling stories of animals eating people—and some survive and some don&amp;#039;t. If you liked How To Survive A Freakin&amp;#039; Bear Attack, Plants That Kill, Surviving the Wild, or In Search of Real Monsters, and if you enjoyed shows like Tiger King or Human Prey, you&amp;#039;ll love Creatures That Eat People.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creatures That Eat People: Why Wild Animals Might Eat You
Author: Richard Freeman
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wild Animals Might Eat You—Learn Which Ones Avoid getting eaten! Do you find yourself wondering: Do bears eat humans? Do birds eat people? Do kangaroos? Could I survive people eating predators of any kind? Perfect for anyone with a fun or morbid interest in wildlife or survivalism, Creatures That Eat People is full of stories of strange animals that eat humans and the situations that lead to it. Learn which wild animals might eat you—from an expert. Cryptozoologist, former zookeeper, current zoological director, bestselling author, and animal enthusiast Richard Freeman examines all the cool man eaters in the animal kingdom—so you can be prepared on your next adventure. You&amp;#039;ll find: tips for visiting different types of areas with apex predators in them; bears, sharks, birds, kangaroos, squids, lions, raptors, and all of the other other weird, wild animals that eat people; and real-life, thrilling stories of animals eating people—and some survive and some don&amp;#039;t. If you liked How To Survive A Freakin&amp;#039; Bear Attack, Plants That Kill, Surviving the Wild, or In Search of Real Monsters, and if you enjoyed shows like Tiger King or Human Prey, you&amp;#039;ll love Creatures That Eat People.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - 13 Leçons à ma façon by Kathleen Belson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804273</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - 13 Leçons à ma façon
Author: Kathleen Belson
Narrator: Kathleen Belson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 24 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
« Cet essai poétiquement théâtral n’est guère conçu pour vous faire la morale. Le but est de prendre conscience, alors sans aucune méfiance, laissez-vous subjuguer par vos sens… Et envoûter par cette poésie rythmée… » Extrait de mon manuscrit, composé de treize chapitres, dans lequel je vous livre sans censure les bribes de ma vie, à savoir mes péripéties hautes en couleur, mes observations ainsi que mes émotions en tant qu’immigrante. C’est à travers des textes poétiques que j’aborde de nombreux enjeux de la vie, que ce soit économiques, culturels ou sociaux, d’une façon originale… Pourquoi treize ? Parce que treize est le nombre fatidique qui génère pour de nombreuses personnes, beaucoup d’aprioris. Qu’importe les dires, chance ou malchance, ce nombre demeure pour moi un nombre incontestable dirigeant mon libre arbitre, puisque c’est un 13 que je suis née… Alors, c’est parti pour la comédie ! Grâce à votre soutien, sachez que la totalité des profits sera acheminée au futur Refuge Animalier Kaline-Moi… ! Alors, faites-le DON ! Nous vous remercions infiniment pour votre contribution. www.kaline-moi.com Kathleen Belson est une auteure française d’origine guadeloupéenne. Depuis sa tendre enfance, elle a toujours eu un amour inconditionnel pour les animaux. Pourtant, d’après son parcours, rien ne pouvait laisser croire qu’un jour elle serait autant dévouée à la cause animale. Après avoir fait des études en langue étrangère appliquée afin de devenir traductrice, elle se rend compte que ce n’est pas sa voie. Donc, elle décide de s’expatrier au Canada, et ce, pour un amour impossible. Néanmoins, cela déclenchera en elle le goût de l’écriture et la rapprochera de sa passion, celle des  animaux. Ainsi, en combinant ses deux centres d’intérêt, elle se livre sur l’expérience qu’elle a vécue en tant qu’immigrante par le biais de 13 leçons à ma façon. Un livre dont elle espère, l’aidera à amorcer son rêve d’enfance : celui d’aider les animaux.</description>
      <author>Kathleen Belson</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Apr 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9782896278541.mp3" length="1089917" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804273</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9782896278541.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - 13 Leçons à ma façon
Author: Kathleen Belson
Narrator: Kathleen Belson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 24 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
« Cet essai poétiquement théâtral n’est guère conçu pour vous faire la morale. Le but est de prendre conscience, alors sans aucune méfiance, laissez-vous subjuguer par vos sens… Et envoûter par cette poésie rythmée… » Extrait de mon manuscrit, composé de treize chapitres, dans lequel je vous livre sans censure les bribes de ma vie, à savoir mes péripéties hautes en couleur, mes observations ainsi que mes émotions en tant qu’immigrante. C’est à travers des textes poétiques que j’aborde de nombreux enjeux de la vie, que ce soit économiques, culturels ou sociaux, d’une façon originale… Pourquoi treize ? Parce que treize est le nombre fatidique qui génère pour de nombreuses personnes, beaucoup d’aprioris. Qu’importe les dires, chance ou malchance, ce nombre demeure pour moi un nombre incontestable dirigeant mon libre arbitre, puisque c’est un 13 que je suis née… Alors, c’est parti pour la comédie ! Grâce à votre soutien, sachez que la totalité des profits sera acheminée au futur Refuge Animalier Kaline-Moi… ! Alors, faites-le DON ! Nous vous remercions infiniment pour votre contribution. www.kaline-moi.com Kathleen Belson est une auteure française d’origine guadeloupéenne. Depuis sa tendre enfance, elle a toujours eu un amour inconditionnel pour les animaux. Pourtant, d’après son parcours, rien ne pouvait laisser croire qu’un jour elle serait autant dévouée à la cause animale. Après avoir fait des études en langue étrangère appliquée afin de devenir traductrice, elle se rend compte que ce n’est pas sa voie. Donc, elle décide de s’expatrier au Canada, et ce, pour un amour impossible. Néanmoins, cela déclenchera en elle le goût de l’écriture et la rapprochera de sa passion, celle des  animaux. Ainsi, en combinant ses deux centres d’intérêt, elle se livre sur l’expérience qu’elle a vécue en tant qu’immigrante par le biais de 13 leçons à ma façon. Un livre dont elle espère, l’aidera à amorcer son rêve d’enfance : celui d’aider les animaux.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - 13 Leçons à ma façon
Author: Kathleen Belson
Narrator: Kathleen Belson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 24 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
« Cet essai poétiquement théâtral n’est guère conçu pour vous faire la morale. Le but est de prendre conscience, alors sans aucune méfiance, laissez-vous subjuguer par vos sens… Et envoûter par cette poésie rythmée… » Extrait de mon manuscrit, composé de treize chapitres, dans lequel je vous livre sans censure les bribes de ma vie, à savoir mes péripéties hautes en couleur, mes observations ainsi que mes émotions en tant qu’immigrante. C’est à travers des textes poétiques que j’aborde de nombreux enjeux de la vie, que ce soit économiques, culturels ou sociaux, d’une façon originale… Pourquoi treize ? Parce que treize est le nombre fatidique qui génère pour de nombreuses personnes, beaucoup d’aprioris. Qu’importe les dires, chance ou malchance, ce nombre demeure pour moi un nombre incontestable dirigeant mon libre arbitre, puisque c’est un 13 que je suis née… Alors, c’est parti pour la comédie ! Grâce à votre soutien, sachez que la totalité des profits sera acheminée au futur Refuge Animalier Kaline-Moi… ! Alors, faites-le DON ! Nous vous remercions infiniment pour votre contribution. www.kaline-moi.com Kathleen Belson est une auteure française d’origine guadeloupéenne. Depuis sa tendre enfance, elle a toujours eu un amour inconditionnel pour les animaux. Pourtant, d’après son parcours, rien ne pouvait laisser croire qu’un jour elle serait autant dévouée à la cause animale. Après avoir fait des études en langue étrangère appliquée afin de devenir traductrice, elle se rend compte que ce n’est pas sa voie. Donc, elle décide de s’expatrier au Canada, et ce, pour un amour impossible. Néanmoins, cela déclenchera en elle le goût de l’écriture et la rapprochera de sa passion, celle des  animaux. Ainsi, en combinant ses deux centres d’intérêt, elle se livre sur l’expérience qu’elle a vécue en tant qu’immigrante par le biais de 13 leçons à ma façon. Un livre dont elle espère, l’aidera à amorcer son rêve d’enfance : celui d’aider les animaux.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Schlangen halten für Einsteiger: Alles Wissenswerte über den Schlangen Kauf, Haltung &amp;amp; Fütterung - inkl. Notfallplan bei Krankheiten by Matthias Kobus</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803999</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Schlangen halten für Einsteiger: Alles Wissenswerte über den Schlangen Kauf, Haltung &amp;amp; Fütterung - inkl. Notfallplan bei Krankheiten
Author: Matthias Kobus
Narrator: Christopher Jahn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: July 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Halten von Schlangen als Haustiere ist ein kontroverses Thema, das oft zu kontroversen Diskussionen führt. Einerseits können Schlangen faszinierende Tiere sein, die einzigartige Einblicke in die Natur und die Welt der Reptilien bieten. Andererseits sind Schlangen auch Raubtiere, die aufgrund ihrer Natur und Größe ein potenzielles Risiko für ihre Besitzer und die Umgebung darstellen können. In dieser Diskussion ist es wichtig, zu beachten, dass nicht alle Schlangen gleich sind. Es gibt eine Vielzahl von Arten und Größen von Schlangen, von kleinen harmlosen Schlangen, die als Haustiere geeignet sein können, bis hin zu großen und gefährlichen Arten, die besser in freier Wildbahn verbleiben sollten. Es ist auch wichtig, zu beachten, dass das Halten von Schlangen als Haustiere bestimmte Verantwortlichkeiten mit sich bringt, die von den Besitzern beachtet werden müssen, um das Wohlbefinden der Tiere und anderer in der Umgebung zu gewährleisten. Deshalb ist es von besonderer Wichtigkeit, das Thema des Schlangenhaltens als Haustiere sorgfältig und differenziert zu betrachten und alle relevanten Aspekte zu berücksichtigen, um eine informierte Entscheidung zu treffen. Ich freue mich, dass du hier bist und dich über die Haltung der Schlange als Haustier informieren möchtest.</description>
      <author>Matthias Kobus</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783757604141.mp3" length="927187" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803999</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783757604141.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Schlangen halten für Einsteiger: Alles Wissenswerte über den Schlangen Kauf, Haltung &amp;amp; Fütterung - inkl. Notfallplan bei Krankheiten
Author: Matthias Kobus
Narrator: Christopher Jahn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: July 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Halten von Schlangen als Haustiere ist ein kontroverses Thema, das oft zu kontroversen Diskussionen führt. Einerseits können Schlangen faszinierende Tiere sein, die einzigartige Einblicke in die Natur und die Welt der Reptilien bieten. Andererseits sind Schlangen auch Raubtiere, die aufgrund ihrer Natur und Größe ein potenzielles Risiko für ihre Besitzer und die Umgebung darstellen können. In dieser Diskussion ist es wichtig, zu beachten, dass nicht alle Schlangen gleich sind. Es gibt eine Vielzahl von Arten und Größen von Schlangen, von kleinen harmlosen Schlangen, die als Haustiere geeignet sein können, bis hin zu großen und gefährlichen Arten, die besser in freier Wildbahn verbleiben sollten. Es ist auch wichtig, zu beachten, dass das Halten von Schlangen als Haustiere bestimmte Verantwortlichkeiten mit sich bringt, die von den Besitzern beachtet werden müssen, um das Wohlbefinden der Tiere und anderer in der Umgebung zu gewährleisten. Deshalb ist es von besonderer Wichtigkeit, das Thema des Schlangenhaltens als Haustiere sorgfältig und differenziert zu betrachten und alle relevanten Aspekte zu berücksichtigen, um eine informierte Entscheidung zu treffen. Ich freue mich, dass du hier bist und dich über die Haltung der Schlange als Haustier informieren möchtest.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Schlangen halten für Einsteiger: Alles Wissenswerte über den Schlangen Kauf, Haltung &amp;amp; Fütterung - inkl. Notfallplan bei Krankheiten
Author: Matthias Kobus
Narrator: Christopher Jahn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: July 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Halten von Schlangen als Haustiere ist ein kontroverses Thema, das oft zu kontroversen Diskussionen führt. Einerseits können Schlangen faszinierende Tiere sein, die einzigartige Einblicke in die Natur und die Welt der Reptilien bieten. Andererseits sind Schlangen auch Raubtiere, die aufgrund ihrer Natur und Größe ein potenzielles Risiko für ihre Besitzer und die Umgebung darstellen können. In dieser Diskussion ist es wichtig, zu beachten, dass nicht alle Schlangen gleich sind. Es gibt eine Vielzahl von Arten und Größen von Schlangen, von kleinen harmlosen Schlangen, die als Haustiere geeignet sein können, bis hin zu großen und gefährlichen Arten, die besser in freier Wildbahn verbleiben sollten. Es ist auch wichtig, zu beachten, dass das Halten von Schlangen als Haustiere bestimmte Verantwortlichkeiten mit sich bringt, die von den Besitzern beachtet werden müssen, um das Wohlbefinden der Tiere und anderer in der Umgebung zu gewährleisten. Deshalb ist es von besonderer Wichtigkeit, das Thema des Schlangenhaltens als Haustiere sorgfältig und differenziert zu betrachten und alle relevanten Aspekte zu berücksichtigen, um eine informierte Entscheidung zu treffen. Ich freue mich, dass du hier bist und dich über die Haltung der Schlange als Haustier informieren möchtest.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Axolotl halten für Einsteiger: Alles Wissenswerte über die Axolotl Aufzucht, Haltung &amp;amp; Fütterung - inkl. Notfallplan bei Krankheiten by Siemen Phillips</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803995</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Axolotl halten für Einsteiger: Alles Wissenswerte über die Axolotl Aufzucht, Haltung &amp;amp; Fütterung - inkl. Notfallplan bei Krankheiten
Author: Siemen Phillips
Narrator: Martina Sondermaier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 28 minutes
Release date: July 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Axolotl ist wohl einer der beliebtesten und zugleich auch einer der geheimnisvollsten Aquarienbewohner überhaupt.  Nicht selten wird der Axolotl auch als der lachende Drache im Aquarium bezeichnet und auf diese Weise lässt dieses possierliche Tierchen auch die Herzen zahlreicher Kinder, aber auch unzähliger erwachsener Aquarianer höherschlagen. Zugegeben, auf den ersten Blick mag der Axolotl dem einen oder anderen ein wenig befremdlich erscheinen, dennoch erfreut er die meisten Beobachter über kurz oder lang mit einem dem engelhaften Lächeln gleichenden Anblick. Nicht umsonst wird der Axolotl auch als der grinsende Drache aus dem Aquarium bezeichnet.  Zur Familie der Schwanzlurche gehörend, erfreut der Axolotl bereits seit vielen Jahren Aquarianer aller Altersklassen und bis heute ist die Faszination für dieses niedliche Tierchen in keiner Weise abgeflaut. Genau genommen gehört der Axolotl zur Gattung der Querzahnmolche und tritt nur in Form einer sogenannten Dauerlarve auf. Das bedeutet, in seiner Entwicklung kommt der Axolotl nicht aus dem Stadium einer biologisch betrachteten Larve heraus. Dabei erreicht er allerdings seine Geschlechtsreife ganz einfach auch ohne die ansonsten in der Biologie bei anderen Lebewesen zu beobachtenden Metamorphosen, also den zahlreichen Entwicklungsstadien.  In diesem Punkt ist der Axolotl, rein biologisch betrachtet, seinen Artgenossen und anderen Tieren weit voraus.</description>
      <author>Siemen Phillips</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783757604660.mp3" length="924549" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803995</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783757604660.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Axolotl halten für Einsteiger: Alles Wissenswerte über die Axolotl Aufzucht, Haltung &amp;amp; Fütterung - inkl. Notfallplan bei Krankheiten
Author: Siemen Phillips
Narrator: Martina Sondermaier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 28 minutes
Release date: July 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Axolotl ist wohl einer der beliebtesten und zugleich auch einer der geheimnisvollsten Aquarienbewohner überhaupt.  Nicht selten wird der Axolotl auch als der lachende Drache im Aquarium bezeichnet und auf diese Weise lässt dieses possierliche Tierchen auch die Herzen zahlreicher Kinder, aber auch unzähliger erwachsener Aquarianer höherschlagen. Zugegeben, auf den ersten Blick mag der Axolotl dem einen oder anderen ein wenig befremdlich erscheinen, dennoch erfreut er die meisten Beobachter über kurz oder lang mit einem dem engelhaften Lächeln gleichenden Anblick. Nicht umsonst wird der Axolotl auch als der grinsende Drache aus dem Aquarium bezeichnet.  Zur Familie der Schwanzlurche gehörend, erfreut der Axolotl bereits seit vielen Jahren Aquarianer aller Altersklassen und bis heute ist die Faszination für dieses niedliche Tierchen in keiner Weise abgeflaut. Genau genommen gehört der Axolotl zur Gattung der Querzahnmolche und tritt nur in Form einer sogenannten Dauerlarve auf. Das bedeutet, in seiner Entwicklung kommt der Axolotl nicht aus dem Stadium einer biologisch betrachteten Larve heraus. Dabei erreicht er allerdings seine Geschlechtsreife ganz einfach auch ohne die ansonsten in der Biologie bei anderen Lebewesen zu beobachtenden Metamorphosen, also den zahlreichen Entwicklungsstadien.  In diesem Punkt ist der Axolotl, rein biologisch betrachtet, seinen Artgenossen und anderen Tieren weit voraus.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Axolotl halten für Einsteiger: Alles Wissenswerte über die Axolotl Aufzucht, Haltung &amp;amp; Fütterung - inkl. Notfallplan bei Krankheiten
Author: Siemen Phillips
Narrator: Martina Sondermaier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 28 minutes
Release date: July 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Axolotl ist wohl einer der beliebtesten und zugleich auch einer der geheimnisvollsten Aquarienbewohner überhaupt.  Nicht selten wird der Axolotl auch als der lachende Drache im Aquarium bezeichnet und auf diese Weise lässt dieses possierliche Tierchen auch die Herzen zahlreicher Kinder, aber auch unzähliger erwachsener Aquarianer höherschlagen. Zugegeben, auf den ersten Blick mag der Axolotl dem einen oder anderen ein wenig befremdlich erscheinen, dennoch erfreut er die meisten Beobachter über kurz oder lang mit einem dem engelhaften Lächeln gleichenden Anblick. Nicht umsonst wird der Axolotl auch als der grinsende Drache aus dem Aquarium bezeichnet.  Zur Familie der Schwanzlurche gehörend, erfreut der Axolotl bereits seit vielen Jahren Aquarianer aller Altersklassen und bis heute ist die Faszination für dieses niedliche Tierchen in keiner Weise abgeflaut. Genau genommen gehört der Axolotl zur Gattung der Querzahnmolche und tritt nur in Form einer sogenannten Dauerlarve auf. Das bedeutet, in seiner Entwicklung kommt der Axolotl nicht aus dem Stadium einer biologisch betrachteten Larve heraus. Dabei erreicht er allerdings seine Geschlechtsreife ganz einfach auch ohne die ansonsten in der Biologie bei anderen Lebewesen zu beobachtenden Metamorphosen, also den zahlreichen Entwicklungsstadien.  In diesem Punkt ist der Axolotl, rein biologisch betrachtet, seinen Artgenossen und anderen Tieren weit voraus.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Denkspiele für Hunde: Der Hunderatgeber mit den besten Hundespielen für mehr Intelligenz, Spaß &amp;amp; Beschäftigung zur spielerischen Hundeerziehung by Konrad Phillips</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803996</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803996">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803996</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Denkspiele für Hunde: Der Hunderatgeber mit den besten Hundespielen für mehr Intelligenz, Spaß &amp;amp; Beschäftigung zur spielerischen Hundeerziehung
Author: Konrad Phillips
Narrator: Jil Thiele
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 35 minutes
Release date: July 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunde sind von Natur aus soziale Tiere, die ihr Leben an unserer Seite in vollen Zügen genießen. Sie verbringen gerne Zeit mit ihren Menschen und schenken ihnen ihr ganzes Herz. Die meisten Hunde sind gerne aktiv, möchten ihre Instinkte ausleben und sich beim Schnüffeln, Laufen und Jagen austoben. Eine artgerechte Beschäftigung ist daher wichtig, um geistig und körperlich fit zu bleiben. Wenn Sie mit Ihrem Hund spielen, haben Sie eine gemeinsame Aktivität, die alle Bedürfnisse Ihres Hundes vereint und ihm Freude und Zufriedenheit bereitet. Wenn Sie Ihren Hund zum Spielen und Denken anregen, können Sie ihn nicht nur auslasten, sondern auch in die richtige Richtung lenken. Stellen Sie sich vor, wie schön es wäre, wenn Ihr Hund nicht mehr unruhig umherlaufen oder sich unerwünschten Beschäftigungen zuwenden würde. Durch gemeinsame Spiele und Denksportaufgaben können Sie nicht nur entspannter werden, sondern auch die Freude am gemeinsamen Spielen steigern. In diesem Buch erhalten Sie einen umfassenden Überblick über die verschiedenen Arten von Denkspielen und darüber, welche für Ihren Hund geeignet sind. Sie erfahren, wie Sie Ihren Hund richtig einschätzen und welche Spiele für ihn in Frage kommen. Mit diesem Wissen können Sie Ihren Vierbeiner artgerecht beschäftigen und gemeinsam Spaß haben. In diesem Ratgeber liegt der Schwerpunkt auf Spielen, die das Gehirn Ihres Hundes anregen und fördern. Intelligenzspiele sind eine großartige Beschäftigungsmöglichkeit und für Hunde jeden Alters geeignet. Um das Verhalten Ihres Hundes besser verstehen zu können, erläutere ich zunächst die Grundlagen des Lernens bei Hunden. Anschließend finden Sie detaillierte Anleitungen zum Erlernen der einzelnen Spiele sowie Hinweise, die Sie beachten sollten. Durch diesen Ratgeber werden Sie viel Freude mit Ihrem Hund haben. Können Sie es kaum erwarten, mit Ihrem Vierbeiner neue Aufgaben zu meistern? Dann lesen Sie weiter und legen Sie direkt los!</description>
      <author>Konrad Phillips</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783757604202.mp3" length="849336" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803996</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783757604202.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803996">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803996</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Denkspiele für Hunde: Der Hunderatgeber mit den besten Hundespielen für mehr Intelligenz, Spaß &amp;amp; Beschäftigung zur spielerischen Hundeerziehung
Author: Konrad Phillips
Narrator: Jil Thiele
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 35 minutes
Release date: July 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunde sind von Natur aus soziale Tiere, die ihr Leben an unserer Seite in vollen Zügen genießen. Sie verbringen gerne Zeit mit ihren Menschen und schenken ihnen ihr ganzes Herz. Die meisten Hunde sind gerne aktiv, möchten ihre Instinkte ausleben und sich beim Schnüffeln, Laufen und Jagen austoben. Eine artgerechte Beschäftigung ist daher wichtig, um geistig und körperlich fit zu bleiben. Wenn Sie mit Ihrem Hund spielen, haben Sie eine gemeinsame Aktivität, die alle Bedürfnisse Ihres Hundes vereint und ihm Freude und Zufriedenheit bereitet. Wenn Sie Ihren Hund zum Spielen und Denken anregen, können Sie ihn nicht nur auslasten, sondern auch in die richtige Richtung lenken. Stellen Sie sich vor, wie schön es wäre, wenn Ihr Hund nicht mehr unruhig umherlaufen oder sich unerwünschten Beschäftigungen zuwenden würde. Durch gemeinsame Spiele und Denksportaufgaben können Sie nicht nur entspannter werden, sondern auch die Freude am gemeinsamen Spielen steigern. In diesem Buch erhalten Sie einen umfassenden Überblick über die verschiedenen Arten von Denkspielen und darüber, welche für Ihren Hund geeignet sind. Sie erfahren, wie Sie Ihren Hund richtig einschätzen und welche Spiele für ihn in Frage kommen. Mit diesem Wissen können Sie Ihren Vierbeiner artgerecht beschäftigen und gemeinsam Spaß haben. In diesem Ratgeber liegt der Schwerpunkt auf Spielen, die das Gehirn Ihres Hundes anregen und fördern. Intelligenzspiele sind eine großartige Beschäftigungsmöglichkeit und für Hunde jeden Alters geeignet. Um das Verhalten Ihres Hundes besser verstehen zu können, erläutere ich zunächst die Grundlagen des Lernens bei Hunden. Anschließend finden Sie detaillierte Anleitungen zum Erlernen der einzelnen Spiele sowie Hinweise, die Sie beachten sollten. Durch diesen Ratgeber werden Sie viel Freude mit Ihrem Hund haben. Können Sie es kaum erwarten, mit Ihrem Vierbeiner neue Aufgaben zu meistern? Dann lesen Sie weiter und legen Sie direkt los!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803996">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803996</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Denkspiele für Hunde: Der Hunderatgeber mit den besten Hundespielen für mehr Intelligenz, Spaß &amp;amp; Beschäftigung zur spielerischen Hundeerziehung
Author: Konrad Phillips
Narrator: Jil Thiele
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 35 minutes
Release date: July 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunde sind von Natur aus soziale Tiere, die ihr Leben an unserer Seite in vollen Zügen genießen. Sie verbringen gerne Zeit mit ihren Menschen und schenken ihnen ihr ganzes Herz. Die meisten Hunde sind gerne aktiv, möchten ihre Instinkte ausleben und sich beim Schnüffeln, Laufen und Jagen austoben. Eine artgerechte Beschäftigung ist daher wichtig, um geistig und körperlich fit zu bleiben. Wenn Sie mit Ihrem Hund spielen, haben Sie eine gemeinsame Aktivität, die alle Bedürfnisse Ihres Hundes vereint und ihm Freude und Zufriedenheit bereitet. Wenn Sie Ihren Hund zum Spielen und Denken anregen, können Sie ihn nicht nur auslasten, sondern auch in die richtige Richtung lenken. Stellen Sie sich vor, wie schön es wäre, wenn Ihr Hund nicht mehr unruhig umherlaufen oder sich unerwünschten Beschäftigungen zuwenden würde. Durch gemeinsame Spiele und Denksportaufgaben können Sie nicht nur entspannter werden, sondern auch die Freude am gemeinsamen Spielen steigern. In diesem Buch erhalten Sie einen umfassenden Überblick über die verschiedenen Arten von Denkspielen und darüber, welche für Ihren Hund geeignet sind. Sie erfahren, wie Sie Ihren Hund richtig einschätzen und welche Spiele für ihn in Frage kommen. Mit diesem Wissen können Sie Ihren Vierbeiner artgerecht beschäftigen und gemeinsam Spaß haben. In diesem Ratgeber liegt der Schwerpunkt auf Spielen, die das Gehirn Ihres Hundes anregen und fördern. Intelligenzspiele sind eine großartige Beschäftigungsmöglichkeit und für Hunde jeden Alters geeignet. Um das Verhalten Ihres Hundes besser verstehen zu können, erläutere ich zunächst die Grundlagen des Lernens bei Hunden. Anschließend finden Sie detaillierte Anleitungen zum Erlernen der einzelnen Spiele sowie Hinweise, die Sie beachten sollten. Durch diesen Ratgeber werden Sie viel Freude mit Ihrem Hund haben. Können Sie es kaum erwarten, mit Ihrem Vierbeiner neue Aufgaben zu meistern? Dann lesen Sie weiter und legen Sie direkt los!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - ¡No estamos exagerando! La crisis del agua y la posibilidad de salvarla by Arantza García</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803985</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803985">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803985</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¡No estamos exagerando! La crisis del agua y la posibilidad de salvarla
Author: Arantza García
Narrator: Arantza García
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
La crisis hídrica en México es cada vez más compleja, el Día Cero en la metrópoli más grande del país generó una gran alerta social, política y mediática, y ha puesto en evidencia que la explotación y contaminación del agua siempre han estado aquí. El audiolibro &amp;#039;¡No estamos exagerando! La crisis del agua y la posibilidad de salvarla&amp;#039; es una investigación periodística de Arantza García donde debate con expertos en socioecología, medio ambiente y crisis climática, quienes nos brindan una amplia reflexión y un mensaje claro: la crisis hídrica siempre estuvo aquí, pero todavía podemos salvar el agua.  Asimismo, cuenta la lucha y resistencia de comunidades indígenas aledañas a los ríos Atoyac y Xochiac, entre Puebla y Tlaxcala, que sufren la gravedad de la contaminación y escasez de agua limpia, quienes han tomado acciones colectivas para combatir lo que el Estado no ha cumplido: el derecho a un medio ambiente sano, saneamiento del agua y acceso a la información al respecto del líquido vital. La historia de un pueblo donde la gente muere a causa del agua contaminada.  ¿Estamos condenados a la sequía? ¿Podemos recuperar la sanidad del agua desde nuestros hogares? ¿Son las acciones individuales y colectivas suficientes? ¿Cómo entender la gravedad de la escasez del agua y el cambio climático a la par que vivimos con ecoansiedad? La investigación de Arantza García nos ofrece algunas respuestas.</description>
      <author>Arantza García</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781964915043.mp3" length="895749" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803985</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781964915043.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803985">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803985</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¡No estamos exagerando! La crisis del agua y la posibilidad de salvarla
Author: Arantza García
Narrator: Arantza García
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
La crisis hídrica en México es cada vez más compleja, el Día Cero en la metrópoli más grande del país generó una gran alerta social, política y mediática, y ha puesto en evidencia que la explotación y contaminación del agua siempre han estado aquí. El audiolibro &amp;#039;¡No estamos exagerando! La crisis del agua y la posibilidad de salvarla&amp;#039; es una investigación periodística de Arantza García donde debate con expertos en socioecología, medio ambiente y crisis climática, quienes nos brindan una amplia reflexión y un mensaje claro: la crisis hídrica siempre estuvo aquí, pero todavía podemos salvar el agua.  Asimismo, cuenta la lucha y resistencia de comunidades indígenas aledañas a los ríos Atoyac y Xochiac, entre Puebla y Tlaxcala, que sufren la gravedad de la contaminación y escasez de agua limpia, quienes han tomado acciones colectivas para combatir lo que el Estado no ha cumplido: el derecho a un medio ambiente sano, saneamiento del agua y acceso a la información al respecto del líquido vital. La historia de un pueblo donde la gente muere a causa del agua contaminada.  ¿Estamos condenados a la sequía? ¿Podemos recuperar la sanidad del agua desde nuestros hogares? ¿Son las acciones individuales y colectivas suficientes? ¿Cómo entender la gravedad de la escasez del agua y el cambio climático a la par que vivimos con ecoansiedad? La investigación de Arantza García nos ofrece algunas respuestas.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803985">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803985</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¡No estamos exagerando! La crisis del agua y la posibilidad de salvarla
Author: Arantza García
Narrator: Arantza García
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
La crisis hídrica en México es cada vez más compleja, el Día Cero en la metrópoli más grande del país generó una gran alerta social, política y mediática, y ha puesto en evidencia que la explotación y contaminación del agua siempre han estado aquí. El audiolibro &amp;#039;¡No estamos exagerando! La crisis del agua y la posibilidad de salvarla&amp;#039; es una investigación periodística de Arantza García donde debate con expertos en socioecología, medio ambiente y crisis climática, quienes nos brindan una amplia reflexión y un mensaje claro: la crisis hídrica siempre estuvo aquí, pero todavía podemos salvar el agua.  Asimismo, cuenta la lucha y resistencia de comunidades indígenas aledañas a los ríos Atoyac y Xochiac, entre Puebla y Tlaxcala, que sufren la gravedad de la contaminación y escasez de agua limpia, quienes han tomado acciones colectivas para combatir lo que el Estado no ha cumplido: el derecho a un medio ambiente sano, saneamiento del agua y acceso a la información al respecto del líquido vital. La historia de un pueblo donde la gente muere a causa del agua contaminada.  ¿Estamos condenados a la sequía? ¿Podemos recuperar la sanidad del agua desde nuestros hogares? ¿Son las acciones individuales y colectivas suficientes? ¿Cómo entender la gravedad de la escasez del agua y el cambio climático a la par que vivimos con ecoansiedad? La investigación de Arantza García nos ofrece algunas respuestas.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>River Songs: Moments of Wild Wonder in Fly Fishing by Steve Duda</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803922</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: River Songs: Moments of Wild Wonder in Fly Fishing
Author: Steve Duda
Narrator: Steve Duda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
River Songs is rich with bracing, authentic, generous stories—writing that revels in language and spirit. Avoiding most of fly fishing&amp;#039;s clichés—the romantic elegies, the Moby-Dick-like conquests, the play-by-play detailing a &amp;#039;victory&amp;#039; over a fish—Steve Duda instead offers pieces that breathe lived experience, reveal vulnerabilities, and convey a broad perspective of what it means to have &amp;#039;a long run with a tight crew.&amp;#039; Duda is interested in what has been learned out there on the river: what is it about this &amp;#039;ridiculous activity&amp;#039; that connects us to this planet, makes us human, gives us hope? River Songs focuses on the in-between moments and the unexpected revelations—awe, fear, frustration, doubt, joy—that are as much a part of fishing as tying knots and chucking flies. Listeners ride along with Duda in battered pickup trucks, fish &amp;#039;between jobs,&amp;#039; look longingly at unfished famous rivers while touring with a country-punk band, and wonder how a fishing trip led to getting a tooth pulled while being surrounded by trash-talking friends. They will find beauty, discovery, heartbreak, good dogs, and the wonder of nature within the expanse of Northwest landscapes and beyond.</description>
      <author>Steve Duda</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855579406.mp3" length="7443045" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803922</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855579406.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: River Songs: Moments of Wild Wonder in Fly Fishing
Author: Steve Duda
Narrator: Steve Duda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
River Songs is rich with bracing, authentic, generous stories—writing that revels in language and spirit. Avoiding most of fly fishing&amp;#039;s clichés—the romantic elegies, the Moby-Dick-like conquests, the play-by-play detailing a &amp;#039;victory&amp;#039; over a fish—Steve Duda instead offers pieces that breathe lived experience, reveal vulnerabilities, and convey a broad perspective of what it means to have &amp;#039;a long run with a tight crew.&amp;#039; Duda is interested in what has been learned out there on the river: what is it about this &amp;#039;ridiculous activity&amp;#039; that connects us to this planet, makes us human, gives us hope? River Songs focuses on the in-between moments and the unexpected revelations—awe, fear, frustration, doubt, joy—that are as much a part of fishing as tying knots and chucking flies. Listeners ride along with Duda in battered pickup trucks, fish &amp;#039;between jobs,&amp;#039; look longingly at unfished famous rivers while touring with a country-punk band, and wonder how a fishing trip led to getting a tooth pulled while being surrounded by trash-talking friends. They will find beauty, discovery, heartbreak, good dogs, and the wonder of nature within the expanse of Northwest landscapes and beyond.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: River Songs: Moments of Wild Wonder in Fly Fishing
Author: Steve Duda
Narrator: Steve Duda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
River Songs is rich with bracing, authentic, generous stories—writing that revels in language and spirit. Avoiding most of fly fishing&amp;#039;s clichés—the romantic elegies, the Moby-Dick-like conquests, the play-by-play detailing a &amp;#039;victory&amp;#039; over a fish—Steve Duda instead offers pieces that breathe lived experience, reveal vulnerabilities, and convey a broad perspective of what it means to have &amp;#039;a long run with a tight crew.&amp;#039; Duda is interested in what has been learned out there on the river: what is it about this &amp;#039;ridiculous activity&amp;#039; that connects us to this planet, makes us human, gives us hope? River Songs focuses on the in-between moments and the unexpected revelations—awe, fear, frustration, doubt, joy—that are as much a part of fishing as tying knots and chucking flies. Listeners ride along with Duda in battered pickup trucks, fish &amp;#039;between jobs,&amp;#039; look longingly at unfished famous rivers while touring with a country-punk band, and wonder how a fishing trip led to getting a tooth pulled while being surrounded by trash-talking friends. They will find beauty, discovery, heartbreak, good dogs, and the wonder of nature within the expanse of Northwest landscapes and beyond.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Restoring the Pitchfork Ranch: How Healing a Southwest Oasis Holds Promise for Our Endangered Land by A. Thomas Cole</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803914</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Restoring the Pitchfork Ranch: How Healing a Southwest Oasis Holds Promise for Our Endangered Land
Author: A. Thomas Cole
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Pitchfork Ranch is more than another dusty homestead tucked away in a corner of the Southwest. It is a place with a story to tell about the most pressing crisis to confront humankind. It is a place where one couple is working every day to right decades of wrongs. It is a place of inspiration and promise. It is an invitation to join the struggle for a better planet. Restoring the Pitchfork Ranch tells the story of a decades-long habitat restoration project in southwestern New Mexico. Rancher-owner A. Thomas Cole explains what inspired him and his wife, Lucinda, to turn their retirement into years dedicated to hard work and renewal. The book shares the past and present history of a very special ranch south of Silver City, which is home to a rare type of regional wetland, a fragile desert grassland ecosystem, archaeological sites, and a critical wildlife corridor in a drought-stricken landscape. Today the 11,300 acres that make up the Pitchfork Ranch provide an important setting for carbon sequestration, wildlife habitats, and space for the reintroduction of endangered or threatened species. Restoring the Pitchfork Ranch weaves together stories of mine strikers, cattle ranching, and the climate crisis into an important and inspiring call to action. For anyone who has wondered how they can help, the Pitchfork Ranch provides an inspiring way forward.</description>
      <author>A. Thomas Cole</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855577365.mp3" length="8356860" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803914</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855577365.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Restoring the Pitchfork Ranch: How Healing a Southwest Oasis Holds Promise for Our Endangered Land
Author: A. Thomas Cole
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Pitchfork Ranch is more than another dusty homestead tucked away in a corner of the Southwest. It is a place with a story to tell about the most pressing crisis to confront humankind. It is a place where one couple is working every day to right decades of wrongs. It is a place of inspiration and promise. It is an invitation to join the struggle for a better planet. Restoring the Pitchfork Ranch tells the story of a decades-long habitat restoration project in southwestern New Mexico. Rancher-owner A. Thomas Cole explains what inspired him and his wife, Lucinda, to turn their retirement into years dedicated to hard work and renewal. The book shares the past and present history of a very special ranch south of Silver City, which is home to a rare type of regional wetland, a fragile desert grassland ecosystem, archaeological sites, and a critical wildlife corridor in a drought-stricken landscape. Today the 11,300 acres that make up the Pitchfork Ranch provide an important setting for carbon sequestration, wildlife habitats, and space for the reintroduction of endangered or threatened species. Restoring the Pitchfork Ranch weaves together stories of mine strikers, cattle ranching, and the climate crisis into an important and inspiring call to action. For anyone who has wondered how they can help, the Pitchfork Ranch provides an inspiring way forward.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Restoring the Pitchfork Ranch: How Healing a Southwest Oasis Holds Promise for Our Endangered Land
Author: A. Thomas Cole
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Pitchfork Ranch is more than another dusty homestead tucked away in a corner of the Southwest. It is a place with a story to tell about the most pressing crisis to confront humankind. It is a place where one couple is working every day to right decades of wrongs. It is a place of inspiration and promise. It is an invitation to join the struggle for a better planet. Restoring the Pitchfork Ranch tells the story of a decades-long habitat restoration project in southwestern New Mexico. Rancher-owner A. Thomas Cole explains what inspired him and his wife, Lucinda, to turn their retirement into years dedicated to hard work and renewal. The book shares the past and present history of a very special ranch south of Silver City, which is home to a rare type of regional wetland, a fragile desert grassland ecosystem, archaeological sites, and a critical wildlife corridor in a drought-stricken landscape. Today the 11,300 acres that make up the Pitchfork Ranch provide an important setting for carbon sequestration, wildlife habitats, and space for the reintroduction of endangered or threatened species. Restoring the Pitchfork Ranch weaves together stories of mine strikers, cattle ranching, and the climate crisis into an important and inspiring call to action. For anyone who has wondered how they can help, the Pitchfork Ranch provides an inspiring way forward.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Five Suns: A Fire History of Mexico by Stephen J. Pyne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803900</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803900">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803900</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Five Suns: A Fire History of Mexico
Author: Stephen J. Pyne
Narrator: Emmanuel Chumaceiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 59 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A climate defined by wet and dry seasons, a mostly mountainous terrain, a biota prone to disturbances, a human geography characterized by a diversity of peoples all of whom rely on burning in one form or another: Mexico has ideal circumstances for fire, and those fires provide a unique perspective on its complex history. Narrating Mexico&amp;#039;s evolution of fire through five eras, historian Stephen J. Pyne describes the pre-human, pre-Hispanic, colonial, industrializing (1880–1980), and contemporary (1980–2015) fire biography of this diverse and dynamic country. Creatively deploying the Aztec New Fire Ceremony and the &amp;#039;five suns&amp;#039; that it birthed, Pyne addresses the question, &amp;#039;Why does fire appear in Mexico the way it does?&amp;#039; Five Suns tells the saga through a pyric prism. Mexico has become one of the top ten &amp;#039;firepowers&amp;#039; in the world today through its fire suppression capabilities, fire research, and industrial combustion, but also by those continuing customary practices that have become increasingly significant to a world that suffers too much combustion and too little fire. Five Suns completes a North American fire-history trilogy written by Pyne over the past forty years, complementing his histories of Canada and the United States.</description>
      <author>Stephen J. Pyne</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855577389.mp3" length="8111778" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803900</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855577389.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803900">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803900</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Five Suns: A Fire History of Mexico
Author: Stephen J. Pyne
Narrator: Emmanuel Chumaceiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 59 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A climate defined by wet and dry seasons, a mostly mountainous terrain, a biota prone to disturbances, a human geography characterized by a diversity of peoples all of whom rely on burning in one form or another: Mexico has ideal circumstances for fire, and those fires provide a unique perspective on its complex history. Narrating Mexico&amp;#039;s evolution of fire through five eras, historian Stephen J. Pyne describes the pre-human, pre-Hispanic, colonial, industrializing (1880–1980), and contemporary (1980–2015) fire biography of this diverse and dynamic country. Creatively deploying the Aztec New Fire Ceremony and the &amp;#039;five suns&amp;#039; that it birthed, Pyne addresses the question, &amp;#039;Why does fire appear in Mexico the way it does?&amp;#039; Five Suns tells the saga through a pyric prism. Mexico has become one of the top ten &amp;#039;firepowers&amp;#039; in the world today through its fire suppression capabilities, fire research, and industrial combustion, but also by those continuing customary practices that have become increasingly significant to a world that suffers too much combustion and too little fire. Five Suns completes a North American fire-history trilogy written by Pyne over the past forty years, complementing his histories of Canada and the United States.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803900">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803900</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Five Suns: A Fire History of Mexico
Author: Stephen J. Pyne
Narrator: Emmanuel Chumaceiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 59 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A climate defined by wet and dry seasons, a mostly mountainous terrain, a biota prone to disturbances, a human geography characterized by a diversity of peoples all of whom rely on burning in one form or another: Mexico has ideal circumstances for fire, and those fires provide a unique perspective on its complex history. Narrating Mexico&amp;#039;s evolution of fire through five eras, historian Stephen J. Pyne describes the pre-human, pre-Hispanic, colonial, industrializing (1880–1980), and contemporary (1980–2015) fire biography of this diverse and dynamic country. Creatively deploying the Aztec New Fire Ceremony and the &amp;#039;five suns&amp;#039; that it birthed, Pyne addresses the question, &amp;#039;Why does fire appear in Mexico the way it does?&amp;#039; Five Suns tells the saga through a pyric prism. Mexico has become one of the top ten &amp;#039;firepowers&amp;#039; in the world today through its fire suppression capabilities, fire research, and industrial combustion, but also by those continuing customary practices that have become increasingly significant to a world that suffers too much combustion and too little fire. Five Suns completes a North American fire-history trilogy written by Pyne over the past forty years, complementing his histories of Canada and the United States.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Playing Possum: How Animals Understand Death by Susana Monsó</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803892</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803892">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803892</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Playing Possum: How Animals Understand Death
Author: Susana Monsó
Narrator: Lisa S. Ware
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When the opossum feels threatened, she becomes paralyzed. Her body temperature plummets, her breathing and heart rates drop to a minimum, and her glands simulate the smell of a putrefying corpse. Playing Possum explores what the opossum and other creatures can teach us about how we and other species understand mortality, and demonstrates that the concept of death, far from being a uniquely human attribute, is widespread in the animal kingdom. With humor and empathy, Susana Monsó tells the stories of ants who attend their own funerals, chimpanzees who clean the teeth of their dead, dogs who snack on their caregivers, crows who avoid the places where they saw a carcass, elephants obsessed with collecting ivory, and whales who carry their dead for weeks. Monsó, one of today&amp;#039;s leading experts on animal cognition and ethics, shows how there are more ways to conceive of mortality than the human way, and challenges the notion that the only emotional reactions to death worthy of our attention are ones that resemble our own. Blending philosophical insight with new evidence from behavioral science and comparative psychology, Playing Possum dispels the anthropocentric biases that cloud our understanding of the natural world, and reveals that, when it comes to death and dying, we are just another animal.</description>
      <author>Susana Monsó</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855577044.mp3" length="8114447" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803892</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855577044.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803892">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803892</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Playing Possum: How Animals Understand Death
Author: Susana Monsó
Narrator: Lisa S. Ware
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When the opossum feels threatened, she becomes paralyzed. Her body temperature plummets, her breathing and heart rates drop to a minimum, and her glands simulate the smell of a putrefying corpse. Playing Possum explores what the opossum and other creatures can teach us about how we and other species understand mortality, and demonstrates that the concept of death, far from being a uniquely human attribute, is widespread in the animal kingdom. With humor and empathy, Susana Monsó tells the stories of ants who attend their own funerals, chimpanzees who clean the teeth of their dead, dogs who snack on their caregivers, crows who avoid the places where they saw a carcass, elephants obsessed with collecting ivory, and whales who carry their dead for weeks. Monsó, one of today&amp;#039;s leading experts on animal cognition and ethics, shows how there are more ways to conceive of mortality than the human way, and challenges the notion that the only emotional reactions to death worthy of our attention are ones that resemble our own. Blending philosophical insight with new evidence from behavioral science and comparative psychology, Playing Possum dispels the anthropocentric biases that cloud our understanding of the natural world, and reveals that, when it comes to death and dying, we are just another animal.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803892">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803892</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Playing Possum: How Animals Understand Death
Author: Susana Monsó
Narrator: Lisa S. Ware
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When the opossum feels threatened, she becomes paralyzed. Her body temperature plummets, her breathing and heart rates drop to a minimum, and her glands simulate the smell of a putrefying corpse. Playing Possum explores what the opossum and other creatures can teach us about how we and other species understand mortality, and demonstrates that the concept of death, far from being a uniquely human attribute, is widespread in the animal kingdom. With humor and empathy, Susana Monsó tells the stories of ants who attend their own funerals, chimpanzees who clean the teeth of their dead, dogs who snack on their caregivers, crows who avoid the places where they saw a carcass, elephants obsessed with collecting ivory, and whales who carry their dead for weeks. Monsó, one of today&amp;#039;s leading experts on animal cognition and ethics, shows how there are more ways to conceive of mortality than the human way, and challenges the notion that the only emotional reactions to death worthy of our attention are ones that resemble our own. Blending philosophical insight with new evidence from behavioral science and comparative psychology, Playing Possum dispels the anthropocentric biases that cloud our understanding of the natural world, and reveals that, when it comes to death and dying, we are just another animal.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Alpine Rising: Sherpas, Baltis, and the Triumph of Local Climbers in the Greater Ranges by Bernadette Mcdonald</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803861</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803861">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803861</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alpine Rising: Sherpas, Baltis, and the Triumph of Local Climbers in the Greater Ranges
Author: Bernadette Mcdonald
Narrator: Lisa S. Ware
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Alpine Rising is a fascinating history of the crucial and frequently tragic role of local Nepalis, Tibetans, and Pakistanis on mountaineering expeditions to the world&amp;#039;s highest peaks.&amp;#039; —Jon Krakauer The name of Maurice Herzog, the first man to reach the summit of Annapurna, is widely recognized, but how many know Ang Tharkay, the Sherpa who carried the seriously frostbitten Herzog on his back for miles? Although rarely mentioned in published accounts of early expeditions, local climbers have long been significant members of first ascents on the world’s tallest and most challenging peaks. In Alpine Rising, award-winning writer Bernadette McDonald sets the record straight by shining a light on these too often forgotten heroes. Now, in the twenty-first century, it is often local climbers who are setting records. A Nepali team was the first to climb K2 in winter; they reached the summit while singing their national anthem. Pakistani climbers like Little Karim and Ali Sadpara devoted their lives to helping others survive and succeed on and off the mountains and their stories deserve to be more widely known. Not only a timely reminder of the need to recognize the contributions of local climbers and the importance of correcting the historical record, Alpine Rising is a celebration of a region&amp;#039;s local heroes.</description>
      <author>Bernadette Mcdonald</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855530148.mp3" length="8276692" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803861</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855530148.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803861">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803861</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alpine Rising: Sherpas, Baltis, and the Triumph of Local Climbers in the Greater Ranges
Author: Bernadette Mcdonald
Narrator: Lisa S. Ware
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Alpine Rising is a fascinating history of the crucial and frequently tragic role of local Nepalis, Tibetans, and Pakistanis on mountaineering expeditions to the world&amp;#039;s highest peaks.&amp;#039; —Jon Krakauer The name of Maurice Herzog, the first man to reach the summit of Annapurna, is widely recognized, but how many know Ang Tharkay, the Sherpa who carried the seriously frostbitten Herzog on his back for miles? Although rarely mentioned in published accounts of early expeditions, local climbers have long been significant members of first ascents on the world’s tallest and most challenging peaks. In Alpine Rising, award-winning writer Bernadette McDonald sets the record straight by shining a light on these too often forgotten heroes. Now, in the twenty-first century, it is often local climbers who are setting records. A Nepali team was the first to climb K2 in winter; they reached the summit while singing their national anthem. Pakistani climbers like Little Karim and Ali Sadpara devoted their lives to helping others survive and succeed on and off the mountains and their stories deserve to be more widely known. Not only a timely reminder of the need to recognize the contributions of local climbers and the importance of correcting the historical record, Alpine Rising is a celebration of a region&amp;#039;s local heroes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803861">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803861</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alpine Rising: Sherpas, Baltis, and the Triumph of Local Climbers in the Greater Ranges
Author: Bernadette Mcdonald
Narrator: Lisa S. Ware
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Alpine Rising is a fascinating history of the crucial and frequently tragic role of local Nepalis, Tibetans, and Pakistanis on mountaineering expeditions to the world&amp;#039;s highest peaks.&amp;#039; —Jon Krakauer The name of Maurice Herzog, the first man to reach the summit of Annapurna, is widely recognized, but how many know Ang Tharkay, the Sherpa who carried the seriously frostbitten Herzog on his back for miles? Although rarely mentioned in published accounts of early expeditions, local climbers have long been significant members of first ascents on the world’s tallest and most challenging peaks. In Alpine Rising, award-winning writer Bernadette McDonald sets the record straight by shining a light on these too often forgotten heroes. Now, in the twenty-first century, it is often local climbers who are setting records. A Nepali team was the first to climb K2 in winter; they reached the summit while singing their national anthem. Pakistani climbers like Little Karim and Ali Sadpara devoted their lives to helping others survive and succeed on and off the mountains and their stories deserve to be more widely known. Not only a timely reminder of the need to recognize the contributions of local climbers and the importance of correcting the historical record, Alpine Rising is a celebration of a region&amp;#039;s local heroes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Vom Bellen zum Verstehen: Verhaltensdeutung beim Hund leicht gemacht: Praktische Anweisungen für erfolgreiches Verstehen und Lenken mittels Kommunikation und Körpersprache by Ronald Möller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803667</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vom Bellen zum Verstehen: Verhaltensdeutung beim Hund leicht gemacht: Praktische Anweisungen für erfolgreiches Verstehen und Lenken mittels Kommunikation und Körpersprache
Author: Ronald Möller
Narrator: Sabine Blasius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Entdecke die verborgenen Botschaften hinter dem Verhalten deines Hundes. Dieser Ratgeber öffnet die Tür zu einer tieferen Verbindung zwischen dir und deinen pelzigen Gefährten, indem es dir eine praktische Anweisung für ein erfolgreiches Verstehen und Lenken mittels Kommunikation und Körpersprache bietet. In diesem umfassenden Leitfaden lernst du, die subtile Sprache der Hunde zu entschlüsseln, angefangen bei den alltäglichsten Situationen bis hin zu den anspruchsvollsten Szenarien. Du wirst dazu ermutigt, dein Verständnis für die Emotionen und Signale deines Hundes zu vertiefen und auf dieser Basis eine harmonische Beziehung aufzubauen. Mit leicht verständlichen Erklärungen und praxisnahen Beispielen wirst du in die Lage versetzt, die Körpersprache deines Hundes genau zu beobachten und zu interpretieren. Erfahre, wie du Calming Signals erkennen kannst, um deinen Hund Sicherheit zu vermitteln und Stress abzubauen. Diese Erkenntnisse sind der Schlüssel zu einer erfolgreichen Kommunikation und einem liebevollen Miteinander.</description>
      <author>Ronald Möller</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783987479939.mp3" length="867305" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803667</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783987479939.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vom Bellen zum Verstehen: Verhaltensdeutung beim Hund leicht gemacht: Praktische Anweisungen für erfolgreiches Verstehen und Lenken mittels Kommunikation und Körpersprache
Author: Ronald Möller
Narrator: Sabine Blasius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Entdecke die verborgenen Botschaften hinter dem Verhalten deines Hundes. Dieser Ratgeber öffnet die Tür zu einer tieferen Verbindung zwischen dir und deinen pelzigen Gefährten, indem es dir eine praktische Anweisung für ein erfolgreiches Verstehen und Lenken mittels Kommunikation und Körpersprache bietet. In diesem umfassenden Leitfaden lernst du, die subtile Sprache der Hunde zu entschlüsseln, angefangen bei den alltäglichsten Situationen bis hin zu den anspruchsvollsten Szenarien. Du wirst dazu ermutigt, dein Verständnis für die Emotionen und Signale deines Hundes zu vertiefen und auf dieser Basis eine harmonische Beziehung aufzubauen. Mit leicht verständlichen Erklärungen und praxisnahen Beispielen wirst du in die Lage versetzt, die Körpersprache deines Hundes genau zu beobachten und zu interpretieren. Erfahre, wie du Calming Signals erkennen kannst, um deinen Hund Sicherheit zu vermitteln und Stress abzubauen. Diese Erkenntnisse sind der Schlüssel zu einer erfolgreichen Kommunikation und einem liebevollen Miteinander.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vom Bellen zum Verstehen: Verhaltensdeutung beim Hund leicht gemacht: Praktische Anweisungen für erfolgreiches Verstehen und Lenken mittels Kommunikation und Körpersprache
Author: Ronald Möller
Narrator: Sabine Blasius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Entdecke die verborgenen Botschaften hinter dem Verhalten deines Hundes. Dieser Ratgeber öffnet die Tür zu einer tieferen Verbindung zwischen dir und deinen pelzigen Gefährten, indem es dir eine praktische Anweisung für ein erfolgreiches Verstehen und Lenken mittels Kommunikation und Körpersprache bietet. In diesem umfassenden Leitfaden lernst du, die subtile Sprache der Hunde zu entschlüsseln, angefangen bei den alltäglichsten Situationen bis hin zu den anspruchsvollsten Szenarien. Du wirst dazu ermutigt, dein Verständnis für die Emotionen und Signale deines Hundes zu vertiefen und auf dieser Basis eine harmonische Beziehung aufzubauen. Mit leicht verständlichen Erklärungen und praxisnahen Beispielen wirst du in die Lage versetzt, die Körpersprache deines Hundes genau zu beobachten und zu interpretieren. Erfahre, wie du Calming Signals erkennen kannst, um deinen Hund Sicherheit zu vermitteln und Stress abzubauen. Diese Erkenntnisse sind der Schlüssel zu einer erfolgreichen Kommunikation und einem liebevollen Miteinander.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life on Svalbard: Finding Home on a Remote Island Near the North Pole by Cecilia Blomdahl</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803365</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803365">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803365</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life on Svalbard: Finding Home on a Remote Island Near the North Pole
Author: Cecilia Blomdahl
Narrator: Cecilia Blomdahl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Join Cecilia Blomdahl in Longyearbyen, Svalbard, the world&amp;#039;s northernmost town. Located in the Arctic Ocean near the North Pole, Svalbard is a unique archipelago that boasts stunning wintry landscapes, endangered arctic animals, and awe-inspiring natural phenomena. Since 2016, Cecilia has called this beautiful and remote location home. Along with her partner Christoffer and her dog Grim, she has adjusted to life at the top of the world—where polar bears roam free and the northern lights shine. With evocative text and spectacular photography, Cecilia shares the joys and challenges of adapting to an inhospitable climate along with advice and insight for anyone seeking to thrive in unusual living conditions. Whatever your location, Life on Svalbard will give you a deeper understanding of why people choose to live in extreme environments, and perhaps help you find the hidden magic of where you live, too. ©2024 Cecilia Blomdahl (P)2024 DK Audio</description>
      <author>Cecilia Blomdahl</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241734827.mp3" length="1437395" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803365</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241734827.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803365">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803365</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life on Svalbard: Finding Home on a Remote Island Near the North Pole
Author: Cecilia Blomdahl
Narrator: Cecilia Blomdahl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Join Cecilia Blomdahl in Longyearbyen, Svalbard, the world&amp;#039;s northernmost town. Located in the Arctic Ocean near the North Pole, Svalbard is a unique archipelago that boasts stunning wintry landscapes, endangered arctic animals, and awe-inspiring natural phenomena. Since 2016, Cecilia has called this beautiful and remote location home. Along with her partner Christoffer and her dog Grim, she has adjusted to life at the top of the world—where polar bears roam free and the northern lights shine. With evocative text and spectacular photography, Cecilia shares the joys and challenges of adapting to an inhospitable climate along with advice and insight for anyone seeking to thrive in unusual living conditions. Whatever your location, Life on Svalbard will give you a deeper understanding of why people choose to live in extreme environments, and perhaps help you find the hidden magic of where you live, too. ©2024 Cecilia Blomdahl (P)2024 DK Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803365">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803365</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life on Svalbard: Finding Home on a Remote Island Near the North Pole
Author: Cecilia Blomdahl
Narrator: Cecilia Blomdahl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Join Cecilia Blomdahl in Longyearbyen, Svalbard, the world&amp;#039;s northernmost town. Located in the Arctic Ocean near the North Pole, Svalbard is a unique archipelago that boasts stunning wintry landscapes, endangered arctic animals, and awe-inspiring natural phenomena. Since 2016, Cecilia has called this beautiful and remote location home. Along with her partner Christoffer and her dog Grim, she has adjusted to life at the top of the world—where polar bears roam free and the northern lights shine. With evocative text and spectacular photography, Cecilia shares the joys and challenges of adapting to an inhospitable climate along with advice and insight for anyone seeking to thrive in unusual living conditions. Whatever your location, Life on Svalbard will give you a deeper understanding of why people choose to live in extreme environments, and perhaps help you find the hidden magic of where you live, too. ©2024 Cecilia Blomdahl (P)2024 DK Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Train Your Dog with Love + Science: A Dog Lover’s Guide to Animal Behavior and Positive Reinforcement Training by Annie Grossman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802251</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802251">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802251</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Train Your Dog with Love + Science: A Dog Lover’s Guide to Animal Behavior and Positive Reinforcement Training
Author: Annie Grossman
Narrator: Eunice Wong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
How To Train Your Dog with Love + Science presents a modern and science-based approach to dog training, showing how behavior can be changed without coercion and force. Annie Grossman, a journalist-turned-dog trainer, breaks down what positive reinforcement actually is and makes the case that &amp;#039;good dog training&amp;#039; may even be a window into understanding ourselves. Grossman offers building-block exercises and tips on how to train effectively using the reward-based methods she&amp;#039;s honed over the last decade with clients at her Manhattan training center, School For The Dogs. Whether you&amp;#039;ve just brought a new dog into your home or you&amp;#039;re wanting to teach an old one new tricks, How to Train Your Dog with Love + Science will help you consider what behaviors you want and help you to achieve your goals using techniques rooted in the science of behavior. Woven into this how-to guide is the century-long history of positive reinforcement training, from Pavlov&amp;#039;s dogs and Skinner&amp;#039;s rats to today&amp;#039;s apartment-dwelling dogs using Wifi-enabled devices. By employing the easy-to-understand techniques in this book, you will be able to train your dog to live confidently, comfortably, and happily in your world.</description>
      <author>Annie Grossman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765057988.mp3" length="8271579" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802251</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765057988.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802251">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802251</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Train Your Dog with Love + Science: A Dog Lover’s Guide to Animal Behavior and Positive Reinforcement Training
Author: Annie Grossman
Narrator: Eunice Wong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
How To Train Your Dog with Love + Science presents a modern and science-based approach to dog training, showing how behavior can be changed without coercion and force. Annie Grossman, a journalist-turned-dog trainer, breaks down what positive reinforcement actually is and makes the case that &amp;#039;good dog training&amp;#039; may even be a window into understanding ourselves. Grossman offers building-block exercises and tips on how to train effectively using the reward-based methods she&amp;#039;s honed over the last decade with clients at her Manhattan training center, School For The Dogs. Whether you&amp;#039;ve just brought a new dog into your home or you&amp;#039;re wanting to teach an old one new tricks, How to Train Your Dog with Love + Science will help you consider what behaviors you want and help you to achieve your goals using techniques rooted in the science of behavior. Woven into this how-to guide is the century-long history of positive reinforcement training, from Pavlov&amp;#039;s dogs and Skinner&amp;#039;s rats to today&amp;#039;s apartment-dwelling dogs using Wifi-enabled devices. By employing the easy-to-understand techniques in this book, you will be able to train your dog to live confidently, comfortably, and happily in your world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802251">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802251</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Train Your Dog with Love + Science: A Dog Lover’s Guide to Animal Behavior and Positive Reinforcement Training
Author: Annie Grossman
Narrator: Eunice Wong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
How To Train Your Dog with Love + Science presents a modern and science-based approach to dog training, showing how behavior can be changed without coercion and force. Annie Grossman, a journalist-turned-dog trainer, breaks down what positive reinforcement actually is and makes the case that &amp;#039;good dog training&amp;#039; may even be a window into understanding ourselves. Grossman offers building-block exercises and tips on how to train effectively using the reward-based methods she&amp;#039;s honed over the last decade with clients at her Manhattan training center, School For The Dogs. Whether you&amp;#039;ve just brought a new dog into your home or you&amp;#039;re wanting to teach an old one new tricks, How to Train Your Dog with Love + Science will help you consider what behaviors you want and help you to achieve your goals using techniques rooted in the science of behavior. Woven into this how-to guide is the century-long history of positive reinforcement training, from Pavlov&amp;#039;s dogs and Skinner&amp;#039;s rats to today&amp;#039;s apartment-dwelling dogs using Wifi-enabled devices. By employing the easy-to-understand techniques in this book, you will be able to train your dog to live confidently, comfortably, and happily in your world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nature Health Healing:: 5 Poem Book Deal by Mike B. Blake</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802129</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802129">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802129</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature Health Healing:: 5 Poem Book Deal
Author: Mike B. Blake
Narrator: Mike Blake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 15 minutes
Release date: August  3, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Comprises the 5 Poems for the Series. 1. I Like the Rain: Sometimes.. 2. To Climb Trees 3. In Days Gone By: // Newbury // 4. ASMR: Thought Pringles 5. Back To the Woods : All the poems cover nature or healing as their main themes.</description>
      <author>Mike B. Blake</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2022 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875155758.mp3" length="482423" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802129</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875155758.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802129">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802129</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature Health Healing:: 5 Poem Book Deal
Author: Mike B. Blake
Narrator: Mike Blake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 15 minutes
Release date: August  3, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Comprises the 5 Poems for the Series. 1. I Like the Rain: Sometimes.. 2. To Climb Trees 3. In Days Gone By: // Newbury // 4. ASMR: Thought Pringles 5. Back To the Woods : All the poems cover nature or healing as their main themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802129">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802129</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature Health Healing:: 5 Poem Book Deal
Author: Mike B. Blake
Narrator: Mike Blake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 15 minutes
Release date: August  3, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Comprises the 5 Poems for the Series. 1. I Like the Rain: Sometimes.. 2. To Climb Trees 3. In Days Gone By: // Newbury // 4. ASMR: Thought Pringles 5. Back To the Woods : All the poems cover nature or healing as their main themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Self-Sufficient Farming and Homesteading Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Mini Farming Guide and Building Your Backyard Homestead by Alex Lobdell, William Fowler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802115</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802115">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802115</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Self-Sufficient Farming and Homesteading Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Mini Farming Guide and Building Your Backyard Homestead
Author: Alex Lobdell, William Fowler
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Self-Sufficient Farming and Homesteading Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Mini Farming Guide and Building Your Backyard Homestead Embark on a journey towards self-sufficiency and sustainable living with the &amp;#039;Self-Sufficient Farming and Homesteading Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle.&amp;#039; This comprehensive collection combines two essential guides that will empower you to cultivate a thriving small-scale farm and create a self-sustaining homestead in your own backyard. Included in this bundle: 1. Mini Farming Guide: A Comprehensive Handbook for Small-Scale Agriculture Discover the secrets to successful small-scale farming with this all-encompassing guide. Whether you have a small plot of land or a large garden, this handbook provides you with step-by-step instructions on how to maximize your space and resources. Learn about soil health, crop rotation, pest management, and efficient farming techniques that will yield abundant harvests.  2. Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space Transform your backyard into a self-sufficient oasis with this blueprint for sustainable living. This guide offers practical advice on how to create a homestead that provides for your family’s needs year-round. From raising chickens and goats to growing your own fruits and vegetables, you&amp;#039;ll find detailed instructions and tips on how to become more self-reliant. Why Choose This Bundle? Expert Guidance: Benefit from the knowledge and experience of experts in the fields of farming and homesteading. Step-by-Step Instructions: Easy-to-follow instructions make it simple to implement sustainable practices. Comprehensive Coverage: Address every aspect of self-sufficient living, from soil health to renewable energy. Practical Tips: Gain valuable tips and tricks to optimize your efforts and achieve success.</description>
      <author>Alex Lobdell, William Fowler</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875155093.mp3" length="1387613" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802115</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875155093.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802115">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802115</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Self-Sufficient Farming and Homesteading Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Mini Farming Guide and Building Your Backyard Homestead
Author: Alex Lobdell, William Fowler
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Self-Sufficient Farming and Homesteading Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Mini Farming Guide and Building Your Backyard Homestead Embark on a journey towards self-sufficiency and sustainable living with the &amp;#039;Self-Sufficient Farming and Homesteading Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle.&amp;#039; This comprehensive collection combines two essential guides that will empower you to cultivate a thriving small-scale farm and create a self-sustaining homestead in your own backyard. Included in this bundle: 1. Mini Farming Guide: A Comprehensive Handbook for Small-Scale Agriculture Discover the secrets to successful small-scale farming with this all-encompassing guide. Whether you have a small plot of land or a large garden, this handbook provides you with step-by-step instructions on how to maximize your space and resources. Learn about soil health, crop rotation, pest management, and efficient farming techniques that will yield abundant harvests.  2. Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space Transform your backyard into a self-sufficient oasis with this blueprint for sustainable living. This guide offers practical advice on how to create a homestead that provides for your family’s needs year-round. From raising chickens and goats to growing your own fruits and vegetables, you&amp;#039;ll find detailed instructions and tips on how to become more self-reliant. Why Choose This Bundle? Expert Guidance: Benefit from the knowledge and experience of experts in the fields of farming and homesteading. Step-by-Step Instructions: Easy-to-follow instructions make it simple to implement sustainable practices. Comprehensive Coverage: Address every aspect of self-sufficient living, from soil health to renewable energy. Practical Tips: Gain valuable tips and tricks to optimize your efforts and achieve success.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802115">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802115</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Self-Sufficient Farming and Homesteading Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Mini Farming Guide and Building Your Backyard Homestead
Author: Alex Lobdell, William Fowler
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Self-Sufficient Farming and Homesteading Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Mini Farming Guide and Building Your Backyard Homestead Embark on a journey towards self-sufficiency and sustainable living with the &amp;#039;Self-Sufficient Farming and Homesteading Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle.&amp;#039; This comprehensive collection combines two essential guides that will empower you to cultivate a thriving small-scale farm and create a self-sustaining homestead in your own backyard. Included in this bundle: 1. Mini Farming Guide: A Comprehensive Handbook for Small-Scale Agriculture Discover the secrets to successful small-scale farming with this all-encompassing guide. Whether you have a small plot of land or a large garden, this handbook provides you with step-by-step instructions on how to maximize your space and resources. Learn about soil health, crop rotation, pest management, and efficient farming techniques that will yield abundant harvests.  2. Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space Transform your backyard into a self-sufficient oasis with this blueprint for sustainable living. This guide offers practical advice on how to create a homestead that provides for your family’s needs year-round. From raising chickens and goats to growing your own fruits and vegetables, you&amp;#039;ll find detailed instructions and tips on how to become more self-reliant. Why Choose This Bundle? Expert Guidance: Benefit from the knowledge and experience of experts in the fields of farming and homesteading. Step-by-Step Instructions: Easy-to-follow instructions make it simple to implement sustainable practices. Comprehensive Coverage: Address every aspect of self-sufficient living, from soil health to renewable energy. Practical Tips: Gain valuable tips and tricks to optimize your efforts and achieve success.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space by William Fowler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space
Author: William Fowler
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space Unlock the secrets to a more self-reliant and sustainable lifestyle with &amp;#039;Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space.&amp;#039; In this captivating audiobook, you&amp;#039;ll embark on a transformative journey towards cultivating your own thriving homestead, right in your backyard. Discover the art of self-sufficiency as you delve into practical guidance on homesteading essentials, from creating bountiful gardens and raising livestock to preserving your harvests for year-round enjoyment. This blueprint empowers you to take control of your life and reduce your environmental footprint, all while experiencing the profound satisfaction of producing your own food and resources. Whether you&amp;#039;re an aspiring homesteader or a seasoned pro seeking new insights, this audiobook offers a comprehensive roadmap to sustainable living. With step-by-step instructions, insightful tips, and inspiring stories, &amp;#039;Building Your Backyard Homestead&amp;#039; is your trusted companion on the path to a more fulfilling, eco-conscious, and self-sufficient life. Let the journey begin</description>
      <author>William Fowler</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875155116.mp3" length="811483" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875155116.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space
Author: William Fowler
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space Unlock the secrets to a more self-reliant and sustainable lifestyle with &amp;#039;Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space.&amp;#039; In this captivating audiobook, you&amp;#039;ll embark on a transformative journey towards cultivating your own thriving homestead, right in your backyard. Discover the art of self-sufficiency as you delve into practical guidance on homesteading essentials, from creating bountiful gardens and raising livestock to preserving your harvests for year-round enjoyment. This blueprint empowers you to take control of your life and reduce your environmental footprint, all while experiencing the profound satisfaction of producing your own food and resources. Whether you&amp;#039;re an aspiring homesteader or a seasoned pro seeking new insights, this audiobook offers a comprehensive roadmap to sustainable living. With step-by-step instructions, insightful tips, and inspiring stories, &amp;#039;Building Your Backyard Homestead&amp;#039; is your trusted companion on the path to a more fulfilling, eco-conscious, and self-sufficient life. Let the journey begin</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space
Author: William Fowler
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space Unlock the secrets to a more self-reliant and sustainable lifestyle with &amp;#039;Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space.&amp;#039; In this captivating audiobook, you&amp;#039;ll embark on a transformative journey towards cultivating your own thriving homestead, right in your backyard. Discover the art of self-sufficiency as you delve into practical guidance on homesteading essentials, from creating bountiful gardens and raising livestock to preserving your harvests for year-round enjoyment. This blueprint empowers you to take control of your life and reduce your environmental footprint, all while experiencing the profound satisfaction of producing your own food and resources. Whether you&amp;#039;re an aspiring homesteader or a seasoned pro seeking new insights, this audiobook offers a comprehensive roadmap to sustainable living. With step-by-step instructions, insightful tips, and inspiring stories, &amp;#039;Building Your Backyard Homestead&amp;#039; is your trusted companion on the path to a more fulfilling, eco-conscious, and self-sufficient life. Let the journey begin</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mini Farming Guide: A Comprehensive Handbook for Small-Scale Agriculture by Alex Lobdell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802098</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802098">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802098</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mini Farming Guide: A Comprehensive Handbook for Small-Scale Agriculture
Author: Alex Lobdell
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mini Farming Guide: A Comprehensive Handbook for Small-Scale Agriculture Embark on a journey to self-sufficiency and sustainability with &amp;#039;Mini Farming Guide: A Comprehensive Handbook for Small-Scale Agriculture.&amp;#039; This audiobook is your essential companion to cultivating abundance on a miniature scale, whether you have a small backyard, balcony, or limited acreage. You’ll find a treasure trove of knowledge, practical tips, and expert insights on maximizing your yield and optimizing your resources. From choosing the right crops and livestock to implementing sustainable farming practices and effective harvesting techniques, this guide offers a wealth of information to transform your miniature farm into a thriving, productive oasis. Whether you&amp;#039;re a novice looking to grow your own food or an experienced gardener seeking to refine your small-scale farming techniques, this handbook provides the guidance you need. Join us as we explore the art of mini farming, from soil preparation and pest management to crop rotation and sustainable living practices. With &amp;#039;Mini Farming Guide,&amp;#039; you&amp;#039;ll unlock the potential of your limited space, reduce your environmental footprint, and enjoy the bountiful rewards of small-scale agriculture. Start your journey toward self-reliance, fresh produce, and a deeper connection to the land with this comprehensive and insightful audiobook.</description>
      <author>Alex Lobdell</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875155130.mp3" length="848195" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802098</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875155130.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802098">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802098</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mini Farming Guide: A Comprehensive Handbook for Small-Scale Agriculture
Author: Alex Lobdell
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mini Farming Guide: A Comprehensive Handbook for Small-Scale Agriculture Embark on a journey to self-sufficiency and sustainability with &amp;#039;Mini Farming Guide: A Comprehensive Handbook for Small-Scale Agriculture.&amp;#039; This audiobook is your essential companion to cultivating abundance on a miniature scale, whether you have a small backyard, balcony, or limited acreage. You’ll find a treasure trove of knowledge, practical tips, and expert insights on maximizing your yield and optimizing your resources. From choosing the right crops and livestock to implementing sustainable farming practices and effective harvesting techniques, this guide offers a wealth of information to transform your miniature farm into a thriving, productive oasis. Whether you&amp;#039;re a novice looking to grow your own food or an experienced gardener seeking to refine your small-scale farming techniques, this handbook provides the guidance you need. Join us as we explore the art of mini farming, from soil preparation and pest management to crop rotation and sustainable living practices. With &amp;#039;Mini Farming Guide,&amp;#039; you&amp;#039;ll unlock the potential of your limited space, reduce your environmental footprint, and enjoy the bountiful rewards of small-scale agriculture. Start your journey toward self-reliance, fresh produce, and a deeper connection to the land with this comprehensive and insightful audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802098">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802098</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mini Farming Guide: A Comprehensive Handbook for Small-Scale Agriculture
Author: Alex Lobdell
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mini Farming Guide: A Comprehensive Handbook for Small-Scale Agriculture Embark on a journey to self-sufficiency and sustainability with &amp;#039;Mini Farming Guide: A Comprehensive Handbook for Small-Scale Agriculture.&amp;#039; This audiobook is your essential companion to cultivating abundance on a miniature scale, whether you have a small backyard, balcony, or limited acreage. You’ll find a treasure trove of knowledge, practical tips, and expert insights on maximizing your yield and optimizing your resources. From choosing the right crops and livestock to implementing sustainable farming practices and effective harvesting techniques, this guide offers a wealth of information to transform your miniature farm into a thriving, productive oasis. Whether you&amp;#039;re a novice looking to grow your own food or an experienced gardener seeking to refine your small-scale farming techniques, this handbook provides the guidance you need. Join us as we explore the art of mini farming, from soil preparation and pest management to crop rotation and sustainable living practices. With &amp;#039;Mini Farming Guide,&amp;#039; you&amp;#039;ll unlock the potential of your limited space, reduce your environmental footprint, and enjoy the bountiful rewards of small-scale agriculture. Start your journey toward self-reliance, fresh produce, and a deeper connection to the land with this comprehensive and insightful audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Chinese] - 寻找美人鱼 by 杨红樱</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801660</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Chinese] - 寻找美人鱼
Series: #5 of 杨红樱童话集
Author: 杨红樱
Narrator: 李雅梅
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
鮣鱼波卡是大海里著名的&amp;#039;免费旅行家&amp;#039;。他的头上长着一个椭圆形的吸盘，他吸附在大鲨鱼、大鲸鱼、大海龟的肚子下面，吸附在大轮船、潜水艇的船底，不花一点力气，便尽情遨游大海，从太平洋到大西洋，从印度洋到北冰洋，鮣鱼波卡走南闯北，见多识广，几乎成了一名无所不知、无所不晓的海洋专家。这是一部关于海洋的科学童话。杨红樱将大自然的环境保护、生态平衡的科学知识融入精彩的故事中，深入浅出，让小读者在愉悦的阅读中，受到科学与文学的熏陶。 © 2020 by Yang Hongying. Published in paper format in China by The Writers Publishing House, recorded by Storyside 2021. info@boyanllc.com</description>
      <author>杨红樱</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2022 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789152188897.mp3" length="1310821" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801660</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789152188897.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Chinese] - 寻找美人鱼
Series: #5 of 杨红樱童话集
Author: 杨红樱
Narrator: 李雅梅
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
鮣鱼波卡是大海里著名的&amp;#039;免费旅行家&amp;#039;。他的头上长着一个椭圆形的吸盘，他吸附在大鲨鱼、大鲸鱼、大海龟的肚子下面，吸附在大轮船、潜水艇的船底，不花一点力气，便尽情遨游大海，从太平洋到大西洋，从印度洋到北冰洋，鮣鱼波卡走南闯北，见多识广，几乎成了一名无所不知、无所不晓的海洋专家。这是一部关于海洋的科学童话。杨红樱将大自然的环境保护、生态平衡的科学知识融入精彩的故事中，深入浅出，让小读者在愉悦的阅读中，受到科学与文学的熏陶。 © 2020 by Yang Hongying. Published in paper format in China by The Writers Publishing House, recorded by Storyside 2021. info@boyanllc.com</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/801660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Chinese] - 寻找美人鱼
Series: #5 of 杨红樱童话集
Author: 杨红樱
Narrator: 李雅梅
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
鮣鱼波卡是大海里著名的&amp;#039;免费旅行家&amp;#039;。他的头上长着一个椭圆形的吸盘，他吸附在大鲨鱼、大鲸鱼、大海龟的肚子下面，吸附在大轮船、潜水艇的船底，不花一点力气，便尽情遨游大海，从太平洋到大西洋，从印度洋到北冰洋，鮣鱼波卡走南闯北，见多识广，几乎成了一名无所不知、无所不晓的海洋专家。这是一部关于海洋的科学童话。杨红樱将大自然的环境保护、生态平衡的科学知识融入精彩的故事中，深入浅出，让小读者在愉悦的阅读中，受到科学与文学的熏陶。 © 2020 by Yang Hongying. Published in paper format in China by The Writers Publishing House, recorded by Storyside 2021. info@boyanllc.com</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Weather Science: How Meteorology Has Gone from Folklore to High- Tech by Brian Clegg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800360</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800360">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800360</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weather Science: How Meteorology Has Gone from Folklore to High- Tech
Author: Brian Clegg
Narrator: Keith Wickham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Everyone has an interest in the weather, whether it&amp;#039;s to check the prospects for a day out or to know when best to harvest a crop. The Earth&amp;#039;s weather systems also provide some of the most dramatic forces of nature, from the vast release of energy in a lightning flash to the devastating impact of tornadoes and hurricanes. For centuries, our only real guide to future weather was folklore, but with the introduction of the first weather forecasts and maps in Victorian times, attempts were made to give some warning of the weather to come. Until relatively recently, these forecasts could be wildly inaccurate - think of Michael Fish&amp;#039;s denial that there was a storm on the way the night before the UK&amp;#039;s great storm of 1987. This was due to the mathematically chaotic nature of weather systems, first discovered in the 1960s, the understanding of which would transform forecasting from the 1990s and mean that meteorologists became some of the foremost users of supercomputers. From the crystalline perfection of the snowflake to the transfer of energy from the Sun, science lies at the heart of the weather and our understanding of it. In recent years, weather science has moved to the leading edge with advanced modelling, versatile use of satellite data and a better understanding of mathematical chaos. This is a true example of hot science at work.</description>
      <author>Brian Clegg</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004180769.mp3" length="862026" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800360</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004180769.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800360">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800360</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weather Science: How Meteorology Has Gone from Folklore to High- Tech
Author: Brian Clegg
Narrator: Keith Wickham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Everyone has an interest in the weather, whether it&amp;#039;s to check the prospects for a day out or to know when best to harvest a crop. The Earth&amp;#039;s weather systems also provide some of the most dramatic forces of nature, from the vast release of energy in a lightning flash to the devastating impact of tornadoes and hurricanes. For centuries, our only real guide to future weather was folklore, but with the introduction of the first weather forecasts and maps in Victorian times, attempts were made to give some warning of the weather to come. Until relatively recently, these forecasts could be wildly inaccurate - think of Michael Fish&amp;#039;s denial that there was a storm on the way the night before the UK&amp;#039;s great storm of 1987. This was due to the mathematically chaotic nature of weather systems, first discovered in the 1960s, the understanding of which would transform forecasting from the 1990s and mean that meteorologists became some of the foremost users of supercomputers. From the crystalline perfection of the snowflake to the transfer of energy from the Sun, science lies at the heart of the weather and our understanding of it. In recent years, weather science has moved to the leading edge with advanced modelling, versatile use of satellite data and a better understanding of mathematical chaos. This is a true example of hot science at work.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800360">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800360</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weather Science: How Meteorology Has Gone from Folklore to High- Tech
Author: Brian Clegg
Narrator: Keith Wickham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Everyone has an interest in the weather, whether it&amp;#039;s to check the prospects for a day out or to know when best to harvest a crop. The Earth&amp;#039;s weather systems also provide some of the most dramatic forces of nature, from the vast release of energy in a lightning flash to the devastating impact of tornadoes and hurricanes. For centuries, our only real guide to future weather was folklore, but with the introduction of the first weather forecasts and maps in Victorian times, attempts were made to give some warning of the weather to come. Until relatively recently, these forecasts could be wildly inaccurate - think of Michael Fish&amp;#039;s denial that there was a storm on the way the night before the UK&amp;#039;s great storm of 1987. This was due to the mathematically chaotic nature of weather systems, first discovered in the 1960s, the understanding of which would transform forecasting from the 1990s and mean that meteorologists became some of the foremost users of supercomputers. From the crystalline perfection of the snowflake to the transfer of energy from the Sun, science lies at the heart of the weather and our understanding of it. In recent years, weather science has moved to the leading edge with advanced modelling, versatile use of satellite data and a better understanding of mathematical chaos. This is a true example of hot science at work.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Welpenerziehung &amp;amp; Welpentraining - Das Handbuch, wenn ein Welpe einzieht: Wie Sie Ihren Hund verstehen, artgerecht erziehen und eine vertrauensvolle Bindung aufbauen by Mina Kreber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800305</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800305">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800305</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Welpenerziehung &amp;amp; Welpentraining - Das Handbuch, wenn ein Welpe einzieht: Wie Sie Ihren Hund verstehen, artgerecht erziehen und eine vertrauensvolle Bindung aufbauen
Author: Mina Kreber
Narrator: Ramona Menrath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunde sind die besten Freunde des Menschen. So heißt es immer. Viele Menschen haben den Traum vom eigenen Hund und erfüllen sich diesen in vielen Fällen auch früher oder später. Einen Hund an seiner Seite zu haben, kann etwas sehr Großartiges sein, allerdings ist hierzu auch viel Arbeit und Vorbereitung nötig. Im ersten Schritt müssen viele Fragen geklärt werden: Welcher Hund passt zu mir? Welche Aufgabe soll der Hund übernehmen? Wie viel Zeit kann und möchte ich für den Hund aufbringen? Was kommt als Hundehalter finanziell und rechtlich auf mich zu? Jeder Hund ist individuell, so wie wir Menschen auch. Nicht jede Hunderasse ist als Familienhund geeignet. Dementsprechend muss auch individuell auf jeden Vierbeiner eingegangen werden.</description>
      <author>Mina Kreber</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783757603915.mp3" length="773334" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800305</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783757603915.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800305">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800305</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Welpenerziehung &amp;amp; Welpentraining - Das Handbuch, wenn ein Welpe einzieht: Wie Sie Ihren Hund verstehen, artgerecht erziehen und eine vertrauensvolle Bindung aufbauen
Author: Mina Kreber
Narrator: Ramona Menrath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunde sind die besten Freunde des Menschen. So heißt es immer. Viele Menschen haben den Traum vom eigenen Hund und erfüllen sich diesen in vielen Fällen auch früher oder später. Einen Hund an seiner Seite zu haben, kann etwas sehr Großartiges sein, allerdings ist hierzu auch viel Arbeit und Vorbereitung nötig. Im ersten Schritt müssen viele Fragen geklärt werden: Welcher Hund passt zu mir? Welche Aufgabe soll der Hund übernehmen? Wie viel Zeit kann und möchte ich für den Hund aufbringen? Was kommt als Hundehalter finanziell und rechtlich auf mich zu? Jeder Hund ist individuell, so wie wir Menschen auch. Nicht jede Hunderasse ist als Familienhund geeignet. Dementsprechend muss auch individuell auf jeden Vierbeiner eingegangen werden.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800305">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800305</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Welpenerziehung &amp;amp; Welpentraining - Das Handbuch, wenn ein Welpe einzieht: Wie Sie Ihren Hund verstehen, artgerecht erziehen und eine vertrauensvolle Bindung aufbauen
Author: Mina Kreber
Narrator: Ramona Menrath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunde sind die besten Freunde des Menschen. So heißt es immer. Viele Menschen haben den Traum vom eigenen Hund und erfüllen sich diesen in vielen Fällen auch früher oder später. Einen Hund an seiner Seite zu haben, kann etwas sehr Großartiges sein, allerdings ist hierzu auch viel Arbeit und Vorbereitung nötig. Im ersten Schritt müssen viele Fragen geklärt werden: Welcher Hund passt zu mir? Welche Aufgabe soll der Hund übernehmen? Wie viel Zeit kann und möchte ich für den Hund aufbringen? Was kommt als Hundehalter finanziell und rechtlich auf mich zu? Jeder Hund ist individuell, so wie wir Menschen auch. Nicht jede Hunderasse ist als Familienhund geeignet. Dementsprechend muss auch individuell auf jeden Vierbeiner eingegangen werden.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Welcoming Your Puppy from Planet Dog: How to Go Beyond Training and Raise Your Best Friend by Kathy Callahan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800141</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800141">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800141</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Welcoming Your Puppy from Planet Dog: How to Go Beyond Training and Raise Your Best Friend
Author: Kathy Callahan
Narrator: Kathy Callahan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 3 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
After a decade of guiding people who&amp;#039;ve just added a puppy to the family, dog trainer Kathy Callahan has learned a fundamental truth: at some point every one of them feels overwhelmed. When they seek out expertise, they&amp;#039;re flooded with impossibly detailed advice, conflicting opinions, and a surprising number of techniques that seem unkind. In contrast, Callahan reassures owners that success flows not from nailing an intimidating list of disciplinary tactics, but from adopting a mindset of &amp;#039;trusted guide&amp;#039; rather than &amp;#039;master.&amp;#039; The key to great training is recognizing that we have essentially kidnapped these puppies from their own vastly different culture. Using an easy-to-grasp &amp;#039;Planet Dog/Planet Human&amp;#039; concept, Callahan dives into the essentials, including how to prepare your house (and yourself) for puppyhood; potty training, chewing, jumping, and other challenges; how to train with fun, not fear; navigating puppyhood with young kids, cats, and/or other dogs; and what to do if there&amp;#039;s household disagreement on things like whether dogs belong on furniture. In engaging chapters filled with empathy for both the beleaguered humans and their confused puppies, Welcoming Your Puppy from Planet Dog paves the way for a rewarding friendship between a relaxed, well-prepared human and a canine family member who&amp;#039;s happily at ease in our world.</description>
      <author>Kathy Callahan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696616416.mp3" length="8259667" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800141</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696616416.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800141">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800141</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Welcoming Your Puppy from Planet Dog: How to Go Beyond Training and Raise Your Best Friend
Author: Kathy Callahan
Narrator: Kathy Callahan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 3 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
After a decade of guiding people who&amp;#039;ve just added a puppy to the family, dog trainer Kathy Callahan has learned a fundamental truth: at some point every one of them feels overwhelmed. When they seek out expertise, they&amp;#039;re flooded with impossibly detailed advice, conflicting opinions, and a surprising number of techniques that seem unkind. In contrast, Callahan reassures owners that success flows not from nailing an intimidating list of disciplinary tactics, but from adopting a mindset of &amp;#039;trusted guide&amp;#039; rather than &amp;#039;master.&amp;#039; The key to great training is recognizing that we have essentially kidnapped these puppies from their own vastly different culture. Using an easy-to-grasp &amp;#039;Planet Dog/Planet Human&amp;#039; concept, Callahan dives into the essentials, including how to prepare your house (and yourself) for puppyhood; potty training, chewing, jumping, and other challenges; how to train with fun, not fear; navigating puppyhood with young kids, cats, and/or other dogs; and what to do if there&amp;#039;s household disagreement on things like whether dogs belong on furniture. In engaging chapters filled with empathy for both the beleaguered humans and their confused puppies, Welcoming Your Puppy from Planet Dog paves the way for a rewarding friendship between a relaxed, well-prepared human and a canine family member who&amp;#039;s happily at ease in our world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800141">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800141</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Welcoming Your Puppy from Planet Dog: How to Go Beyond Training and Raise Your Best Friend
Author: Kathy Callahan
Narrator: Kathy Callahan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 3 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
After a decade of guiding people who&amp;#039;ve just added a puppy to the family, dog trainer Kathy Callahan has learned a fundamental truth: at some point every one of them feels overwhelmed. When they seek out expertise, they&amp;#039;re flooded with impossibly detailed advice, conflicting opinions, and a surprising number of techniques that seem unkind. In contrast, Callahan reassures owners that success flows not from nailing an intimidating list of disciplinary tactics, but from adopting a mindset of &amp;#039;trusted guide&amp;#039; rather than &amp;#039;master.&amp;#039; The key to great training is recognizing that we have essentially kidnapped these puppies from their own vastly different culture. Using an easy-to-grasp &amp;#039;Planet Dog/Planet Human&amp;#039; concept, Callahan dives into the essentials, including how to prepare your house (and yourself) for puppyhood; potty training, chewing, jumping, and other challenges; how to train with fun, not fear; navigating puppyhood with young kids, cats, and/or other dogs; and what to do if there&amp;#039;s household disagreement on things like whether dogs belong on furniture. In engaging chapters filled with empathy for both the beleaguered humans and their confused puppies, Welcoming Your Puppy from Planet Dog paves the way for a rewarding friendship between a relaxed, well-prepared human and a canine family member who&amp;#039;s happily at ease in our world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pastured Poultry Profit$ by Joel Salatin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798889</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798889">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798889</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pastured Poultry Profit$
Author: Joel Salatin
Narrator: Joel Salatin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A couple working six months per year for 50 hours per week on 20 acres can net $25,000 to $30,000 per year with an investment equivalent to the price of one new medium-sized tractor. Seldom has agriculture held out such a plum. In a day when mainline farm experts predict the continued demise of the family farm, the pastured poultry opportunity shines like a beacon in the night, guiding the way to a brighter future.  ©1993 Joel Salatin. Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</description>
      <author>Joel Salatin</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666675900.mp3" length="872719" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798889</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666675900.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798889">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798889</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pastured Poultry Profit$
Author: Joel Salatin
Narrator: Joel Salatin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A couple working six months per year for 50 hours per week on 20 acres can net $25,000 to $30,000 per year with an investment equivalent to the price of one new medium-sized tractor. Seldom has agriculture held out such a plum. In a day when mainline farm experts predict the continued demise of the family farm, the pastured poultry opportunity shines like a beacon in the night, guiding the way to a brighter future.  ©1993 Joel Salatin. Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798889">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798889</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pastured Poultry Profit$
Author: Joel Salatin
Narrator: Joel Salatin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A couple working six months per year for 50 hours per week on 20 acres can net $25,000 to $30,000 per year with an investment equivalent to the price of one new medium-sized tractor. Seldom has agriculture held out such a plum. In a day when mainline farm experts predict the continued demise of the family farm, the pastured poultry opportunity shines like a beacon in the night, guiding the way to a brighter future.  ©1993 Joel Salatin. Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Sprich Hund!: Körpersprache verstehen, Missverständnisse vermeiden by Christiane Jacobs</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798565</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798565">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798565</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sprich Hund!: Körpersprache verstehen, Missverständnisse vermeiden
Author: Christiane Jacobs
Narrator: Hilke Karrasch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunde kommunizieren sehr fein mit ihrer Körpersprache. Große Verhaltensreaktionen zeichnen sich im Vorfeld durch kleine, unauf­fälligere Signale ab. Diese Hinweise lesen und deuten zu lernen hilft dabei, die Emotionen, die Bedürfnisse und die Motivationslage des Hundes einzuschätzen. Dieses Buch liefert die Vokabeln der Hunde­sprache und vermittelt Details, die Hunde­be­sitzern vielleicht noch nie aufgefallen sind. Es befähigt sie, ihren Hund unabhängig von individuellen körperlichen Merkmalen wie Schlapp- oder Stehohren zu lesen. Denn es gibt nicht die eine Regel, die besagt: &amp;#039;Wenn das linke Ohr nach vorne geht, bedeutet das immer das und das.&amp;#039; Vielmehr müssen alle körperlichen Details betrachtet und in die Gesamtsituation einbe­zogen werden, um das Verhalten des Hundes einzuschätzen. Mit vielen Abbildungen lassen sich typische Körper­sprache-Details erkennen und deuten. Gezeichnet wurden die Illustrationen übrigens von Daniela Barreto nach genauen Vorgaben durch Christiane Jacobs. Also: Lerne HÜNDISCH – damit sich Missverständnisse vermeiden lassen!</description>
      <author>Christiane Jacobs</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783840467424.mp3" length="778203" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798565</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783840467424.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798565">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798565</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sprich Hund!: Körpersprache verstehen, Missverständnisse vermeiden
Author: Christiane Jacobs
Narrator: Hilke Karrasch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunde kommunizieren sehr fein mit ihrer Körpersprache. Große Verhaltensreaktionen zeichnen sich im Vorfeld durch kleine, unauf­fälligere Signale ab. Diese Hinweise lesen und deuten zu lernen hilft dabei, die Emotionen, die Bedürfnisse und die Motivationslage des Hundes einzuschätzen. Dieses Buch liefert die Vokabeln der Hunde­sprache und vermittelt Details, die Hunde­be­sitzern vielleicht noch nie aufgefallen sind. Es befähigt sie, ihren Hund unabhängig von individuellen körperlichen Merkmalen wie Schlapp- oder Stehohren zu lesen. Denn es gibt nicht die eine Regel, die besagt: &amp;#039;Wenn das linke Ohr nach vorne geht, bedeutet das immer das und das.&amp;#039; Vielmehr müssen alle körperlichen Details betrachtet und in die Gesamtsituation einbe­zogen werden, um das Verhalten des Hundes einzuschätzen. Mit vielen Abbildungen lassen sich typische Körper­sprache-Details erkennen und deuten. Gezeichnet wurden die Illustrationen übrigens von Daniela Barreto nach genauen Vorgaben durch Christiane Jacobs. Also: Lerne HÜNDISCH – damit sich Missverständnisse vermeiden lassen!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798565">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798565</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sprich Hund!: Körpersprache verstehen, Missverständnisse vermeiden
Author: Christiane Jacobs
Narrator: Hilke Karrasch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunde kommunizieren sehr fein mit ihrer Körpersprache. Große Verhaltensreaktionen zeichnen sich im Vorfeld durch kleine, unauf­fälligere Signale ab. Diese Hinweise lesen und deuten zu lernen hilft dabei, die Emotionen, die Bedürfnisse und die Motivationslage des Hundes einzuschätzen. Dieses Buch liefert die Vokabeln der Hunde­sprache und vermittelt Details, die Hunde­be­sitzern vielleicht noch nie aufgefallen sind. Es befähigt sie, ihren Hund unabhängig von individuellen körperlichen Merkmalen wie Schlapp- oder Stehohren zu lesen. Denn es gibt nicht die eine Regel, die besagt: &amp;#039;Wenn das linke Ohr nach vorne geht, bedeutet das immer das und das.&amp;#039; Vielmehr müssen alle körperlichen Details betrachtet und in die Gesamtsituation einbe­zogen werden, um das Verhalten des Hundes einzuschätzen. Mit vielen Abbildungen lassen sich typische Körper­sprache-Details erkennen und deuten. Gezeichnet wurden die Illustrationen übrigens von Daniela Barreto nach genauen Vorgaben durch Christiane Jacobs. Also: Lerne HÜNDISCH – damit sich Missverständnisse vermeiden lassen!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Das Mutmachbuch für unsichere Hunde: Mit positiven Erlebnissen zu mehr Selbstbewusstsein und weniger Stress by Madeleine Franck, Rolf C. Franck</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798564</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Mutmachbuch für unsichere Hunde: Mit positiven Erlebnissen zu mehr Selbstbewusstsein und weniger Stress
Author: Madeleine Franck, Rolf C. Franck
Narrator: Hilke Karrasch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Für unsichere, ängstliche Hunde ist oft schon die Bewältigung des Alltags eine Herausforderung. Angesichts von Problemen und Überforderung treten positive Erlebnisse in den Hintergrund – dabei können genau die dabei helfen, einem Angsthasen mehr Selbstvertrauen zu geben! Dieses Buch erklärt die Zusammenhänge ­zwischen Wohlbefinden, Gesundheit, Selbst­wirksamkeit und emotionaler Stabilität. Es gibt Anregungen für Spiele und Trainingsansätze, mit denen schüchterne Hunde Erfolgserlebnisse sammeln können, sich insgesamt sicherer fühlen und die Beziehung zwischen Mensch und Hund gestärkt wird. Die vorgestellten Trainingsansätze werden anschaulich erklärt und sind einfach umsetzbar. So kommt neue Aktivität in den Hundealltag, die den Teufelskreis aus Angst und reduziertem Wohlfühlbudget durchbricht. Damit es Hund und Mensch besser geht!</description>
      <author>Madeleine Franck, Rolf C. Franck</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 29 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783840467431.mp3" length="801818" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798564</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783840467431.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Mutmachbuch für unsichere Hunde: Mit positiven Erlebnissen zu mehr Selbstbewusstsein und weniger Stress
Author: Madeleine Franck, Rolf C. Franck
Narrator: Hilke Karrasch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Für unsichere, ängstliche Hunde ist oft schon die Bewältigung des Alltags eine Herausforderung. Angesichts von Problemen und Überforderung treten positive Erlebnisse in den Hintergrund – dabei können genau die dabei helfen, einem Angsthasen mehr Selbstvertrauen zu geben! Dieses Buch erklärt die Zusammenhänge ­zwischen Wohlbefinden, Gesundheit, Selbst­wirksamkeit und emotionaler Stabilität. Es gibt Anregungen für Spiele und Trainingsansätze, mit denen schüchterne Hunde Erfolgserlebnisse sammeln können, sich insgesamt sicherer fühlen und die Beziehung zwischen Mensch und Hund gestärkt wird. Die vorgestellten Trainingsansätze werden anschaulich erklärt und sind einfach umsetzbar. So kommt neue Aktivität in den Hundealltag, die den Teufelskreis aus Angst und reduziertem Wohlfühlbudget durchbricht. Damit es Hund und Mensch besser geht!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Mutmachbuch für unsichere Hunde: Mit positiven Erlebnissen zu mehr Selbstbewusstsein und weniger Stress
Author: Madeleine Franck, Rolf C. Franck
Narrator: Hilke Karrasch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Für unsichere, ängstliche Hunde ist oft schon die Bewältigung des Alltags eine Herausforderung. Angesichts von Problemen und Überforderung treten positive Erlebnisse in den Hintergrund – dabei können genau die dabei helfen, einem Angsthasen mehr Selbstvertrauen zu geben! Dieses Buch erklärt die Zusammenhänge ­zwischen Wohlbefinden, Gesundheit, Selbst­wirksamkeit und emotionaler Stabilität. Es gibt Anregungen für Spiele und Trainingsansätze, mit denen schüchterne Hunde Erfolgserlebnisse sammeln können, sich insgesamt sicherer fühlen und die Beziehung zwischen Mensch und Hund gestärkt wird. Die vorgestellten Trainingsansätze werden anschaulich erklärt und sind einfach umsetzbar. So kommt neue Aktivität in den Hundealltag, die den Teufelskreis aus Angst und reduziertem Wohlfühlbudget durchbricht. Damit es Hund und Mensch besser geht!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Radio Frequency Identification by Owen Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798561</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798561">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798561</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radio Frequency Identification
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Kelela Blake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: July 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
RFID technology has emerged as a transformative force, revolutionizing industries ranging from retail and logistics to healthcare and manufacturing. Its ability to track and identify objects wirelessly has paved the way for enhanced efficiency, improved operational visibility, and streamlined processes. However, with these advancements come important considerations regarding privacy, security, and best practices for implementation. In this manual, we aim to provide readers with a clear understanding of RFID technology, its capabilities, and its implications in both business and consumer sectors. From exploring the basics of RFID chips and tags to discussing advanced applications such as asset management and supply chain optimization, we cover a wide range of topics to equip readers with the knowledge needed to navigate the RFID landscape effectively. RFID technology has emerged as a transformative force, revolutionizing industries ranging from retail and logistics to healthcare and manufacturing. Its ability to track and identify objects wirelessly has paved the way for enhanced efficiency, improved operational visibility, and streamlined processes. However, with these advancements come important considerations regarding privacy, security, and best practices for implementation. In this manual, we aim to provide readers with a clear understanding of RFID technology, its capabilities, and its implications in both business and consumer sectors. From exploring the basics of RFID chips and tags to discussing advanced applications such as asset management and supply chain optimization, we cover a wide range of topics to equip readers with the knowledge needed to navigate the RFID landscape effectively. Additionally, we address key privacy and security concerns associated with RFID technology, offering insights into best practices for safeguarding sensitive information and ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements. By implementing robust privacy measures and security protocols, businesses and consumers can harness the benefits of RFID technology while protecting individual privacy rights and maintaining trust in the digital age. Whether you&amp;#039;re new to RFID or seeking to deepen your understanding of its practical applications and implications, this manual serves as a comprehensive resource for navigating the world of Radio Frequency Identification. Join us as we explore the potential of RFID technology and discover how it is shaping the future of business and innovation. I hope that you will find the information helpful, useful and profitable. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Owen Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788835468349.mp3" length="1430907" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798561</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788835468349.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798561">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798561</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radio Frequency Identification
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Kelela Blake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: July 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
RFID technology has emerged as a transformative force, revolutionizing industries ranging from retail and logistics to healthcare and manufacturing. Its ability to track and identify objects wirelessly has paved the way for enhanced efficiency, improved operational visibility, and streamlined processes. However, with these advancements come important considerations regarding privacy, security, and best practices for implementation. In this manual, we aim to provide readers with a clear understanding of RFID technology, its capabilities, and its implications in both business and consumer sectors. From exploring the basics of RFID chips and tags to discussing advanced applications such as asset management and supply chain optimization, we cover a wide range of topics to equip readers with the knowledge needed to navigate the RFID landscape effectively. RFID technology has emerged as a transformative force, revolutionizing industries ranging from retail and logistics to healthcare and manufacturing. Its ability to track and identify objects wirelessly has paved the way for enhanced efficiency, improved operational visibility, and streamlined processes. However, with these advancements come important considerations regarding privacy, security, and best practices for implementation. In this manual, we aim to provide readers with a clear understanding of RFID technology, its capabilities, and its implications in both business and consumer sectors. From exploring the basics of RFID chips and tags to discussing advanced applications such as asset management and supply chain optimization, we cover a wide range of topics to equip readers with the knowledge needed to navigate the RFID landscape effectively. Additionally, we address key privacy and security concerns associated with RFID technology, offering insights into best practices for safeguarding sensitive information and ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements. By implementing robust privacy measures and security protocols, businesses and consumers can harness the benefits of RFID technology while protecting individual privacy rights and maintaining trust in the digital age. Whether you&amp;#039;re new to RFID or seeking to deepen your understanding of its practical applications and implications, this manual serves as a comprehensive resource for navigating the world of Radio Frequency Identification. Join us as we explore the potential of RFID technology and discover how it is shaping the future of business and innovation. I hope that you will find the information helpful, useful and profitable. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798561">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798561</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radio Frequency Identification
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Kelela Blake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: July 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
RFID technology has emerged as a transformative force, revolutionizing industries ranging from retail and logistics to healthcare and manufacturing. Its ability to track and identify objects wirelessly has paved the way for enhanced efficiency, improved operational visibility, and streamlined processes. However, with these advancements come important considerations regarding privacy, security, and best practices for implementation. In this manual, we aim to provide readers with a clear understanding of RFID technology, its capabilities, and its implications in both business and consumer sectors. From exploring the basics of RFID chips and tags to discussing advanced applications such as asset management and supply chain optimization, we cover a wide range of topics to equip readers with the knowledge needed to navigate the RFID landscape effectively. RFID technology has emerged as a transformative force, revolutionizing industries ranging from retail and logistics to healthcare and manufacturing. Its ability to track and identify objects wirelessly has paved the way for enhanced efficiency, improved operational visibility, and streamlined processes. However, with these advancements come important considerations regarding privacy, security, and best practices for implementation. In this manual, we aim to provide readers with a clear understanding of RFID technology, its capabilities, and its implications in both business and consumer sectors. From exploring the basics of RFID chips and tags to discussing advanced applications such as asset management and supply chain optimization, we cover a wide range of topics to equip readers with the knowledge needed to navigate the RFID landscape effectively. Additionally, we address key privacy and security concerns associated with RFID technology, offering insights into best practices for safeguarding sensitive information and ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements. By implementing robust privacy measures and security protocols, businesses and consumers can harness the benefits of RFID technology while protecting individual privacy rights and maintaining trust in the digital age. Whether you&amp;#039;re new to RFID or seeking to deepen your understanding of its practical applications and implications, this manual serves as a comprehensive resource for navigating the world of Radio Frequency Identification. Join us as we explore the potential of RFID technology and discover how it is shaping the future of business and innovation. I hope that you will find the information helpful, useful and profitable. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wild Wisdom: Life Lessons from Leading Teams to Some of the Most Inhospitable Places in the World by Christine Amour-Levar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798405</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798405">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798405</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wild Wisdom: Life Lessons from Leading Teams to Some of the Most Inhospitable Places in the World
Author: Christine Amour-Levar
Narrator: Ellie Flory Fawcett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A tale of adventure, pushing limits, humanity and the transformative power of challenging expeditions to help us grow wiser, more compassionate and purposeful with our livesWild Wisdom recounts the story of social entrepreneur and philanthropist Christine Amour-Levar and the all-female expeditions she has led across the globe via her two non-profit organisations, Women on a Mission and HER Planet Earth. Over a decade, she has taken hundreds of women, of all nationalities, ages and backgrounds, to off the beaten track locations around the world on challenging, often pioneering, expeditions that really push them outside of their comfort zone.She has run expeditions to some incredible places, from regions of the Arctic circle to the coldest, windiest and most remote continent on earth, Antarctica. Her teams have crossed the largest caves in the world in Vietnam, sailed across remote islands in Asia, were the first all-female team to bike across the frozen Arctic Circle Trail of Greenland and the Danakil Depression of Ethiopia – the hottest place on earth. And all these expeditions have had as mission to raise awareness and funds for vulnerable women, transforming the lives of thousands of women and girls in the process.By sharing her personal story and highlighting her life lessons, from growing up on multiple continents to leading teams on expeditions, she sets the stage for a new approach to caring for the human condition and the planet, at a deeper, more intrinsic, heart level. Ultimately, this is a story about roots and values, sisterhood and adventure, pushing limits and the power of our common humanity and compassion to drive change and impact the world for the better.</description>
      <author>Christine Amour-Levar</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789815233940.mp3" length="2716430" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798405</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789815233940.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798405">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798405</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wild Wisdom: Life Lessons from Leading Teams to Some of the Most Inhospitable Places in the World
Author: Christine Amour-Levar
Narrator: Ellie Flory Fawcett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A tale of adventure, pushing limits, humanity and the transformative power of challenging expeditions to help us grow wiser, more compassionate and purposeful with our livesWild Wisdom recounts the story of social entrepreneur and philanthropist Christine Amour-Levar and the all-female expeditions she has led across the globe via her two non-profit organisations, Women on a Mission and HER Planet Earth. Over a decade, she has taken hundreds of women, of all nationalities, ages and backgrounds, to off the beaten track locations around the world on challenging, often pioneering, expeditions that really push them outside of their comfort zone.She has run expeditions to some incredible places, from regions of the Arctic circle to the coldest, windiest and most remote continent on earth, Antarctica. Her teams have crossed the largest caves in the world in Vietnam, sailed across remote islands in Asia, were the first all-female team to bike across the frozen Arctic Circle Trail of Greenland and the Danakil Depression of Ethiopia – the hottest place on earth. And all these expeditions have had as mission to raise awareness and funds for vulnerable women, transforming the lives of thousands of women and girls in the process.By sharing her personal story and highlighting her life lessons, from growing up on multiple continents to leading teams on expeditions, she sets the stage for a new approach to caring for the human condition and the planet, at a deeper, more intrinsic, heart level. Ultimately, this is a story about roots and values, sisterhood and adventure, pushing limits and the power of our common humanity and compassion to drive change and impact the world for the better.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798405">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798405</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wild Wisdom: Life Lessons from Leading Teams to Some of the Most Inhospitable Places in the World
Author: Christine Amour-Levar
Narrator: Ellie Flory Fawcett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A tale of adventure, pushing limits, humanity and the transformative power of challenging expeditions to help us grow wiser, more compassionate and purposeful with our livesWild Wisdom recounts the story of social entrepreneur and philanthropist Christine Amour-Levar and the all-female expeditions she has led across the globe via her two non-profit organisations, Women on a Mission and HER Planet Earth. Over a decade, she has taken hundreds of women, of all nationalities, ages and backgrounds, to off the beaten track locations around the world on challenging, often pioneering, expeditions that really push them outside of their comfort zone.She has run expeditions to some incredible places, from regions of the Arctic circle to the coldest, windiest and most remote continent on earth, Antarctica. Her teams have crossed the largest caves in the world in Vietnam, sailed across remote islands in Asia, were the first all-female team to bike across the frozen Arctic Circle Trail of Greenland and the Danakil Depression of Ethiopia – the hottest place on earth. And all these expeditions have had as mission to raise awareness and funds for vulnerable women, transforming the lives of thousands of women and girls in the process.By sharing her personal story and highlighting her life lessons, from growing up on multiple continents to leading teams on expeditions, she sets the stage for a new approach to caring for the human condition and the planet, at a deeper, more intrinsic, heart level. Ultimately, this is a story about roots and values, sisterhood and adventure, pushing limits and the power of our common humanity and compassion to drive change and impact the world for the better.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Age of Melt: What Glaciers, Ice Mummies, and Ancient Artifacts Teach Us about Climate, Culture, and a Future without Ice by Lisa Baril</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798379</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798379">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798379</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Melt: What Glaciers, Ice Mummies, and Ancient Artifacts Teach Us about Climate, Culture, and a Future without Ice
Author: Lisa Baril
Narrator: Stacy Gonzalez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An entertaining pop-sci narrative investigating ice patch archaeology and the role of glaciers in the development of human culture.  Glaciers figure prominently in both ancient and contemporary narratives around the world. They inspire art and literature. They spark both fear and awe. And they give and take life. In The Age of Melt, environmental journalist Lisa Baril explores the deep-rooted cultural connection between humans and ice through time.  Thousands of organic artifacts are emerging from patches of melting ice in mountain ranges around the world. Archaeologists are in a race against time to find them before they disappear forever. In entertaining and enlightening prose, Baril travels from the Alps to the Andes, investigating what these artifacts teach us about climate and culture. But this is not a chronicle of loss. The Age of Melt explores what these artifacts reveal about culture, wilderness, and what we gain when we rethink our relationship to the world and its most precious and ephemeral substance—ice.</description>
      <author>Lisa Baril</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666675405.mp3" length="825041" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798379</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666675405.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798379">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798379</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Melt: What Glaciers, Ice Mummies, and Ancient Artifacts Teach Us about Climate, Culture, and a Future without Ice
Author: Lisa Baril
Narrator: Stacy Gonzalez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An entertaining pop-sci narrative investigating ice patch archaeology and the role of glaciers in the development of human culture.  Glaciers figure prominently in both ancient and contemporary narratives around the world. They inspire art and literature. They spark both fear and awe. And they give and take life. In The Age of Melt, environmental journalist Lisa Baril explores the deep-rooted cultural connection between humans and ice through time.  Thousands of organic artifacts are emerging from patches of melting ice in mountain ranges around the world. Archaeologists are in a race against time to find them before they disappear forever. In entertaining and enlightening prose, Baril travels from the Alps to the Andes, investigating what these artifacts teach us about climate and culture. But this is not a chronicle of loss. The Age of Melt explores what these artifacts reveal about culture, wilderness, and what we gain when we rethink our relationship to the world and its most precious and ephemeral substance—ice.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798379">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798379</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Melt: What Glaciers, Ice Mummies, and Ancient Artifacts Teach Us about Climate, Culture, and a Future without Ice
Author: Lisa Baril
Narrator: Stacy Gonzalez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An entertaining pop-sci narrative investigating ice patch archaeology and the role of glaciers in the development of human culture.  Glaciers figure prominently in both ancient and contemporary narratives around the world. They inspire art and literature. They spark both fear and awe. And they give and take life. In The Age of Melt, environmental journalist Lisa Baril explores the deep-rooted cultural connection between humans and ice through time.  Thousands of organic artifacts are emerging from patches of melting ice in mountain ranges around the world. Archaeologists are in a race against time to find them before they disappear forever. In entertaining and enlightening prose, Baril travels from the Alps to the Andes, investigating what these artifacts teach us about climate and culture. But this is not a chronicle of loss. The Age of Melt explores what these artifacts reveal about culture, wilderness, and what we gain when we rethink our relationship to the world and its most precious and ephemeral substance—ice.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Orca Rescue! The True Story of an Orphaned Orca Named Springer by Donna Sandstrom</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798347</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Orca Rescue! The True Story of an Orphaned Orca Named Springer
Author: Donna Sandstrom
Narrator: Donna Sandstrom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2002, a young orca named Springer was discovered near Seattle - lost, alone, and 300 miles away from home. Six months later she was rescued, rehabilitated and reunited with her family on the north end of Vancouver Island. Today Springer is thriving, with two calves of her own. It&amp;#039;s the only successful orca reunion in history! Author Donna Sandstrom tells the riveting story as it happened, from her perspective as a participant in the project. Learn how a community came together to return Springer to her pod, and how the whales responded. Listen to Springer&amp;#039;s actual calls! Fact pages are interspersed with the narrative, providing a deep understanding about orcas and our complex history with them. An inspiring true story of hope! (Orca calls provided by OrcaLab.)</description>
      <author>Donna Sandstrom</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875149092.mp3" length="1296176" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798347</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875149092.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Orca Rescue! The True Story of an Orphaned Orca Named Springer
Author: Donna Sandstrom
Narrator: Donna Sandstrom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2002, a young orca named Springer was discovered near Seattle - lost, alone, and 300 miles away from home. Six months later she was rescued, rehabilitated and reunited with her family on the north end of Vancouver Island. Today Springer is thriving, with two calves of her own. It&amp;#039;s the only successful orca reunion in history! Author Donna Sandstrom tells the riveting story as it happened, from her perspective as a participant in the project. Learn how a community came together to return Springer to her pod, and how the whales responded. Listen to Springer&amp;#039;s actual calls! Fact pages are interspersed with the narrative, providing a deep understanding about orcas and our complex history with them. An inspiring true story of hope! (Orca calls provided by OrcaLab.)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Orca Rescue! The True Story of an Orphaned Orca Named Springer
Author: Donna Sandstrom
Narrator: Donna Sandstrom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2002, a young orca named Springer was discovered near Seattle - lost, alone, and 300 miles away from home. Six months later she was rescued, rehabilitated and reunited with her family on the north end of Vancouver Island. Today Springer is thriving, with two calves of her own. It&amp;#039;s the only successful orca reunion in history! Author Donna Sandstrom tells the riveting story as it happened, from her perspective as a participant in the project. Learn how a community came together to return Springer to her pod, and how the whales responded. Listen to Springer&amp;#039;s actual calls! Fact pages are interspersed with the narrative, providing a deep understanding about orcas and our complex history with them. An inspiring true story of hope! (Orca calls provided by OrcaLab.)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Into the Great Wide Ocean: Life in the Least Known Habitat on Earth by Sönke Johnsen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798150</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798150">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798150</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Into the Great Wide Ocean: Life in the Least Known Habitat on Earth
Author: Sönke Johnsen
Narrator: Perry Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The open ocean, far from the shore and miles above the seafloor, is a vast and formidable habitat that is home to the most abundant life on our planet, from giant squid and jellyfish to anglerfish with bioluminescent lures that draw prey into their toothy mouths. Into the Great Wide Ocean takes listeners inside the peculiar world of the seagoing scientists who are providing tantalizing new insights into how the animals of the open ocean solve the problems of their existence. Sönke Johnsen vividly describes how life in the water column of the open sea contends with a host of environmental challenges, such as gravity, movement, the absence of light, pressure that could crush a truck, catching food while not becoming food, finding a mate, raising young, and forming communities. He interweaves stories about the joys and hardships of the scientists who explore this beautiful and mysterious realm, which is under threat from human activity and rapidly changing before our eyes. Into the Great Wide Ocean presents the sea and its inhabitants as you have never seen them before and reminds us that the rules of survival in the open ocean, though they may seem strange to us, are the primary rules of life on Earth.</description>
      <author>Sönke Johnsen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855569407.mp3" length="7902356" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798150</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855569407.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798150">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798150</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Into the Great Wide Ocean: Life in the Least Known Habitat on Earth
Author: Sönke Johnsen
Narrator: Perry Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The open ocean, far from the shore and miles above the seafloor, is a vast and formidable habitat that is home to the most abundant life on our planet, from giant squid and jellyfish to anglerfish with bioluminescent lures that draw prey into their toothy mouths. Into the Great Wide Ocean takes listeners inside the peculiar world of the seagoing scientists who are providing tantalizing new insights into how the animals of the open ocean solve the problems of their existence. Sönke Johnsen vividly describes how life in the water column of the open sea contends with a host of environmental challenges, such as gravity, movement, the absence of light, pressure that could crush a truck, catching food while not becoming food, finding a mate, raising young, and forming communities. He interweaves stories about the joys and hardships of the scientists who explore this beautiful and mysterious realm, which is under threat from human activity and rapidly changing before our eyes. Into the Great Wide Ocean presents the sea and its inhabitants as you have never seen them before and reminds us that the rules of survival in the open ocean, though they may seem strange to us, are the primary rules of life on Earth.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798150">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798150</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Into the Great Wide Ocean: Life in the Least Known Habitat on Earth
Author: Sönke Johnsen
Narrator: Perry Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The open ocean, far from the shore and miles above the seafloor, is a vast and formidable habitat that is home to the most abundant life on our planet, from giant squid and jellyfish to anglerfish with bioluminescent lures that draw prey into their toothy mouths. Into the Great Wide Ocean takes listeners inside the peculiar world of the seagoing scientists who are providing tantalizing new insights into how the animals of the open ocean solve the problems of their existence. Sönke Johnsen vividly describes how life in the water column of the open sea contends with a host of environmental challenges, such as gravity, movement, the absence of light, pressure that could crush a truck, catching food while not becoming food, finding a mate, raising young, and forming communities. He interweaves stories about the joys and hardships of the scientists who explore this beautiful and mysterious realm, which is under threat from human activity and rapidly changing before our eyes. Into the Great Wide Ocean presents the sea and its inhabitants as you have never seen them before and reminds us that the rules of survival in the open ocean, though they may seem strange to us, are the primary rules of life on Earth.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Birding for Boomers: And Everyone Else Brave Enough to Embrace the World’s Most Rewarding and Frustrating Activity by Sneed B. Collard Iii</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798135</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798135">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798135</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Birding for Boomers: And Everyone Else Brave Enough to Embrace the World’s Most Rewarding and Frustrating Activity
Author: Sneed B. Collard Iii
Narrator: Steve Marvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Birding for Boomers is a friendly, accessible, and humorous guide to discovering the joys of bird watching. Beginning birders of all ages will get answers to every question they may have, like which birds like feeders, the difference between a finch and a flicker, or which birding app to use. The guide also helps birders plan everything from local explorations to exciting &amp;#039;bird-cations.&amp;#039; Late-bloomer birders will appreciate Collard&amp;#039;s personal insights and tips for overcoming aging-related challenges such as physical handicaps, poor hearing, or failing eyesight. Additional sections cover sharing birding with others and contributing to community science, habitat stewardship, and bird conservation. Appealing and lighthearted, Birding for Boomers will help a wide range of listeners overcome any doubts and get started with watching, understanding, and conserving our feathered friends.</description>
      <author>Sneed B. Collard Iii</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855579383.mp3" length="8074158" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798135</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855579383.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798135">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798135</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Birding for Boomers: And Everyone Else Brave Enough to Embrace the World’s Most Rewarding and Frustrating Activity
Author: Sneed B. Collard Iii
Narrator: Steve Marvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Birding for Boomers is a friendly, accessible, and humorous guide to discovering the joys of bird watching. Beginning birders of all ages will get answers to every question they may have, like which birds like feeders, the difference between a finch and a flicker, or which birding app to use. The guide also helps birders plan everything from local explorations to exciting &amp;#039;bird-cations.&amp;#039; Late-bloomer birders will appreciate Collard&amp;#039;s personal insights and tips for overcoming aging-related challenges such as physical handicaps, poor hearing, or failing eyesight. Additional sections cover sharing birding with others and contributing to community science, habitat stewardship, and bird conservation. Appealing and lighthearted, Birding for Boomers will help a wide range of listeners overcome any doubts and get started with watching, understanding, and conserving our feathered friends.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798135">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798135</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Birding for Boomers: And Everyone Else Brave Enough to Embrace the World’s Most Rewarding and Frustrating Activity
Author: Sneed B. Collard Iii
Narrator: Steve Marvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Birding for Boomers is a friendly, accessible, and humorous guide to discovering the joys of bird watching. Beginning birders of all ages will get answers to every question they may have, like which birds like feeders, the difference between a finch and a flicker, or which birding app to use. The guide also helps birders plan everything from local explorations to exciting &amp;#039;bird-cations.&amp;#039; Late-bloomer birders will appreciate Collard&amp;#039;s personal insights and tips for overcoming aging-related challenges such as physical handicaps, poor hearing, or failing eyesight. Additional sections cover sharing birding with others and contributing to community science, habitat stewardship, and bird conservation. Appealing and lighthearted, Birding for Boomers will help a wide range of listeners overcome any doubts and get started with watching, understanding, and conserving our feathered friends.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>California Against the Sea: Visions for Our Vanishing Coastline by Rosanna Xia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798136</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798136">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798136</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: California Against the Sea: Visions for Our Vanishing Coastline
Author: Rosanna Xia
Narrator: Cindy Kay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Along California&amp;#039;s coastline, the Pacific Ocean is rising and pressing in, imperiling both wildlife and the maritime towns and cities that millions of people call home. In California Against the Sea, Los Angeles Times coastal reporter Rosanna Xia asks: As climate chaos threatens the places we love so fiercely, will we finally grasp our collective capacity for change? Xia, a Pulitzer Prize finalist, investigates the impacts of engineered landscapes, the market pressures of development, and the ecological activism and political scrimmages that have carved our contemporary coastline—and foretell even greater changes to our shores. From the beaches of the Mexican border up to the sheer-cliffed North Coast, the voices of Indigenous leaders, community activists, small-town mayors, urban engineers, and environmental scientists commingle. Together, they chronicle the challenges and urgency of forging a climate-wise future. Xia&amp;#039;s investigation takes us to Imperial Beach, Los Angeles, Pacifica, Marin City, San Francisco, and beyond, weighing the rivaling arguments, agreements, compromises, and visions governing the State of California&amp;#039;s commitment to a coast for all. Through graceful reportage, she charts how the decisions we make today will determine where we go tomorrow: headlong into natural disaster, or toward an equitable refashioning of coastal stewardship.</description>
      <author>Rosanna Xia</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855557282.mp3" length="8106305" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798136</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855557282.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798136">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798136</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: California Against the Sea: Visions for Our Vanishing Coastline
Author: Rosanna Xia
Narrator: Cindy Kay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Along California&amp;#039;s coastline, the Pacific Ocean is rising and pressing in, imperiling both wildlife and the maritime towns and cities that millions of people call home. In California Against the Sea, Los Angeles Times coastal reporter Rosanna Xia asks: As climate chaos threatens the places we love so fiercely, will we finally grasp our collective capacity for change? Xia, a Pulitzer Prize finalist, investigates the impacts of engineered landscapes, the market pressures of development, and the ecological activism and political scrimmages that have carved our contemporary coastline—and foretell even greater changes to our shores. From the beaches of the Mexican border up to the sheer-cliffed North Coast, the voices of Indigenous leaders, community activists, small-town mayors, urban engineers, and environmental scientists commingle. Together, they chronicle the challenges and urgency of forging a climate-wise future. Xia&amp;#039;s investigation takes us to Imperial Beach, Los Angeles, Pacifica, Marin City, San Francisco, and beyond, weighing the rivaling arguments, agreements, compromises, and visions governing the State of California&amp;#039;s commitment to a coast for all. Through graceful reportage, she charts how the decisions we make today will determine where we go tomorrow: headlong into natural disaster, or toward an equitable refashioning of coastal stewardship.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798136">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798136</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: California Against the Sea: Visions for Our Vanishing Coastline
Author: Rosanna Xia
Narrator: Cindy Kay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Along California&amp;#039;s coastline, the Pacific Ocean is rising and pressing in, imperiling both wildlife and the maritime towns and cities that millions of people call home. In California Against the Sea, Los Angeles Times coastal reporter Rosanna Xia asks: As climate chaos threatens the places we love so fiercely, will we finally grasp our collective capacity for change? Xia, a Pulitzer Prize finalist, investigates the impacts of engineered landscapes, the market pressures of development, and the ecological activism and political scrimmages that have carved our contemporary coastline—and foretell even greater changes to our shores. From the beaches of the Mexican border up to the sheer-cliffed North Coast, the voices of Indigenous leaders, community activists, small-town mayors, urban engineers, and environmental scientists commingle. Together, they chronicle the challenges and urgency of forging a climate-wise future. Xia&amp;#039;s investigation takes us to Imperial Beach, Los Angeles, Pacifica, Marin City, San Francisco, and beyond, weighing the rivaling arguments, agreements, compromises, and visions governing the State of California&amp;#039;s commitment to a coast for all. Through graceful reportage, she charts how the decisions we make today will determine where we go tomorrow: headlong into natural disaster, or toward an equitable refashioning of coastal stewardship.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Call to Farms: Reconnecting to Nature, Food, and Community in a Modern World by Jennifer Grayson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798016</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Call to Farms: Reconnecting to Nature, Food, and Community in a Modern World
Author: Jennifer Grayson
Narrator: Leanne Woodward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hope for the future lies with a new generation of regenerative farmers. Within a decade, nearly half of all American farmland will change hands as an older generation of farmers steps aside. In their place, a groundswell of new growers will face numerous challenges, including soil degradation, insufficient income, and investors devouring farmland at a staggering pace. These new farmers are embracing regenerative agriculture—the holistic approach to growing food that restores the soil and biodiversity—in the movement to reclaim our health and the planet&amp;#039;s. But can their efforts help reverse an epidemic of diet-related disease, food inequality, and even climate change? To answer that question and more, award-winning journalist Jennifer Grayson embedded herself in a groundbreaking farmer training program, then embarked on this investigative journey. The diverse array of farmers, graziers, and food activists whom she profiles here are working toward better, more sustainable foodways for all. From a one-acre market garden in Oregon to activists reviving food sovereignty in South Carolina, A Call to Farms tells the captivating story of these new agrarians finding hope and purpose in reconnecting to the land and striving to improve the future of American food.</description>
      <author>Jennifer Grayson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855554144.mp3" length="8418404" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798016</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855554144.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Call to Farms: Reconnecting to Nature, Food, and Community in a Modern World
Author: Jennifer Grayson
Narrator: Leanne Woodward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hope for the future lies with a new generation of regenerative farmers. Within a decade, nearly half of all American farmland will change hands as an older generation of farmers steps aside. In their place, a groundswell of new growers will face numerous challenges, including soil degradation, insufficient income, and investors devouring farmland at a staggering pace. These new farmers are embracing regenerative agriculture—the holistic approach to growing food that restores the soil and biodiversity—in the movement to reclaim our health and the planet&amp;#039;s. But can their efforts help reverse an epidemic of diet-related disease, food inequality, and even climate change? To answer that question and more, award-winning journalist Jennifer Grayson embedded herself in a groundbreaking farmer training program, then embarked on this investigative journey. The diverse array of farmers, graziers, and food activists whom she profiles here are working toward better, more sustainable foodways for all. From a one-acre market garden in Oregon to activists reviving food sovereignty in South Carolina, A Call to Farms tells the captivating story of these new agrarians finding hope and purpose in reconnecting to the land and striving to improve the future of American food.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Call to Farms: Reconnecting to Nature, Food, and Community in a Modern World
Author: Jennifer Grayson
Narrator: Leanne Woodward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hope for the future lies with a new generation of regenerative farmers. Within a decade, nearly half of all American farmland will change hands as an older generation of farmers steps aside. In their place, a groundswell of new growers will face numerous challenges, including soil degradation, insufficient income, and investors devouring farmland at a staggering pace. These new farmers are embracing regenerative agriculture—the holistic approach to growing food that restores the soil and biodiversity—in the movement to reclaim our health and the planet&amp;#039;s. But can their efforts help reverse an epidemic of diet-related disease, food inequality, and even climate change? To answer that question and more, award-winning journalist Jennifer Grayson embedded herself in a groundbreaking farmer training program, then embarked on this investigative journey. The diverse array of farmers, graziers, and food activists whom she profiles here are working toward better, more sustainable foodways for all. From a one-acre market garden in Oregon to activists reviving food sovereignty in South Carolina, A Call to Farms tells the captivating story of these new agrarians finding hope and purpose in reconnecting to the land and striving to improve the future of American food.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Katzenzusammenführung mit Herz und Verstand (Ungekürzt) by Christine Hauschild</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797922</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Katzenzusammenführung mit Herz und Verstand (Ungekürzt)
Author: Christine Hauschild
Narrator: Hanna Bludau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Es gibt verschiedene Varianten, zwei Katzen miteinander bekannt zu machen. Da wir bei den ersten Begegnungen die Weichen für das zukünftige gemeinsame Leben stellen, lohnt es sich, mit Bedacht vorzugehen. Mit diesem Buch lernen Sie: Was gilt es bei der Auswahl der passenden Partnerkatze zu beachten?  Wie einfach oder schwierig wird die Zusammenführung?  Welche Risiken und Fehler können Sie vermeiden?  Die drei verschiedene Wege der Katzenzusammenführung  Mit vielen praktischen Hinweisen zur Ausführung!</description>
      <author>Christine Hauschild</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783759780690.mp3" length="829848" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797922</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783759780690.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Katzenzusammenführung mit Herz und Verstand (Ungekürzt)
Author: Christine Hauschild
Narrator: Hanna Bludau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Es gibt verschiedene Varianten, zwei Katzen miteinander bekannt zu machen. Da wir bei den ersten Begegnungen die Weichen für das zukünftige gemeinsame Leben stellen, lohnt es sich, mit Bedacht vorzugehen. Mit diesem Buch lernen Sie: Was gilt es bei der Auswahl der passenden Partnerkatze zu beachten?  Wie einfach oder schwierig wird die Zusammenführung?  Welche Risiken und Fehler können Sie vermeiden?  Die drei verschiedene Wege der Katzenzusammenführung  Mit vielen praktischen Hinweisen zur Ausführung!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Katzenzusammenführung mit Herz und Verstand (Ungekürzt)
Author: Christine Hauschild
Narrator: Hanna Bludau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Es gibt verschiedene Varianten, zwei Katzen miteinander bekannt zu machen. Da wir bei den ersten Begegnungen die Weichen für das zukünftige gemeinsame Leben stellen, lohnt es sich, mit Bedacht vorzugehen. Mit diesem Buch lernen Sie: Was gilt es bei der Auswahl der passenden Partnerkatze zu beachten?  Wie einfach oder schwierig wird die Zusammenführung?  Welche Risiken und Fehler können Sie vermeiden?  Die drei verschiedene Wege der Katzenzusammenführung  Mit vielen praktischen Hinweisen zur Ausführung!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - WUFFOLOGIE - Verstehen Sie Ihren Hund: Naturnahe Ansätze in der täglichen Hundeerziehung - Für Welpen und Erwachsene Hunde by Sandra Bucher</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797848</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797848">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797848</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - WUFFOLOGIE - Verstehen Sie Ihren Hund: Naturnahe Ansätze in der täglichen Hundeerziehung - Für Welpen und Erwachsene Hunde
Author: Sandra Bucher
Narrator: Sandra Bucher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein Hund gehört zur Familie. Er ist unser bester Freund. Nur leider verstehen wir seine Kommunikation mit uns oft nicht. Sandra Bucher gelingt es in ihrer &amp;#039;Wuffologie&amp;#039;, die unterschiedliche Sinneswahrnehmung und die Kommunikation zwischen Mensch und Hund zu erklären und humorvoll mit dem Durcheinander aufzuräumen, welches durch das typische »Hund teilt mit – Mensch versteht nicht« zustande kommt. Die leidenschaftliche Mensch-Hund-Verhaltensberaterin und Hundebeobachterin gibt Tipps, wie die »Unterhaltung« zwischen Hund und Mensch nachhaltig verbessert werden kann. Dass dabei nicht immer alles glatt geht und auch oft geschmunzelt werden darf, versteht sich von selbst. Und genau deswegen ist diese »Wuffologie« eine lesenswerte und unterhaltsame Lektüre. Eine Bereicherung für jeden Hundebesitzer, der seinen Vierbeiner endlich richtig verstehen will.</description>
      <author>Sandra Bucher</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989838512.mp3" length="864471" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797848</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989838512.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797848">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797848</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - WUFFOLOGIE - Verstehen Sie Ihren Hund: Naturnahe Ansätze in der täglichen Hundeerziehung - Für Welpen und Erwachsene Hunde
Author: Sandra Bucher
Narrator: Sandra Bucher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein Hund gehört zur Familie. Er ist unser bester Freund. Nur leider verstehen wir seine Kommunikation mit uns oft nicht. Sandra Bucher gelingt es in ihrer &amp;#039;Wuffologie&amp;#039;, die unterschiedliche Sinneswahrnehmung und die Kommunikation zwischen Mensch und Hund zu erklären und humorvoll mit dem Durcheinander aufzuräumen, welches durch das typische »Hund teilt mit – Mensch versteht nicht« zustande kommt. Die leidenschaftliche Mensch-Hund-Verhaltensberaterin und Hundebeobachterin gibt Tipps, wie die »Unterhaltung« zwischen Hund und Mensch nachhaltig verbessert werden kann. Dass dabei nicht immer alles glatt geht und auch oft geschmunzelt werden darf, versteht sich von selbst. Und genau deswegen ist diese »Wuffologie« eine lesenswerte und unterhaltsame Lektüre. Eine Bereicherung für jeden Hundebesitzer, der seinen Vierbeiner endlich richtig verstehen will.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797848">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797848</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - WUFFOLOGIE - Verstehen Sie Ihren Hund: Naturnahe Ansätze in der täglichen Hundeerziehung - Für Welpen und Erwachsene Hunde
Author: Sandra Bucher
Narrator: Sandra Bucher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein Hund gehört zur Familie. Er ist unser bester Freund. Nur leider verstehen wir seine Kommunikation mit uns oft nicht. Sandra Bucher gelingt es in ihrer &amp;#039;Wuffologie&amp;#039;, die unterschiedliche Sinneswahrnehmung und die Kommunikation zwischen Mensch und Hund zu erklären und humorvoll mit dem Durcheinander aufzuräumen, welches durch das typische »Hund teilt mit – Mensch versteht nicht« zustande kommt. Die leidenschaftliche Mensch-Hund-Verhaltensberaterin und Hundebeobachterin gibt Tipps, wie die »Unterhaltung« zwischen Hund und Mensch nachhaltig verbessert werden kann. Dass dabei nicht immer alles glatt geht und auch oft geschmunzelt werden darf, versteht sich von selbst. Und genau deswegen ist diese »Wuffologie« eine lesenswerte und unterhaltsame Lektüre. Eine Bereicherung für jeden Hundebesitzer, der seinen Vierbeiner endlich richtig verstehen will.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Mit Hundepsychologie zum entspannten Spaziergang: Der 12-Punkte-Plan für Impulskontrolle, Leinenführigkeit und einen gelassenen Hund by Marisa Müller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797626</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Mit Hundepsychologie zum entspannten Spaziergang: Der 12-Punkte-Plan für Impulskontrolle, Leinenführigkeit und einen gelassenen Hund
Author: Marisa Müller
Narrator: Janica Schmeelk-Weigel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An lockerer Leine gehen, Hundebegegnungen gelassen entgegen sehen und sich aufeinander verlassen können - das wünschen sich alle Menschen für sich und ihre Hunde.  Mit diesem Ratgeber und dem 12- Punkte - Plan werden entspannte Spaziergänge und ein harmonisches Zusammenleben von Mensch und Hund wieder möglich.  Alles Wissenswerte zur Hundepsychologie, Schritt für Schritt Anleitungen und wirksame Übungen sind in diesem Buch leicht verständlich zusammengefasst und schaffen eine Basis für Vertrauen, Respekt und liebevolles Verständnis in der Mensch-Hund-Beziehung.  Wer seinen Hund versteht und von ihm verstanden wird, bekommt das grösste Geschenk: einen gelassenen, ruhigen und glücklichen Hund, der seinem Menschen durch dick und dünn folgt.</description>
      <author>Marisa Müller</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783987479519.mp3" length="861921" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797626</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783987479519.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Mit Hundepsychologie zum entspannten Spaziergang: Der 12-Punkte-Plan für Impulskontrolle, Leinenführigkeit und einen gelassenen Hund
Author: Marisa Müller
Narrator: Janica Schmeelk-Weigel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An lockerer Leine gehen, Hundebegegnungen gelassen entgegen sehen und sich aufeinander verlassen können - das wünschen sich alle Menschen für sich und ihre Hunde.  Mit diesem Ratgeber und dem 12- Punkte - Plan werden entspannte Spaziergänge und ein harmonisches Zusammenleben von Mensch und Hund wieder möglich.  Alles Wissenswerte zur Hundepsychologie, Schritt für Schritt Anleitungen und wirksame Übungen sind in diesem Buch leicht verständlich zusammengefasst und schaffen eine Basis für Vertrauen, Respekt und liebevolles Verständnis in der Mensch-Hund-Beziehung.  Wer seinen Hund versteht und von ihm verstanden wird, bekommt das grösste Geschenk: einen gelassenen, ruhigen und glücklichen Hund, der seinem Menschen durch dick und dünn folgt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/797626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Mit Hundepsychologie zum entspannten Spaziergang: Der 12-Punkte-Plan für Impulskontrolle, Leinenführigkeit und einen gelassenen Hund
Author: Marisa Müller
Narrator: Janica Schmeelk-Weigel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An lockerer Leine gehen, Hundebegegnungen gelassen entgegen sehen und sich aufeinander verlassen können - das wünschen sich alle Menschen für sich und ihre Hunde.  Mit diesem Ratgeber und dem 12- Punkte - Plan werden entspannte Spaziergänge und ein harmonisches Zusammenleben von Mensch und Hund wieder möglich.  Alles Wissenswerte zur Hundepsychologie, Schritt für Schritt Anleitungen und wirksame Übungen sind in diesem Buch leicht verständlich zusammengefasst und schaffen eine Basis für Vertrauen, Respekt und liebevolles Verständnis in der Mensch-Hund-Beziehung.  Wer seinen Hund versteht und von ihm verstanden wird, bekommt das grösste Geschenk: einen gelassenen, ruhigen und glücklichen Hund, der seinem Menschen durch dick und dünn folgt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who&amp;#039;s  At The Door by Sally Cook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796230</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Who&amp;#039;s  At The Door
Author: Sally Cook
Narrator: Sally Cook
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Who&amp;#039;s at the door tells the story of two dogs crashing through a beach wedding, of their rumbunctious play on the sand, of  another family dog knocking over a  Christmas tree and eating all the chocolate decorations, of a guinea pig wearing sunglasses, of a rabbit wearing dolls clothing sitting in a pram and a Mexican wlalking fish blowing bubbles in a book case.. Not to mention a child and goldfish in the same outdoor bath.</description>
      <author>Sally Cook</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 29 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875148569.mp3" length="530451" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796230</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875148569.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Who&amp;#039;s  At The Door
Author: Sally Cook
Narrator: Sally Cook
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Who&amp;#039;s at the door tells the story of two dogs crashing through a beach wedding, of their rumbunctious play on the sand, of  another family dog knocking over a  Christmas tree and eating all the chocolate decorations, of a guinea pig wearing sunglasses, of a rabbit wearing dolls clothing sitting in a pram and a Mexican wlalking fish blowing bubbles in a book case.. Not to mention a child and goldfish in the same outdoor bath.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/796230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Who&amp;#039;s  At The Door
Author: Sally Cook
Narrator: Sally Cook
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Who&amp;#039;s at the door tells the story of two dogs crashing through a beach wedding, of their rumbunctious play on the sand, of  another family dog knocking over a  Christmas tree and eating all the chocolate decorations, of a guinea pig wearing sunglasses, of a rabbit wearing dolls clothing sitting in a pram and a Mexican wlalking fish blowing bubbles in a book case.. Not to mention a child and goldfish in the same outdoor bath.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Residual Governance: How South Africa Foretells Planetary Futures by Gabrielle Hecht</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795928</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795928">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795928</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Residual Governance: How South Africa Foretells Planetary Futures
Author: Gabrielle Hecht
Narrator: April Doty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In Residual Governance, Gabrielle Hecht dives into the wastes of gold and uranium mining in South Africa to explore how communities, experts, and artists fight for infrastructural and environmental justice. Hecht outlines how mining in South Africa is a prime example of what she theorizes as residual governance—the governance of waste and discard, governance that is purposefully inefficient, and governance that treats people and places as waste and wastelands. She centers the voices of people who resist residual governance and the harms of toxic mining waste to highlight how mining&amp;#039;s centrality to South African history reveals the links between race, capitalism, the state, and the environment. In this way, Hecht shows how the history of mining in South Africa and the resistance to residual governance and environmental degradation is a planetary story: the underlying logic of residual governance lies at the heart of contemporary global racial capitalism and is a major accelerant of the Anthropocene.</description>
      <author>Gabrielle Hecht</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855554960.mp3" length="7882650" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795928</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855554960.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795928">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795928</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Residual Governance: How South Africa Foretells Planetary Futures
Author: Gabrielle Hecht
Narrator: April Doty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In Residual Governance, Gabrielle Hecht dives into the wastes of gold and uranium mining in South Africa to explore how communities, experts, and artists fight for infrastructural and environmental justice. Hecht outlines how mining in South Africa is a prime example of what she theorizes as residual governance—the governance of waste and discard, governance that is purposefully inefficient, and governance that treats people and places as waste and wastelands. She centers the voices of people who resist residual governance and the harms of toxic mining waste to highlight how mining&amp;#039;s centrality to South African history reveals the links between race, capitalism, the state, and the environment. In this way, Hecht shows how the history of mining in South Africa and the resistance to residual governance and environmental degradation is a planetary story: the underlying logic of residual governance lies at the heart of contemporary global racial capitalism and is a major accelerant of the Anthropocene.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795928">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795928</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Residual Governance: How South Africa Foretells Planetary Futures
Author: Gabrielle Hecht
Narrator: April Doty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In Residual Governance, Gabrielle Hecht dives into the wastes of gold and uranium mining in South Africa to explore how communities, experts, and artists fight for infrastructural and environmental justice. Hecht outlines how mining in South Africa is a prime example of what she theorizes as residual governance—the governance of waste and discard, governance that is purposefully inefficient, and governance that treats people and places as waste and wastelands. She centers the voices of people who resist residual governance and the harms of toxic mining waste to highlight how mining&amp;#039;s centrality to South African history reveals the links between race, capitalism, the state, and the environment. In this way, Hecht shows how the history of mining in South Africa and the resistance to residual governance and environmental degradation is a planetary story: the underlying logic of residual governance lies at the heart of contemporary global racial capitalism and is a major accelerant of the Anthropocene.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eight Eyes by Sally Cook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794587</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794587">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794587</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eight Eyes
Author: Sally Cook
Narrator: Sally Cook
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Spiders sometimes create terror, admiration and fascination and in this account spiders are heroes and victims. They induce one arachnophobe to pull over in blind panic as one of their members crawls out from behind his car pedals while he is driving at speed along a country road. Another toys with a spider, bouncing it up and down on its web as if it were a yoyo. Spiders create strong reactions in many of us. This story takes us nto their web of life.</description>
      <author>Sally Cook</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 23 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875146442.mp3" length="471527" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794587</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875146442.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794587">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794587</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eight Eyes
Author: Sally Cook
Narrator: Sally Cook
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Spiders sometimes create terror, admiration and fascination and in this account spiders are heroes and victims. They induce one arachnophobe to pull over in blind panic as one of their members crawls out from behind his car pedals while he is driving at speed along a country road. Another toys with a spider, bouncing it up and down on its web as if it were a yoyo. Spiders create strong reactions in many of us. This story takes us nto their web of life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794587">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794587</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eight Eyes
Author: Sally Cook
Narrator: Sally Cook
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Spiders sometimes create terror, admiration and fascination and in this account spiders are heroes and victims. They induce one arachnophobe to pull over in blind panic as one of their members crawls out from behind his car pedals while he is driving at speed along a country road. Another toys with a spider, bouncing it up and down on its web as if it were a yoyo. Spiders create strong reactions in many of us. This story takes us nto their web of life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Slippery Beast: A True Crime Natural History, with Eels by Ellen Ruppel Shell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794514</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Slippery Beast: A True Crime Natural History, with Eels
Author: Ellen Ruppel Shell
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What is it about eels? Depending on who you ask, they are a pest, a fascination, a threat, a pot of gold. Eels emerged some 200 million years ago, weathered mass extinctions and continental shifts, and were once among the world&amp;#039;s most abundant freshwater fish. But since the 1970s, their numbers have plummeted. Because eels—as unagi—are another thing: delicious. In Slippery Beast, journalist Ellen Ruppel Shell travels in the world of &amp;#039;eel people,&amp;#039; pursuing a fascination with this mysterious creature. Despite centuries of study by thinkers from Aristotle to Leeuwenhoek to Sigmund Freud, much about eels remains unknown. Eels cannot be bred reliably in captivity and infant eels are unbelievably valuable. A pound of the tiny, translucent, bug-eyed &amp;#039;elvers&amp;#039; caught in the fresh waters of Maine can command $3,000 or more on the black market. Illegal trade in eels is an international scandal measured in billions of dollars every year. In Maine, federal investigators have risked their lives to bust poaching rings. Ruppel Shell follows the elusive eel from Maine to the Sargasso Sea, stalking riversides, fishing holes, laboratories, restaurants, courtrooms, and America&amp;#039;s first commercial eel &amp;#039;family farm.&amp;#039; This is an enthralling, globe-spanning look at an animal that you may never come to love, but which will never fail to astonish you.</description>
      <author>Ellen Ruppel Shell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855577303.mp3" length="8116774" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794514</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855577303.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Slippery Beast: A True Crime Natural History, with Eels
Author: Ellen Ruppel Shell
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What is it about eels? Depending on who you ask, they are a pest, a fascination, a threat, a pot of gold. Eels emerged some 200 million years ago, weathered mass extinctions and continental shifts, and were once among the world&amp;#039;s most abundant freshwater fish. But since the 1970s, their numbers have plummeted. Because eels—as unagi—are another thing: delicious. In Slippery Beast, journalist Ellen Ruppel Shell travels in the world of &amp;#039;eel people,&amp;#039; pursuing a fascination with this mysterious creature. Despite centuries of study by thinkers from Aristotle to Leeuwenhoek to Sigmund Freud, much about eels remains unknown. Eels cannot be bred reliably in captivity and infant eels are unbelievably valuable. A pound of the tiny, translucent, bug-eyed &amp;#039;elvers&amp;#039; caught in the fresh waters of Maine can command $3,000 or more on the black market. Illegal trade in eels is an international scandal measured in billions of dollars every year. In Maine, federal investigators have risked their lives to bust poaching rings. Ruppel Shell follows the elusive eel from Maine to the Sargasso Sea, stalking riversides, fishing holes, laboratories, restaurants, courtrooms, and America&amp;#039;s first commercial eel &amp;#039;family farm.&amp;#039; This is an enthralling, globe-spanning look at an animal that you may never come to love, but which will never fail to astonish you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Slippery Beast: A True Crime Natural History, with Eels
Author: Ellen Ruppel Shell
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What is it about eels? Depending on who you ask, they are a pest, a fascination, a threat, a pot of gold. Eels emerged some 200 million years ago, weathered mass extinctions and continental shifts, and were once among the world&amp;#039;s most abundant freshwater fish. But since the 1970s, their numbers have plummeted. Because eels—as unagi—are another thing: delicious. In Slippery Beast, journalist Ellen Ruppel Shell travels in the world of &amp;#039;eel people,&amp;#039; pursuing a fascination with this mysterious creature. Despite centuries of study by thinkers from Aristotle to Leeuwenhoek to Sigmund Freud, much about eels remains unknown. Eels cannot be bred reliably in captivity and infant eels are unbelievably valuable. A pound of the tiny, translucent, bug-eyed &amp;#039;elvers&amp;#039; caught in the fresh waters of Maine can command $3,000 or more on the black market. Illegal trade in eels is an international scandal measured in billions of dollars every year. In Maine, federal investigators have risked their lives to bust poaching rings. Ruppel Shell follows the elusive eel from Maine to the Sargasso Sea, stalking riversides, fishing holes, laboratories, restaurants, courtrooms, and America&amp;#039;s first commercial eel &amp;#039;family farm.&amp;#039; This is an enthralling, globe-spanning look at an animal that you may never come to love, but which will never fail to astonish you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Ecosystems Matter: Preserving the Key to Our Survival by Christopher Wills</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794518</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Ecosystems Matter: Preserving the Key to Our Survival
Author: Christopher Wills
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Every one of Earth&amp;#039;s teeming ecosystems is an evolutionary cauldron Christopher Wills&amp;#039;s claim has its roots in an insight from Charles Darwin: the interactions between species in an ecosystem are a powerful driver of evolution. In this book Wills describes how, by using the latest genetic techniques, we are probing ecosystems and discovering that even the most apparently barren of them are rich in variety, especially of microbes. Exploring the many ways in which ecosystems have coped with past change, and how rapidly an ecosystem can develop complexity, Wills illuminates a pathway of hope for the natural world that we have so damaged and depleted. Our new genetic knowledge can help these evolutionary cauldrons to continue brewing richness and diversity, the better to heal our living world and to enable our own survival.</description>
      <author>Christopher Wills</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855509281.mp3" length="8452392" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794518</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855509281.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Ecosystems Matter: Preserving the Key to Our Survival
Author: Christopher Wills
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Every one of Earth&amp;#039;s teeming ecosystems is an evolutionary cauldron Christopher Wills&amp;#039;s claim has its roots in an insight from Charles Darwin: the interactions between species in an ecosystem are a powerful driver of evolution. In this book Wills describes how, by using the latest genetic techniques, we are probing ecosystems and discovering that even the most apparently barren of them are rich in variety, especially of microbes. Exploring the many ways in which ecosystems have coped with past change, and how rapidly an ecosystem can develop complexity, Wills illuminates a pathway of hope for the natural world that we have so damaged and depleted. Our new genetic knowledge can help these evolutionary cauldrons to continue brewing richness and diversity, the better to heal our living world and to enable our own survival.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Ecosystems Matter: Preserving the Key to Our Survival
Author: Christopher Wills
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Every one of Earth&amp;#039;s teeming ecosystems is an evolutionary cauldron Christopher Wills&amp;#039;s claim has its roots in an insight from Charles Darwin: the interactions between species in an ecosystem are a powerful driver of evolution. In this book Wills describes how, by using the latest genetic techniques, we are probing ecosystems and discovering that even the most apparently barren of them are rich in variety, especially of microbes. Exploring the many ways in which ecosystems have coped with past change, and how rapidly an ecosystem can develop complexity, Wills illuminates a pathway of hope for the natural world that we have so damaged and depleted. Our new genetic knowledge can help these evolutionary cauldrons to continue brewing richness and diversity, the better to heal our living world and to enable our own survival.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Glacial: The Inside Story of Climate Politics by Chelsea Henderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794509</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794509">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794509</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Glacial: The Inside Story of Climate Politics
Author: Chelsea Henderson
Narrator: Sarah Welborn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From mavericks to party standard-bearers, United States Senators, members of the House of Representatives, and presidential candidates have campaigned for four decades espousing their intentions to address the impacts of climate change. Glacial: The Inside Story of Climate Politics is the first Inside-the-Beltway account to lay bare the machinations of what went wrong in Washington—how and why our leaders failed to act on climate change as mounting scientific evidence underscored the urgency to do so. Glacial tells a story of behind-the-scenes infighting and power struggles that blocked or derailed federal legislative progress on climate change, even in times of bipartisanship and with polls showing most Americans favored action. The good news today is that public opinion is at its highest level of support for climate action, from corporate boardrooms embracing sustainability for business reasons to movements led by passionate younger generations who can&amp;#039;t afford to stand mute because it is they who will inherit the worst environmental catastrophes. If the missed opportunities in Washington are instructive, the path to doing so is clear. Our elected officials must use their offices not solely for the power and prestige it bestows upon them personally, but for the public good—and they must do so while there is still time.</description>
      <author>Chelsea Henderson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855585001.mp3" length="8603415" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794509</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855585001.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794509">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794509</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Glacial: The Inside Story of Climate Politics
Author: Chelsea Henderson
Narrator: Sarah Welborn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From mavericks to party standard-bearers, United States Senators, members of the House of Representatives, and presidential candidates have campaigned for four decades espousing their intentions to address the impacts of climate change. Glacial: The Inside Story of Climate Politics is the first Inside-the-Beltway account to lay bare the machinations of what went wrong in Washington—how and why our leaders failed to act on climate change as mounting scientific evidence underscored the urgency to do so. Glacial tells a story of behind-the-scenes infighting and power struggles that blocked or derailed federal legislative progress on climate change, even in times of bipartisanship and with polls showing most Americans favored action. The good news today is that public opinion is at its highest level of support for climate action, from corporate boardrooms embracing sustainability for business reasons to movements led by passionate younger generations who can&amp;#039;t afford to stand mute because it is they who will inherit the worst environmental catastrophes. If the missed opportunities in Washington are instructive, the path to doing so is clear. Our elected officials must use their offices not solely for the power and prestige it bestows upon them personally, but for the public good—and they must do so while there is still time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794509">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794509</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Glacial: The Inside Story of Climate Politics
Author: Chelsea Henderson
Narrator: Sarah Welborn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From mavericks to party standard-bearers, United States Senators, members of the House of Representatives, and presidential candidates have campaigned for four decades espousing their intentions to address the impacts of climate change. Glacial: The Inside Story of Climate Politics is the first Inside-the-Beltway account to lay bare the machinations of what went wrong in Washington—how and why our leaders failed to act on climate change as mounting scientific evidence underscored the urgency to do so. Glacial tells a story of behind-the-scenes infighting and power struggles that blocked or derailed federal legislative progress on climate change, even in times of bipartisanship and with polls showing most Americans favored action. The good news today is that public opinion is at its highest level of support for climate action, from corporate boardrooms embracing sustainability for business reasons to movements led by passionate younger generations who can&amp;#039;t afford to stand mute because it is they who will inherit the worst environmental catastrophes. If the missed opportunities in Washington are instructive, the path to doing so is clear. Our elected officials must use their offices not solely for the power and prestige it bestows upon them personally, but for the public good—and they must do so while there is still time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unsettled: What Climate Science Tells Us, What It Doesn&amp;#039;t, and Why It Matters / Updated and Expanded Edition by Steven E. Koonin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794418</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unsettled: What Climate Science Tells Us, What It Doesn&amp;#039;t, and Why It Matters / Updated and Expanded Edition
Author: Steven E. Koonin
Narrator: Jay Aaseng
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this updated and expanded edition of climate scientist Steven Koonin’s groundbreaking book, go behind the headlines to discover the latest eye-opening data about climate change—with unbiased facts and realistic steps for the future.“Greenland’s ice loss is accelerating.”“Extreme temperatures are causing more fatalities.”“Rapid ‘climate action’ is essential to avoid a future climate disaster.”You’ve heard all this presented as fact. But according to science, all of these statements are profoundly misleading.With the new edition of Unsettled, Steven Koonin draws on decades of experience—including as a top science advisor to the Obama administration—to clear away the fog and explain what science really says (and doesn’t say). With a new introduction, this edition now features reflections on an additional three years of eye-opening data, alternatives to unrealistic “net zero” solutions, global energy inequalities, and the energy crisis arising from the war in Ukraine.When it comes to climate change, the media, politicians, and other prominent voices have declared that “the science is settled.” In reality, the climate is changing, but the why and how aren’t as clear as you’ve probably been led to believe.Koonin takes readers behind the headlines, dispels popular myths, and unveils little-known truths:• Despite rising greenhouse gas emissions, global temperatures decreased from 1940 to 1970• Models currently used to predict the future do not accurately describe the climate of the past, and modelers themselves strongly doubt their regional predictions• There is no compelling evidence that hurricanes are becoming more frequent—or that predictions of rapid sea level rise have any validityUnsettled is a reality check buoyed by hope, offering the truth about climate science—what we know, what we don’t, and what it all means for our future.</description>
      <author>Steven E. Koonin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798892748902.mp3" length="1422614" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794418</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798892748902.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unsettled: What Climate Science Tells Us, What It Doesn&amp;#039;t, and Why It Matters / Updated and Expanded Edition
Author: Steven E. Koonin
Narrator: Jay Aaseng
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this updated and expanded edition of climate scientist Steven Koonin’s groundbreaking book, go behind the headlines to discover the latest eye-opening data about climate change—with unbiased facts and realistic steps for the future.“Greenland’s ice loss is accelerating.”“Extreme temperatures are causing more fatalities.”“Rapid ‘climate action’ is essential to avoid a future climate disaster.”You’ve heard all this presented as fact. But according to science, all of these statements are profoundly misleading.With the new edition of Unsettled, Steven Koonin draws on decades of experience—including as a top science advisor to the Obama administration—to clear away the fog and explain what science really says (and doesn’t say). With a new introduction, this edition now features reflections on an additional three years of eye-opening data, alternatives to unrealistic “net zero” solutions, global energy inequalities, and the energy crisis arising from the war in Ukraine.When it comes to climate change, the media, politicians, and other prominent voices have declared that “the science is settled.” In reality, the climate is changing, but the why and how aren’t as clear as you’ve probably been led to believe.Koonin takes readers behind the headlines, dispels popular myths, and unveils little-known truths:• Despite rising greenhouse gas emissions, global temperatures decreased from 1940 to 1970• Models currently used to predict the future do not accurately describe the climate of the past, and modelers themselves strongly doubt their regional predictions• There is no compelling evidence that hurricanes are becoming more frequent—or that predictions of rapid sea level rise have any validityUnsettled is a reality check buoyed by hope, offering the truth about climate science—what we know, what we don’t, and what it all means for our future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unsettled: What Climate Science Tells Us, What It Doesn&amp;#039;t, and Why It Matters / Updated and Expanded Edition
Author: Steven E. Koonin
Narrator: Jay Aaseng
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this updated and expanded edition of climate scientist Steven Koonin’s groundbreaking book, go behind the headlines to discover the latest eye-opening data about climate change—with unbiased facts and realistic steps for the future.“Greenland’s ice loss is accelerating.”“Extreme temperatures are causing more fatalities.”“Rapid ‘climate action’ is essential to avoid a future climate disaster.”You’ve heard all this presented as fact. But according to science, all of these statements are profoundly misleading.With the new edition of Unsettled, Steven Koonin draws on decades of experience—including as a top science advisor to the Obama administration—to clear away the fog and explain what science really says (and doesn’t say). With a new introduction, this edition now features reflections on an additional three years of eye-opening data, alternatives to unrealistic “net zero” solutions, global energy inequalities, and the energy crisis arising from the war in Ukraine.When it comes to climate change, the media, politicians, and other prominent voices have declared that “the science is settled.” In reality, the climate is changing, but the why and how aren’t as clear as you’ve probably been led to believe.Koonin takes readers behind the headlines, dispels popular myths, and unveils little-known truths:• Despite rising greenhouse gas emissions, global temperatures decreased from 1940 to 1970• Models currently used to predict the future do not accurately describe the climate of the past, and modelers themselves strongly doubt their regional predictions• There is no compelling evidence that hurricanes are becoming more frequent—or that predictions of rapid sea level rise have any validityUnsettled is a reality check buoyed by hope, offering the truth about climate science—what we know, what we don’t, and what it all means for our future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Milk by Matthew Evans</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791643</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791643">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791643</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Milk
Author: Matthew Evans
Narrator: Matthew Evans
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 47 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful, entertaining and, at times, eviscerating commentary on the most controversial of original superfoods. Milk. It&amp;#039;s in our coffee, on our cereal. We see it in processed form – yoghurt, butter, cheese, skimmed and lactose free. It&amp;#039;s there in almond form, or made from oats or soy, and is as lauded as the &amp;#039;perfect&amp;#039; food or lambasted as not fit for human consumption and a toxic planet killer, depending on who you trust. Which type you drink, whether you were raised on breastmilk, what you think of it, is affected by culture, biology and fashion. How you view it is driven by your gender and your politics, as well as your geography. The miracle liquid has suffered an image problem. It has been used to keep people poor, to keep women subjugated, and to build corporate and medical careers. It&amp;#039;s been blamed for climate change, the breakdown of human health, and an enabler of the industrial revolution. From perfect food to pariah, milk&amp;#039;s role in life has often been debased. Milk celebrates the majesty of this noble liquid, and delves into the pretenders to its throne, from formula to Mylk. It looks at the transformation of what a milk-producer eats into one of the most nutrient dense foods available, and how that can be transformed again into the butter, cheese and clotted cream that we know and love today. It&amp;#039;s an exploration of the science, history and politics of what makes mammals different from every other life form on earth.</description>
      <author>Matthew Evans</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004167418.mp3" length="855161" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791643</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004167418.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791643">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791643</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Milk
Author: Matthew Evans
Narrator: Matthew Evans
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 47 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful, entertaining and, at times, eviscerating commentary on the most controversial of original superfoods. Milk. It&amp;#039;s in our coffee, on our cereal. We see it in processed form – yoghurt, butter, cheese, skimmed and lactose free. It&amp;#039;s there in almond form, or made from oats or soy, and is as lauded as the &amp;#039;perfect&amp;#039; food or lambasted as not fit for human consumption and a toxic planet killer, depending on who you trust. Which type you drink, whether you were raised on breastmilk, what you think of it, is affected by culture, biology and fashion. How you view it is driven by your gender and your politics, as well as your geography. The miracle liquid has suffered an image problem. It has been used to keep people poor, to keep women subjugated, and to build corporate and medical careers. It&amp;#039;s been blamed for climate change, the breakdown of human health, and an enabler of the industrial revolution. From perfect food to pariah, milk&amp;#039;s role in life has often been debased. Milk celebrates the majesty of this noble liquid, and delves into the pretenders to its throne, from formula to Mylk. It looks at the transformation of what a milk-producer eats into one of the most nutrient dense foods available, and how that can be transformed again into the butter, cheese and clotted cream that we know and love today. It&amp;#039;s an exploration of the science, history and politics of what makes mammals different from every other life form on earth.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791643">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791643</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Milk
Author: Matthew Evans
Narrator: Matthew Evans
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 47 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful, entertaining and, at times, eviscerating commentary on the most controversial of original superfoods. Milk. It&amp;#039;s in our coffee, on our cereal. We see it in processed form – yoghurt, butter, cheese, skimmed and lactose free. It&amp;#039;s there in almond form, or made from oats or soy, and is as lauded as the &amp;#039;perfect&amp;#039; food or lambasted as not fit for human consumption and a toxic planet killer, depending on who you trust. Which type you drink, whether you were raised on breastmilk, what you think of it, is affected by culture, biology and fashion. How you view it is driven by your gender and your politics, as well as your geography. The miracle liquid has suffered an image problem. It has been used to keep people poor, to keep women subjugated, and to build corporate and medical careers. It&amp;#039;s been blamed for climate change, the breakdown of human health, and an enabler of the industrial revolution. From perfect food to pariah, milk&amp;#039;s role in life has often been debased. Milk celebrates the majesty of this noble liquid, and delves into the pretenders to its throne, from formula to Mylk. It looks at the transformation of what a milk-producer eats into one of the most nutrient dense foods available, and how that can be transformed again into the butter, cheese and clotted cream that we know and love today. It&amp;#039;s an exploration of the science, history and politics of what makes mammals different from every other life form on earth.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Land Smart: Our Countryside and How We Save It by Tom Heap</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791363</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Land Smart: Our Countryside and How We Save It
Author: Tom Heap
Narrator: Tom Heap
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 16 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We need land for so many of humanity&amp;#039;s growing needs, such as food, renewable energy, carbon storage and housing. Traditionally, we&amp;#039;ve stolen it from nature, but this has led to a mounting toll of extinction and pollution that is now punishing us. So, as there&amp;#039;s no land left to take, how do we get more from the same, or preferably less. In Land Smart, Tom Heap, a presenter on BBC TV&amp;#039;s Countryfile, Radio 4&amp;#039;s new Rare Earth series and the anchor of The Climate Show on Sky News, tours the British countryside meeting the farmers, scientists, conservationists and even warehouse managers who are solving the most pressing challenges facing our countryside and the world. If we use land cleverly it can give both humanity and nature the space to thrive on just the one planet. If not, we&amp;#039;re in trouble.</description>
      <author>Tom Heap</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004175901.mp3" length="799055" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791363</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004175901.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Land Smart: Our Countryside and How We Save It
Author: Tom Heap
Narrator: Tom Heap
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 16 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We need land for so many of humanity&amp;#039;s growing needs, such as food, renewable energy, carbon storage and housing. Traditionally, we&amp;#039;ve stolen it from nature, but this has led to a mounting toll of extinction and pollution that is now punishing us. So, as there&amp;#039;s no land left to take, how do we get more from the same, or preferably less. In Land Smart, Tom Heap, a presenter on BBC TV&amp;#039;s Countryfile, Radio 4&amp;#039;s new Rare Earth series and the anchor of The Climate Show on Sky News, tours the British countryside meeting the farmers, scientists, conservationists and even warehouse managers who are solving the most pressing challenges facing our countryside and the world. If we use land cleverly it can give both humanity and nature the space to thrive on just the one planet. If not, we&amp;#039;re in trouble.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Land Smart: Our Countryside and How We Save It
Author: Tom Heap
Narrator: Tom Heap
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 16 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We need land for so many of humanity&amp;#039;s growing needs, such as food, renewable energy, carbon storage and housing. Traditionally, we&amp;#039;ve stolen it from nature, but this has led to a mounting toll of extinction and pollution that is now punishing us. So, as there&amp;#039;s no land left to take, how do we get more from the same, or preferably less. In Land Smart, Tom Heap, a presenter on BBC TV&amp;#039;s Countryfile, Radio 4&amp;#039;s new Rare Earth series and the anchor of The Climate Show on Sky News, tours the British countryside meeting the farmers, scientists, conservationists and even warehouse managers who are solving the most pressing challenges facing our countryside and the world. If we use land cleverly it can give both humanity and nature the space to thrive on just the one planet. If not, we&amp;#039;re in trouble.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Animal Souls by Sy Montgomery, Brenda Peterson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791102</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Animal Souls
Author: Sy Montgomery, Brenda Peterson
Narrator: Sy Montgomery, Brenda Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Over their long friendship, National Geographic authors, Sy Montgomery and Brenda Peterson, have engaged with many animals who’ve taught them about survival, play, and healing. Listen to Sy and Brenda explore animal dreams, their emotional lives, and how animals help us adapt to a changing planet. When we expand our consciousness, our spirituality, and our kinship with other animals, our world is whole and wondrous again. Sy’s books: https://www.amazon.com/stores/author/B001IXRUQK/allbooks?ingress=0&amp;amp;visitId=1dfa1da7-ba5a-42a8-8b2e-37c1124f8e47 Wild Chorus paperback: https://www.amazon.com/stores/author/B001IXRUQK/allbooks?ingress=0&amp;amp;visitId=1dfa1da7-ba5a-42a8-8b2e-37c1124f8e47 Wild Chorus audiobook: https://www.audible.com/pd/Wild-Chorus-Audiobook/B0CZ4XT7JG</description>
      <author>Sy Montgomery, Brenda Peterson</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886423440.mp3" length="453045" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791102</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886423440.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Animal Souls
Author: Sy Montgomery, Brenda Peterson
Narrator: Sy Montgomery, Brenda Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Over their long friendship, National Geographic authors, Sy Montgomery and Brenda Peterson, have engaged with many animals who’ve taught them about survival, play, and healing. Listen to Sy and Brenda explore animal dreams, their emotional lives, and how animals help us adapt to a changing planet. When we expand our consciousness, our spirituality, and our kinship with other animals, our world is whole and wondrous again. Sy’s books: https://www.amazon.com/stores/author/B001IXRUQK/allbooks?ingress=0&amp;amp;visitId=1dfa1da7-ba5a-42a8-8b2e-37c1124f8e47 Wild Chorus paperback: https://www.amazon.com/stores/author/B001IXRUQK/allbooks?ingress=0&amp;amp;visitId=1dfa1da7-ba5a-42a8-8b2e-37c1124f8e47 Wild Chorus audiobook: https://www.audible.com/pd/Wild-Chorus-Audiobook/B0CZ4XT7JG</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Animal Souls
Author: Sy Montgomery, Brenda Peterson
Narrator: Sy Montgomery, Brenda Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Over their long friendship, National Geographic authors, Sy Montgomery and Brenda Peterson, have engaged with many animals who’ve taught them about survival, play, and healing. Listen to Sy and Brenda explore animal dreams, their emotional lives, and how animals help us adapt to a changing planet. When we expand our consciousness, our spirituality, and our kinship with other animals, our world is whole and wondrous again. Sy’s books: https://www.amazon.com/stores/author/B001IXRUQK/allbooks?ingress=0&amp;amp;visitId=1dfa1da7-ba5a-42a8-8b2e-37c1124f8e47 Wild Chorus paperback: https://www.amazon.com/stores/author/B001IXRUQK/allbooks?ingress=0&amp;amp;visitId=1dfa1da7-ba5a-42a8-8b2e-37c1124f8e47 Wild Chorus audiobook: https://www.audible.com/pd/Wild-Chorus-Audiobook/B0CZ4XT7JG</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Big Sky Mountain Audio Collection: Big Sky Mountain, The Forest Wolves, The Beach Otters, The Sky Eagles by Alex Milway</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790249</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790249">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790249</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Sky Mountain Audio Collection: Big Sky Mountain, The Forest Wolves, The Beach Otters, The Sky Eagles
Author: Alex Milway
Narrator: Penelope Rawlins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The final exhilarating adventure in the great outdoors, from HOTEL FLAMINGO author Alex Milway When Rosa wakes one morning to find Grandma Nan missing, she must use all of her survival skills to uncover her grandma&amp;#039;s whereabouts. With the help of the mountain community, Rosa&amp;#039;s investigation leads her to the very summit of Big Sky Mountain, where a family of eagles are facing huge problems of their own. Through helping the eagles, Rosa realises she really is at home on Big Sky Mountain.</description>
      <author>Alex Milway</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781800787230.mp3" length="1151073" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790249</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781800787230.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790249">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790249</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Sky Mountain Audio Collection: Big Sky Mountain, The Forest Wolves, The Beach Otters, The Sky Eagles
Author: Alex Milway
Narrator: Penelope Rawlins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The final exhilarating adventure in the great outdoors, from HOTEL FLAMINGO author Alex Milway When Rosa wakes one morning to find Grandma Nan missing, she must use all of her survival skills to uncover her grandma&amp;#039;s whereabouts. With the help of the mountain community, Rosa&amp;#039;s investigation leads her to the very summit of Big Sky Mountain, where a family of eagles are facing huge problems of their own. Through helping the eagles, Rosa realises she really is at home on Big Sky Mountain.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790249">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/790249</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Sky Mountain Audio Collection: Big Sky Mountain, The Forest Wolves, The Beach Otters, The Sky Eagles
Author: Alex Milway
Narrator: Penelope Rawlins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The final exhilarating adventure in the great outdoors, from HOTEL FLAMINGO author Alex Milway When Rosa wakes one morning to find Grandma Nan missing, she must use all of her survival skills to uncover her grandma&amp;#039;s whereabouts. With the help of the mountain community, Rosa&amp;#039;s investigation leads her to the very summit of Big Sky Mountain, where a family of eagles are facing huge problems of their own. Through helping the eagles, Rosa realises she really is at home on Big Sky Mountain.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Love a Forest: The Bittersweet Work of Tending a Changing World by Ethan Tapper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789873</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789873">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789873</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Love a Forest: The Bittersweet Work of Tending a Changing World
Author: Ethan Tapper
Narrator: Evan Sibley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A tender, fearless debut by a forester writing in the tradition of Suzanne Simard, Robin Wall Kimmerer, and Robert Macfarlane Only those who love trees should cut them, writes forester Ethan Tapper. In How to Love a Forest, he asks what it means to live in a time in which ecosystems are in retreat and extinctions rattle the bones of the earth. How do we respond to the harmful legacies of the past? How do we use our species’ incredible power to heal rather than to harm? Tapper walks us through the fragile and resilient community that is a forest. He introduces us to wolf trees and spring ephemerals, and to the mysterious creatures of the rhizosphere and the necrosphere. He helps us reimagine what forests are and what it means to care for them. This world, Tapper writes, is degraded by people who do too much and by those who do nothing. As the ecosystems that sustain all life struggle, we straddle two worlds: a status quo that treats them as commodities and opposing claims that the only true expression of love for the natural world is to leave it alone. Proffering a more complex vision, Tapper argues that the actions we must take to protect ecosystems are often counterintuitive, uncomfortable, even heartbreaking. With striking prose, he shows how bittersweet acts—like loving deer and hunting them, loving trees and felling them—can be expressions of compassion. Tapper weaves a new land ethic for the modern world, reminding us that what is simple is rarely true, and what is necessary is rarely easy.  Forests are communities, defined by connection and sustained by death as much as by life. What if we could understand them while letting them remain exquisite mysteries?</description>
      <author>Ethan Tapper</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798874831004.mp3" length="819463" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789873</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798874831004.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789873">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789873</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Love a Forest: The Bittersweet Work of Tending a Changing World
Author: Ethan Tapper
Narrator: Evan Sibley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A tender, fearless debut by a forester writing in the tradition of Suzanne Simard, Robin Wall Kimmerer, and Robert Macfarlane Only those who love trees should cut them, writes forester Ethan Tapper. In How to Love a Forest, he asks what it means to live in a time in which ecosystems are in retreat and extinctions rattle the bones of the earth. How do we respond to the harmful legacies of the past? How do we use our species’ incredible power to heal rather than to harm? Tapper walks us through the fragile and resilient community that is a forest. He introduces us to wolf trees and spring ephemerals, and to the mysterious creatures of the rhizosphere and the necrosphere. He helps us reimagine what forests are and what it means to care for them. This world, Tapper writes, is degraded by people who do too much and by those who do nothing. As the ecosystems that sustain all life struggle, we straddle two worlds: a status quo that treats them as commodities and opposing claims that the only true expression of love for the natural world is to leave it alone. Proffering a more complex vision, Tapper argues that the actions we must take to protect ecosystems are often counterintuitive, uncomfortable, even heartbreaking. With striking prose, he shows how bittersweet acts—like loving deer and hunting them, loving trees and felling them—can be expressions of compassion. Tapper weaves a new land ethic for the modern world, reminding us that what is simple is rarely true, and what is necessary is rarely easy.  Forests are communities, defined by connection and sustained by death as much as by life. What if we could understand them while letting them remain exquisite mysteries?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789873">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789873</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Love a Forest: The Bittersweet Work of Tending a Changing World
Author: Ethan Tapper
Narrator: Evan Sibley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A tender, fearless debut by a forester writing in the tradition of Suzanne Simard, Robin Wall Kimmerer, and Robert Macfarlane Only those who love trees should cut them, writes forester Ethan Tapper. In How to Love a Forest, he asks what it means to live in a time in which ecosystems are in retreat and extinctions rattle the bones of the earth. How do we respond to the harmful legacies of the past? How do we use our species’ incredible power to heal rather than to harm? Tapper walks us through the fragile and resilient community that is a forest. He introduces us to wolf trees and spring ephemerals, and to the mysterious creatures of the rhizosphere and the necrosphere. He helps us reimagine what forests are and what it means to care for them. This world, Tapper writes, is degraded by people who do too much and by those who do nothing. As the ecosystems that sustain all life struggle, we straddle two worlds: a status quo that treats them as commodities and opposing claims that the only true expression of love for the natural world is to leave it alone. Proffering a more complex vision, Tapper argues that the actions we must take to protect ecosystems are often counterintuitive, uncomfortable, even heartbreaking. With striking prose, he shows how bittersweet acts—like loving deer and hunting them, loving trees and felling them—can be expressions of compassion. Tapper weaves a new land ethic for the modern world, reminding us that what is simple is rarely true, and what is necessary is rarely easy.  Forests are communities, defined by connection and sustained by death as much as by life. What if we could understand them while letting them remain exquisite mysteries?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Avoid The Mistakes As A First Time Gardener Growing Your Own Vegetables : Beginners Guide To Planting, Maintaining, &amp;amp; Harvesting Your Own Vegetables by Noor Fatima</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789497</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Avoid The Mistakes As A First Time Gardener Growing Your Own Vegetables : Beginners Guide To Planting, Maintaining, &amp;amp; Harvesting Your Own Vegetables
Author: Noor Fatima
Narrator: Courtney Pinkerton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Why choose between healthy, organic vegetables and saving money, when you can have both? And you can do it in just a few weeks! People are constantly on the lookout for ways to feed themselves and their families with the right amounts of vitamins and minerals needed to stay healthy. Sadly, this is becoming more and more expensive. It costs around two dollars for one pound of tomatoes and more than double that if you want to go organic. In comparison, for just five dollars, you can plant a whole pack of tomato seeds with each plant producing an average of 10 pounds. Add to that the fewer trips to the grocery store and no plastic wrapping—you are onto a winner. According to the National Gardening Association, the average gardener will spend only $70 a year on their garden but grow $600 worth of food. On top of the savings, you get to enjoy freshly harvested vegetables from your garden, knowing that not a single chemical has been used. That’s health and savings in one fun activity! Many will look at vegetable gardens and marvel at the time and skill it must have taken. In fact, all it has taken is knowledge and patience. The patience is up to you, but the knowledge you need is right here at your future green fingertips. In Avoid the Mistakes as a First Time Gardener Growing Vegetables, here is just a fraction of what you will discover: A step-by-step guide to growing and harvesting over 50 easy-to-grow vegetables regardless of the size of your garden Tests you can do at home to understand your soil quality and the methods to correct it...before making a mistake Two simple composting techniques so you can feed your soil, reduce household waste by up to 30 percent, and help the environment The benefits of adding herbs and flowers to your vegetable garden to encourage pollination, and reduce pest invasions—all while adding nutrients and flavor to your meals What the USDA hardiness zones mean and what this means for you How to design a vegetable garden that incor</description>
      <author>Noor Fatima</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875140778.mp3" length="1478724" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789497</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875140778.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Avoid The Mistakes As A First Time Gardener Growing Your Own Vegetables : Beginners Guide To Planting, Maintaining, &amp;amp; Harvesting Your Own Vegetables
Author: Noor Fatima
Narrator: Courtney Pinkerton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Why choose between healthy, organic vegetables and saving money, when you can have both? And you can do it in just a few weeks! People are constantly on the lookout for ways to feed themselves and their families with the right amounts of vitamins and minerals needed to stay healthy. Sadly, this is becoming more and more expensive. It costs around two dollars for one pound of tomatoes and more than double that if you want to go organic. In comparison, for just five dollars, you can plant a whole pack of tomato seeds with each plant producing an average of 10 pounds. Add to that the fewer trips to the grocery store and no plastic wrapping—you are onto a winner. According to the National Gardening Association, the average gardener will spend only $70 a year on their garden but grow $600 worth of food. On top of the savings, you get to enjoy freshly harvested vegetables from your garden, knowing that not a single chemical has been used. That’s health and savings in one fun activity! Many will look at vegetable gardens and marvel at the time and skill it must have taken. In fact, all it has taken is knowledge and patience. The patience is up to you, but the knowledge you need is right here at your future green fingertips. In Avoid the Mistakes as a First Time Gardener Growing Vegetables, here is just a fraction of what you will discover: A step-by-step guide to growing and harvesting over 50 easy-to-grow vegetables regardless of the size of your garden Tests you can do at home to understand your soil quality and the methods to correct it...before making a mistake Two simple composting techniques so you can feed your soil, reduce household waste by up to 30 percent, and help the environment The benefits of adding herbs and flowers to your vegetable garden to encourage pollination, and reduce pest invasions—all while adding nutrients and flavor to your meals What the USDA hardiness zones mean and what this means for you How to design a vegetable garden that incor</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Avoid The Mistakes As A First Time Gardener Growing Your Own Vegetables : Beginners Guide To Planting, Maintaining, &amp;amp; Harvesting Your Own Vegetables
Author: Noor Fatima
Narrator: Courtney Pinkerton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Why choose between healthy, organic vegetables and saving money, when you can have both? And you can do it in just a few weeks! People are constantly on the lookout for ways to feed themselves and their families with the right amounts of vitamins and minerals needed to stay healthy. Sadly, this is becoming more and more expensive. It costs around two dollars for one pound of tomatoes and more than double that if you want to go organic. In comparison, for just five dollars, you can plant a whole pack of tomato seeds with each plant producing an average of 10 pounds. Add to that the fewer trips to the grocery store and no plastic wrapping—you are onto a winner. According to the National Gardening Association, the average gardener will spend only $70 a year on their garden but grow $600 worth of food. On top of the savings, you get to enjoy freshly harvested vegetables from your garden, knowing that not a single chemical has been used. That’s health and savings in one fun activity! Many will look at vegetable gardens and marvel at the time and skill it must have taken. In fact, all it has taken is knowledge and patience. The patience is up to you, but the knowledge you need is right here at your future green fingertips. In Avoid the Mistakes as a First Time Gardener Growing Vegetables, here is just a fraction of what you will discover: A step-by-step guide to growing and harvesting over 50 easy-to-grow vegetables regardless of the size of your garden Tests you can do at home to understand your soil quality and the methods to correct it...before making a mistake Two simple composting techniques so you can feed your soil, reduce household waste by up to 30 percent, and help the environment The benefits of adding herbs and flowers to your vegetable garden to encourage pollination, and reduce pest invasions—all while adding nutrients and flavor to your meals What the USDA hardiness zones mean and what this means for you How to design a vegetable garden that incor</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fantastic Fungi: How Mushrooms Can Heal, Shift Consciousness, and Save the Planet by Paul Stamets</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787735</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787735">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787735</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fantastic Fungi: How Mushrooms Can Heal, Shift Consciousness, and Save the Planet
Author: Paul Stamets
Narrator: Eugenia Bone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Life-Affirming, Mind-Bending Companion Audiobook to the Hit Documentary FANTASTIC FUNGI.  Viewed in over 100 countries and selling hundreds of thousands of tickets, Schwartzberg’s documentary Fantastic Fungi has brought the mycological revolution to the world stage. This is the film’s official companion audiobook, that expands on the documentary’s message: that mushrooms and fungi will change your life– and save the planet.   Paul Stamets, the world’s preeminent mushroom and fungi expert is joined by leading ecologists, doctors, and explorers such as Michael Pollan, Dr. Andrew Weil, Eugenia Bone, Fantastic Fungi director Louie Schwartzberg, and many more. Together these luminaries show how fungi and mushrooms can restore the planet’s ecosystems, repair our physical health, and renew humanity’s symbiotic relationship with nature.  - Join the Movement: Learn about the groundbreaking research that shows why mushrooms stand to provide a solution to environmental challenges, a viable alternative to traditional medicine, and a chance to radically shift consciousness.  - Most Comprehensive Fungi book in the world: Admire the astounding, under appreciated beauty with over 400 gloriously-shot photographs of the mycelial world’s most rare and beautiful species in their natural environment.  - World’s Leading Fungi Experts: Edited by preeminent mycologist Paul Stamets, who contributes original pieces, Fantastic Fungi includes original contributions by bestselling author and activist Michael Pollan, alternative medicine expert Dr. Andrew Weil, award-winning nature and food writer Eugenia Bone, Fantastic Fungi director Louie Schwartzberg, and so many more. The book’s roster of experts make this the most comprehensive survey of the diverse benefits and extraordinary potential of these amazing organisms.  This audiobook is beautifully narrated by contributing author Eugenia Bone.   Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2019 Earth Aware Editions and Louie Schwartzberg (P)2024 Echo Point Books and Media, LLC</description>
      <author>Paul Stamets</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666669305.mp3" length="823563" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787735</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666669305.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787735">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787735</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fantastic Fungi: How Mushrooms Can Heal, Shift Consciousness, and Save the Planet
Author: Paul Stamets
Narrator: Eugenia Bone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Life-Affirming, Mind-Bending Companion Audiobook to the Hit Documentary FANTASTIC FUNGI.  Viewed in over 100 countries and selling hundreds of thousands of tickets, Schwartzberg’s documentary Fantastic Fungi has brought the mycological revolution to the world stage. This is the film’s official companion audiobook, that expands on the documentary’s message: that mushrooms and fungi will change your life– and save the planet.   Paul Stamets, the world’s preeminent mushroom and fungi expert is joined by leading ecologists, doctors, and explorers such as Michael Pollan, Dr. Andrew Weil, Eugenia Bone, Fantastic Fungi director Louie Schwartzberg, and many more. Together these luminaries show how fungi and mushrooms can restore the planet’s ecosystems, repair our physical health, and renew humanity’s symbiotic relationship with nature.  - Join the Movement: Learn about the groundbreaking research that shows why mushrooms stand to provide a solution to environmental challenges, a viable alternative to traditional medicine, and a chance to radically shift consciousness.  - Most Comprehensive Fungi book in the world: Admire the astounding, under appreciated beauty with over 400 gloriously-shot photographs of the mycelial world’s most rare and beautiful species in their natural environment.  - World’s Leading Fungi Experts: Edited by preeminent mycologist Paul Stamets, who contributes original pieces, Fantastic Fungi includes original contributions by bestselling author and activist Michael Pollan, alternative medicine expert Dr. Andrew Weil, award-winning nature and food writer Eugenia Bone, Fantastic Fungi director Louie Schwartzberg, and so many more. The book’s roster of experts make this the most comprehensive survey of the diverse benefits and extraordinary potential of these amazing organisms.  This audiobook is beautifully narrated by contributing author Eugenia Bone.   Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2019 Earth Aware Editions and Louie Schwartzberg (P)2024 Echo Point Books and Media, LLC</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787735">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787735</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fantastic Fungi: How Mushrooms Can Heal, Shift Consciousness, and Save the Planet
Author: Paul Stamets
Narrator: Eugenia Bone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Life-Affirming, Mind-Bending Companion Audiobook to the Hit Documentary FANTASTIC FUNGI.  Viewed in over 100 countries and selling hundreds of thousands of tickets, Schwartzberg’s documentary Fantastic Fungi has brought the mycological revolution to the world stage. This is the film’s official companion audiobook, that expands on the documentary’s message: that mushrooms and fungi will change your life– and save the planet.   Paul Stamets, the world’s preeminent mushroom and fungi expert is joined by leading ecologists, doctors, and explorers such as Michael Pollan, Dr. Andrew Weil, Eugenia Bone, Fantastic Fungi director Louie Schwartzberg, and many more. Together these luminaries show how fungi and mushrooms can restore the planet’s ecosystems, repair our physical health, and renew humanity’s symbiotic relationship with nature.  - Join the Movement: Learn about the groundbreaking research that shows why mushrooms stand to provide a solution to environmental challenges, a viable alternative to traditional medicine, and a chance to radically shift consciousness.  - Most Comprehensive Fungi book in the world: Admire the astounding, under appreciated beauty with over 400 gloriously-shot photographs of the mycelial world’s most rare and beautiful species in their natural environment.  - World’s Leading Fungi Experts: Edited by preeminent mycologist Paul Stamets, who contributes original pieces, Fantastic Fungi includes original contributions by bestselling author and activist Michael Pollan, alternative medicine expert Dr. Andrew Weil, award-winning nature and food writer Eugenia Bone, Fantastic Fungi director Louie Schwartzberg, and so many more. The book’s roster of experts make this the most comprehensive survey of the diverse benefits and extraordinary potential of these amazing organisms.  This audiobook is beautifully narrated by contributing author Eugenia Bone.   Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2019 Earth Aware Editions and Louie Schwartzberg (P)2024 Echo Point Books and Media, LLC</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Dog Who Didn’t Love Me: Wild Chorus Author Brenda Peterson on our Bonds with Dogs, Wolves, and Dolphins by Brenda Peterson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787726</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787726">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787726</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dog Who Didn’t Love Me: Wild Chorus Author Brenda Peterson on our Bonds with Dogs, Wolves, and Dolphins
Author: Brenda Peterson
Narrator: Brenda Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What animals teach us about love. Brenda Peterson, author of the popular book, Wild Chorus, takes us on a moving, sometimes surprising journey of our more-than-human bonds with wild and domestic animals. Author interviewed by Almost Live! comedian, Tracey Conway, and her husky dog, Ella. The Tantor audiobook of WILD CHORUS is available at https://tantor.com/wild-chorus-brenda-peterson.html The print book of WILD CHORUS is available from your favorite bookstore or from Mountaineers Books at www.mountaineers.org/books/books/wild-chorus-finding-harmony-with-whales-wolves-and-other-animals Brenda&amp;#039;s many books can be found at: https://brendapetersonbooks.com/, as well as other stories in Wild Chorus at: https://brendapetersonbooks.com/wild-chorus.</description>
      <author>Brenda Peterson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886423327.mp3" length="560198" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787726</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886423327.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787726">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787726</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dog Who Didn’t Love Me: Wild Chorus Author Brenda Peterson on our Bonds with Dogs, Wolves, and Dolphins
Author: Brenda Peterson
Narrator: Brenda Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What animals teach us about love. Brenda Peterson, author of the popular book, Wild Chorus, takes us on a moving, sometimes surprising journey of our more-than-human bonds with wild and domestic animals. Author interviewed by Almost Live! comedian, Tracey Conway, and her husky dog, Ella. The Tantor audiobook of WILD CHORUS is available at https://tantor.com/wild-chorus-brenda-peterson.html The print book of WILD CHORUS is available from your favorite bookstore or from Mountaineers Books at www.mountaineers.org/books/books/wild-chorus-finding-harmony-with-whales-wolves-and-other-animals Brenda&amp;#039;s many books can be found at: https://brendapetersonbooks.com/, as well as other stories in Wild Chorus at: https://brendapetersonbooks.com/wild-chorus.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787726">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787726</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dog Who Didn’t Love Me: Wild Chorus Author Brenda Peterson on our Bonds with Dogs, Wolves, and Dolphins
Author: Brenda Peterson
Narrator: Brenda Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What animals teach us about love. Brenda Peterson, author of the popular book, Wild Chorus, takes us on a moving, sometimes surprising journey of our more-than-human bonds with wild and domestic animals. Author interviewed by Almost Live! comedian, Tracey Conway, and her husky dog, Ella. The Tantor audiobook of WILD CHORUS is available at https://tantor.com/wild-chorus-brenda-peterson.html The print book of WILD CHORUS is available from your favorite bookstore or from Mountaineers Books at www.mountaineers.org/books/books/wild-chorus-finding-harmony-with-whales-wolves-and-other-animals Brenda&amp;#039;s many books can be found at: https://brendapetersonbooks.com/, as well as other stories in Wild Chorus at: https://brendapetersonbooks.com/wild-chorus.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eric Sloane&amp;#039;s Weather Book by Eric Sloane</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786670</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eric Sloane&amp;#039;s Weather Book
Author: Eric Sloane
Narrator: Chris Matthews
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 42 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Eric Sloane&amp;#039;s Weather Book&amp;#039; is a captivating and educational journey into the world of weather and meteorology, crafted by the renowned artist and author Eric Sloane. This classic work, first published in 1952, remains a cherished resource for weather enthusiasts, students, and anyone fascinated by the natural world. Sloane&amp;#039;s ability to blend art and science is on full display, as he combines his exquisite illustrations with clear, engaging explanations of weather phenomena. The book begins with an introduction to basic weather concepts, such as the composition of the atmosphere and the process of cloud formation. Sloane then delves into more specific topics, including different types of clouds, precipitation, storms, and atmospheric pressure. Each chapter is richly illustrated with Sloane&amp;#039;s distinctive drawings, which not only enhance the text but also serve as valuable visual aids for understanding complex ideas. Sloane&amp;#039;s narrative is both informative and accessible, making intricate meteorological concepts easy to grasp. He explains how to read weather maps, understand weather forecasts, and recognize the signs of impending weather changes. The book also explores historical weather events and their impact on human activities, adding a layer of historical context to the scientific content. Throughout the book, Sloane&amp;#039;s passion for weather and his deep appreciation for nature shine through. His writing is infused with a sense of wonder and respect for the forces that shape our environment. &amp;#039;Eric Sloane&amp;#039;s Weather Book&amp;#039; is not just a textbook on meteorology; it is a work of art that inspires readers to observe and appreciate the ever-changing sky. Whether you are a budding meteorologist, a seasoned weather watcher, or simply someone who enjoys learning about the natural world, &amp;#039;Eric Sloane&amp;#039;s Weather Book&amp;#039; offers a delightful and enriching reading experience. Its timeless blend of art and science ensures that it will continue to be a valuable and beloved reference for generations to come.</description>
      <author>Eric Sloane</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786836692459.mp3" length="906617" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786670</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786836692459.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eric Sloane&amp;#039;s Weather Book
Author: Eric Sloane
Narrator: Chris Matthews
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 42 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Eric Sloane&amp;#039;s Weather Book&amp;#039; is a captivating and educational journey into the world of weather and meteorology, crafted by the renowned artist and author Eric Sloane. This classic work, first published in 1952, remains a cherished resource for weather enthusiasts, students, and anyone fascinated by the natural world. Sloane&amp;#039;s ability to blend art and science is on full display, as he combines his exquisite illustrations with clear, engaging explanations of weather phenomena. The book begins with an introduction to basic weather concepts, such as the composition of the atmosphere and the process of cloud formation. Sloane then delves into more specific topics, including different types of clouds, precipitation, storms, and atmospheric pressure. Each chapter is richly illustrated with Sloane&amp;#039;s distinctive drawings, which not only enhance the text but also serve as valuable visual aids for understanding complex ideas. Sloane&amp;#039;s narrative is both informative and accessible, making intricate meteorological concepts easy to grasp. He explains how to read weather maps, understand weather forecasts, and recognize the signs of impending weather changes. The book also explores historical weather events and their impact on human activities, adding a layer of historical context to the scientific content. Throughout the book, Sloane&amp;#039;s passion for weather and his deep appreciation for nature shine through. His writing is infused with a sense of wonder and respect for the forces that shape our environment. &amp;#039;Eric Sloane&amp;#039;s Weather Book&amp;#039; is not just a textbook on meteorology; it is a work of art that inspires readers to observe and appreciate the ever-changing sky. Whether you are a budding meteorologist, a seasoned weather watcher, or simply someone who enjoys learning about the natural world, &amp;#039;Eric Sloane&amp;#039;s Weather Book&amp;#039; offers a delightful and enriching reading experience. Its timeless blend of art and science ensures that it will continue to be a valuable and beloved reference for generations to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eric Sloane&amp;#039;s Weather Book
Author: Eric Sloane
Narrator: Chris Matthews
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 42 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Eric Sloane&amp;#039;s Weather Book&amp;#039; is a captivating and educational journey into the world of weather and meteorology, crafted by the renowned artist and author Eric Sloane. This classic work, first published in 1952, remains a cherished resource for weather enthusiasts, students, and anyone fascinated by the natural world. Sloane&amp;#039;s ability to blend art and science is on full display, as he combines his exquisite illustrations with clear, engaging explanations of weather phenomena. The book begins with an introduction to basic weather concepts, such as the composition of the atmosphere and the process of cloud formation. Sloane then delves into more specific topics, including different types of clouds, precipitation, storms, and atmospheric pressure. Each chapter is richly illustrated with Sloane&amp;#039;s distinctive drawings, which not only enhance the text but also serve as valuable visual aids for understanding complex ideas. Sloane&amp;#039;s narrative is both informative and accessible, making intricate meteorological concepts easy to grasp. He explains how to read weather maps, understand weather forecasts, and recognize the signs of impending weather changes. The book also explores historical weather events and their impact on human activities, adding a layer of historical context to the scientific content. Throughout the book, Sloane&amp;#039;s passion for weather and his deep appreciation for nature shine through. His writing is infused with a sense of wonder and respect for the forces that shape our environment. &amp;#039;Eric Sloane&amp;#039;s Weather Book&amp;#039; is not just a textbook on meteorology; it is a work of art that inspires readers to observe and appreciate the ever-changing sky. Whether you are a budding meteorologist, a seasoned weather watcher, or simply someone who enjoys learning about the natural world, &amp;#039;Eric Sloane&amp;#039;s Weather Book&amp;#039; offers a delightful and enriching reading experience. Its timeless blend of art and science ensures that it will continue to be a valuable and beloved reference for generations to come.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Total Fishing Manual: Cast Away with Confidence and Learn Proven Tips for Epic Catches by Cedric Davey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785083</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Total Fishing Manual: Cast Away with Confidence and Learn Proven Tips for Epic Catches
Author: Cedric Davey
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Total Fishing Manual: Cast Away with Confidence and Learn Proven Tips for Epic Catches Dive into the world of angling mastery with &amp;#039;The Total Fishing Manual: Cast Away with Confidence and Learn Proven Tips for Epic Catches.&amp;#039; Whether you&amp;#039;re a seasoned angler or just dipping your toes into the waters of fishing, this audiobook is your ultimate guide to unlocking the secrets of successful fishing. Immerse yourself in a treasure trove of time-tested techniques and expert advice that will revolutionize your fishing game. From casting to reeling, from baiting to landing, this manual covers it all. Unveil the art of angling with confidence as you navigate through proven tips and strategies, guaranteed to elevate your fishing experience. Discover the subtle nuances of different waterscapes, gain insight into the behavior of various fish species, and arm yourself with the tools needed to outsmart your catch. With each tip and tactic, you&amp;#039;ll embark on a journey towards epic catches and unforgettable fishing adventures. So whether you&amp;#039;re seeking to reel in trophy fish or simply seeking serenity on the water, &amp;#039;The Total Fishing Manual&amp;#039; equips you with the skills and knowledge to cast away with confidence and bring home those epic catches. Cast your line, embrace the thrill, and embark on an angler&amp;#039;s odyssey that promises to transform every fishing trip into an extraordinary success</description>
      <author>Cedric Davey</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875135491.mp3" length="821940" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785083</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875135491.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Total Fishing Manual: Cast Away with Confidence and Learn Proven Tips for Epic Catches
Author: Cedric Davey
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Total Fishing Manual: Cast Away with Confidence and Learn Proven Tips for Epic Catches Dive into the world of angling mastery with &amp;#039;The Total Fishing Manual: Cast Away with Confidence and Learn Proven Tips for Epic Catches.&amp;#039; Whether you&amp;#039;re a seasoned angler or just dipping your toes into the waters of fishing, this audiobook is your ultimate guide to unlocking the secrets of successful fishing. Immerse yourself in a treasure trove of time-tested techniques and expert advice that will revolutionize your fishing game. From casting to reeling, from baiting to landing, this manual covers it all. Unveil the art of angling with confidence as you navigate through proven tips and strategies, guaranteed to elevate your fishing experience. Discover the subtle nuances of different waterscapes, gain insight into the behavior of various fish species, and arm yourself with the tools needed to outsmart your catch. With each tip and tactic, you&amp;#039;ll embark on a journey towards epic catches and unforgettable fishing adventures. So whether you&amp;#039;re seeking to reel in trophy fish or simply seeking serenity on the water, &amp;#039;The Total Fishing Manual&amp;#039; equips you with the skills and knowledge to cast away with confidence and bring home those epic catches. Cast your line, embrace the thrill, and embark on an angler&amp;#039;s odyssey that promises to transform every fishing trip into an extraordinary success</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Total Fishing Manual: Cast Away with Confidence and Learn Proven Tips for Epic Catches
Author: Cedric Davey
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Total Fishing Manual: Cast Away with Confidence and Learn Proven Tips for Epic Catches Dive into the world of angling mastery with &amp;#039;The Total Fishing Manual: Cast Away with Confidence and Learn Proven Tips for Epic Catches.&amp;#039; Whether you&amp;#039;re a seasoned angler or just dipping your toes into the waters of fishing, this audiobook is your ultimate guide to unlocking the secrets of successful fishing. Immerse yourself in a treasure trove of time-tested techniques and expert advice that will revolutionize your fishing game. From casting to reeling, from baiting to landing, this manual covers it all. Unveil the art of angling with confidence as you navigate through proven tips and strategies, guaranteed to elevate your fishing experience. Discover the subtle nuances of different waterscapes, gain insight into the behavior of various fish species, and arm yourself with the tools needed to outsmart your catch. With each tip and tactic, you&amp;#039;ll embark on a journey towards epic catches and unforgettable fishing adventures. So whether you&amp;#039;re seeking to reel in trophy fish or simply seeking serenity on the water, &amp;#039;The Total Fishing Manual&amp;#039; equips you with the skills and knowledge to cast away with confidence and bring home those epic catches. Cast your line, embrace the thrill, and embark on an angler&amp;#039;s odyssey that promises to transform every fishing trip into an extraordinary success</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Potty Training Manual for First-Time Parents: A Practical and Playful Guide to Navigate the Potty Training Journey by Maggie Donovan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785075</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785075">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785075</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Potty Training Manual for First-Time Parents: A Practical and Playful Guide to Navigate the Potty Training Journey
Author: Maggie Donovan
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Potty Training Manual for First-Time Parents: A Practical and Playful Guide to Navigate the Potty Training Journey Are you a first-time parent about to embark on the thrilling adventure of potty training your little one? Look no further than &amp;#039;Potty Training Manual for First-Time Parents&amp;#039; – the ultimate guide that combines practical advice with a touch of humor to make this milestone a breeze. In this audiobook, you&amp;#039;ll find all the tools and tips you need to navigate the sometimes messy, but always rewarding, journey of potty training. From recognizing the signs of readiness and creating a potty-friendly environment to introducing the big-kid underwear and establishing a consistent routine, each chapter is filled with lighthearted insights and expert guidance. Discover how to communicate the potty language to your child and handle those oopsie moments with grace and a smile. Dive into the secrets of successful nighttime potty training and celebrate the triumph of bidding farewell to diapers as your little one embraces the world of big-kid underpants. Written with a perfect blend of practicality and playfulness, this audiobook is your go-to resource for potty training success. Say goodbye to diaper duty and embrace the joy of watching your child conquer this important milestone. Get ready to laugh, learn, and celebrate every step of the way with &amp;#039;Potty Training Manual for First-Time Parents.&amp;#039; Let the potty training adventure begin!</description>
      <author>Maggie Donovan</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875135514.mp3" length="836077" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785075</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875135514.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785075">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785075</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Potty Training Manual for First-Time Parents: A Practical and Playful Guide to Navigate the Potty Training Journey
Author: Maggie Donovan
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Potty Training Manual for First-Time Parents: A Practical and Playful Guide to Navigate the Potty Training Journey Are you a first-time parent about to embark on the thrilling adventure of potty training your little one? Look no further than &amp;#039;Potty Training Manual for First-Time Parents&amp;#039; – the ultimate guide that combines practical advice with a touch of humor to make this milestone a breeze. In this audiobook, you&amp;#039;ll find all the tools and tips you need to navigate the sometimes messy, but always rewarding, journey of potty training. From recognizing the signs of readiness and creating a potty-friendly environment to introducing the big-kid underwear and establishing a consistent routine, each chapter is filled with lighthearted insights and expert guidance. Discover how to communicate the potty language to your child and handle those oopsie moments with grace and a smile. Dive into the secrets of successful nighttime potty training and celebrate the triumph of bidding farewell to diapers as your little one embraces the world of big-kid underpants. Written with a perfect blend of practicality and playfulness, this audiobook is your go-to resource for potty training success. Say goodbye to diaper duty and embrace the joy of watching your child conquer this important milestone. Get ready to laugh, learn, and celebrate every step of the way with &amp;#039;Potty Training Manual for First-Time Parents.&amp;#039; Let the potty training adventure begin!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785075">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785075</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Potty Training Manual for First-Time Parents: A Practical and Playful Guide to Navigate the Potty Training Journey
Author: Maggie Donovan
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Potty Training Manual for First-Time Parents: A Practical and Playful Guide to Navigate the Potty Training Journey Are you a first-time parent about to embark on the thrilling adventure of potty training your little one? Look no further than &amp;#039;Potty Training Manual for First-Time Parents&amp;#039; – the ultimate guide that combines practical advice with a touch of humor to make this milestone a breeze. In this audiobook, you&amp;#039;ll find all the tools and tips you need to navigate the sometimes messy, but always rewarding, journey of potty training. From recognizing the signs of readiness and creating a potty-friendly environment to introducing the big-kid underwear and establishing a consistent routine, each chapter is filled with lighthearted insights and expert guidance. Discover how to communicate the potty language to your child and handle those oopsie moments with grace and a smile. Dive into the secrets of successful nighttime potty training and celebrate the triumph of bidding farewell to diapers as your little one embraces the world of big-kid underpants. Written with a perfect blend of practicality and playfulness, this audiobook is your go-to resource for potty training success. Say goodbye to diaper duty and embrace the joy of watching your child conquer this important milestone. Get ready to laugh, learn, and celebrate every step of the way with &amp;#039;Potty Training Manual for First-Time Parents.&amp;#039; Let the potty training adventure begin!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hello Tiny World: An Enchanting Journey into the World of Creating Terrariums by Ben Newell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785006</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785006">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785006</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hello Tiny World: An Enchanting Journey into the World of Creating Terrariums
Author: Ben Newell
Narrator: Ben Newell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Venture into the tiny worlds of terrariums and discover how to create a universe of your own.  Like an artist, you’ll learn how to use planting and hardscaping to make stunning terrarium compositions. Plus, master the fundamentals of successful growing – soil, water, and light – so your plants thrive. Put theory into practice with step-by-step projects of 13 terrariums: - Repurpose a spice jar to create a stunning yet small terrarium on a budget - Replicate natural environments in your home with planting and hardscaping choices, such as the fallen branch terrarium - Express yourself by including playful figurines to create fun imaginary worlds - Try a bioactive terrarium, adding custodians to thrive in these mini ecosystems With a combination of projects and deep dives into plant groups and care advice, you’ll be well on your way to curating your own terrarium wonderland with Hello Tiny World. Wriitten and read by Ben Newell. Ben has an audience of over 2 million plant enthusiasts across the world who delight in his curiosity and care for nature as he shares his terrariums on social media. In 2022, Ben received a RHS Chelsea Gold Medal in recognition of his work and was shortlisted for Garden Media Guild Social Media Influencer of the Year. He has been featured in publications such as The Spruce, Buzzfeed, and LadBible and made appearances at BBC Hereford &amp;amp; Worcester Bloomsbury Festival and on Michael Perry&amp;#039;s Plant Based Podcast. ©2024 Ben Newell (P)2024 DK Audio</description>
      <author>Ben Newell</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241735190.mp3" length="1405129" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785006</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241735190.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785006">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785006</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hello Tiny World: An Enchanting Journey into the World of Creating Terrariums
Author: Ben Newell
Narrator: Ben Newell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Venture into the tiny worlds of terrariums and discover how to create a universe of your own.  Like an artist, you’ll learn how to use planting and hardscaping to make stunning terrarium compositions. Plus, master the fundamentals of successful growing – soil, water, and light – so your plants thrive. Put theory into practice with step-by-step projects of 13 terrariums: - Repurpose a spice jar to create a stunning yet small terrarium on a budget - Replicate natural environments in your home with planting and hardscaping choices, such as the fallen branch terrarium - Express yourself by including playful figurines to create fun imaginary worlds - Try a bioactive terrarium, adding custodians to thrive in these mini ecosystems With a combination of projects and deep dives into plant groups and care advice, you’ll be well on your way to curating your own terrarium wonderland with Hello Tiny World. Wriitten and read by Ben Newell. Ben has an audience of over 2 million plant enthusiasts across the world who delight in his curiosity and care for nature as he shares his terrariums on social media. In 2022, Ben received a RHS Chelsea Gold Medal in recognition of his work and was shortlisted for Garden Media Guild Social Media Influencer of the Year. He has been featured in publications such as The Spruce, Buzzfeed, and LadBible and made appearances at BBC Hereford &amp;amp; Worcester Bloomsbury Festival and on Michael Perry&amp;#039;s Plant Based Podcast. ©2024 Ben Newell (P)2024 DK Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785006">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785006</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hello Tiny World: An Enchanting Journey into the World of Creating Terrariums
Author: Ben Newell
Narrator: Ben Newell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Venture into the tiny worlds of terrariums and discover how to create a universe of your own.  Like an artist, you’ll learn how to use planting and hardscaping to make stunning terrarium compositions. Plus, master the fundamentals of successful growing – soil, water, and light – so your plants thrive. Put theory into practice with step-by-step projects of 13 terrariums: - Repurpose a spice jar to create a stunning yet small terrarium on a budget - Replicate natural environments in your home with planting and hardscaping choices, such as the fallen branch terrarium - Express yourself by including playful figurines to create fun imaginary worlds - Try a bioactive terrarium, adding custodians to thrive in these mini ecosystems With a combination of projects and deep dives into plant groups and care advice, you’ll be well on your way to curating your own terrarium wonderland with Hello Tiny World. Wriitten and read by Ben Newell. Ben has an audience of over 2 million plant enthusiasts across the world who delight in his curiosity and care for nature as he shares his terrariums on social media. In 2022, Ben received a RHS Chelsea Gold Medal in recognition of his work and was shortlisted for Garden Media Guild Social Media Influencer of the Year. He has been featured in publications such as The Spruce, Buzzfeed, and LadBible and made appearances at BBC Hereford &amp;amp; Worcester Bloomsbury Festival and on Michael Perry&amp;#039;s Plant Based Podcast. ©2024 Ben Newell (P)2024 DK Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Klimahandel: Wie unsere Zukunft verkauft wird by Mojib Latif</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784348</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Klimahandel: Wie unsere Zukunft verkauft wird
Author: Mojib Latif
Narrator: Irina Salkow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Seit mehr als einem halben Jahrhundert ist bekannt, dass sich die Menschheit durch Umweltzerstörung und die Aufheizung des Klimas der eigenen Lebensgrundlage beraubt. Zwar häufen sich inzwischen die internationalen Umwelt- und Klimakonferenzen, und auch die Politik und Wirtschaft geben Versprechen ohne Ende ab, geschehen ist aber bislang viel zu wenig. In seinem neuen Hörbuch wendet sich Mojib Latif den Fragen zu, warum die Menschheit weiter wider besseres Wissen an dem Ast sägt, auf dem sie sitzt, warum die Politik versagt und wenige Konzerne profitieren. Und wie wir die Zukunft nachfolgender Generationen verspielen. Seine These: Der Klimawandel ist Objekt eines fatalen Verhandlungskreislaufs geworden, bei dem es nur sehr wenige Gewinner und unzählige Verlierer gibt. Entscheidend ist eine globale Zusammenarbeit, die die Frage beantwortet, wie Wohlstand mit Nachhaltigkeit verbunden werden kann.</description>
      <author>Mojib Latif</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788727131801.mp3" length="1455747" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784348</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788727131801.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Klimahandel: Wie unsere Zukunft verkauft wird
Author: Mojib Latif
Narrator: Irina Salkow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Seit mehr als einem halben Jahrhundert ist bekannt, dass sich die Menschheit durch Umweltzerstörung und die Aufheizung des Klimas der eigenen Lebensgrundlage beraubt. Zwar häufen sich inzwischen die internationalen Umwelt- und Klimakonferenzen, und auch die Politik und Wirtschaft geben Versprechen ohne Ende ab, geschehen ist aber bislang viel zu wenig. In seinem neuen Hörbuch wendet sich Mojib Latif den Fragen zu, warum die Menschheit weiter wider besseres Wissen an dem Ast sägt, auf dem sie sitzt, warum die Politik versagt und wenige Konzerne profitieren. Und wie wir die Zukunft nachfolgender Generationen verspielen. Seine These: Der Klimawandel ist Objekt eines fatalen Verhandlungskreislaufs geworden, bei dem es nur sehr wenige Gewinner und unzählige Verlierer gibt. Entscheidend ist eine globale Zusammenarbeit, die die Frage beantwortet, wie Wohlstand mit Nachhaltigkeit verbunden werden kann.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Klimahandel: Wie unsere Zukunft verkauft wird
Author: Mojib Latif
Narrator: Irina Salkow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Seit mehr als einem halben Jahrhundert ist bekannt, dass sich die Menschheit durch Umweltzerstörung und die Aufheizung des Klimas der eigenen Lebensgrundlage beraubt. Zwar häufen sich inzwischen die internationalen Umwelt- und Klimakonferenzen, und auch die Politik und Wirtschaft geben Versprechen ohne Ende ab, geschehen ist aber bislang viel zu wenig. In seinem neuen Hörbuch wendet sich Mojib Latif den Fragen zu, warum die Menschheit weiter wider besseres Wissen an dem Ast sägt, auf dem sie sitzt, warum die Politik versagt und wenige Konzerne profitieren. Und wie wir die Zukunft nachfolgender Generationen verspielen. Seine These: Der Klimawandel ist Objekt eines fatalen Verhandlungskreislaufs geworden, bei dem es nur sehr wenige Gewinner und unzählige Verlierer gibt. Entscheidend ist eine globale Zusammenarbeit, die die Frage beantwortet, wie Wohlstand mit Nachhaltigkeit verbunden werden kann.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding Horses for Beginners - Learning Horse Language Made Easy: How to Skillfully Read the Body Language of Horses and Build a Close Bond With Your Horse by Fabienne Clemens</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784327</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784327">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784327</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Understanding Horses for Beginners - Learning Horse Language Made Easy: How to Skillfully Read the Body Language of Horses and Build a Close Bond With Your Horse
Author: Fabienne Clemens
Narrator: Casey Wayman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you often felt admiration for &amp;#039;horse professionals&amp;#039; like Bernd Hackl, who you know from VOX, and would you like to whisper with horses yourself? Or are you struggling with everyday problems with your horse that you want to make a thing of the past? Then this guide is the first step for you in this direction.as an enthusiastic horse person or newcomer to the horse world, you will gain basic knowledge about the origins of the horse. Among other things, you will learn how it has developed over the course of evolution and why. You will also gain an insight into the history of how humans and horses came together and how their relationship has changed over time.</description>
      <author>Fabienne Clemens</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783757612221.mp3" length="776473" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784327</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783757612221.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784327">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784327</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Understanding Horses for Beginners - Learning Horse Language Made Easy: How to Skillfully Read the Body Language of Horses and Build a Close Bond With Your Horse
Author: Fabienne Clemens
Narrator: Casey Wayman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you often felt admiration for &amp;#039;horse professionals&amp;#039; like Bernd Hackl, who you know from VOX, and would you like to whisper with horses yourself? Or are you struggling with everyday problems with your horse that you want to make a thing of the past? Then this guide is the first step for you in this direction.as an enthusiastic horse person or newcomer to the horse world, you will gain basic knowledge about the origins of the horse. Among other things, you will learn how it has developed over the course of evolution and why. You will also gain an insight into the history of how humans and horses came together and how their relationship has changed over time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784327">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784327</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Understanding Horses for Beginners - Learning Horse Language Made Easy: How to Skillfully Read the Body Language of Horses and Build a Close Bond With Your Horse
Author: Fabienne Clemens
Narrator: Casey Wayman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you often felt admiration for &amp;#039;horse professionals&amp;#039; like Bernd Hackl, who you know from VOX, and would you like to whisper with horses yourself? Or are you struggling with everyday problems with your horse that you want to make a thing of the past? Then this guide is the first step for you in this direction.as an enthusiastic horse person or newcomer to the horse world, you will gain basic knowledge about the origins of the horse. Among other things, you will learn how it has developed over the course of evolution and why. You will also gain an insight into the history of how humans and horses came together and how their relationship has changed over time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Saving the World 1x1: Nature Conservation, Environmental Protection &amp;amp; Climate Protection for Beginners: How to Recognize the Problems of Today&amp;#039;s World and Gradually Improve Them in Small Steps by Marieke Gesing</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784330</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving the World 1x1: Nature Conservation, Environmental Protection &amp;amp; Climate Protection for Beginners: How to Recognize the Problems of Today&amp;#039;s World and Gradually Improve Them in Small Steps
Author: Marieke Gesing
Narrator: Casey Wayman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 4 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Our world is changing, the climate is changing. Species that have long existed on our planet are disappearing and resources are becoming scarce. People are slowly realizing that development is not always good. We are exploiting our earth, but we should be looking after it, because we only have this one. Slowly, however, a rethink is taking place and people are trying to undo past mistakes. Attempts are being made to reduce CO₂ emissions, conserve the earth&amp;#039;s resources and pay more attention to nature. But once we have become accustomed to a certain standard of living, it is difficult to give it up again or change our habits. This book addresses the main problems facing our planet, discusses topics such as climate change, agricultural use, the energy transition and the extinction of species and gives advice and tips on how each individual can help to do something good for nature and the environment. It is up to everyone to make the world a better place.</description>
      <author>Marieke Gesing</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783757611453.mp3" length="786277" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784330</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783757611453.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving the World 1x1: Nature Conservation, Environmental Protection &amp;amp; Climate Protection for Beginners: How to Recognize the Problems of Today&amp;#039;s World and Gradually Improve Them in Small Steps
Author: Marieke Gesing
Narrator: Casey Wayman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 4 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Our world is changing, the climate is changing. Species that have long existed on our planet are disappearing and resources are becoming scarce. People are slowly realizing that development is not always good. We are exploiting our earth, but we should be looking after it, because we only have this one. Slowly, however, a rethink is taking place and people are trying to undo past mistakes. Attempts are being made to reduce CO₂ emissions, conserve the earth&amp;#039;s resources and pay more attention to nature. But once we have become accustomed to a certain standard of living, it is difficult to give it up again or change our habits. This book addresses the main problems facing our planet, discusses topics such as climate change, agricultural use, the energy transition and the extinction of species and gives advice and tips on how each individual can help to do something good for nature and the environment. It is up to everyone to make the world a better place.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/784330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving the World 1x1: Nature Conservation, Environmental Protection &amp;amp; Climate Protection for Beginners: How to Recognize the Problems of Today&amp;#039;s World and Gradually Improve Them in Small Steps
Author: Marieke Gesing
Narrator: Casey Wayman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 4 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Our world is changing, the climate is changing. Species that have long existed on our planet are disappearing and resources are becoming scarce. People are slowly realizing that development is not always good. We are exploiting our earth, but we should be looking after it, because we only have this one. Slowly, however, a rethink is taking place and people are trying to undo past mistakes. Attempts are being made to reduce CO₂ emissions, conserve the earth&amp;#039;s resources and pay more attention to nature. But once we have become accustomed to a certain standard of living, it is difficult to give it up again or change our habits. This book addresses the main problems facing our planet, discusses topics such as climate change, agricultural use, the energy transition and the extinction of species and gives advice and tips on how each individual can help to do something good for nature and the environment. It is up to everyone to make the world a better place.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - We are Volcanoes: Die Öko-Visionärinnen Rachel Carson, Lynn Margulis, Donna Haraway by Charlotte Kerner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783954</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783954">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783954</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - We are Volcanoes: Die Öko-Visionärinnen Rachel Carson, Lynn Margulis, Donna Haraway
Author: Charlotte Kerner
Narrator: Madeleine Coco Sanders, Ursula Berlinghof, Brigitte Carlsen, Irina Scholz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein ökologisches Triumfeminat bilden die Schriftstellerin Rachel Carson (1907-1964), die Forscherin Lynn Margulis (1938 - 2011) und die Philosophin Donna Haraway (*1944), von deren Leben und Werk dieses Buch erzählt. Diese Öko-Visionärinnen haben beschrieben, wie eng verflochten menschliches und mehr-als-menschliches Leben auf der Erde ist und schon früh Natur und Kultur neu und anders gedacht. Gegen viele Widerstände haben die drei Biologinnen Fachgrenzen überschritten, neue Verbindungen zwischen naturwissenschaftlicher Forschung, Philosophie, Soziologie und Evolutionstheorie geschaffen und Fragen aufgeworfen, die heute wichtiger sind denn je, wenn es um das Überleben in der Zukunft geht. &amp;#039;Wir sind Vulkane. Wenn wir Frauen unsere Erfahrungen als unsere Wahrheit, als menschliche Wahrheit, einbringen, verändern sich alle Landkarten. Es entstehen neue Berge. Das ist es, was ich will - ich will hören, wie ihr ausbrecht.&amp;#039; Ursula K. Le Guin</description>
      <author>Charlotte Kerner</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783987855047.mp3" length="840059" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783954</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783987855047.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783954">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783954</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - We are Volcanoes: Die Öko-Visionärinnen Rachel Carson, Lynn Margulis, Donna Haraway
Author: Charlotte Kerner
Narrator: Madeleine Coco Sanders, Ursula Berlinghof, Brigitte Carlsen, Irina Scholz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein ökologisches Triumfeminat bilden die Schriftstellerin Rachel Carson (1907-1964), die Forscherin Lynn Margulis (1938 - 2011) und die Philosophin Donna Haraway (*1944), von deren Leben und Werk dieses Buch erzählt. Diese Öko-Visionärinnen haben beschrieben, wie eng verflochten menschliches und mehr-als-menschliches Leben auf der Erde ist und schon früh Natur und Kultur neu und anders gedacht. Gegen viele Widerstände haben die drei Biologinnen Fachgrenzen überschritten, neue Verbindungen zwischen naturwissenschaftlicher Forschung, Philosophie, Soziologie und Evolutionstheorie geschaffen und Fragen aufgeworfen, die heute wichtiger sind denn je, wenn es um das Überleben in der Zukunft geht. &amp;#039;Wir sind Vulkane. Wenn wir Frauen unsere Erfahrungen als unsere Wahrheit, als menschliche Wahrheit, einbringen, verändern sich alle Landkarten. Es entstehen neue Berge. Das ist es, was ich will - ich will hören, wie ihr ausbrecht.&amp;#039; Ursula K. Le Guin</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783954">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783954</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - We are Volcanoes: Die Öko-Visionärinnen Rachel Carson, Lynn Margulis, Donna Haraway
Author: Charlotte Kerner
Narrator: Madeleine Coco Sanders, Ursula Berlinghof, Brigitte Carlsen, Irina Scholz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein ökologisches Triumfeminat bilden die Schriftstellerin Rachel Carson (1907-1964), die Forscherin Lynn Margulis (1938 - 2011) und die Philosophin Donna Haraway (*1944), von deren Leben und Werk dieses Buch erzählt. Diese Öko-Visionärinnen haben beschrieben, wie eng verflochten menschliches und mehr-als-menschliches Leben auf der Erde ist und schon früh Natur und Kultur neu und anders gedacht. Gegen viele Widerstände haben die drei Biologinnen Fachgrenzen überschritten, neue Verbindungen zwischen naturwissenschaftlicher Forschung, Philosophie, Soziologie und Evolutionstheorie geschaffen und Fragen aufgeworfen, die heute wichtiger sind denn je, wenn es um das Überleben in der Zukunft geht. &amp;#039;Wir sind Vulkane. Wenn wir Frauen unsere Erfahrungen als unsere Wahrheit, als menschliche Wahrheit, einbringen, verändern sich alle Landkarten. Es entstehen neue Berge. Das ist es, was ich will - ich will hören, wie ihr ausbrecht.&amp;#039; Ursula K. Le Guin</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Alles wird gut: Die Welt retten in 5712 einfachen Schritten by Sebastian 23</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783913</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Alles wird gut: Die Welt retten in 5712 einfachen Schritten
Author: Sebastian 23
Narrator: Sebastian 23
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 48 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sebastian 23 – in den Sozialen Netzwerken auch bekannt als mondschaf23 – schreibt über 5712 einfache Wege, die Welt zu retten. Ganz konkret, praktisch, entschlossen - und vor allem optimistisch und mit Humor. Weil es wichtig ist, auch einmal über sich selbst zu lachen und nicht alles nur todernst zu nehmen. Schließlich geht es nur um die Zukunft der Menschheit. Seit vielen Jahren beschäftigt sich Sebastian 23 intensiv mit den Themen &amp;#039;Umweltschutz&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Verkehrswende&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Klimakrise&amp;#039;. Nicht nur als Vater zweier Kinder macht er sich Gedanken, wie es um die Zukunft bestellt ist. Auf der Bühne und im Internet spricht er als Poetry Slammer und Komiker vor tausenden von Menschen über all das, was ihn umtreibt. Und trotz berechtigter Sorgen ist Sebastian 23 sich sicher: Alles wird gut! Oder besser: Es kann gut werden, wenn wir uns von all den düsteren Perspektiven und den schlechten Nachrichten nicht lähmen lassen. Die Welt wird nicht untergehen. Denn immer noch haben wir es in der Hand, vieles zum Positiven zu wenden, wenn wir ins Handeln kommen. Es wird gewiss kein leichter Weg, vielleicht sind sogar mehr als 5712 Schritte notwendig. Doch aus Sicht von Sebastian 23 gibt es auch positive Kipp-Punkte: Es sind für ihn die Momente, in denen wir uns entschließen, &amp;#039;durch das Dunkel ins Licht&amp;#039; zu springen. Wenn Hoffnung uns antreibt, wenn wir aktiv werden und es uns zum Beispiel gelingt, das Thema Mobilität anders zu lösen: Ohne den Einsatz fossiler Energien und trotzdem bezahlbar und barrierefrei für alle. Das ist weit mehr als eine grüne Träumerei, denn dass die Idee einer nahezu autofreien Innenstadt realisierbar ist, machen einige Städte in Europa, beispielsweise Amsterdam oder Kopenhagen, längst vor. Weshalb sollte das nicht auch in Bochum, Berlin oder Baden-Baden möglich sein? Oder in Städten ohne B? Testimonials zum Buch: &amp;#039;Ich hoffe, dass alle es lesen und verstehen, was hier grad passiert und was wir tun können!&amp;#039; Michel Abdollahi</description>
      <author>Sebastian 23</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783863526788.mp3" length="899071" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783913</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783863526788.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Alles wird gut: Die Welt retten in 5712 einfachen Schritten
Author: Sebastian 23
Narrator: Sebastian 23
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 48 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sebastian 23 – in den Sozialen Netzwerken auch bekannt als mondschaf23 – schreibt über 5712 einfache Wege, die Welt zu retten. Ganz konkret, praktisch, entschlossen - und vor allem optimistisch und mit Humor. Weil es wichtig ist, auch einmal über sich selbst zu lachen und nicht alles nur todernst zu nehmen. Schließlich geht es nur um die Zukunft der Menschheit. Seit vielen Jahren beschäftigt sich Sebastian 23 intensiv mit den Themen &amp;#039;Umweltschutz&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Verkehrswende&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Klimakrise&amp;#039;. Nicht nur als Vater zweier Kinder macht er sich Gedanken, wie es um die Zukunft bestellt ist. Auf der Bühne und im Internet spricht er als Poetry Slammer und Komiker vor tausenden von Menschen über all das, was ihn umtreibt. Und trotz berechtigter Sorgen ist Sebastian 23 sich sicher: Alles wird gut! Oder besser: Es kann gut werden, wenn wir uns von all den düsteren Perspektiven und den schlechten Nachrichten nicht lähmen lassen. Die Welt wird nicht untergehen. Denn immer noch haben wir es in der Hand, vieles zum Positiven zu wenden, wenn wir ins Handeln kommen. Es wird gewiss kein leichter Weg, vielleicht sind sogar mehr als 5712 Schritte notwendig. Doch aus Sicht von Sebastian 23 gibt es auch positive Kipp-Punkte: Es sind für ihn die Momente, in denen wir uns entschließen, &amp;#039;durch das Dunkel ins Licht&amp;#039; zu springen. Wenn Hoffnung uns antreibt, wenn wir aktiv werden und es uns zum Beispiel gelingt, das Thema Mobilität anders zu lösen: Ohne den Einsatz fossiler Energien und trotzdem bezahlbar und barrierefrei für alle. Das ist weit mehr als eine grüne Träumerei, denn dass die Idee einer nahezu autofreien Innenstadt realisierbar ist, machen einige Städte in Europa, beispielsweise Amsterdam oder Kopenhagen, längst vor. Weshalb sollte das nicht auch in Bochum, Berlin oder Baden-Baden möglich sein? Oder in Städten ohne B? Testimonials zum Buch: &amp;#039;Ich hoffe, dass alle es lesen und verstehen, was hier grad passiert und was wir tun können!&amp;#039; Michel Abdollahi</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Alles wird gut: Die Welt retten in 5712 einfachen Schritten
Author: Sebastian 23
Narrator: Sebastian 23
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 48 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sebastian 23 – in den Sozialen Netzwerken auch bekannt als mondschaf23 – schreibt über 5712 einfache Wege, die Welt zu retten. Ganz konkret, praktisch, entschlossen - und vor allem optimistisch und mit Humor. Weil es wichtig ist, auch einmal über sich selbst zu lachen und nicht alles nur todernst zu nehmen. Schließlich geht es nur um die Zukunft der Menschheit. Seit vielen Jahren beschäftigt sich Sebastian 23 intensiv mit den Themen &amp;#039;Umweltschutz&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Verkehrswende&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Klimakrise&amp;#039;. Nicht nur als Vater zweier Kinder macht er sich Gedanken, wie es um die Zukunft bestellt ist. Auf der Bühne und im Internet spricht er als Poetry Slammer und Komiker vor tausenden von Menschen über all das, was ihn umtreibt. Und trotz berechtigter Sorgen ist Sebastian 23 sich sicher: Alles wird gut! Oder besser: Es kann gut werden, wenn wir uns von all den düsteren Perspektiven und den schlechten Nachrichten nicht lähmen lassen. Die Welt wird nicht untergehen. Denn immer noch haben wir es in der Hand, vieles zum Positiven zu wenden, wenn wir ins Handeln kommen. Es wird gewiss kein leichter Weg, vielleicht sind sogar mehr als 5712 Schritte notwendig. Doch aus Sicht von Sebastian 23 gibt es auch positive Kipp-Punkte: Es sind für ihn die Momente, in denen wir uns entschließen, &amp;#039;durch das Dunkel ins Licht&amp;#039; zu springen. Wenn Hoffnung uns antreibt, wenn wir aktiv werden und es uns zum Beispiel gelingt, das Thema Mobilität anders zu lösen: Ohne den Einsatz fossiler Energien und trotzdem bezahlbar und barrierefrei für alle. Das ist weit mehr als eine grüne Träumerei, denn dass die Idee einer nahezu autofreien Innenstadt realisierbar ist, machen einige Städte in Europa, beispielsweise Amsterdam oder Kopenhagen, längst vor. Weshalb sollte das nicht auch in Bochum, Berlin oder Baden-Baden möglich sein? Oder in Städten ohne B? Testimonials zum Buch: &amp;#039;Ich hoffe, dass alle es lesen und verstehen, was hier grad passiert und was wir tun können!&amp;#039; Michel Abdollahi</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Be a Rebel: Ermutigung zum Ungehorsam by Victoria Müller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783861</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783861">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783861</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Be a Rebel: Ermutigung zum Ungehorsam
Author: Victoria Müller
Narrator: Simone Scheuer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Aufruf und Anleitung für mehr Engagement: ein Hörbuch für alle, die gern politisch aktiver wären Drastische Meinungsäußerungen und Aktionen sind die Treiber, ohne die keine Veränderung entstehen kann, weiß Victoria Müller. Mit 10 Jahren demonstrierte sie zum ersten Mal, mit 14 machte sie auf einer Anti-Nazi-Demo mit einem Polizeiknüppel Bekanntschaft. Heute evakuiert sie mit ihrem Tierschutzverein Tiere aus dem ukrainischen Kriegsgebiet und tritt leidenschaftlich und streitbar für Gleichberechtigung ein. In ihrem politischen Sachbuch erzählt Victoria Müller von ihren eigenen Erfahrungen als Aktivistin: Mehrmals stößt sie bei ihren Aktionen an die Grenzen des Erlaubten und fordert konventionelle Normen heraus. Gesellschaftlicher Wandel braucht den Einsatz und das Engagement von uns allen Das ist die These von Victoria Müller. Beispiele aus der Geschichte wie die Frauen- und Bürgerrechtsbewegungen zeigen: Radikale Proteste sind notwendig als Katalysator für gesellschaftliche Veränderungen. Victoria Müller ermutigt uns dazu, unangepasst zu sein und gegen Ungerechtigkeit Widerstand zu leisten. Be a rebel! ist ein Manifest für Menschen, die sich für eine bessere Zukunft einsetzen wollen.</description>
      <author>Victoria Müller</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788727159706.mp3" length="1328339" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783861</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788727159706.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783861">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783861</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Be a Rebel: Ermutigung zum Ungehorsam
Author: Victoria Müller
Narrator: Simone Scheuer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Aufruf und Anleitung für mehr Engagement: ein Hörbuch für alle, die gern politisch aktiver wären Drastische Meinungsäußerungen und Aktionen sind die Treiber, ohne die keine Veränderung entstehen kann, weiß Victoria Müller. Mit 10 Jahren demonstrierte sie zum ersten Mal, mit 14 machte sie auf einer Anti-Nazi-Demo mit einem Polizeiknüppel Bekanntschaft. Heute evakuiert sie mit ihrem Tierschutzverein Tiere aus dem ukrainischen Kriegsgebiet und tritt leidenschaftlich und streitbar für Gleichberechtigung ein. In ihrem politischen Sachbuch erzählt Victoria Müller von ihren eigenen Erfahrungen als Aktivistin: Mehrmals stößt sie bei ihren Aktionen an die Grenzen des Erlaubten und fordert konventionelle Normen heraus. Gesellschaftlicher Wandel braucht den Einsatz und das Engagement von uns allen Das ist die These von Victoria Müller. Beispiele aus der Geschichte wie die Frauen- und Bürgerrechtsbewegungen zeigen: Radikale Proteste sind notwendig als Katalysator für gesellschaftliche Veränderungen. Victoria Müller ermutigt uns dazu, unangepasst zu sein und gegen Ungerechtigkeit Widerstand zu leisten. Be a rebel! ist ein Manifest für Menschen, die sich für eine bessere Zukunft einsetzen wollen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783861">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783861</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Be a Rebel: Ermutigung zum Ungehorsam
Author: Victoria Müller
Narrator: Simone Scheuer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Aufruf und Anleitung für mehr Engagement: ein Hörbuch für alle, die gern politisch aktiver wären Drastische Meinungsäußerungen und Aktionen sind die Treiber, ohne die keine Veränderung entstehen kann, weiß Victoria Müller. Mit 10 Jahren demonstrierte sie zum ersten Mal, mit 14 machte sie auf einer Anti-Nazi-Demo mit einem Polizeiknüppel Bekanntschaft. Heute evakuiert sie mit ihrem Tierschutzverein Tiere aus dem ukrainischen Kriegsgebiet und tritt leidenschaftlich und streitbar für Gleichberechtigung ein. In ihrem politischen Sachbuch erzählt Victoria Müller von ihren eigenen Erfahrungen als Aktivistin: Mehrmals stößt sie bei ihren Aktionen an die Grenzen des Erlaubten und fordert konventionelle Normen heraus. Gesellschaftlicher Wandel braucht den Einsatz und das Engagement von uns allen Das ist die These von Victoria Müller. Beispiele aus der Geschichte wie die Frauen- und Bürgerrechtsbewegungen zeigen: Radikale Proteste sind notwendig als Katalysator für gesellschaftliche Veränderungen. Victoria Müller ermutigt uns dazu, unangepasst zu sein und gegen Ungerechtigkeit Widerstand zu leisten. Be a rebel! ist ein Manifest für Menschen, die sich für eine bessere Zukunft einsetzen wollen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Loss Unleashed: 28 Affirmations For Humans Who Have Lost Their Precious Pets by Andrea Cornish</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783655</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783655">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783655</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Loss Unleashed: 28 Affirmations For Humans Who Have Lost Their Precious Pets
Author: Andrea Cornish
Narrator: Andrea Cornish
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 10 minutes
Release date: April 17, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Author Andrea Cornish shares heartfelt affirmations your pet would want you to know after they have crossed. This interactive journey through grief after losing a precious pet will help you dive deep into your emotions and save cherished memories in one place forever. To be human is to experience loss and grief, Loss Unleashed is designed to help you navigate the winding path after the loss of a beloved companion. Loss Unleashed works with organisations around the world that assist animals in need. We strive to provide comfort, support, and a sense of community for those who are coping with the loss of a beloved pet. Through our book and outreach efforts, we aim to share personal experiences, reflections, and affirmations that can help others find peace and value in grief.  This is a space where pet owners can connect, find resources, and feel empowered to honour the memory of their furry and beloved family members. Come and visit us at LossUnleashed.com where you will find support and valuable resources for coping with the loss of your companion, from managing grief to navigating life after saying goodbye.</description>
      <author>Andrea Cornish</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Apr 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875133374.mp3" length="511905" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783655</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875133374.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783655">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783655</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Loss Unleashed: 28 Affirmations For Humans Who Have Lost Their Precious Pets
Author: Andrea Cornish
Narrator: Andrea Cornish
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 10 minutes
Release date: April 17, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Author Andrea Cornish shares heartfelt affirmations your pet would want you to know after they have crossed. This interactive journey through grief after losing a precious pet will help you dive deep into your emotions and save cherished memories in one place forever. To be human is to experience loss and grief, Loss Unleashed is designed to help you navigate the winding path after the loss of a beloved companion. Loss Unleashed works with organisations around the world that assist animals in need. We strive to provide comfort, support, and a sense of community for those who are coping with the loss of a beloved pet. Through our book and outreach efforts, we aim to share personal experiences, reflections, and affirmations that can help others find peace and value in grief.  This is a space where pet owners can connect, find resources, and feel empowered to honour the memory of their furry and beloved family members. Come and visit us at LossUnleashed.com where you will find support and valuable resources for coping with the loss of your companion, from managing grief to navigating life after saying goodbye.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783655">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783655</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Loss Unleashed: 28 Affirmations For Humans Who Have Lost Their Precious Pets
Author: Andrea Cornish
Narrator: Andrea Cornish
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 10 minutes
Release date: April 17, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Author Andrea Cornish shares heartfelt affirmations your pet would want you to know after they have crossed. This interactive journey through grief after losing a precious pet will help you dive deep into your emotions and save cherished memories in one place forever. To be human is to experience loss and grief, Loss Unleashed is designed to help you navigate the winding path after the loss of a beloved companion. Loss Unleashed works with organisations around the world that assist animals in need. We strive to provide comfort, support, and a sense of community for those who are coping with the loss of a beloved pet. Through our book and outreach efforts, we aim to share personal experiences, reflections, and affirmations that can help others find peace and value in grief.  This is a space where pet owners can connect, find resources, and feel empowered to honour the memory of their furry and beloved family members. Come and visit us at LossUnleashed.com where you will find support and valuable resources for coping with the loss of your companion, from managing grief to navigating life after saying goodbye.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Taming the Apocalypse by Shane Simonsen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780862</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780862">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780862</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Taming the Apocalypse
Author: Shane Simonsen
Narrator: Shane Simonsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
After the resources that enabled industrial civilisation are depleted, only culture and biology will remain to sustain us. The might of Babylon was built upon a handful of domesticated crops and livestock, brought into symbiosis with humans through the actions of long forgotten peasants. Today, at the peak of the industrial era, people have a priceless opportunity to forge relationships with a whole new range of living organisms. The nature of those species will determine the shape of the civilisations that rise on the far side of tomorrow. &amp;#039;Taming the Apocalypse&amp;#039; explores the long rise of humanity and agriculture, and suggests practical approaches that people everywhere can use to create new symbiotic relationships with organisms across the entire tree of life.</description>
      <author>Shane Simonsen</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780645724370.mp3" length="1509081" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780862</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780645724370.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780862">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780862</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Taming the Apocalypse
Author: Shane Simonsen
Narrator: Shane Simonsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
After the resources that enabled industrial civilisation are depleted, only culture and biology will remain to sustain us. The might of Babylon was built upon a handful of domesticated crops and livestock, brought into symbiosis with humans through the actions of long forgotten peasants. Today, at the peak of the industrial era, people have a priceless opportunity to forge relationships with a whole new range of living organisms. The nature of those species will determine the shape of the civilisations that rise on the far side of tomorrow. &amp;#039;Taming the Apocalypse&amp;#039; explores the long rise of humanity and agriculture, and suggests practical approaches that people everywhere can use to create new symbiotic relationships with organisms across the entire tree of life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780862">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780862</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Taming the Apocalypse
Author: Shane Simonsen
Narrator: Shane Simonsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
After the resources that enabled industrial civilisation are depleted, only culture and biology will remain to sustain us. The might of Babylon was built upon a handful of domesticated crops and livestock, brought into symbiosis with humans through the actions of long forgotten peasants. Today, at the peak of the industrial era, people have a priceless opportunity to forge relationships with a whole new range of living organisms. The nature of those species will determine the shape of the civilisations that rise on the far side of tomorrow. &amp;#039;Taming the Apocalypse&amp;#039; explores the long rise of humanity and agriculture, and suggests practical approaches that people everywhere can use to create new symbiotic relationships with organisms across the entire tree of life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bombo: A Robin Kould and Mary Yen Rescue by T Heights</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780813</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780813">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780813</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bombo: A Robin Kould and Mary Yen Rescue
Author: T Heights
Narrator: Caitlin Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 53 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bombo is the first in a series about two eighth graders who rescue dogs and sometimes their owners. Robin Kould and Mary Yen become two unlikely comrades as they navigate the turbulent waters of their middle school years. Sometimes insightful, sometimes humorous, but always earnest, these two bungle their way through to accomplish their good deeds. Robin Kould has spent the first thirteen years of his life moving from one derelict place to another with his alcoholic mother and whatever boyfriend she takes up with. He has survived by scrounging whatever food he can find, not being noticed so as to avoid the swinging fists of whomever his mom is living with, and, when all else fails, disappearing to a place inside himself. His mother has recently died, and he finds himself living with his bachelor uncle where, for the first time he can remember, he has plenty to eat, has a room of his own, and has gotten into trouble.</description>
      <author>T Heights</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875130878.mp3" length="1410042" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780813</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875130878.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780813">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780813</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bombo: A Robin Kould and Mary Yen Rescue
Author: T Heights
Narrator: Caitlin Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 53 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bombo is the first in a series about two eighth graders who rescue dogs and sometimes their owners. Robin Kould and Mary Yen become two unlikely comrades as they navigate the turbulent waters of their middle school years. Sometimes insightful, sometimes humorous, but always earnest, these two bungle their way through to accomplish their good deeds. Robin Kould has spent the first thirteen years of his life moving from one derelict place to another with his alcoholic mother and whatever boyfriend she takes up with. He has survived by scrounging whatever food he can find, not being noticed so as to avoid the swinging fists of whomever his mom is living with, and, when all else fails, disappearing to a place inside himself. His mother has recently died, and he finds himself living with his bachelor uncle where, for the first time he can remember, he has plenty to eat, has a room of his own, and has gotten into trouble.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780813">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/780813</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bombo: A Robin Kould and Mary Yen Rescue
Author: T Heights
Narrator: Caitlin Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 53 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bombo is the first in a series about two eighth graders who rescue dogs and sometimes their owners. Robin Kould and Mary Yen become two unlikely comrades as they navigate the turbulent waters of their middle school years. Sometimes insightful, sometimes humorous, but always earnest, these two bungle their way through to accomplish their good deeds. Robin Kould has spent the first thirteen years of his life moving from one derelict place to another with his alcoholic mother and whatever boyfriend she takes up with. He has survived by scrounging whatever food he can find, not being noticed so as to avoid the swinging fists of whomever his mom is living with, and, when all else fails, disappearing to a place inside himself. His mother has recently died, and he finds himself living with his bachelor uncle where, for the first time he can remember, he has plenty to eat, has a room of his own, and has gotten into trouble.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Powsels and Thrums by Alan Garner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778853</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778853">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778853</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Powsels and Thrums
Author: Alan Garner
Narrator: Robert Powell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
‘I salute him with the most heartfelt respect and admiration’ PHILIP PULLMAN           ‘One of Britain’s greatest writers’ FINANCIAL TIMES                        ‘Alan Garner’s world is unbearably beautiful and dangerous’             GUARDIAN                      In this lyrical and revelatory memoir, Alan Garner, Booker shortlisted author of Treacle Walker, traces the line of his life: from a working-class childhood in the landscape of Cheshire during World War II, through a grammar school education and on to the University of Oxford, and then home to see if he could become what he most desired: a writer.           We see the serendipitous moments that drove his course, from coming-of-age in a period of great cultural change, to crossing paths with a famous mathematician while out long-distance running, to the fateful day he chanced across Blackden, the medieval hall, miraculously located next to the giant telescope at Jodrell Bank, that was to become his lasting home and the setting for Treacle Walker.           As Garner tells us, a lifetime of working with a pen produces the powsels and thrums of research, imagination and story. These oddments can be shaped into something more than its parts: a vivid tapestry of a creative life that will inspire any reader, and what a celebration it is.                        &amp;#039;Better than anyone else writing in English today&amp;#039;              THE TIMES                                   ‘A unique genius’             NEW STATESMAN                                   ‘One of the most distinct and profound writers we have’             GUARDIAN</description>
      <author>Alan Garner</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008725235.mp3" length="1371731" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778853</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008725235.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778853">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778853</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Powsels and Thrums
Author: Alan Garner
Narrator: Robert Powell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
‘I salute him with the most heartfelt respect and admiration’ PHILIP PULLMAN           ‘One of Britain’s greatest writers’ FINANCIAL TIMES                        ‘Alan Garner’s world is unbearably beautiful and dangerous’             GUARDIAN                      In this lyrical and revelatory memoir, Alan Garner, Booker shortlisted author of Treacle Walker, traces the line of his life: from a working-class childhood in the landscape of Cheshire during World War II, through a grammar school education and on to the University of Oxford, and then home to see if he could become what he most desired: a writer.           We see the serendipitous moments that drove his course, from coming-of-age in a period of great cultural change, to crossing paths with a famous mathematician while out long-distance running, to the fateful day he chanced across Blackden, the medieval hall, miraculously located next to the giant telescope at Jodrell Bank, that was to become his lasting home and the setting for Treacle Walker.           As Garner tells us, a lifetime of working with a pen produces the powsels and thrums of research, imagination and story. These oddments can be shaped into something more than its parts: a vivid tapestry of a creative life that will inspire any reader, and what a celebration it is.                        &amp;#039;Better than anyone else writing in English today&amp;#039;              THE TIMES                                   ‘A unique genius’             NEW STATESMAN                                   ‘One of the most distinct and profound writers we have’             GUARDIAN</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778853">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778853</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Powsels and Thrums
Author: Alan Garner
Narrator: Robert Powell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
‘I salute him with the most heartfelt respect and admiration’ PHILIP PULLMAN           ‘One of Britain’s greatest writers’ FINANCIAL TIMES                        ‘Alan Garner’s world is unbearably beautiful and dangerous’             GUARDIAN                      In this lyrical and revelatory memoir, Alan Garner, Booker shortlisted author of Treacle Walker, traces the line of his life: from a working-class childhood in the landscape of Cheshire during World War II, through a grammar school education and on to the University of Oxford, and then home to see if he could become what he most desired: a writer.           We see the serendipitous moments that drove his course, from coming-of-age in a period of great cultural change, to crossing paths with a famous mathematician while out long-distance running, to the fateful day he chanced across Blackden, the medieval hall, miraculously located next to the giant telescope at Jodrell Bank, that was to become his lasting home and the setting for Treacle Walker.           As Garner tells us, a lifetime of working with a pen produces the powsels and thrums of research, imagination and story. These oddments can be shaped into something more than its parts: a vivid tapestry of a creative life that will inspire any reader, and what a celebration it is.                        &amp;#039;Better than anyone else writing in English today&amp;#039;              THE TIMES                                   ‘A unique genius’             NEW STATESMAN                                   ‘One of the most distinct and profound writers we have’             GUARDIAN</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Birds as Individuals by Len Howard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778635</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Birds as Individuals
Author: Len Howard
Narrator: Jane Slavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Enter the secret lives of Britain&amp;#039;s ordinary garden birds and the brilliant, unconventional woman who opened her doors to them. In the late 1930s, Len Howard packed up her life in London, bought a plot of land in Sussex and built herself a little house there. This was to be Bird Cottage, a place where the doors of the house were open to the birds of the garden – great tits, blue tits, robins, blackbirds, willow warblers and many others. Len lived the rest of her life alongside her bird neighbours, with some sleeping in her bedroom and many flitting in and out all day long. This is the book she wrote about the birds – a study not just of their behaviour but their individual personalities. We learn about their intelligence, emotional lives, and characters, their capacity for play and humour, the range of their song, their likes and dislikes, and their bond with Len. Enchanting, life-enriching, revelatory and completely original, this is a gorgeous evocation of a life lived in intimate contact with nature and a book about birds unlike any other. © Len Howard 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</description>
      <author>Len Howard</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529948196.mp3" length="1346012" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778635</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529948196.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Birds as Individuals
Author: Len Howard
Narrator: Jane Slavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Enter the secret lives of Britain&amp;#039;s ordinary garden birds and the brilliant, unconventional woman who opened her doors to them. In the late 1930s, Len Howard packed up her life in London, bought a plot of land in Sussex and built herself a little house there. This was to be Bird Cottage, a place where the doors of the house were open to the birds of the garden – great tits, blue tits, robins, blackbirds, willow warblers and many others. Len lived the rest of her life alongside her bird neighbours, with some sleeping in her bedroom and many flitting in and out all day long. This is the book she wrote about the birds – a study not just of their behaviour but their individual personalities. We learn about their intelligence, emotional lives, and characters, their capacity for play and humour, the range of their song, their likes and dislikes, and their bond with Len. Enchanting, life-enriching, revelatory and completely original, this is a gorgeous evocation of a life lived in intimate contact with nature and a book about birds unlike any other. © Len Howard 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Birds as Individuals
Author: Len Howard
Narrator: Jane Slavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Enter the secret lives of Britain&amp;#039;s ordinary garden birds and the brilliant, unconventional woman who opened her doors to them. In the late 1930s, Len Howard packed up her life in London, bought a plot of land in Sussex and built herself a little house there. This was to be Bird Cottage, a place where the doors of the house were open to the birds of the garden – great tits, blue tits, robins, blackbirds, willow warblers and many others. Len lived the rest of her life alongside her bird neighbours, with some sleeping in her bedroom and many flitting in and out all day long. This is the book she wrote about the birds – a study not just of their behaviour but their individual personalities. We learn about their intelligence, emotional lives, and characters, their capacity for play and humour, the range of their song, their likes and dislikes, and their bond with Len. Enchanting, life-enriching, revelatory and completely original, this is a gorgeous evocation of a life lived in intimate contact with nature and a book about birds unlike any other. © Len Howard 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Borders: A Very Short Introduction (2nd Edition) by Joshua Hagen, Alexander C. Diener</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778508</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Borders: A Very Short Introduction (2nd Edition)
Author: Joshua Hagen, Alexander C. Diener
Narrator: Jamie Renell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
First published in 2012, Borders: A Very Short Introduction began with the premise that &amp;#039;we live in a very bordered world.&amp;#039; The intervening decade has witnessed a flurry of events and developments that continue to highlight the centrality of borders in contemporary domestic and international affairs, as well as the interstices between the two, including sudden surges in migrant and refugees flows; renewed emphasis on traditional border security and wall construction; growing tensions concerning maritime sovereignty; rapid advances in cybersecurity, surveillance, and biometrics; expanded detention and deportation infrastructures; proliferation of transborder organizations; revived populist and nationalist sentiments; and protectionist and integrationist trade practices, to name some prominent examples from recent headlines. This revised edition accounts for recent developments including Brexit, the 2015 migration crisis across Europe, efforts to build a border wall between the United States and Mexico, growing isolationist and nativist sentiments, demands for indigenous homelands, transnational protest movements, Russian cross-border incursions, and insurgencies and rebellions across much of North Africa and Southwest Asia.</description>
      <author>Joshua Hagen, Alexander C. Diener</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855573466.mp3" length="8518005" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778508</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855573466.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Borders: A Very Short Introduction (2nd Edition)
Author: Joshua Hagen, Alexander C. Diener
Narrator: Jamie Renell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
First published in 2012, Borders: A Very Short Introduction began with the premise that &amp;#039;we live in a very bordered world.&amp;#039; The intervening decade has witnessed a flurry of events and developments that continue to highlight the centrality of borders in contemporary domestic and international affairs, as well as the interstices between the two, including sudden surges in migrant and refugees flows; renewed emphasis on traditional border security and wall construction; growing tensions concerning maritime sovereignty; rapid advances in cybersecurity, surveillance, and biometrics; expanded detention and deportation infrastructures; proliferation of transborder organizations; revived populist and nationalist sentiments; and protectionist and integrationist trade practices, to name some prominent examples from recent headlines. This revised edition accounts for recent developments including Brexit, the 2015 migration crisis across Europe, efforts to build a border wall between the United States and Mexico, growing isolationist and nativist sentiments, demands for indigenous homelands, transnational protest movements, Russian cross-border incursions, and insurgencies and rebellions across much of North Africa and Southwest Asia.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Borders: A Very Short Introduction (2nd Edition)
Author: Joshua Hagen, Alexander C. Diener
Narrator: Jamie Renell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
First published in 2012, Borders: A Very Short Introduction began with the premise that &amp;#039;we live in a very bordered world.&amp;#039; The intervening decade has witnessed a flurry of events and developments that continue to highlight the centrality of borders in contemporary domestic and international affairs, as well as the interstices between the two, including sudden surges in migrant and refugees flows; renewed emphasis on traditional border security and wall construction; growing tensions concerning maritime sovereignty; rapid advances in cybersecurity, surveillance, and biometrics; expanded detention and deportation infrastructures; proliferation of transborder organizations; revived populist and nationalist sentiments; and protectionist and integrationist trade practices, to name some prominent examples from recent headlines. This revised edition accounts for recent developments including Brexit, the 2015 migration crisis across Europe, efforts to build a border wall between the United States and Mexico, growing isolationist and nativist sentiments, demands for indigenous homelands, transnational protest movements, Russian cross-border incursions, and insurgencies and rebellions across much of North Africa and Southwest Asia.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Last of Its Kind: The Search for the Great Auk and the Discovery of Extinction by Gisli Palsson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778399</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778399">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778399</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last of Its Kind: The Search for the Great Auk and the Discovery of Extinction
Author: Gisli Palsson
Narrator: Paul Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The great auk is one of the most tragic and documented examples of extinction. A flightless bird that bred primarily on the remote islands of the North Atlantic, the last of its kind were killed in Iceland in 1844. Gísli Pálsson draws on firsthand accounts from the Icelanders who hunted the last great auks to bring to life a bygone age of Victorian scientific exploration while offering vital insights into the extinction of species. Pálsson vividly recounts how British ornithologists John Wolley and Alfred Newton set out for Iceland to collect specimens only to discover that the great auks were already gone. At the time, the Victorian world viewed extinction as an impossibility or trivialized it as a natural phenomenon. Pálsson chronicles how Wolley and Newton documented the fate of the last birds through interviews with the men who killed them, and how the naturalists&amp;#039; Icelandic journey opened their eyes to the disappearance of species as a subject of scientific concern—and as something that could be caused by humans. Blending a richly evocative narrative with rare, unpublished material as well as insights from ornithology, anthropology, and Pálsson&amp;#039;s own North Atlantic travels, The Last of Its Kind reveals how the saga of the great auk opens a window onto the human causes of mass extinction.</description>
      <author>Gisli Palsson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696606523.mp3" length="7932560" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778399</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696606523.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778399">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778399</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last of Its Kind: The Search for the Great Auk and the Discovery of Extinction
Author: Gisli Palsson
Narrator: Paul Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The great auk is one of the most tragic and documented examples of extinction. A flightless bird that bred primarily on the remote islands of the North Atlantic, the last of its kind were killed in Iceland in 1844. Gísli Pálsson draws on firsthand accounts from the Icelanders who hunted the last great auks to bring to life a bygone age of Victorian scientific exploration while offering vital insights into the extinction of species. Pálsson vividly recounts how British ornithologists John Wolley and Alfred Newton set out for Iceland to collect specimens only to discover that the great auks were already gone. At the time, the Victorian world viewed extinction as an impossibility or trivialized it as a natural phenomenon. Pálsson chronicles how Wolley and Newton documented the fate of the last birds through interviews with the men who killed them, and how the naturalists&amp;#039; Icelandic journey opened their eyes to the disappearance of species as a subject of scientific concern—and as something that could be caused by humans. Blending a richly evocative narrative with rare, unpublished material as well as insights from ornithology, anthropology, and Pálsson&amp;#039;s own North Atlantic travels, The Last of Its Kind reveals how the saga of the great auk opens a window onto the human causes of mass extinction.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778399">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778399</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last of Its Kind: The Search for the Great Auk and the Discovery of Extinction
Author: Gisli Palsson
Narrator: Paul Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The great auk is one of the most tragic and documented examples of extinction. A flightless bird that bred primarily on the remote islands of the North Atlantic, the last of its kind were killed in Iceland in 1844. Gísli Pálsson draws on firsthand accounts from the Icelanders who hunted the last great auks to bring to life a bygone age of Victorian scientific exploration while offering vital insights into the extinction of species. Pálsson vividly recounts how British ornithologists John Wolley and Alfred Newton set out for Iceland to collect specimens only to discover that the great auks were already gone. At the time, the Victorian world viewed extinction as an impossibility or trivialized it as a natural phenomenon. Pálsson chronicles how Wolley and Newton documented the fate of the last birds through interviews with the men who killed them, and how the naturalists&amp;#039; Icelandic journey opened their eyes to the disappearance of species as a subject of scientific concern—and as something that could be caused by humans. Blending a richly evocative narrative with rare, unpublished material as well as insights from ornithology, anthropology, and Pálsson&amp;#039;s own North Atlantic travels, The Last of Its Kind reveals how the saga of the great auk opens a window onto the human causes of mass extinction.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What We Know about Climate Change: Updated with a new foreword by Bob Inglis (The MIT Press) by Kerry Emanuel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778329</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778329">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778329</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What We Know about Climate Change: Updated with a new foreword by Bob Inglis (The MIT Press)
Author: Kerry Emanuel
Narrator: Karen Chilton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 47 minutes
Release date: May  8, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook is an updated edition of a guide to the basic science of climate change, and a call to action. The vast majority of scientists agree that human activity has significantly increased greenhouse gases in the atmosphere - most dramatically since the 1970s. Yet global warming skeptics and ill-informed elected officials continue to dismiss this broad scientific consensus. In this updated edition of his authoritative book, MIT atmospheric scientist Kerry Emanuel outlines the basic science of global warming and how the current consensus has emerged. Although it is impossible to predict exactly when the most dramatic effects of global warming will be felt, he argues, we can be confident that we face real dangers. Emanuel warns that global warming will contribute to an increase in the intensity and power of hurricanes and flooding and more rapidly advancing deserts. But just as our actions have created the looming crisis, so too might they avert it. Emanuel calls for urgent action to reduce greenhouse gases and criticizes the media for downplaying the dangers of global warming (and, in search of “balance,” quoting extremists who deny its existence). This edition has been updated to include the latest climate data, a discussion of the Earth’s carbon cycle, the warming hiatus of the first decade of this century, the 2017 hurricanes, advanced energy options, the withdrawal from the Paris climate agreement, and more. It offers a new foreword by former US Representative Bob Inglis (R-SC), who now works on climate action through his organization RepublicEN. What We Know About Climate Change is wonderfully read by award-winning narrator Karen Chilton. This audiobook was produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2018 Massachusetts Institute of Technology §</description>
      <author>Kerry Emanuel</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666665895.mp3" length="807522" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778329</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666665895.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778329">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778329</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What We Know about Climate Change: Updated with a new foreword by Bob Inglis (The MIT Press)
Author: Kerry Emanuel
Narrator: Karen Chilton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 47 minutes
Release date: May  8, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook is an updated edition of a guide to the basic science of climate change, and a call to action. The vast majority of scientists agree that human activity has significantly increased greenhouse gases in the atmosphere - most dramatically since the 1970s. Yet global warming skeptics and ill-informed elected officials continue to dismiss this broad scientific consensus. In this updated edition of his authoritative book, MIT atmospheric scientist Kerry Emanuel outlines the basic science of global warming and how the current consensus has emerged. Although it is impossible to predict exactly when the most dramatic effects of global warming will be felt, he argues, we can be confident that we face real dangers. Emanuel warns that global warming will contribute to an increase in the intensity and power of hurricanes and flooding and more rapidly advancing deserts. But just as our actions have created the looming crisis, so too might they avert it. Emanuel calls for urgent action to reduce greenhouse gases and criticizes the media for downplaying the dangers of global warming (and, in search of “balance,” quoting extremists who deny its existence). This edition has been updated to include the latest climate data, a discussion of the Earth’s carbon cycle, the warming hiatus of the first decade of this century, the 2017 hurricanes, advanced energy options, the withdrawal from the Paris climate agreement, and more. It offers a new foreword by former US Representative Bob Inglis (R-SC), who now works on climate action through his organization RepublicEN. What We Know About Climate Change is wonderfully read by award-winning narrator Karen Chilton. This audiobook was produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2018 Massachusetts Institute of Technology §</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778329">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778329</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What We Know about Climate Change: Updated with a new foreword by Bob Inglis (The MIT Press)
Author: Kerry Emanuel
Narrator: Karen Chilton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 47 minutes
Release date: May  8, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook is an updated edition of a guide to the basic science of climate change, and a call to action. The vast majority of scientists agree that human activity has significantly increased greenhouse gases in the atmosphere - most dramatically since the 1970s. Yet global warming skeptics and ill-informed elected officials continue to dismiss this broad scientific consensus. In this updated edition of his authoritative book, MIT atmospheric scientist Kerry Emanuel outlines the basic science of global warming and how the current consensus has emerged. Although it is impossible to predict exactly when the most dramatic effects of global warming will be felt, he argues, we can be confident that we face real dangers. Emanuel warns that global warming will contribute to an increase in the intensity and power of hurricanes and flooding and more rapidly advancing deserts. But just as our actions have created the looming crisis, so too might they avert it. Emanuel calls for urgent action to reduce greenhouse gases and criticizes the media for downplaying the dangers of global warming (and, in search of “balance,” quoting extremists who deny its existence). This edition has been updated to include the latest climate data, a discussion of the Earth’s carbon cycle, the warming hiatus of the first decade of this century, the 2017 hurricanes, advanced energy options, the withdrawal from the Paris climate agreement, and more. It offers a new foreword by former US Representative Bob Inglis (R-SC), who now works on climate action through his organization RepublicEN. What We Know About Climate Change is wonderfully read by award-winning narrator Karen Chilton. This audiobook was produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2018 Massachusetts Institute of Technology §</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Stimme des Bodens: Alles über unseren sonst so stillen Nachbarn by Sonja Medwedski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778292</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Stimme des Bodens: Alles über unseren sonst so stillen Nachbarn
Author: Sonja Medwedski
Narrator: Bodo Henkel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Was hat Boden eigentlich mit Festivals, Bier oder radioaktiven Pilzen zu tun? Warum landet er manchmal in der Badewanne oder sogar in unserem Magen? Zum ersten Mal kommt unser Boden persönlich zu Wort und erzählt im charmanten Plauderton aus unterirdischer Perspektive von seinem Alltag mit uns Menschen. Ob im Garten, im Wald oder in der Stadt, der Boden ist mit seinen zahlreichen Familienmitgliedern – den Bodentypen – immer an unserer Seite. Als großartiger Speicher für Humus, Wasser oder Nährstoffe hilft er uns täglich beim Klimaschutz, bei Hochwasser und unserer Ernährung. Vom Ackerboden bis zum Permafrost, vom Maulwurfshaufen bis zum Torf – dieses Hörbuch nimmt Sie mit in eine Welt, die uns so nah und doch oft so unbekannt ist. Mal mit einem Schmunzeln, mal mit klaren Worten zeigt uns der Boden, wo wir uns täglich ganz nah sind und unsere Bodennutzung ihre Spuren hinterlässt. Es ist Zeit für ein Kennenlernen!</description>
      <author>Sonja Medwedski</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4099995330113.mp3" length="882824" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778292</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4099995330113.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Stimme des Bodens: Alles über unseren sonst so stillen Nachbarn
Author: Sonja Medwedski
Narrator: Bodo Henkel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Was hat Boden eigentlich mit Festivals, Bier oder radioaktiven Pilzen zu tun? Warum landet er manchmal in der Badewanne oder sogar in unserem Magen? Zum ersten Mal kommt unser Boden persönlich zu Wort und erzählt im charmanten Plauderton aus unterirdischer Perspektive von seinem Alltag mit uns Menschen. Ob im Garten, im Wald oder in der Stadt, der Boden ist mit seinen zahlreichen Familienmitgliedern – den Bodentypen – immer an unserer Seite. Als großartiger Speicher für Humus, Wasser oder Nährstoffe hilft er uns täglich beim Klimaschutz, bei Hochwasser und unserer Ernährung. Vom Ackerboden bis zum Permafrost, vom Maulwurfshaufen bis zum Torf – dieses Hörbuch nimmt Sie mit in eine Welt, die uns so nah und doch oft so unbekannt ist. Mal mit einem Schmunzeln, mal mit klaren Worten zeigt uns der Boden, wo wir uns täglich ganz nah sind und unsere Bodennutzung ihre Spuren hinterlässt. Es ist Zeit für ein Kennenlernen!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Stimme des Bodens: Alles über unseren sonst so stillen Nachbarn
Author: Sonja Medwedski
Narrator: Bodo Henkel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Was hat Boden eigentlich mit Festivals, Bier oder radioaktiven Pilzen zu tun? Warum landet er manchmal in der Badewanne oder sogar in unserem Magen? Zum ersten Mal kommt unser Boden persönlich zu Wort und erzählt im charmanten Plauderton aus unterirdischer Perspektive von seinem Alltag mit uns Menschen. Ob im Garten, im Wald oder in der Stadt, der Boden ist mit seinen zahlreichen Familienmitgliedern – den Bodentypen – immer an unserer Seite. Als großartiger Speicher für Humus, Wasser oder Nährstoffe hilft er uns täglich beim Klimaschutz, bei Hochwasser und unserer Ernährung. Vom Ackerboden bis zum Permafrost, vom Maulwurfshaufen bis zum Torf – dieses Hörbuch nimmt Sie mit in eine Welt, die uns so nah und doch oft so unbekannt ist. Mal mit einem Schmunzeln, mal mit klaren Worten zeigt uns der Boden, wo wir uns täglich ganz nah sind und unsere Bodennutzung ihre Spuren hinterlässt. Es ist Zeit für ein Kennenlernen!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Serviceberry: An Economy of Gifts and Abundance by Robin Wall Kimmerer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778200</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778200">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778200</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Serviceberry: An Economy of Gifts and Abundance
Author: Robin Wall Kimmerer
Narrator: Robin Wall Kimmerer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 55 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Braiding Sweetgrass, an inspiring vision of how to reorient our lives around gratitude, reciprocity and community As indigenous scientist and author of Braiding Sweetgrass Robin Wall Kimmerer harvests serviceberries alongside the birds, she considers the ethic of reciprocity that lies at the heart of the gift economy. How, she asks, can we learn from indigenous wisdom and the plant world to reimagine what we value most? Our economy is rooted in scarcity, competition, and the hoarding of resources, and we have surrendered our values to a system that actively harms what we love. Meanwhile, the serviceberry’s relationship with the natural world is an embodiment of reciprocity, interconnectedness, and gratitude. The tree distributes its wealth—its abundance of sweet, juicy berries—to meet the needs of its natural community. And this distribution ensures its own survival. The Serviceberry is an antidote to the broken relationships and misguided goals of our times, and a reminder that “hoarding won’t save us, all flourishing is mutual.” © Robin Wall Kimmerer 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</description>
      <author>Robin Wall Kimmerer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781802068177.mp3" length="1295969" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778200</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781802068177.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778200">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778200</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Serviceberry: An Economy of Gifts and Abundance
Author: Robin Wall Kimmerer
Narrator: Robin Wall Kimmerer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 55 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Braiding Sweetgrass, an inspiring vision of how to reorient our lives around gratitude, reciprocity and community As indigenous scientist and author of Braiding Sweetgrass Robin Wall Kimmerer harvests serviceberries alongside the birds, she considers the ethic of reciprocity that lies at the heart of the gift economy. How, she asks, can we learn from indigenous wisdom and the plant world to reimagine what we value most? Our economy is rooted in scarcity, competition, and the hoarding of resources, and we have surrendered our values to a system that actively harms what we love. Meanwhile, the serviceberry’s relationship with the natural world is an embodiment of reciprocity, interconnectedness, and gratitude. The tree distributes its wealth—its abundance of sweet, juicy berries—to meet the needs of its natural community. And this distribution ensures its own survival. The Serviceberry is an antidote to the broken relationships and misguided goals of our times, and a reminder that “hoarding won’t save us, all flourishing is mutual.” © Robin Wall Kimmerer 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778200">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778200</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Serviceberry: An Economy of Gifts and Abundance
Author: Robin Wall Kimmerer
Narrator: Robin Wall Kimmerer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 55 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Braiding Sweetgrass, an inspiring vision of how to reorient our lives around gratitude, reciprocity and community As indigenous scientist and author of Braiding Sweetgrass Robin Wall Kimmerer harvests serviceberries alongside the birds, she considers the ethic of reciprocity that lies at the heart of the gift economy. How, she asks, can we learn from indigenous wisdom and the plant world to reimagine what we value most? Our economy is rooted in scarcity, competition, and the hoarding of resources, and we have surrendered our values to a system that actively harms what we love. Meanwhile, the serviceberry’s relationship with the natural world is an embodiment of reciprocity, interconnectedness, and gratitude. The tree distributes its wealth—its abundance of sweet, juicy berries—to meet the needs of its natural community. And this distribution ensures its own survival. The Serviceberry is an antidote to the broken relationships and misguided goals of our times, and a reminder that “hoarding won’t save us, all flourishing is mutual.” © Robin Wall Kimmerer 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Paddleways of Mississippi: Rivers and People of the Magnolia State by Ernest Herndon, Patrick Parker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777208</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777208">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777208</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Paddleways of Mississippi: Rivers and People of the Magnolia State
Author: Ernest Herndon, Patrick Parker
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mississippi rivers and creeks have shaped every aspect of the state&amp;#039;s geology, ecology, economy, settlement, and politics. Mississippi&amp;#039;s paddleways—its rivers, rills, creeks, and streams—are its arteries, its lifeblood, and the connective tissues that tie its stories and histories together and flood them with a sense of place and impel them along the current of time. The rivers provide structure for the telling of stories. In Paddleways of Mississippi: Rivers and People of the Magnolia State, listeners will discover flowing details of virtually every waterway in the state—the features, wildlife, vegetation, geology, hydrology, and specific challenges to be expected—alongside many wonderful historical and social accounts specific to each system. Interviews and oral histories enliven these waterways with evocative scenery, engaging anecdotes, interesting historical tales, and personal accounts of the people and communities that arose along the waterways of Mississippi. Part natural history, part narrative nonfiction, Paddleways of Mississippi will appeal to outdoor enthusiasts, anglers, naturalists, campers, and historians, and is suitable for novices as well as experts. Told together, the pieces included are a social and ecological history that exposes and deepens the connection coursing between the people and the rivers.</description>
      <author>Ernest Herndon, Patrick Parker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855555608.mp3" length="7832470" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777208</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855555608.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777208">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777208</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Paddleways of Mississippi: Rivers and People of the Magnolia State
Author: Ernest Herndon, Patrick Parker
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mississippi rivers and creeks have shaped every aspect of the state&amp;#039;s geology, ecology, economy, settlement, and politics. Mississippi&amp;#039;s paddleways—its rivers, rills, creeks, and streams—are its arteries, its lifeblood, and the connective tissues that tie its stories and histories together and flood them with a sense of place and impel them along the current of time. The rivers provide structure for the telling of stories. In Paddleways of Mississippi: Rivers and People of the Magnolia State, listeners will discover flowing details of virtually every waterway in the state—the features, wildlife, vegetation, geology, hydrology, and specific challenges to be expected—alongside many wonderful historical and social accounts specific to each system. Interviews and oral histories enliven these waterways with evocative scenery, engaging anecdotes, interesting historical tales, and personal accounts of the people and communities that arose along the waterways of Mississippi. Part natural history, part narrative nonfiction, Paddleways of Mississippi will appeal to outdoor enthusiasts, anglers, naturalists, campers, and historians, and is suitable for novices as well as experts. Told together, the pieces included are a social and ecological history that exposes and deepens the connection coursing between the people and the rivers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777208">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777208</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Paddleways of Mississippi: Rivers and People of the Magnolia State
Author: Ernest Herndon, Patrick Parker
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mississippi rivers and creeks have shaped every aspect of the state&amp;#039;s geology, ecology, economy, settlement, and politics. Mississippi&amp;#039;s paddleways—its rivers, rills, creeks, and streams—are its arteries, its lifeblood, and the connective tissues that tie its stories and histories together and flood them with a sense of place and impel them along the current of time. The rivers provide structure for the telling of stories. In Paddleways of Mississippi: Rivers and People of the Magnolia State, listeners will discover flowing details of virtually every waterway in the state—the features, wildlife, vegetation, geology, hydrology, and specific challenges to be expected—alongside many wonderful historical and social accounts specific to each system. Interviews and oral histories enliven these waterways with evocative scenery, engaging anecdotes, interesting historical tales, and personal accounts of the people and communities that arose along the waterways of Mississippi. Part natural history, part narrative nonfiction, Paddleways of Mississippi will appeal to outdoor enthusiasts, anglers, naturalists, campers, and historians, and is suitable for novices as well as experts. Told together, the pieces included are a social and ecological history that exposes and deepens the connection coursing between the people and the rivers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Speaking for Animals: Author Brenda Peterson On Our Spiritual Bonds With Whales, Wolves, Birds, and Other Animals by Brenda Peterson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776478</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776478">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776478</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Speaking for Animals: Author Brenda Peterson On Our Spiritual Bonds With Whales, Wolves, Birds, and Other Animals
Author: Brenda Peterson
Narrator: Brenda Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Speaking for animals as both an artist and activist, Brenda Peterson, author of the new book Wild Chorus, draws upon her lifelong relationship with birds and mammals, and the intuitive communication between our species to explore how they can become our guide as we navigate the stresses of modern daily life. Brenda&amp;#039;s catalog of writing can be found at https://brendapetersonbooks.com/, as well as additional information on Wild Chorus at https://brendapetersonbooks.com/wild-chorus.</description>
      <author>Brenda Peterson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886423181.mp3" length="558479" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776478</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886423181.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776478">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776478</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Speaking for Animals: Author Brenda Peterson On Our Spiritual Bonds With Whales, Wolves, Birds, and Other Animals
Author: Brenda Peterson
Narrator: Brenda Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Speaking for animals as both an artist and activist, Brenda Peterson, author of the new book Wild Chorus, draws upon her lifelong relationship with birds and mammals, and the intuitive communication between our species to explore how they can become our guide as we navigate the stresses of modern daily life. Brenda&amp;#039;s catalog of writing can be found at https://brendapetersonbooks.com/, as well as additional information on Wild Chorus at https://brendapetersonbooks.com/wild-chorus.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776478">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776478</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Speaking for Animals: Author Brenda Peterson On Our Spiritual Bonds With Whales, Wolves, Birds, and Other Animals
Author: Brenda Peterson
Narrator: Brenda Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Speaking for animals as both an artist and activist, Brenda Peterson, author of the new book Wild Chorus, draws upon her lifelong relationship with birds and mammals, and the intuitive communication between our species to explore how they can become our guide as we navigate the stresses of modern daily life. Brenda&amp;#039;s catalog of writing can be found at https://brendapetersonbooks.com/, as well as additional information on Wild Chorus at https://brendapetersonbooks.com/wild-chorus.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Listening to Animals:  Wild Chorus Author Brenda Peterson On What Birds, Orcas, Bears, Wolves, and Dolphins Teach Us About Our World by Brenda Peterson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776480</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Listening to Animals:  Wild Chorus Author Brenda Peterson On What Birds, Orcas, Bears, Wolves, and Dolphins Teach Us About Our World
Author: Brenda Peterson
Narrator: Brenda Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 47 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Speaking for animals as both an artist and activist, Brenda Peterson, author of the new book Wild Chorus, takes us on a journey of her lifelong relationship with birds and wild mammals to explore the intricacies of animal communication, compassion, attention and peaceful adaption. Brenda&amp;#039;s catalog of writing can be found at https://brendapetersonbooks.com/, as well as additional information on Wild Chorus at https://brendapetersonbooks.com/wild-chorus.</description>
      <author>Brenda Peterson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886423204.mp3" length="580743" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776480</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886423204.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Listening to Animals:  Wild Chorus Author Brenda Peterson On What Birds, Orcas, Bears, Wolves, and Dolphins Teach Us About Our World
Author: Brenda Peterson
Narrator: Brenda Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 47 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Speaking for animals as both an artist and activist, Brenda Peterson, author of the new book Wild Chorus, takes us on a journey of her lifelong relationship with birds and wild mammals to explore the intricacies of animal communication, compassion, attention and peaceful adaption. Brenda&amp;#039;s catalog of writing can be found at https://brendapetersonbooks.com/, as well as additional information on Wild Chorus at https://brendapetersonbooks.com/wild-chorus.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Listening to Animals:  Wild Chorus Author Brenda Peterson On What Birds, Orcas, Bears, Wolves, and Dolphins Teach Us About Our World
Author: Brenda Peterson
Narrator: Brenda Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 47 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Speaking for animals as both an artist and activist, Brenda Peterson, author of the new book Wild Chorus, takes us on a journey of her lifelong relationship with birds and wild mammals to explore the intricacies of animal communication, compassion, attention and peaceful adaption. Brenda&amp;#039;s catalog of writing can be found at https://brendapetersonbooks.com/, as well as additional information on Wild Chorus at https://brendapetersonbooks.com/wild-chorus.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Interpretation of Cats: Understanding the Psychology of Our Feline Companions by Claude Béata</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776355</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Interpretation of Cats: Understanding the Psychology of Our Feline Companions
Author: Claude Béata
Narrator: Neil Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“A fount of practical tips for cat owners.” —The New York Times   From a leading veterinary psychiatrist, a groundbreaking exploration into the minds of our feline companions and “a guide to being the best humans we can be for our cats” (Focus Vif). Cats are mysterious creatures, and the relationship between humans and cats has never been simple. Curious and affectionate, independent and uninterested, predator and prey. Their true nature continues to elude us, and their subtle and complex behavioral problems can often seem unsolvable or incomprehensible. So, how can we tell if a cat is suffering? What are the root causes of feline aggression? And how can we treat patients who can’t speak for themselves?   In this fascinating book—already a bestseller in its native France—veterinary doctor and psychiatrist Claude Béata draws on cutting-edge research and decades of experience to revolutionize our understanding of cats and transform our appreciation of feline mental wellbeing. Here, we meet Nougatine, a Siamese suffering from bipolar dysthymic disorder, Tabatha, an anxious Ragdoll with attachment issues, and Melly, an Abyssinian struggling with a feline form of schizophrenia—as well as their owners who seek advice and support.   Charming, surprising, and offering illuminating insight into a range of disorders, Béata’s book calls for greater compassion and provides a new way of understanding cat behavior so we can care for the mental, and physical wellness of our beloved furry friends.</description>
      <author>Claude Béata</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668116302.mp3" length="874590" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776355</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668116302.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Interpretation of Cats: Understanding the Psychology of Our Feline Companions
Author: Claude Béata
Narrator: Neil Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“A fount of practical tips for cat owners.” —The New York Times   From a leading veterinary psychiatrist, a groundbreaking exploration into the minds of our feline companions and “a guide to being the best humans we can be for our cats” (Focus Vif). Cats are mysterious creatures, and the relationship between humans and cats has never been simple. Curious and affectionate, independent and uninterested, predator and prey. Their true nature continues to elude us, and their subtle and complex behavioral problems can often seem unsolvable or incomprehensible. So, how can we tell if a cat is suffering? What are the root causes of feline aggression? And how can we treat patients who can’t speak for themselves?   In this fascinating book—already a bestseller in its native France—veterinary doctor and psychiatrist Claude Béata draws on cutting-edge research and decades of experience to revolutionize our understanding of cats and transform our appreciation of feline mental wellbeing. Here, we meet Nougatine, a Siamese suffering from bipolar dysthymic disorder, Tabatha, an anxious Ragdoll with attachment issues, and Melly, an Abyssinian struggling with a feline form of schizophrenia—as well as their owners who seek advice and support.   Charming, surprising, and offering illuminating insight into a range of disorders, Béata’s book calls for greater compassion and provides a new way of understanding cat behavior so we can care for the mental, and physical wellness of our beloved furry friends.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Interpretation of Cats: Understanding the Psychology of Our Feline Companions
Author: Claude Béata
Narrator: Neil Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“A fount of practical tips for cat owners.” —The New York Times   From a leading veterinary psychiatrist, a groundbreaking exploration into the minds of our feline companions and “a guide to being the best humans we can be for our cats” (Focus Vif). Cats are mysterious creatures, and the relationship between humans and cats has never been simple. Curious and affectionate, independent and uninterested, predator and prey. Their true nature continues to elude us, and their subtle and complex behavioral problems can often seem unsolvable or incomprehensible. So, how can we tell if a cat is suffering? What are the root causes of feline aggression? And how can we treat patients who can’t speak for themselves?   In this fascinating book—already a bestseller in its native France—veterinary doctor and psychiatrist Claude Béata draws on cutting-edge research and decades of experience to revolutionize our understanding of cats and transform our appreciation of feline mental wellbeing. Here, we meet Nougatine, a Siamese suffering from bipolar dysthymic disorder, Tabatha, an anxious Ragdoll with attachment issues, and Melly, an Abyssinian struggling with a feline form of schizophrenia—as well as their owners who seek advice and support.   Charming, surprising, and offering illuminating insight into a range of disorders, Béata’s book calls for greater compassion and provides a new way of understanding cat behavior so we can care for the mental, and physical wellness of our beloved furry friends.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Royal Puppy, Noble Puppy &amp;amp; Elite Puppy: Your Perfect Pictorial Guide to 30 Dog Breeds by Bernard V Webber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776001</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Royal Puppy, Noble Puppy &amp;amp; Elite Puppy: Your Perfect Pictorial Guide to 30 Dog Breeds
Author: Bernard V Webber
Narrator: Myriam Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 54 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Royal Puppy, Noble Puppy &amp;amp; Elite Puppy: Your Perfect Pictorial Guide to 30 Dog Breeds Related to the Deluxe Puppy Full Pictorial Collection Royal Puppy: Breeds Included are Labradors, French Bulldogs, Poodles, Rottweilers, Dachshunds, Collies, Dalmatians, Borzois, Boxers, and Huskies Noble Puppy: Breeds Included are Greyhounds, Saint Bernards, Old English Sheepdogs, Welsh Corgis, Affenpinschers, Afghan Hounds, Basset Hounds, Chinese Cresteds, Kerry Blue Terriers and Pyrenean Mastiffs Elite Puppy: Breeds Included are Cane Corsos, Golden Retrievers, Beagles, German Shorthaired Pointers, Australian Shepherds, Yorkshire Terriers, Great Danes, Miniature Schnauzers, Shih Tzus and Bernese Mountain Dogs</description>
      <author>Bernard V Webber</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Apr 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875127373.mp3" length="1286470" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776001</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875127373.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Royal Puppy, Noble Puppy &amp;amp; Elite Puppy: Your Perfect Pictorial Guide to 30 Dog Breeds
Author: Bernard V Webber
Narrator: Myriam Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 54 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Royal Puppy, Noble Puppy &amp;amp; Elite Puppy: Your Perfect Pictorial Guide to 30 Dog Breeds Related to the Deluxe Puppy Full Pictorial Collection Royal Puppy: Breeds Included are Labradors, French Bulldogs, Poodles, Rottweilers, Dachshunds, Collies, Dalmatians, Borzois, Boxers, and Huskies Noble Puppy: Breeds Included are Greyhounds, Saint Bernards, Old English Sheepdogs, Welsh Corgis, Affenpinschers, Afghan Hounds, Basset Hounds, Chinese Cresteds, Kerry Blue Terriers and Pyrenean Mastiffs Elite Puppy: Breeds Included are Cane Corsos, Golden Retrievers, Beagles, German Shorthaired Pointers, Australian Shepherds, Yorkshire Terriers, Great Danes, Miniature Schnauzers, Shih Tzus and Bernese Mountain Dogs</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Royal Puppy, Noble Puppy &amp;amp; Elite Puppy: Your Perfect Pictorial Guide to 30 Dog Breeds
Author: Bernard V Webber
Narrator: Myriam Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 54 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Royal Puppy, Noble Puppy &amp;amp; Elite Puppy: Your Perfect Pictorial Guide to 30 Dog Breeds Related to the Deluxe Puppy Full Pictorial Collection Royal Puppy: Breeds Included are Labradors, French Bulldogs, Poodles, Rottweilers, Dachshunds, Collies, Dalmatians, Borzois, Boxers, and Huskies Noble Puppy: Breeds Included are Greyhounds, Saint Bernards, Old English Sheepdogs, Welsh Corgis, Affenpinschers, Afghan Hounds, Basset Hounds, Chinese Cresteds, Kerry Blue Terriers and Pyrenean Mastiffs Elite Puppy: Breeds Included are Cane Corsos, Golden Retrievers, Beagles, German Shorthaired Pointers, Australian Shepherds, Yorkshire Terriers, Great Danes, Miniature Schnauzers, Shih Tzus and Bernese Mountain Dogs</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>England: A Natural History by John Lewis-Stempel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775963</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: England: A Natural History
Author: John Lewis-Stempel
Narrator: Joseph Kloska
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Our countryside is iconic: a series of distinctive habitats that unite to create a landscape that is unique for the rich diversity of our flora and fauna. In England, his most magisterial book to date, John Lewis-Stempel explores each in turn, taking us from coast to moor, from downs to field, from the park to the village to create a vivid living portrait of our natural history. In his trademark lyrical prose, Lewis-Stempel reveals the hidden workings of each habitat: the clear waters and dragonflies; the bluebells, badgers and stag beetles; wild thyme; granite cliffs; rock pools and sandy beaches; red deer standing at ancient oaks; the wayside flowers of the lane; hedgehogs and hares; and snow on the high peak. Each landscape - be it calm green or wild moor, plunging cliff or flatland fen - has shaped our idea of ourselves, our sense of what it is to be in England. In a stunning package, complete with decorated boards, endpapers, chapterheads and a map, England: A Natural History is the definitive volume on the English landscape and the capstone of John Lewis-Stempel&amp;#039;s nature writing. ‘John Lewis-Stempel is the hottest nature writer around.’ – Spectator &amp;#039;Assured and expert countryside writing&amp;#039; -TLS ‘His immense, patient powers of observation – along with a flair for the anthropomorphic – mean he is able to offer a portrait of animal life that&amp;#039;s rare in its colour and drama.’ – Observer ‘That John Lewis-Stempel is one of the best nature writers of his generation is undisputed.’ – Country Life ‘I love the earthiness of John Lewis-Stempel&amp;#039;s writing … The author has seen it, done it, sweated it, and has earned the right to write about it with straw-cut fingers and itchy palms. Brilliant stuff.’ – Christopher Somerville, walking correspondent for The Times ‘It’s his observation of the natural world – the sight, the sound, the smell of it – that is so memorable. He has a distinctively brisk, muscular style of writing that has a poetic intensity and concision. – Guardian ‘Lewis-Stempel sees and hears things others will never see and hear, and he can write about them as no one else can.’– Daily Mail &amp;#039;Gilbert White for the 21st Century.&amp;#039; The Bookseller © John Lewis-Stempel 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</description>
      <author>John Lewis-Stempel</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529947083.mp3" length="1298214" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775963</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529947083.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: England: A Natural History
Author: John Lewis-Stempel
Narrator: Joseph Kloska
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Our countryside is iconic: a series of distinctive habitats that unite to create a landscape that is unique for the rich diversity of our flora and fauna. In England, his most magisterial book to date, John Lewis-Stempel explores each in turn, taking us from coast to moor, from downs to field, from the park to the village to create a vivid living portrait of our natural history. In his trademark lyrical prose, Lewis-Stempel reveals the hidden workings of each habitat: the clear waters and dragonflies; the bluebells, badgers and stag beetles; wild thyme; granite cliffs; rock pools and sandy beaches; red deer standing at ancient oaks; the wayside flowers of the lane; hedgehogs and hares; and snow on the high peak. Each landscape - be it calm green or wild moor, plunging cliff or flatland fen - has shaped our idea of ourselves, our sense of what it is to be in England. In a stunning package, complete with decorated boards, endpapers, chapterheads and a map, England: A Natural History is the definitive volume on the English landscape and the capstone of John Lewis-Stempel&amp;#039;s nature writing. ‘John Lewis-Stempel is the hottest nature writer around.’ – Spectator &amp;#039;Assured and expert countryside writing&amp;#039; -TLS ‘His immense, patient powers of observation – along with a flair for the anthropomorphic – mean he is able to offer a portrait of animal life that&amp;#039;s rare in its colour and drama.’ – Observer ‘That John Lewis-Stempel is one of the best nature writers of his generation is undisputed.’ – Country Life ‘I love the earthiness of John Lewis-Stempel&amp;#039;s writing … The author has seen it, done it, sweated it, and has earned the right to write about it with straw-cut fingers and itchy palms. Brilliant stuff.’ – Christopher Somerville, walking correspondent for The Times ‘It’s his observation of the natural world – the sight, the sound, the smell of it – that is so memorable. He has a distinctively brisk, muscular style of writing that has a poetic intensity and concision. – Guardian ‘Lewis-Stempel sees and hears things others will never see and hear, and he can write about them as no one else can.’– Daily Mail &amp;#039;Gilbert White for the 21st Century.&amp;#039; The Bookseller © John Lewis-Stempel 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: England: A Natural History
Author: John Lewis-Stempel
Narrator: Joseph Kloska
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Our countryside is iconic: a series of distinctive habitats that unite to create a landscape that is unique for the rich diversity of our flora and fauna. In England, his most magisterial book to date, John Lewis-Stempel explores each in turn, taking us from coast to moor, from downs to field, from the park to the village to create a vivid living portrait of our natural history. In his trademark lyrical prose, Lewis-Stempel reveals the hidden workings of each habitat: the clear waters and dragonflies; the bluebells, badgers and stag beetles; wild thyme; granite cliffs; rock pools and sandy beaches; red deer standing at ancient oaks; the wayside flowers of the lane; hedgehogs and hares; and snow on the high peak. Each landscape - be it calm green or wild moor, plunging cliff or flatland fen - has shaped our idea of ourselves, our sense of what it is to be in England. In a stunning package, complete with decorated boards, endpapers, chapterheads and a map, England: A Natural History is the definitive volume on the English landscape and the capstone of John Lewis-Stempel&amp;#039;s nature writing. ‘John Lewis-Stempel is the hottest nature writer around.’ – Spectator &amp;#039;Assured and expert countryside writing&amp;#039; -TLS ‘His immense, patient powers of observation – along with a flair for the anthropomorphic – mean he is able to offer a portrait of animal life that&amp;#039;s rare in its colour and drama.’ – Observer ‘That John Lewis-Stempel is one of the best nature writers of his generation is undisputed.’ – Country Life ‘I love the earthiness of John Lewis-Stempel&amp;#039;s writing … The author has seen it, done it, sweated it, and has earned the right to write about it with straw-cut fingers and itchy palms. Brilliant stuff.’ – Christopher Somerville, walking correspondent for The Times ‘It’s his observation of the natural world – the sight, the sound, the smell of it – that is so memorable. He has a distinctively brisk, muscular style of writing that has a poetic intensity and concision. – Guardian ‘Lewis-Stempel sees and hears things others will never see and hear, and he can write about them as no one else can.’– Daily Mail &amp;#039;Gilbert White for the 21st Century.&amp;#039; The Bookseller © John Lewis-Stempel 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Place of Tides by James Rebanks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775962</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775962">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775962</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Place of Tides
Author: James Rebanks
Narrator: Bryan Dick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. From the No.1 bestselling author of The Shepherd&amp;#039;s Life, an unforgettable story of friendship, redemption and a life-changing voyage of discovery on a remote Norwegian island We are all in need of lights to follow. One afternoon many years ago, James Rebanks met an old woman on a remote Norwegian island. She lived and worked alone on a tiny rocky outcrop, caring for wild Eider ducks and gathering their down. Hers was a centuries-old trade that had once made men and women rich, but had long been in decline. Still, somehow, she seemed to be hanging on. Back at home, Rebanks couldn’t stop thinking about the woman on the rocks. She was fierce and otherworldly – and yet strangely familiar. Years passed. Then, one day, he wrote her a letter, asking if he could return. Bring work clothes, she replied, and good boots, and come quickly: her health was failing. And so he travelled to the edge of the Arctic to witness her last season on the island. This is the story of that season. It is the story of a unique and ancient landscape, and of the woman who brought it back to life. It traces the pattern of her work from the rough, isolated toil of bitter winter, building little wooden huts that will protect the ducks come spring; to the elation of the endless summer light, when the birds leave behind their precious down for the woman to gather, like feathered gold. Slowly, Rebanks begins to understand that this woman and her world are not at all what he had previously thought. As the weeks pass, what began as a journey of escape becomes an extraordinary lesson in self-knowledge and forgiveness. © James Rebanks 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</description>
      <author>James Rebanks</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Oct 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241585559.mp3" length="1322593" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775962</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241585559.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775962">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775962</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Place of Tides
Author: James Rebanks
Narrator: Bryan Dick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. From the No.1 bestselling author of The Shepherd&amp;#039;s Life, an unforgettable story of friendship, redemption and a life-changing voyage of discovery on a remote Norwegian island We are all in need of lights to follow. One afternoon many years ago, James Rebanks met an old woman on a remote Norwegian island. She lived and worked alone on a tiny rocky outcrop, caring for wild Eider ducks and gathering their down. Hers was a centuries-old trade that had once made men and women rich, but had long been in decline. Still, somehow, she seemed to be hanging on. Back at home, Rebanks couldn’t stop thinking about the woman on the rocks. She was fierce and otherworldly – and yet strangely familiar. Years passed. Then, one day, he wrote her a letter, asking if he could return. Bring work clothes, she replied, and good boots, and come quickly: her health was failing. And so he travelled to the edge of the Arctic to witness her last season on the island. This is the story of that season. It is the story of a unique and ancient landscape, and of the woman who brought it back to life. It traces the pattern of her work from the rough, isolated toil of bitter winter, building little wooden huts that will protect the ducks come spring; to the elation of the endless summer light, when the birds leave behind their precious down for the woman to gather, like feathered gold. Slowly, Rebanks begins to understand that this woman and her world are not at all what he had previously thought. As the weeks pass, what began as a journey of escape becomes an extraordinary lesson in self-knowledge and forgiveness. © James Rebanks 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775962">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775962</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Place of Tides
Author: James Rebanks
Narrator: Bryan Dick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. From the No.1 bestselling author of The Shepherd&amp;#039;s Life, an unforgettable story of friendship, redemption and a life-changing voyage of discovery on a remote Norwegian island We are all in need of lights to follow. One afternoon many years ago, James Rebanks met an old woman on a remote Norwegian island. She lived and worked alone on a tiny rocky outcrop, caring for wild Eider ducks and gathering their down. Hers was a centuries-old trade that had once made men and women rich, but had long been in decline. Still, somehow, she seemed to be hanging on. Back at home, Rebanks couldn’t stop thinking about the woman on the rocks. She was fierce and otherworldly – and yet strangely familiar. Years passed. Then, one day, he wrote her a letter, asking if he could return. Bring work clothes, she replied, and good boots, and come quickly: her health was failing. And so he travelled to the edge of the Arctic to witness her last season on the island. This is the story of that season. It is the story of a unique and ancient landscape, and of the woman who brought it back to life. It traces the pattern of her work from the rough, isolated toil of bitter winter, building little wooden huts that will protect the ducks come spring; to the elation of the endless summer light, when the birds leave behind their precious down for the woman to gather, like feathered gold. Slowly, Rebanks begins to understand that this woman and her world are not at all what he had previously thought. As the weeks pass, what began as a journey of escape becomes an extraordinary lesson in self-knowledge and forgiveness. © James Rebanks 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fear of Thunderstorm and New Year&amp;#039;s Eve Stress: How to manage your dog&amp;#039;s fear of noises and to sleep through nights full of thunderstorms and fireworks at last. by Gaby Engelbart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775593</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775593">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775593</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear of Thunderstorm and New Year&amp;#039;s Eve Stress: How to manage your dog&amp;#039;s fear of noises and to sleep through nights full of thunderstorms and fireworks at last.
Author: Gaby Engelbart
Narrator: Nick Sholl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April 22, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Fear of thunderstorms and New Year&amp;#039;s Eve stress: Many dogs suffer from noise-related anxiety, affecting celebrations and daily life. This book offers solutions from sedatives to natural remedies like valerian and Bach flowers. Learn how to calm your dog and understand the causes of their fear. With insights into dog behavior and medical knowledge, this guide provides unique solutions not found elsewhere in German-speaking areas. It&amp;#039;s estimated that half of all dogs are affected by noise sensitivity. Even dogs currently unaffected may develop fears over time. This book emphasizes preventive measures as the most effective approach. For those already showing signs of stress, this guide offers tailored solutions to improve the quality of life for both dogs and owners. From spending nights in showers during thunderstorms to avoiding New Year&amp;#039;s Eve celebrations due to firework fears, owners are deeply impacted by their dog&amp;#039;s anxiety. Dogs may react to loud noises by trembling, seeking comfort, or hiding. Possible causes of increased noise sensitivity include adoption from shelters and underlying medical conditions like an underactive thyroid. This comprehensive guide explores all potential triggers and provides actionable advice for concerned dog owners.</description>
      <author>Gaby Engelbart</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Apr 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4099995408843.mp3" length="845357" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775593</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4099995408843.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775593">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775593</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear of Thunderstorm and New Year&amp;#039;s Eve Stress: How to manage your dog&amp;#039;s fear of noises and to sleep through nights full of thunderstorms and fireworks at last.
Author: Gaby Engelbart
Narrator: Nick Sholl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April 22, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Fear of thunderstorms and New Year&amp;#039;s Eve stress: Many dogs suffer from noise-related anxiety, affecting celebrations and daily life. This book offers solutions from sedatives to natural remedies like valerian and Bach flowers. Learn how to calm your dog and understand the causes of their fear. With insights into dog behavior and medical knowledge, this guide provides unique solutions not found elsewhere in German-speaking areas. It&amp;#039;s estimated that half of all dogs are affected by noise sensitivity. Even dogs currently unaffected may develop fears over time. This book emphasizes preventive measures as the most effective approach. For those already showing signs of stress, this guide offers tailored solutions to improve the quality of life for both dogs and owners. From spending nights in showers during thunderstorms to avoiding New Year&amp;#039;s Eve celebrations due to firework fears, owners are deeply impacted by their dog&amp;#039;s anxiety. Dogs may react to loud noises by trembling, seeking comfort, or hiding. Possible causes of increased noise sensitivity include adoption from shelters and underlying medical conditions like an underactive thyroid. This comprehensive guide explores all potential triggers and provides actionable advice for concerned dog owners.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775593">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775593</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear of Thunderstorm and New Year&amp;#039;s Eve Stress: How to manage your dog&amp;#039;s fear of noises and to sleep through nights full of thunderstorms and fireworks at last.
Author: Gaby Engelbart
Narrator: Nick Sholl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April 22, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Fear of thunderstorms and New Year&amp;#039;s Eve stress: Many dogs suffer from noise-related anxiety, affecting celebrations and daily life. This book offers solutions from sedatives to natural remedies like valerian and Bach flowers. Learn how to calm your dog and understand the causes of their fear. With insights into dog behavior and medical knowledge, this guide provides unique solutions not found elsewhere in German-speaking areas. It&amp;#039;s estimated that half of all dogs are affected by noise sensitivity. Even dogs currently unaffected may develop fears over time. This book emphasizes preventive measures as the most effective approach. For those already showing signs of stress, this guide offers tailored solutions to improve the quality of life for both dogs and owners. From spending nights in showers during thunderstorms to avoiding New Year&amp;#039;s Eve celebrations due to firework fears, owners are deeply impacted by their dog&amp;#039;s anxiety. Dogs may react to loud noises by trembling, seeking comfort, or hiding. Possible causes of increased noise sensitivity include adoption from shelters and underlying medical conditions like an underactive thyroid. This comprehensive guide explores all potential triggers and provides actionable advice for concerned dog owners.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Gewitterangst und Silvesterstress: So bekommst du die Geräuschangst deines Hundes erfolgreich in den Griff und kannst in Gewitternächten endlich wieder durchschlafen. by Gaby Engelbart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775594</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775594">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775594</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gewitterangst und Silvesterstress: So bekommst du die Geräuschangst deines Hundes erfolgreich in den Griff und kannst in Gewitternächten endlich wieder durchschlafen.
Author: Gaby Engelbart
Narrator: Kerstin Mustroph
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Jeder zweite Hund leidet irgendwann unter Geräuschangst. Als Hundebesitzer fragst du dich: Wie kannst du deinem Vierbeiner helfen? Beruhigungsmittel, Naturheilmittel wie Baldrian oder Bachblüten, Gegenkonditionierung oder Desensibilisierung – welche Lösungen gibt es? Dieses Buch bietet Antworten und zeigt, wie du deinem Hund effektiv helfen kannst. Es vermittelt Kenntnisse über Hundeverhalten und medizinisches Wissen, liefert einzigartige Lösungsansätze und betont die Wichtigkeit von Prävention. Selbst Hunde, die aktuell entspannt auf laute Geräusche reagieren, können im nächsten Jahr betroffen sein. Daher enthält das Buch viele präventive Maßnahmen. Untersuchungen zeigen, dass präventive Maßnahmen am effektivsten sind. Auch bei bereits deutlichen Anzeichen von Stress bietet dieser Ratgeber hilfreiche Tipps. Einige Hundebesitzer verbringen Gewitternächte in der Dusche, vermeiden Silvesterfeiern und suchen einsame Orte auf. Aber nicht nur Silvester oder Gewitter sind Problemquellen. LKWs, Jagdschüsse, Straßenfeste oder das Garagentor des Nachbarn können Ängste auslösen. Manche Hunde verstecken sich, andere suchen die Nähe ihres Besitzers. Da Hunde oft als Familienmitglieder betrachtet werden, leiden nicht nur sie, sondern auch ihre Besitzer unter der Angst. Aber warum haben immer mehr Hunde Probleme mit lauten Geräuschen? Liegt es an der vermehrten Adoption von Tierschutzhunden oder gibt es körperliche Ursachen wie eine Schilddrüsenunterfunktion? Der Ratgeber geht auch auf diese Fragen ausführlich ein.</description>
      <author>Gaby Engelbart</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Apr 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4099995418170.mp3" length="910681" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775594</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4099995418170.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775594">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775594</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gewitterangst und Silvesterstress: So bekommst du die Geräuschangst deines Hundes erfolgreich in den Griff und kannst in Gewitternächten endlich wieder durchschlafen.
Author: Gaby Engelbart
Narrator: Kerstin Mustroph
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Jeder zweite Hund leidet irgendwann unter Geräuschangst. Als Hundebesitzer fragst du dich: Wie kannst du deinem Vierbeiner helfen? Beruhigungsmittel, Naturheilmittel wie Baldrian oder Bachblüten, Gegenkonditionierung oder Desensibilisierung – welche Lösungen gibt es? Dieses Buch bietet Antworten und zeigt, wie du deinem Hund effektiv helfen kannst. Es vermittelt Kenntnisse über Hundeverhalten und medizinisches Wissen, liefert einzigartige Lösungsansätze und betont die Wichtigkeit von Prävention. Selbst Hunde, die aktuell entspannt auf laute Geräusche reagieren, können im nächsten Jahr betroffen sein. Daher enthält das Buch viele präventive Maßnahmen. Untersuchungen zeigen, dass präventive Maßnahmen am effektivsten sind. Auch bei bereits deutlichen Anzeichen von Stress bietet dieser Ratgeber hilfreiche Tipps. Einige Hundebesitzer verbringen Gewitternächte in der Dusche, vermeiden Silvesterfeiern und suchen einsame Orte auf. Aber nicht nur Silvester oder Gewitter sind Problemquellen. LKWs, Jagdschüsse, Straßenfeste oder das Garagentor des Nachbarn können Ängste auslösen. Manche Hunde verstecken sich, andere suchen die Nähe ihres Besitzers. Da Hunde oft als Familienmitglieder betrachtet werden, leiden nicht nur sie, sondern auch ihre Besitzer unter der Angst. Aber warum haben immer mehr Hunde Probleme mit lauten Geräuschen? Liegt es an der vermehrten Adoption von Tierschutzhunden oder gibt es körperliche Ursachen wie eine Schilddrüsenunterfunktion? Der Ratgeber geht auch auf diese Fragen ausführlich ein.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775594">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775594</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gewitterangst und Silvesterstress: So bekommst du die Geräuschangst deines Hundes erfolgreich in den Griff und kannst in Gewitternächten endlich wieder durchschlafen.
Author: Gaby Engelbart
Narrator: Kerstin Mustroph
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Jeder zweite Hund leidet irgendwann unter Geräuschangst. Als Hundebesitzer fragst du dich: Wie kannst du deinem Vierbeiner helfen? Beruhigungsmittel, Naturheilmittel wie Baldrian oder Bachblüten, Gegenkonditionierung oder Desensibilisierung – welche Lösungen gibt es? Dieses Buch bietet Antworten und zeigt, wie du deinem Hund effektiv helfen kannst. Es vermittelt Kenntnisse über Hundeverhalten und medizinisches Wissen, liefert einzigartige Lösungsansätze und betont die Wichtigkeit von Prävention. Selbst Hunde, die aktuell entspannt auf laute Geräusche reagieren, können im nächsten Jahr betroffen sein. Daher enthält das Buch viele präventive Maßnahmen. Untersuchungen zeigen, dass präventive Maßnahmen am effektivsten sind. Auch bei bereits deutlichen Anzeichen von Stress bietet dieser Ratgeber hilfreiche Tipps. Einige Hundebesitzer verbringen Gewitternächte in der Dusche, vermeiden Silvesterfeiern und suchen einsame Orte auf. Aber nicht nur Silvester oder Gewitter sind Problemquellen. LKWs, Jagdschüsse, Straßenfeste oder das Garagentor des Nachbarn können Ängste auslösen. Manche Hunde verstecken sich, andere suchen die Nähe ihres Besitzers. Da Hunde oft als Familienmitglieder betrachtet werden, leiden nicht nur sie, sondern auch ihre Besitzer unter der Angst. Aber warum haben immer mehr Hunde Probleme mit lauten Geräuschen? Liegt es an der vermehrten Adoption von Tierschutzhunden oder gibt es körperliche Ursachen wie eine Schilddrüsenunterfunktion? Der Ratgeber geht auch auf diese Fragen ausführlich ein.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>No Walk in the Park: Seeking Thrills, Eco-Wisdom, and Legacies in the Grand Canyon by Michael Engelhard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775492</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Walk in the Park: Seeking Thrills, Eco-Wisdom, and Legacies in the Grand Canyon
Author: Michael Engelhard
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In the footsteps of Desert Solitaire, these essays by an award-winning writer and student of culture sift decades of experience backpacking and boating for a stance that questions the mainstream. More than mere tales of bravado, they offer glimpses into the heart of the places explored, with the Grand Canyon as their center of gravity. Vivid, finely crafted, shot through with humor, self-effacing while deeply opinionated, No Walk in the Park shows what it means to meet nature on nature&amp;#039;s terms. Listen at home in an armchair, or at a river camp, or before you go wandering. Join this author on a night hike to the great chasm&amp;#039;s bottom; trek forty days in his company below one rim, or snowshoe the other; visit a Hopi mesa for a ceremony; marvel at hidden rock art; sip epic solitude; tag threatened fish; and float next to Glen Canyon&amp;#039;s slickrock or below Niagara-size fleeting falls.</description>
      <author>Michael Engelhard</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855557701.mp3" length="7900670" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775492</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855557701.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Walk in the Park: Seeking Thrills, Eco-Wisdom, and Legacies in the Grand Canyon
Author: Michael Engelhard
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In the footsteps of Desert Solitaire, these essays by an award-winning writer and student of culture sift decades of experience backpacking and boating for a stance that questions the mainstream. More than mere tales of bravado, they offer glimpses into the heart of the places explored, with the Grand Canyon as their center of gravity. Vivid, finely crafted, shot through with humor, self-effacing while deeply opinionated, No Walk in the Park shows what it means to meet nature on nature&amp;#039;s terms. Listen at home in an armchair, or at a river camp, or before you go wandering. Join this author on a night hike to the great chasm&amp;#039;s bottom; trek forty days in his company below one rim, or snowshoe the other; visit a Hopi mesa for a ceremony; marvel at hidden rock art; sip epic solitude; tag threatened fish; and float next to Glen Canyon&amp;#039;s slickrock or below Niagara-size fleeting falls.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Walk in the Park: Seeking Thrills, Eco-Wisdom, and Legacies in the Grand Canyon
Author: Michael Engelhard
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In the footsteps of Desert Solitaire, these essays by an award-winning writer and student of culture sift decades of experience backpacking and boating for a stance that questions the mainstream. More than mere tales of bravado, they offer glimpses into the heart of the places explored, with the Grand Canyon as their center of gravity. Vivid, finely crafted, shot through with humor, self-effacing while deeply opinionated, No Walk in the Park shows what it means to meet nature on nature&amp;#039;s terms. Listen at home in an armchair, or at a river camp, or before you go wandering. Join this author on a night hike to the great chasm&amp;#039;s bottom; trek forty days in his company below one rim, or snowshoe the other; visit a Hopi mesa for a ceremony; marvel at hidden rock art; sip epic solitude; tag threatened fish; and float next to Glen Canyon&amp;#039;s slickrock or below Niagara-size fleeting falls.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Call of the Kingfisher: Bright sights and bird song in a year by the river by Nick Penny</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774298</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Call of the Kingfisher: Bright sights and bird song in a year by the river
Author: Nick Penny
Narrator: Nick Penny
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: April 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“All writers want the reader to see through their eyes, but few succeed in making them hear through their ears as successfully as Nick Penny… Very special.” Jamie Blackett, Country Life &amp;#039;An odyssey of simple joy, filled with historical facts and stories, where the writer makes us feel part of the journey. It’s like strolling the riverbank with a friend - and is a timely reminder that regular paths walked can lead to irregular and surprising encounters&amp;#039; - Ceri Levy, Caught by the River Call of the Kingfisher is the enchanting debut from composer and wildlife recordist Nick Penny. This love letter to a short stretch of Northamptonshire’s River Nene (UK) celebrates all the wild things that live there, especially the kingfishers. The original print book comes with access to 42 wildlife sound recordings made by the author. These are woven into the audiobook along with the spoken text. Nick has walked beside the river at Oundle in Northamptonshire for four decades. But for a whole year he gave the waterway all the time it asked for. The more attention he gave it, the more he saw the kingfishers and heard their high whistling calls. Set in a lovely but little-known part of England, Call of the Kingfisher relates a year by the river, the author’s experiences there and the different people he meets. Other strands are woven around the elusive feathered protagonist: explorations of local history and landscape, from Roman and Bronze Age sites to watermills and centuries-old stone churches; visits at different times and to different places in the valley; homages to naturalists who lived nearby; forest dawns and dusks listening to the precious song of nightingales. But the background tapestry is the sights and sounds, and greens and browns, of the riverbank, shot through with the blue and orange threads of a kingfisher’s glowing feathers.</description>
      <author>Nick Penny</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Apr 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875125539.mp3" length="1355144" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774298</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875125539.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Call of the Kingfisher: Bright sights and bird song in a year by the river
Author: Nick Penny
Narrator: Nick Penny
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: April 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“All writers want the reader to see through their eyes, but few succeed in making them hear through their ears as successfully as Nick Penny… Very special.” Jamie Blackett, Country Life &amp;#039;An odyssey of simple joy, filled with historical facts and stories, where the writer makes us feel part of the journey. It’s like strolling the riverbank with a friend - and is a timely reminder that regular paths walked can lead to irregular and surprising encounters&amp;#039; - Ceri Levy, Caught by the River Call of the Kingfisher is the enchanting debut from composer and wildlife recordist Nick Penny. This love letter to a short stretch of Northamptonshire’s River Nene (UK) celebrates all the wild things that live there, especially the kingfishers. The original print book comes with access to 42 wildlife sound recordings made by the author. These are woven into the audiobook along with the spoken text. Nick has walked beside the river at Oundle in Northamptonshire for four decades. But for a whole year he gave the waterway all the time it asked for. The more attention he gave it, the more he saw the kingfishers and heard their high whistling calls. Set in a lovely but little-known part of England, Call of the Kingfisher relates a year by the river, the author’s experiences there and the different people he meets. Other strands are woven around the elusive feathered protagonist: explorations of local history and landscape, from Roman and Bronze Age sites to watermills and centuries-old stone churches; visits at different times and to different places in the valley; homages to naturalists who lived nearby; forest dawns and dusks listening to the precious song of nightingales. But the background tapestry is the sights and sounds, and greens and browns, of the riverbank, shot through with the blue and orange threads of a kingfisher’s glowing feathers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Call of the Kingfisher: Bright sights and bird song in a year by the river
Author: Nick Penny
Narrator: Nick Penny
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: April 10, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“All writers want the reader to see through their eyes, but few succeed in making them hear through their ears as successfully as Nick Penny… Very special.” Jamie Blackett, Country Life &amp;#039;An odyssey of simple joy, filled with historical facts and stories, where the writer makes us feel part of the journey. It’s like strolling the riverbank with a friend - and is a timely reminder that regular paths walked can lead to irregular and surprising encounters&amp;#039; - Ceri Levy, Caught by the River Call of the Kingfisher is the enchanting debut from composer and wildlife recordist Nick Penny. This love letter to a short stretch of Northamptonshire’s River Nene (UK) celebrates all the wild things that live there, especially the kingfishers. The original print book comes with access to 42 wildlife sound recordings made by the author. These are woven into the audiobook along with the spoken text. Nick has walked beside the river at Oundle in Northamptonshire for four decades. But for a whole year he gave the waterway all the time it asked for. The more attention he gave it, the more he saw the kingfishers and heard their high whistling calls. Set in a lovely but little-known part of England, Call of the Kingfisher relates a year by the river, the author’s experiences there and the different people he meets. Other strands are woven around the elusive feathered protagonist: explorations of local history and landscape, from Roman and Bronze Age sites to watermills and centuries-old stone churches; visits at different times and to different places in the valley; homages to naturalists who lived nearby; forest dawns and dusks listening to the precious song of nightingales. But the background tapestry is the sights and sounds, and greens and browns, of the riverbank, shot through with the blue and orange threads of a kingfisher’s glowing feathers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Do You Believe in Fairies?: Compositions of Truth &amp;amp; Nature in Art &amp;amp; Poetry by Ashley Anne Strobridge</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774270</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774270">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774270</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Do You Believe in Fairies?: Compositions of Truth &amp;amp; Nature in Art &amp;amp; Poetry
Author: Ashley Anne Strobridge
Narrator: Ashley Anne Strobridge
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This is an audio journey through a collection of original Nature photography paired with original poetry &amp;amp; prose. Within you&amp;#039;ll find lyrical audio descriptions of photos spanning the landscapes of my home state of Vermont, as well as a curated selection of photos from Virginia. This art is paired with whimsical &amp;amp; impactful poetry in themes of ecology, fantasy, social justice (BIPOC, LBGTQIA+ &amp;amp; Women&amp;#039;s Rights, aging &amp;amp; disability), literature, conservation, history, family trauma, healing, &amp;amp; never forgetting pure Fascination with the Wonders of the Universe. This work is intended to create access to the wonders &amp;amp; benefits of Nature to those who may have mobility issues, disabilities (including visual impairment), or who otherwise lack access to the healing power of Nature due to financial hardship; racial, social, or fat-biased exclusion; or other circumstances. Art, Science, Magic, Nature, Truth, Justice, Love, &amp;amp; Creativity: through Astrobridge Artistry, I aim to Communicate the Magic &amp;amp; Wonder of Nature, hoping to make the beauty &amp;amp; healing powers of the natural world accessible &amp;amp; inviting to all. As someone with multiple disabilities &amp;amp; limited mobility myself, I pride myself on taking photos of, &amp;amp; being inspired by, beautiful &amp;amp; whimsical scenes in natural places that are easily accessible. Whether I&amp;#039;m on a dirt road 2 steps from my car door, on an accessible nature trail, or even right on my own balcony in Montpelier, VT in my Magic Garden in the Sky, illustrating that the beauty of Nature can be more accessible than you think, &amp;amp; that you don&amp;#039;t need to have the ability to climb a rocky mountain trail to witness the majesty of Nature, is one of my main missions. It is important to me to share my photos &amp;amp; writing with a world with ever diminishing access to the truth &amp;amp; natural surroundings. 2 photos are credited to my Mother, Diana Whittington (the Rainbow&amp;#039;s Daughter &amp;amp; There &amp;amp; Back Again), &amp;amp; another is in Public Domain; the remainder of the photos were taken by me.</description>
      <author>Ashley Anne Strobridge</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Apr 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875126215.mp3" length="713649" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774270</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875126215.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774270">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774270</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Do You Believe in Fairies?: Compositions of Truth &amp;amp; Nature in Art &amp;amp; Poetry
Author: Ashley Anne Strobridge
Narrator: Ashley Anne Strobridge
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This is an audio journey through a collection of original Nature photography paired with original poetry &amp;amp; prose. Within you&amp;#039;ll find lyrical audio descriptions of photos spanning the landscapes of my home state of Vermont, as well as a curated selection of photos from Virginia. This art is paired with whimsical &amp;amp; impactful poetry in themes of ecology, fantasy, social justice (BIPOC, LBGTQIA+ &amp;amp; Women&amp;#039;s Rights, aging &amp;amp; disability), literature, conservation, history, family trauma, healing, &amp;amp; never forgetting pure Fascination with the Wonders of the Universe. This work is intended to create access to the wonders &amp;amp; benefits of Nature to those who may have mobility issues, disabilities (including visual impairment), or who otherwise lack access to the healing power of Nature due to financial hardship; racial, social, or fat-biased exclusion; or other circumstances. Art, Science, Magic, Nature, Truth, Justice, Love, &amp;amp; Creativity: through Astrobridge Artistry, I aim to Communicate the Magic &amp;amp; Wonder of Nature, hoping to make the beauty &amp;amp; healing powers of the natural world accessible &amp;amp; inviting to all. As someone with multiple disabilities &amp;amp; limited mobility myself, I pride myself on taking photos of, &amp;amp; being inspired by, beautiful &amp;amp; whimsical scenes in natural places that are easily accessible. Whether I&amp;#039;m on a dirt road 2 steps from my car door, on an accessible nature trail, or even right on my own balcony in Montpelier, VT in my Magic Garden in the Sky, illustrating that the beauty of Nature can be more accessible than you think, &amp;amp; that you don&amp;#039;t need to have the ability to climb a rocky mountain trail to witness the majesty of Nature, is one of my main missions. It is important to me to share my photos &amp;amp; writing with a world with ever diminishing access to the truth &amp;amp; natural surroundings. 2 photos are credited to my Mother, Diana Whittington (the Rainbow&amp;#039;s Daughter &amp;amp; There &amp;amp; Back Again), &amp;amp; another is in Public Domain; the remainder of the photos were taken by me.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774270">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774270</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Do You Believe in Fairies?: Compositions of Truth &amp;amp; Nature in Art &amp;amp; Poetry
Author: Ashley Anne Strobridge
Narrator: Ashley Anne Strobridge
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This is an audio journey through a collection of original Nature photography paired with original poetry &amp;amp; prose. Within you&amp;#039;ll find lyrical audio descriptions of photos spanning the landscapes of my home state of Vermont, as well as a curated selection of photos from Virginia. This art is paired with whimsical &amp;amp; impactful poetry in themes of ecology, fantasy, social justice (BIPOC, LBGTQIA+ &amp;amp; Women&amp;#039;s Rights, aging &amp;amp; disability), literature, conservation, history, family trauma, healing, &amp;amp; never forgetting pure Fascination with the Wonders of the Universe. This work is intended to create access to the wonders &amp;amp; benefits of Nature to those who may have mobility issues, disabilities (including visual impairment), or who otherwise lack access to the healing power of Nature due to financial hardship; racial, social, or fat-biased exclusion; or other circumstances. Art, Science, Magic, Nature, Truth, Justice, Love, &amp;amp; Creativity: through Astrobridge Artistry, I aim to Communicate the Magic &amp;amp; Wonder of Nature, hoping to make the beauty &amp;amp; healing powers of the natural world accessible &amp;amp; inviting to all. As someone with multiple disabilities &amp;amp; limited mobility myself, I pride myself on taking photos of, &amp;amp; being inspired by, beautiful &amp;amp; whimsical scenes in natural places that are easily accessible. Whether I&amp;#039;m on a dirt road 2 steps from my car door, on an accessible nature trail, or even right on my own balcony in Montpelier, VT in my Magic Garden in the Sky, illustrating that the beauty of Nature can be more accessible than you think, &amp;amp; that you don&amp;#039;t need to have the ability to climb a rocky mountain trail to witness the majesty of Nature, is one of my main missions. It is important to me to share my photos &amp;amp; writing with a world with ever diminishing access to the truth &amp;amp; natural surroundings. 2 photos are credited to my Mother, Diana Whittington (the Rainbow&amp;#039;s Daughter &amp;amp; There &amp;amp; Back Again), &amp;amp; another is in Public Domain; the remainder of the photos were taken by me.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Watershed: Herman Murrah and the Pascagoula River Swamp by Davy Murrah</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773595</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Watershed: Herman Murrah and the Pascagoula River Swamp
Author: Davy Murrah
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Pasagoula River is the largest unobstructed river in the continuous United States. Because of this lack of restraint, the river has been left to rise and fall naturally with the seasons, overflowing annually into the adjoining bottomland surrounded by some of the most ecologically diverse woodlands, in North America. Herman Murrah (1935-2022) lived his entire life on the banks and in the swamp surrounding this river in southeast Mississippi. In this book, Herman&amp;#039;s eldest son, Davy, details the adventures that continue to inspire young conservationists in the fight to protect our remaining natural ecosystems. As a young adult, Herman worked as a game warden in the Pascagoula River Swamp. When the Pascagoula Hardwood Company, then owners of the swamp, decided to sell the vast tract of forest for clearcutting, Herman was incensed. Determined to protect this natural wonder, Herman teamed up with other visionaries to persuade the State of Mississippi to purchase the land and preserve it in perpetuity. Herman was appointed area manager for the upper portion of the newly designated Pascagoula River Wildlife Management Area. He dedicated the remainder of his life to preserving, protecting, and improving the swamp for the good of south Mississippi.</description>
      <author>Davy Murrah</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855555783.mp3" length="8117774" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773595</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855555783.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Watershed: Herman Murrah and the Pascagoula River Swamp
Author: Davy Murrah
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Pasagoula River is the largest unobstructed river in the continuous United States. Because of this lack of restraint, the river has been left to rise and fall naturally with the seasons, overflowing annually into the adjoining bottomland surrounded by some of the most ecologically diverse woodlands, in North America. Herman Murrah (1935-2022) lived his entire life on the banks and in the swamp surrounding this river in southeast Mississippi. In this book, Herman&amp;#039;s eldest son, Davy, details the adventures that continue to inspire young conservationists in the fight to protect our remaining natural ecosystems. As a young adult, Herman worked as a game warden in the Pascagoula River Swamp. When the Pascagoula Hardwood Company, then owners of the swamp, decided to sell the vast tract of forest for clearcutting, Herman was incensed. Determined to protect this natural wonder, Herman teamed up with other visionaries to persuade the State of Mississippi to purchase the land and preserve it in perpetuity. Herman was appointed area manager for the upper portion of the newly designated Pascagoula River Wildlife Management Area. He dedicated the remainder of his life to preserving, protecting, and improving the swamp for the good of south Mississippi.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Watershed: Herman Murrah and the Pascagoula River Swamp
Author: Davy Murrah
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Pasagoula River is the largest unobstructed river in the continuous United States. Because of this lack of restraint, the river has been left to rise and fall naturally with the seasons, overflowing annually into the adjoining bottomland surrounded by some of the most ecologically diverse woodlands, in North America. Herman Murrah (1935-2022) lived his entire life on the banks and in the swamp surrounding this river in southeast Mississippi. In this book, Herman&amp;#039;s eldest son, Davy, details the adventures that continue to inspire young conservationists in the fight to protect our remaining natural ecosystems. As a young adult, Herman worked as a game warden in the Pascagoula River Swamp. When the Pascagoula Hardwood Company, then owners of the swamp, decided to sell the vast tract of forest for clearcutting, Herman was incensed. Determined to protect this natural wonder, Herman teamed up with other visionaries to persuade the State of Mississippi to purchase the land and preserve it in perpetuity. Herman was appointed area manager for the upper portion of the newly designated Pascagoula River Wildlife Management Area. He dedicated the remainder of his life to preserving, protecting, and improving the swamp for the good of south Mississippi.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How To Give Your Dog A Real Dog&amp;#039;s Life by Owen Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773323</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773323">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773323</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How To Give Your Dog A Real Dog&amp;#039;s Life
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Uncle Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 6 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dogs of a certain breed may share some behavioural characteristics. For example, most Labradors enjoy swimming and love to fetch a ball or a stick, because retrieving fallen game is what they were designed to do. There are exceptions to every rule, but knowing a breed&amp;#039;s designed behavioural (as well as physical) characteristics will help you to decide on a dog that will likely be a good fit for you and your lifestyle. The more research you do before you go to choose your dog, the more likely you are to get the best dog for you and / or your family or environment. You are taking the right first step now by considering this book.Almost everyone has fond memories of being with animals when they were young, it is what makes people try to reproduce the situation either for themselves or their children, but what most people forget, is that their parents trained those animals, they did not just come like that. There is no such thing as a perfect pet, perfect dog, perfect human or perfect anything. There is as good as you&amp;#039;re going to get, as best as you can make it and what best suits you. Dogs of a certain breed may share some behavioural characteristics. For example, most Labradors enjoy swimming and love to fetch a ball or a stick, because retrieving fallen game is what they were designed to do. There are exceptions to every rule, but knowing a breed&amp;#039;s designed behavioural (as well as physical) characteristics will help you to decide on a dog that will likely be a good fit for you and your lifestyle. The more research you do before you go to choose your dog, the more likely you are to get the best dog for you and / or your family or environment. You are taking the right first step now by considering this book. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Owen Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Apr 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788835464716.mp3" length="1329989" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773323</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788835464716.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773323">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773323</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How To Give Your Dog A Real Dog&amp;#039;s Life
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Uncle Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 6 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dogs of a certain breed may share some behavioural characteristics. For example, most Labradors enjoy swimming and love to fetch a ball or a stick, because retrieving fallen game is what they were designed to do. There are exceptions to every rule, but knowing a breed&amp;#039;s designed behavioural (as well as physical) characteristics will help you to decide on a dog that will likely be a good fit for you and your lifestyle. The more research you do before you go to choose your dog, the more likely you are to get the best dog for you and / or your family or environment. You are taking the right first step now by considering this book.Almost everyone has fond memories of being with animals when they were young, it is what makes people try to reproduce the situation either for themselves or their children, but what most people forget, is that their parents trained those animals, they did not just come like that. There is no such thing as a perfect pet, perfect dog, perfect human or perfect anything. There is as good as you&amp;#039;re going to get, as best as you can make it and what best suits you. Dogs of a certain breed may share some behavioural characteristics. For example, most Labradors enjoy swimming and love to fetch a ball or a stick, because retrieving fallen game is what they were designed to do. There are exceptions to every rule, but knowing a breed&amp;#039;s designed behavioural (as well as physical) characteristics will help you to decide on a dog that will likely be a good fit for you and your lifestyle. The more research you do before you go to choose your dog, the more likely you are to get the best dog for you and / or your family or environment. You are taking the right first step now by considering this book. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773323">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773323</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How To Give Your Dog A Real Dog&amp;#039;s Life
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Uncle Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 6 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dogs of a certain breed may share some behavioural characteristics. For example, most Labradors enjoy swimming and love to fetch a ball or a stick, because retrieving fallen game is what they were designed to do. There are exceptions to every rule, but knowing a breed&amp;#039;s designed behavioural (as well as physical) characteristics will help you to decide on a dog that will likely be a good fit for you and your lifestyle. The more research you do before you go to choose your dog, the more likely you are to get the best dog for you and / or your family or environment. You are taking the right first step now by considering this book.Almost everyone has fond memories of being with animals when they were young, it is what makes people try to reproduce the situation either for themselves or their children, but what most people forget, is that their parents trained those animals, they did not just come like that. There is no such thing as a perfect pet, perfect dog, perfect human or perfect anything. There is as good as you&amp;#039;re going to get, as best as you can make it and what best suits you. Dogs of a certain breed may share some behavioural characteristics. For example, most Labradors enjoy swimming and love to fetch a ball or a stick, because retrieving fallen game is what they were designed to do. There are exceptions to every rule, but knowing a breed&amp;#039;s designed behavioural (as well as physical) characteristics will help you to decide on a dog that will likely be a good fit for you and your lifestyle. The more research you do before you go to choose your dog, the more likely you are to get the best dog for you and / or your family or environment. You are taking the right first step now by considering this book. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Teestube in Freshwater Bay: Roman | Verliebt auf der Isle of Wight, Band 2. Ein wunderschöner Inselroman mit Cosy-Romance-Feelin by Annette Weber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772560</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772560">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772560</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Teestube in Freshwater Bay: Roman | Verliebt auf der Isle of Wight, Band 2. Ein wunderschöner Inselroman mit Cosy-Romance-Feelin
Series: #2 of Verliebt auf der Isle of Wight
Author: Annette Weber
Narrator: Svenja Pages
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Duft von englischem Gebäck und dampfendem Tee, während draußen die Meereswellen schäumen … Als Ruby auf der Isle of Wight ein altes Cottage mit einem verwilderten Garten entdeckt, weiß sie sofort, dass sie hier ihren Traum von einem Tearoom verwirklichen will, um den Traditionen der Insel neues Leben einzuhauchen. Aber während Ruby im Tortenbacken niemand das Wasser reichen kann, will die knifflige Kunst des »Afternoon Teas« und der »Five O&amp;#039;Clock«-Gemütlichkeit erlernt werden – und dann ist da auch noch ihr Konkurrent, der charmante Geschäftsmann Mathew: Ruby ist fest entschlossen, seiner kommerziellen Teehaus-Kette die Stirn zu bieten. Und wenn sie dafür bei dem großen Teewettbewerb der Insel die Krone davontragen muss, dann auf in den Kampf! Nur warum dreht ihr verflixten Herz jedes Mal Loopings, wenn sie Mathew wiedersieht?</description>
      <author>Annette Weber</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788727043517.mp3" length="1422358" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772560</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788727043517.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772560">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772560</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Teestube in Freshwater Bay: Roman | Verliebt auf der Isle of Wight, Band 2. Ein wunderschöner Inselroman mit Cosy-Romance-Feelin
Series: #2 of Verliebt auf der Isle of Wight
Author: Annette Weber
Narrator: Svenja Pages
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Duft von englischem Gebäck und dampfendem Tee, während draußen die Meereswellen schäumen … Als Ruby auf der Isle of Wight ein altes Cottage mit einem verwilderten Garten entdeckt, weiß sie sofort, dass sie hier ihren Traum von einem Tearoom verwirklichen will, um den Traditionen der Insel neues Leben einzuhauchen. Aber während Ruby im Tortenbacken niemand das Wasser reichen kann, will die knifflige Kunst des »Afternoon Teas« und der »Five O&amp;#039;Clock«-Gemütlichkeit erlernt werden – und dann ist da auch noch ihr Konkurrent, der charmante Geschäftsmann Mathew: Ruby ist fest entschlossen, seiner kommerziellen Teehaus-Kette die Stirn zu bieten. Und wenn sie dafür bei dem großen Teewettbewerb der Insel die Krone davontragen muss, dann auf in den Kampf! Nur warum dreht ihr verflixten Herz jedes Mal Loopings, wenn sie Mathew wiedersieht?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772560">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772560</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Teestube in Freshwater Bay: Roman | Verliebt auf der Isle of Wight, Band 2. Ein wunderschöner Inselroman mit Cosy-Romance-Feelin
Series: #2 of Verliebt auf der Isle of Wight
Author: Annette Weber
Narrator: Svenja Pages
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Duft von englischem Gebäck und dampfendem Tee, während draußen die Meereswellen schäumen … Als Ruby auf der Isle of Wight ein altes Cottage mit einem verwilderten Garten entdeckt, weiß sie sofort, dass sie hier ihren Traum von einem Tearoom verwirklichen will, um den Traditionen der Insel neues Leben einzuhauchen. Aber während Ruby im Tortenbacken niemand das Wasser reichen kann, will die knifflige Kunst des »Afternoon Teas« und der »Five O&amp;#039;Clock«-Gemütlichkeit erlernt werden – und dann ist da auch noch ihr Konkurrent, der charmante Geschäftsmann Mathew: Ruby ist fest entschlossen, seiner kommerziellen Teehaus-Kette die Stirn zu bieten. Und wenn sie dafür bei dem großen Teewettbewerb der Insel die Krone davontragen muss, dann auf in den Kampf! Nur warum dreht ihr verflixten Herz jedes Mal Loopings, wenn sie Mathew wiedersieht?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Wildest Hunt: True Stories of Game Wardens and Poachers by Randy Nelson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771472</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771472">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771472</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wildest Hunt: True Stories of Game Wardens and Poachers
Author: Randy Nelson
Narrator: Kent Klineman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A lively collection of wilder-than-fiction poaching stories from across Canada and the US, including insights from investigating officers involved in real poaching situations. Get ready to hear some of the wildest true crime imaginable. Showcasing fish and wildlife poaching stories from every province and territory in Canada and every state in the United States, decorated fishery officer Randy Nelson offers a thrilling look into a dangerous industry. With insights gathered through thousands of phone calls and emails to investigating officers, The Wildest Hunt collects over one hundred North American fish and wildlife officers&amp;#039; stories, with tales ranging from absolutely disgusting to hysterically hilarious. Nelson takes listeners across North America, from busting turtle-trafficking rings in Oklahoma to collecting a fourteen-and-a-half foot beluga whale from a bus in Saskatchewan. Nelson&amp;#039;s entertaining stories also shed light on the important work of fish and wildlife officers, and the often messy, sometimes dangerous situations they must face, as well as how important the public can be in solving wildlife crime.</description>
      <author>Randy Nelson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855548341.mp3" length="6747962" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771472</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855548341.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771472">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771472</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wildest Hunt: True Stories of Game Wardens and Poachers
Author: Randy Nelson
Narrator: Kent Klineman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A lively collection of wilder-than-fiction poaching stories from across Canada and the US, including insights from investigating officers involved in real poaching situations. Get ready to hear some of the wildest true crime imaginable. Showcasing fish and wildlife poaching stories from every province and territory in Canada and every state in the United States, decorated fishery officer Randy Nelson offers a thrilling look into a dangerous industry. With insights gathered through thousands of phone calls and emails to investigating officers, The Wildest Hunt collects over one hundred North American fish and wildlife officers&amp;#039; stories, with tales ranging from absolutely disgusting to hysterically hilarious. Nelson takes listeners across North America, from busting turtle-trafficking rings in Oklahoma to collecting a fourteen-and-a-half foot beluga whale from a bus in Saskatchewan. Nelson&amp;#039;s entertaining stories also shed light on the important work of fish and wildlife officers, and the often messy, sometimes dangerous situations they must face, as well as how important the public can be in solving wildlife crime.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771472">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771472</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wildest Hunt: True Stories of Game Wardens and Poachers
Author: Randy Nelson
Narrator: Kent Klineman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A lively collection of wilder-than-fiction poaching stories from across Canada and the US, including insights from investigating officers involved in real poaching situations. Get ready to hear some of the wildest true crime imaginable. Showcasing fish and wildlife poaching stories from every province and territory in Canada and every state in the United States, decorated fishery officer Randy Nelson offers a thrilling look into a dangerous industry. With insights gathered through thousands of phone calls and emails to investigating officers, The Wildest Hunt collects over one hundred North American fish and wildlife officers&amp;#039; stories, with tales ranging from absolutely disgusting to hysterically hilarious. Nelson takes listeners across North America, from busting turtle-trafficking rings in Oklahoma to collecting a fourteen-and-a-half foot beluga whale from a bus in Saskatchewan. Nelson&amp;#039;s entertaining stories also shed light on the important work of fish and wildlife officers, and the often messy, sometimes dangerous situations they must face, as well as how important the public can be in solving wildlife crime.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Southern Rivers: Restoring America&amp;#039;s Freshwater Biodiversity by R. Scot Duncan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771463</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Southern Rivers: Restoring America&amp;#039;s Freshwater Biodiversity
Author: R. Scot Duncan
Narrator: Danny Hughes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Southern Rivers is a thoroughly crafted exploration of the perilous state of the Southeast&amp;#039;s rivers and the urgent need to safeguard their vitality. The region&amp;#039;s rivers are the epicenter of North American freshwater biodiversity and are the top global hotspot for important aquatic animals, including mussels, turtles, snails, crayfish, and fish. Centuries of commercial development have impaired the region&amp;#039;s river systems, sacrificing biodiversity and compromising the rivers&amp;#039; ability to provide resources essential to human life: drinking water, waste disposal, irrigation, navigation, recreation, power production, and more. Now, increased heat and drought caused by climate change are lowering water levels. As such threats increase, it may seem necessary to choose between nature conservation and human needs, but Duncan persuasively demonstrates that this is a false choice. Conservation enhances human life. Duncan explains the task of managing southeastern rivers and how river water quality affects the daily lives of the millions who hold these historic waterways dear. He shows how managing rivers wisely can meet the needs of biodiversity and humanity both. With Americans increasingly anxious about the onset of climate change and the accelerating extinction crisis, Southern Rivers illuminates actionable solutions.</description>
      <author>R. Scot Duncan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jul 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855540482.mp3" length="7449621" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771463</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855540482.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Southern Rivers: Restoring America&amp;#039;s Freshwater Biodiversity
Author: R. Scot Duncan
Narrator: Danny Hughes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Southern Rivers is a thoroughly crafted exploration of the perilous state of the Southeast&amp;#039;s rivers and the urgent need to safeguard their vitality. The region&amp;#039;s rivers are the epicenter of North American freshwater biodiversity and are the top global hotspot for important aquatic animals, including mussels, turtles, snails, crayfish, and fish. Centuries of commercial development have impaired the region&amp;#039;s river systems, sacrificing biodiversity and compromising the rivers&amp;#039; ability to provide resources essential to human life: drinking water, waste disposal, irrigation, navigation, recreation, power production, and more. Now, increased heat and drought caused by climate change are lowering water levels. As such threats increase, it may seem necessary to choose between nature conservation and human needs, but Duncan persuasively demonstrates that this is a false choice. Conservation enhances human life. Duncan explains the task of managing southeastern rivers and how river water quality affects the daily lives of the millions who hold these historic waterways dear. He shows how managing rivers wisely can meet the needs of biodiversity and humanity both. With Americans increasingly anxious about the onset of climate change and the accelerating extinction crisis, Southern Rivers illuminates actionable solutions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Southern Rivers: Restoring America&amp;#039;s Freshwater Biodiversity
Author: R. Scot Duncan
Narrator: Danny Hughes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Southern Rivers is a thoroughly crafted exploration of the perilous state of the Southeast&amp;#039;s rivers and the urgent need to safeguard their vitality. The region&amp;#039;s rivers are the epicenter of North American freshwater biodiversity and are the top global hotspot for important aquatic animals, including mussels, turtles, snails, crayfish, and fish. Centuries of commercial development have impaired the region&amp;#039;s river systems, sacrificing biodiversity and compromising the rivers&amp;#039; ability to provide resources essential to human life: drinking water, waste disposal, irrigation, navigation, recreation, power production, and more. Now, increased heat and drought caused by climate change are lowering water levels. As such threats increase, it may seem necessary to choose between nature conservation and human needs, but Duncan persuasively demonstrates that this is a false choice. Conservation enhances human life. Duncan explains the task of managing southeastern rivers and how river water quality affects the daily lives of the millions who hold these historic waterways dear. He shows how managing rivers wisely can meet the needs of biodiversity and humanity both. With Americans increasingly anxious about the onset of climate change and the accelerating extinction crisis, Southern Rivers illuminates actionable solutions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Survival Is Not Assured: The Life of Climber Jim Donini by Geoff Powter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771458</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771458">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771458</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Survival Is Not Assured: The Life of Climber Jim Donini
Author: Geoff Powter
Narrator: Brian Wiggins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Jim Donini has been an icon of American climbing for the past fifty years, pushing the boundaries of alpine ascents around the world, and inspiring generations with his achievements. In Survival Is Not Assured, award-winning author Geoff Powter dives into Donini&amp;#039;s remarkable life story, exploring his groundbreaking climbs and his tumultuous experiences both on and off the rock. From the tragic death of his best friend in a car accident to his integral role in the Yosemite &amp;#039;Valley Uprising,&amp;#039; Donini&amp;#039;s life has been a roller coaster of highs and lows, but his spirit of resilience and determination has been unyielding. Through personal interviews and never-before-shared stories, this authorized biography examines the life and legacy of this iconic climber, providing an inspiring and thought-provoking look at an American legend.</description>
      <author>Geoff Powter</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855530063.mp3" length="7992499" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771458</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855530063.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771458">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771458</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Survival Is Not Assured: The Life of Climber Jim Donini
Author: Geoff Powter
Narrator: Brian Wiggins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Jim Donini has been an icon of American climbing for the past fifty years, pushing the boundaries of alpine ascents around the world, and inspiring generations with his achievements. In Survival Is Not Assured, award-winning author Geoff Powter dives into Donini&amp;#039;s remarkable life story, exploring his groundbreaking climbs and his tumultuous experiences both on and off the rock. From the tragic death of his best friend in a car accident to his integral role in the Yosemite &amp;#039;Valley Uprising,&amp;#039; Donini&amp;#039;s life has been a roller coaster of highs and lows, but his spirit of resilience and determination has been unyielding. Through personal interviews and never-before-shared stories, this authorized biography examines the life and legacy of this iconic climber, providing an inspiring and thought-provoking look at an American legend.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771458">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771458</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Survival Is Not Assured: The Life of Climber Jim Donini
Author: Geoff Powter
Narrator: Brian Wiggins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Jim Donini has been an icon of American climbing for the past fifty years, pushing the boundaries of alpine ascents around the world, and inspiring generations with his achievements. In Survival Is Not Assured, award-winning author Geoff Powter dives into Donini&amp;#039;s remarkable life story, exploring his groundbreaking climbs and his tumultuous experiences both on and off the rock. From the tragic death of his best friend in a car accident to his integral role in the Yosemite &amp;#039;Valley Uprising,&amp;#039; Donini&amp;#039;s life has been a roller coaster of highs and lows, but his spirit of resilience and determination has been unyielding. Through personal interviews and never-before-shared stories, this authorized biography examines the life and legacy of this iconic climber, providing an inspiring and thought-provoking look at an American legend.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cactus Hunters: Desire and Extinction in the Illicit Succulent Trade by Jared D. Margulies</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771453</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cactus Hunters: Desire and Extinction in the Illicit Succulent Trade
Author: Jared D. Margulies
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Cacti and succulents are phenomenally popular worldwide among plant enthusiasts, despite being among the world&amp;#039;s most threatened species. The fervor driving the illegal trade in succulents might also be driving some species to extinction. Delving into the strange world of succulent collecting, The Cactus Hunters takes us to the heart of this conundrum: the mystery of how and why ardent lovers of these plants engage in their illicit trade. What inspires the desire for a plant? What kind of satisfaction does it promise? The answer, Jared D. Margulies suspects, might be traced through the roots and workings of the illegal succulent trade. His globe-spanning inquiry leads Margulies from a spectacular series of succulent heists on a small island off the coast of Mexico to California law enforcement agents infiltrating a smuggling ring in South Korea, from scientists racing to discover new and rare species before poachers find them to a notorious Czech &amp;#039;cacto-explorer&amp;#039; who helped turn a landlocked European country into the epicenter of the illegal succulent trade. A heady blend of international intrigue, social theory, botanical lore, and ecological study, The Cactus Hunters offers complex insight into species extinction, conservation, and more-than-human care.</description>
      <author>Jared D. Margulies</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855523966.mp3" length="7952895" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771453</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855523966.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cactus Hunters: Desire and Extinction in the Illicit Succulent Trade
Author: Jared D. Margulies
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Cacti and succulents are phenomenally popular worldwide among plant enthusiasts, despite being among the world&amp;#039;s most threatened species. The fervor driving the illegal trade in succulents might also be driving some species to extinction. Delving into the strange world of succulent collecting, The Cactus Hunters takes us to the heart of this conundrum: the mystery of how and why ardent lovers of these plants engage in their illicit trade. What inspires the desire for a plant? What kind of satisfaction does it promise? The answer, Jared D. Margulies suspects, might be traced through the roots and workings of the illegal succulent trade. His globe-spanning inquiry leads Margulies from a spectacular series of succulent heists on a small island off the coast of Mexico to California law enforcement agents infiltrating a smuggling ring in South Korea, from scientists racing to discover new and rare species before poachers find them to a notorious Czech &amp;#039;cacto-explorer&amp;#039; who helped turn a landlocked European country into the epicenter of the illegal succulent trade. A heady blend of international intrigue, social theory, botanical lore, and ecological study, The Cactus Hunters offers complex insight into species extinction, conservation, and more-than-human care.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cactus Hunters: Desire and Extinction in the Illicit Succulent Trade
Author: Jared D. Margulies
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Cacti and succulents are phenomenally popular worldwide among plant enthusiasts, despite being among the world&amp;#039;s most threatened species. The fervor driving the illegal trade in succulents might also be driving some species to extinction. Delving into the strange world of succulent collecting, The Cactus Hunters takes us to the heart of this conundrum: the mystery of how and why ardent lovers of these plants engage in their illicit trade. What inspires the desire for a plant? What kind of satisfaction does it promise? The answer, Jared D. Margulies suspects, might be traced through the roots and workings of the illegal succulent trade. His globe-spanning inquiry leads Margulies from a spectacular series of succulent heists on a small island off the coast of Mexico to California law enforcement agents infiltrating a smuggling ring in South Korea, from scientists racing to discover new and rare species before poachers find them to a notorious Czech &amp;#039;cacto-explorer&amp;#039; who helped turn a landlocked European country into the epicenter of the illegal succulent trade. A heady blend of international intrigue, social theory, botanical lore, and ecological study, The Cactus Hunters offers complex insight into species extinction, conservation, and more-than-human care.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mindful Investing: Right Focus, Better Outcome, Greater Well-Being by Jonathan K. Deyoe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771367</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771367">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771367</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mindful Investing: Right Focus, Better Outcome, Greater Well-Being
Author: Jonathan K. Deyoe
Narrator: Kyle Snyder
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Accessible Strategies for New or Well-Established Investors Jonathan DeYoe invested a small sum in stocks at a young age—and then watched his money grow. Now a financial adviser and longtime meditator, he understands that stress plagues many would-be investors, and he has seen countless people make investment decisions driven by fear and wishful thinking. That mindset leads to costly mistakes, such as chasing &amp;#039;hot&amp;#039; stocks, buying when prices are high and selling when low, and racking up transaction fees and taxes in the process. These mistakes are preventable by cultivating a state of nonjudgmental awareness and practicing mindfulness, which allows investors to see life from a larger perspective and make financial decisions according to their long-term goals. With simple, evidence-based methods that don&amp;#039;t rely on gimmicks or constant portfolio maintenance, Mindful Investing takes away the anxiety to help you reach financial prosperity and personal well-being.</description>
      <author>Jonathan K. Deyoe</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696616423.mp3" length="7256137" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771367</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696616423.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771367">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771367</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mindful Investing: Right Focus, Better Outcome, Greater Well-Being
Author: Jonathan K. Deyoe
Narrator: Kyle Snyder
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Accessible Strategies for New or Well-Established Investors Jonathan DeYoe invested a small sum in stocks at a young age—and then watched his money grow. Now a financial adviser and longtime meditator, he understands that stress plagues many would-be investors, and he has seen countless people make investment decisions driven by fear and wishful thinking. That mindset leads to costly mistakes, such as chasing &amp;#039;hot&amp;#039; stocks, buying when prices are high and selling when low, and racking up transaction fees and taxes in the process. These mistakes are preventable by cultivating a state of nonjudgmental awareness and practicing mindfulness, which allows investors to see life from a larger perspective and make financial decisions according to their long-term goals. With simple, evidence-based methods that don&amp;#039;t rely on gimmicks or constant portfolio maintenance, Mindful Investing takes away the anxiety to help you reach financial prosperity and personal well-being.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771367">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771367</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mindful Investing: Right Focus, Better Outcome, Greater Well-Being
Author: Jonathan K. Deyoe
Narrator: Kyle Snyder
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Accessible Strategies for New or Well-Established Investors Jonathan DeYoe invested a small sum in stocks at a young age—and then watched his money grow. Now a financial adviser and longtime meditator, he understands that stress plagues many would-be investors, and he has seen countless people make investment decisions driven by fear and wishful thinking. That mindset leads to costly mistakes, such as chasing &amp;#039;hot&amp;#039; stocks, buying when prices are high and selling when low, and racking up transaction fees and taxes in the process. These mistakes are preventable by cultivating a state of nonjudgmental awareness and practicing mindfulness, which allows investors to see life from a larger perspective and make financial decisions according to their long-term goals. With simple, evidence-based methods that don&amp;#039;t rely on gimmicks or constant portfolio maintenance, Mindful Investing takes away the anxiety to help you reach financial prosperity and personal well-being.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cow Hug Therapy: How the Animals at the Gentle Barn Taught Me about Life, Death, and Everything In Between by Ellie Laks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770410</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cow Hug Therapy: How the Animals at the Gentle Barn Taught Me about Life, Death, and Everything In Between
Author: Ellie Laks
Narrator: Ellie Laks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The inspirational story of the compassionate and wise animals of the Gentle Barn and how they became a therapeutic salve for countless guests—and mentors for all of us in how to live and dieIn Cow Hug Therapy, Ellie Laks recounts the extraordinary journey that started with her first teacher, Buddha—not the religious figure, but a rescued miniature Hereford cow. One evening Buddha wrapped her neck around an exhausted and upset Ellie and transferred a singular form of healing and comfort with an incredible impact. Understanding that this was something to be shared with others, Ellie developed Cow Hug Therapy, a groundbreaking approach to emotional healing that has proved effective for trauma, illness, disabilities, addiction, grief, and stress.This colorful and compelling narrative introduces the healing mavens of the barnyard, each with a unique story of being rescued from trauma and treated with love and respect. In their new role at Ellie’s Gentle Barn sanctuaries, these animals have transformed lives and ignited breakthroughs and newfound purpose for visitors including a young mother who lost her baby, a suicidal teenager, a wounded serviceman, an open-heart-surgery patient, and many more. A testament to empathy and the mission to heal animals, people, and the planet, Cow Hug Therapy serves as a beacon of hope for all seeking healing and connection.“This book shows not only the power of Cow Hug Therapy with these wonderful creatures, but also their beautiful, individual personalities.”—Christina Applegate</description>
      <author>Ellie Laks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798892741422.mp3" length="1406894" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770410</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798892741422.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cow Hug Therapy: How the Animals at the Gentle Barn Taught Me about Life, Death, and Everything In Between
Author: Ellie Laks
Narrator: Ellie Laks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The inspirational story of the compassionate and wise animals of the Gentle Barn and how they became a therapeutic salve for countless guests—and mentors for all of us in how to live and dieIn Cow Hug Therapy, Ellie Laks recounts the extraordinary journey that started with her first teacher, Buddha—not the religious figure, but a rescued miniature Hereford cow. One evening Buddha wrapped her neck around an exhausted and upset Ellie and transferred a singular form of healing and comfort with an incredible impact. Understanding that this was something to be shared with others, Ellie developed Cow Hug Therapy, a groundbreaking approach to emotional healing that has proved effective for trauma, illness, disabilities, addiction, grief, and stress.This colorful and compelling narrative introduces the healing mavens of the barnyard, each with a unique story of being rescued from trauma and treated with love and respect. In their new role at Ellie’s Gentle Barn sanctuaries, these animals have transformed lives and ignited breakthroughs and newfound purpose for visitors including a young mother who lost her baby, a suicidal teenager, a wounded serviceman, an open-heart-surgery patient, and many more. A testament to empathy and the mission to heal animals, people, and the planet, Cow Hug Therapy serves as a beacon of hope for all seeking healing and connection.“This book shows not only the power of Cow Hug Therapy with these wonderful creatures, but also their beautiful, individual personalities.”—Christina Applegate</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cow Hug Therapy: How the Animals at the Gentle Barn Taught Me about Life, Death, and Everything In Between
Author: Ellie Laks
Narrator: Ellie Laks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The inspirational story of the compassionate and wise animals of the Gentle Barn and how they became a therapeutic salve for countless guests—and mentors for all of us in how to live and dieIn Cow Hug Therapy, Ellie Laks recounts the extraordinary journey that started with her first teacher, Buddha—not the religious figure, but a rescued miniature Hereford cow. One evening Buddha wrapped her neck around an exhausted and upset Ellie and transferred a singular form of healing and comfort with an incredible impact. Understanding that this was something to be shared with others, Ellie developed Cow Hug Therapy, a groundbreaking approach to emotional healing that has proved effective for trauma, illness, disabilities, addiction, grief, and stress.This colorful and compelling narrative introduces the healing mavens of the barnyard, each with a unique story of being rescued from trauma and treated with love and respect. In their new role at Ellie’s Gentle Barn sanctuaries, these animals have transformed lives and ignited breakthroughs and newfound purpose for visitors including a young mother who lost her baby, a suicidal teenager, a wounded serviceman, an open-heart-surgery patient, and many more. A testament to empathy and the mission to heal animals, people, and the planet, Cow Hug Therapy serves as a beacon of hope for all seeking healing and connection.“This book shows not only the power of Cow Hug Therapy with these wonderful creatures, but also their beautiful, individual personalities.”—Christina Applegate</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Royal Puppy by Bernard V Webber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769786</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769786">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769786</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Royal Puppy
Author: Bernard V Webber
Narrator: Myriam Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 16 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Delve into the regal realm of dog breeds, where each page unveils the fascinating origins and stories behind these majestic companions. Immerse yourself in the allure of vintage Victorian aesthetics, beautifully captured through timeless photographs that showcase each breed in the dignified style of the era. Key Features: • Breeds Included are Labradors, French Bulldogs, Poodles, Rottweilers, Dachshunds, Collies, Dalmatians, Borzois, Boxers, and Huskies</description>
      <author>Bernard V Webber</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 31 Mar 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875119668.mp3" length="1290520" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769786</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875119668.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769786">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769786</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Royal Puppy
Author: Bernard V Webber
Narrator: Myriam Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 16 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Delve into the regal realm of dog breeds, where each page unveils the fascinating origins and stories behind these majestic companions. Immerse yourself in the allure of vintage Victorian aesthetics, beautifully captured through timeless photographs that showcase each breed in the dignified style of the era. Key Features: • Breeds Included are Labradors, French Bulldogs, Poodles, Rottweilers, Dachshunds, Collies, Dalmatians, Borzois, Boxers, and Huskies</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769786">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769786</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Royal Puppy
Author: Bernard V Webber
Narrator: Myriam Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 16 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Delve into the regal realm of dog breeds, where each page unveils the fascinating origins and stories behind these majestic companions. Immerse yourself in the allure of vintage Victorian aesthetics, beautifully captured through timeless photographs that showcase each breed in the dignified style of the era. Key Features: • Breeds Included are Labradors, French Bulldogs, Poodles, Rottweilers, Dachshunds, Collies, Dalmatians, Borzois, Boxers, and Huskies</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Grand Puppy by Bernard V Webber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769783</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769783">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769783</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grand Puppy
Author: Bernard V Webber
Narrator: Myriam Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Delve into the regal realm of dog breeds, where each page unveils the fascinating origins and stories behind these majestic companions. Immerse yourself in the allure of vintage Victorian aesthetics, beautifully captured through timeless photographs that showcase each breed in the dignified style of the era. Breeds Included are Bichon Frisé, Whippet, Pug, Shiba Inu, Pomeranians, Dobermann, English Cocker Spaniel, Maltese, Bull Terrier and Samoyed</description>
      <author>Bernard V Webber</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 31 Mar 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875119606.mp3" length="1337808" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769783</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875119606.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769783">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769783</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grand Puppy
Author: Bernard V Webber
Narrator: Myriam Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Delve into the regal realm of dog breeds, where each page unveils the fascinating origins and stories behind these majestic companions. Immerse yourself in the allure of vintage Victorian aesthetics, beautifully captured through timeless photographs that showcase each breed in the dignified style of the era. Breeds Included are Bichon Frisé, Whippet, Pug, Shiba Inu, Pomeranians, Dobermann, English Cocker Spaniel, Maltese, Bull Terrier and Samoyed</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769783">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769783</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grand Puppy
Author: Bernard V Webber
Narrator: Myriam Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Delve into the regal realm of dog breeds, where each page unveils the fascinating origins and stories behind these majestic companions. Immerse yourself in the allure of vintage Victorian aesthetics, beautifully captured through timeless photographs that showcase each breed in the dignified style of the era. Breeds Included are Bichon Frisé, Whippet, Pug, Shiba Inu, Pomeranians, Dobermann, English Cocker Spaniel, Maltese, Bull Terrier and Samoyed</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Elite Puppy by Bernard V Webber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769784</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Elite Puppy
Author: Bernard V Webber
Narrator: Myriam Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you a dog enthusiast eager to unravel the rich origins of canine history? Do you dream of forging an unbreakable bond with your furry companion? Are you looking for the perfect book for children and adults alike? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then this book is tailor-made for you. The Elite Puppy book is a perfect visual odyssey for anyone who wishes to explore the world of dogs and learn through a collection of breathtaking images. Delve into the regal realm of dog breeds, where each page unveils the fascinating origins and stories behind these majestic companions. Immerse yourself in the allure of vintage Victorian aesthetics, beautifully captured through timeless photographs that showcase each breed in the dignified style of the era. Key Features: • 85+ illustrious images featuring dogs adorned in elegant Victorian attire, capturing the timeless allure of canine fashion from a bygone era • Breeds Included are Cane Corsos, Golden Retrievers, Beagles, German Shorthaired Pointers, Australian Shepherds, Yorkshire Terriers, Great Danes, Miniature Schnauzers, Shih Tzus and Bernese Mountain Dogs • Uncover the Intriguing Origins of Various Dog Breeds • Explore the Vintage Victorian World Through Captivating Photos • Gain Insights into the Unique Characteristics and Traits of Different Breeds • Discover the Cultural Significance and Historical Evolution of Dogs</description>
      <author>Bernard V Webber</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 31 Mar 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875119620.mp3" length="1347238" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769784</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875119620.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Elite Puppy
Author: Bernard V Webber
Narrator: Myriam Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you a dog enthusiast eager to unravel the rich origins of canine history? Do you dream of forging an unbreakable bond with your furry companion? Are you looking for the perfect book for children and adults alike? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then this book is tailor-made for you. The Elite Puppy book is a perfect visual odyssey for anyone who wishes to explore the world of dogs and learn through a collection of breathtaking images. Delve into the regal realm of dog breeds, where each page unveils the fascinating origins and stories behind these majestic companions. Immerse yourself in the allure of vintage Victorian aesthetics, beautifully captured through timeless photographs that showcase each breed in the dignified style of the era. Key Features: • 85+ illustrious images featuring dogs adorned in elegant Victorian attire, capturing the timeless allure of canine fashion from a bygone era • Breeds Included are Cane Corsos, Golden Retrievers, Beagles, German Shorthaired Pointers, Australian Shepherds, Yorkshire Terriers, Great Danes, Miniature Schnauzers, Shih Tzus and Bernese Mountain Dogs • Uncover the Intriguing Origins of Various Dog Breeds • Explore the Vintage Victorian World Through Captivating Photos • Gain Insights into the Unique Characteristics and Traits of Different Breeds • Discover the Cultural Significance and Historical Evolution of Dogs</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Elite Puppy
Author: Bernard V Webber
Narrator: Myriam Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you a dog enthusiast eager to unravel the rich origins of canine history? Do you dream of forging an unbreakable bond with your furry companion? Are you looking for the perfect book for children and adults alike? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then this book is tailor-made for you. The Elite Puppy book is a perfect visual odyssey for anyone who wishes to explore the world of dogs and learn through a collection of breathtaking images. Delve into the regal realm of dog breeds, where each page unveils the fascinating origins and stories behind these majestic companions. Immerse yourself in the allure of vintage Victorian aesthetics, beautifully captured through timeless photographs that showcase each breed in the dignified style of the era. Key Features: • 85+ illustrious images featuring dogs adorned in elegant Victorian attire, capturing the timeless allure of canine fashion from a bygone era • Breeds Included are Cane Corsos, Golden Retrievers, Beagles, German Shorthaired Pointers, Australian Shepherds, Yorkshire Terriers, Great Danes, Miniature Schnauzers, Shih Tzus and Bernese Mountain Dogs • Uncover the Intriguing Origins of Various Dog Breeds • Explore the Vintage Victorian World Through Captivating Photos • Gain Insights into the Unique Characteristics and Traits of Different Breeds • Discover the Cultural Significance and Historical Evolution of Dogs</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Noble Puppy by Bernard V Webber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769785</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Noble Puppy
Author: Bernard V Webber
Narrator: Myriam Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 16 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you a dog enthusiast eager to unravel the rich origins of canine history? Do you dream of forging an unbreakable bond with your furry companion? Are you looking for the perfect book for children and adults alike? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then this book is tailor-made for you. The Noble Puppy book is a perfect visual odyssey for anyone who wishes to explore the world of dogs and learn through a collection of breathtaking images. Delve into the regal realm of dog breeds, where each page unveils the fascinating origins and stories behind these majestic companions. Immerse yourself in the allure of vintage Victorian aesthetics, beautifully captured through timeless photographs that showcase each breed in the dignified style of the era. Key Features: • 70+ illustrious images featuring dogs adorned in elegant Victorian attire, capturing the timeless allure of canine fashion from a bygone era • Breeds Included are Greyhounds, Saint Bernards, Old English Sheepdogs, Welsh Corgis, Affenpinschers, Afghan Hounds, Basset Hounds, Chinese Cresteds, Kerry Blue Terriers and Pyrenean Mastiffs • Uncover the Intriguing Origins of Various Dog Breeds • Explore the Vintage Victorian World Through Captivating Photos • Gain Insights into the Unique Characteristics and Traits of Different Breeds • Discover the Cultural Significance and Historical Evolution of Dogs</description>
      <author>Bernard V Webber</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 31 Mar 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875119644.mp3" length="1341466" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769785</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875119644.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Noble Puppy
Author: Bernard V Webber
Narrator: Myriam Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 16 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you a dog enthusiast eager to unravel the rich origins of canine history? Do you dream of forging an unbreakable bond with your furry companion? Are you looking for the perfect book for children and adults alike? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then this book is tailor-made for you. The Noble Puppy book is a perfect visual odyssey for anyone who wishes to explore the world of dogs and learn through a collection of breathtaking images. Delve into the regal realm of dog breeds, where each page unveils the fascinating origins and stories behind these majestic companions. Immerse yourself in the allure of vintage Victorian aesthetics, beautifully captured through timeless photographs that showcase each breed in the dignified style of the era. Key Features: • 70+ illustrious images featuring dogs adorned in elegant Victorian attire, capturing the timeless allure of canine fashion from a bygone era • Breeds Included are Greyhounds, Saint Bernards, Old English Sheepdogs, Welsh Corgis, Affenpinschers, Afghan Hounds, Basset Hounds, Chinese Cresteds, Kerry Blue Terriers and Pyrenean Mastiffs • Uncover the Intriguing Origins of Various Dog Breeds • Explore the Vintage Victorian World Through Captivating Photos • Gain Insights into the Unique Characteristics and Traits of Different Breeds • Discover the Cultural Significance and Historical Evolution of Dogs</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Noble Puppy
Author: Bernard V Webber
Narrator: Myriam Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 16 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you a dog enthusiast eager to unravel the rich origins of canine history? Do you dream of forging an unbreakable bond with your furry companion? Are you looking for the perfect book for children and adults alike? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then this book is tailor-made for you. The Noble Puppy book is a perfect visual odyssey for anyone who wishes to explore the world of dogs and learn through a collection of breathtaking images. Delve into the regal realm of dog breeds, where each page unveils the fascinating origins and stories behind these majestic companions. Immerse yourself in the allure of vintage Victorian aesthetics, beautifully captured through timeless photographs that showcase each breed in the dignified style of the era. Key Features: • 70+ illustrious images featuring dogs adorned in elegant Victorian attire, capturing the timeless allure of canine fashion from a bygone era • Breeds Included are Greyhounds, Saint Bernards, Old English Sheepdogs, Welsh Corgis, Affenpinschers, Afghan Hounds, Basset Hounds, Chinese Cresteds, Kerry Blue Terriers and Pyrenean Mastiffs • Uncover the Intriguing Origins of Various Dog Breeds • Explore the Vintage Victorian World Through Captivating Photos • Gain Insights into the Unique Characteristics and Traits of Different Breeds • Discover the Cultural Significance and Historical Evolution of Dogs</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Ukrainian] - Доміно. Лобо. Снап: Книжки українською by ернест сетон-томпсон</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769552</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Ukrainian] - Доміно. Лобо. Снап: Книжки українською
Author: ернест сетон-томпсон
Narrator: меланія
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ернест Томпсон Сетон  — канадський  письменник, художник-анімаліст, один з ідеологів і натхненників скаутського руху. Творець навчально-виховної програми «Життя в природі по-індіанськи».  Саме завдяки Сетону-Томпсону американський скаутський рух зазнав значного впливу культури американських індіанців. Його книги про тварин, такі як «Тварини-герої», «Життя гнаних», «Біографія Гризлі», «Мустанг-іноходець», а також книги про людей, які живуть серед природи, про мисливців, дітей, котрі вивчають рідну природу («Рольф в лісах», «Маленькі дикуни»), мали небувалий успіх у юних та дорослих читачів.</description>
      <author>ернест сетон-томпсон</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Mar 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4099995371550.mp3" length="800254" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769552</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4099995371550.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Ukrainian] - Доміно. Лобо. Снап: Книжки українською
Author: ернест сетон-томпсон
Narrator: меланія
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ернест Томпсон Сетон  — канадський  письменник, художник-анімаліст, один з ідеологів і натхненників скаутського руху. Творець навчально-виховної програми «Життя в природі по-індіанськи».  Саме завдяки Сетону-Томпсону американський скаутський рух зазнав значного впливу культури американських індіанців. Його книги про тварин, такі як «Тварини-герої», «Життя гнаних», «Біографія Гризлі», «Мустанг-іноходець», а також книги про людей, які живуть серед природи, про мисливців, дітей, котрі вивчають рідну природу («Рольф в лісах», «Маленькі дикуни»), мали небувалий успіх у юних та дорослих читачів.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Ukrainian] - Доміно. Лобо. Снап: Книжки українською
Author: ернест сетон-томпсон
Narrator: меланія
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ернест Томпсон Сетон  — канадський  письменник, художник-анімаліст, один з ідеологів і натхненників скаутського руху. Творець навчально-виховної програми «Життя в природі по-індіанськи».  Саме завдяки Сетону-Томпсону американський скаутський рух зазнав значного впливу культури американських індіанців. Його книги про тварин, такі як «Тварини-герої», «Життя гнаних», «Біографія Гризлі», «Мустанг-іноходець», а також книги про людей, які живуть серед природи, про мисливців, дітей, котрі вивчають рідну природу («Рольф в лісах», «Маленькі дикуни»), мали небувалий успіх у юних та дорослих читачів.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Educating and Strengthening Fearful and Traumatized Dogs: - Dog Training Practice Book - How to Recognize Fear and Stress in Your Dog, Interpret It Correctly and Treat It Sensitively by Inga Dahlmann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769207</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769207">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769207</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Educating and Strengthening Fearful and Traumatized Dogs: - Dog Training Practice Book - How to Recognize Fear and Stress in Your Dog, Interpret It Correctly and Treat It Sensitively
Author: Inga Dahlmann
Narrator: Casey Wayman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Many dogs, especially those from animal shelters, have not had good experiences in their previous lives and are traumatized or fearful. This often manifests itself in different behaviors in different situations. For example, a dog expresses its fear through aggression on the lead if another dog comes too close, if it encounters cyclists or joggers or a person who wants to stroke the fearful dog. Other dogs are afraid of stairs, being left alone or loud noises. Anxious dogs also try to escape situations and show their fear by curling their tail or putting their ears back. However, some dogs also suffer silently because they can no longer find another way out of their fear. Do you also have a dog that makes your everyday life difficult? Do you often feel frustrated and don&amp;#039;t know how to support and help your dog? Do you suffer every time your dog reacts anxiously and would you like to actively work on giving you and your dog a more relaxed life? Then you are holding a book in your hand that will help you to understand your dog, his fears and his behavior in order to find the right way to deal with your anxious dog so that you can experience a more relaxed everyday life together in the future.</description>
      <author>Inga Dahlmann</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783757609993.mp3" length="778413" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769207</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783757609993.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769207">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769207</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Educating and Strengthening Fearful and Traumatized Dogs: - Dog Training Practice Book - How to Recognize Fear and Stress in Your Dog, Interpret It Correctly and Treat It Sensitively
Author: Inga Dahlmann
Narrator: Casey Wayman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Many dogs, especially those from animal shelters, have not had good experiences in their previous lives and are traumatized or fearful. This often manifests itself in different behaviors in different situations. For example, a dog expresses its fear through aggression on the lead if another dog comes too close, if it encounters cyclists or joggers or a person who wants to stroke the fearful dog. Other dogs are afraid of stairs, being left alone or loud noises. Anxious dogs also try to escape situations and show their fear by curling their tail or putting their ears back. However, some dogs also suffer silently because they can no longer find another way out of their fear. Do you also have a dog that makes your everyday life difficult? Do you often feel frustrated and don&amp;#039;t know how to support and help your dog? Do you suffer every time your dog reacts anxiously and would you like to actively work on giving you and your dog a more relaxed life? Then you are holding a book in your hand that will help you to understand your dog, his fears and his behavior in order to find the right way to deal with your anxious dog so that you can experience a more relaxed everyday life together in the future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769207">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769207</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Educating and Strengthening Fearful and Traumatized Dogs: - Dog Training Practice Book - How to Recognize Fear and Stress in Your Dog, Interpret It Correctly and Treat It Sensitively
Author: Inga Dahlmann
Narrator: Casey Wayman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Many dogs, especially those from animal shelters, have not had good experiences in their previous lives and are traumatized or fearful. This often manifests itself in different behaviors in different situations. For example, a dog expresses its fear through aggression on the lead if another dog comes too close, if it encounters cyclists or joggers or a person who wants to stroke the fearful dog. Other dogs are afraid of stairs, being left alone or loud noises. Anxious dogs also try to escape situations and show their fear by curling their tail or putting their ears back. However, some dogs also suffer silently because they can no longer find another way out of their fear. Do you also have a dog that makes your everyday life difficult? Do you often feel frustrated and don&amp;#039;t know how to support and help your dog? Do you suffer every time your dog reacts anxiously and would you like to actively work on giving you and your dog a more relaxed life? Then you are holding a book in your hand that will help you to understand your dog, his fears and his behavior in order to find the right way to deal with your anxious dog so that you can experience a more relaxed everyday life together in the future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Revenant Ecologies: Defying the Violence of Extinction and Conservation by Audra Mitchell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769117</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769117">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769117</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revenant Ecologies: Defying the Violence of Extinction and Conservation
Author: Audra Mitchell
Narrator: Holly Adams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 29 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
As global rates of plant and animal extinctions mount, anxieties about the future of the earth&amp;#039;s ecosystems are fueling ever more ambitious efforts at conservation, which draw on Western scientific principles to manage species and biodiversity. In Revenant Ecologies, Audra Mitchell argues that these responses not only ignore but also magnify powerful forms of structural violence like colonialism, racism, genocide, extractivism, ableism, and heteronormativity, ultimately contributing to the destruction of unique life forms and ecosystems. Critiquing the Western discourse of global extinction and biodiversity through the lens of diverse Indigenous philosophies and other marginalized knowledge systems, Revenant Ecologies promotes new ways of articulating the ethical enormity of global extinction. Mitchell offers an ambitious framework—(bio)plurality—that focuses on nurturing unique, irreplaceable worlds, relations, and ecosystems, aiming to transform global ecological–political relations. Revenant Ecologies fuses political ecology, global ethics, and violence studies to offer concrete, practical alternatives. It also foregrounds the ways that multi-life-form worlds are actively defying the forms of violence that drive extinction—and that shape global efforts to manage it.</description>
      <author>Audra Mitchell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855524000.mp3" length="8629834" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769117</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855524000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769117">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769117</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revenant Ecologies: Defying the Violence of Extinction and Conservation
Author: Audra Mitchell
Narrator: Holly Adams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 29 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
As global rates of plant and animal extinctions mount, anxieties about the future of the earth&amp;#039;s ecosystems are fueling ever more ambitious efforts at conservation, which draw on Western scientific principles to manage species and biodiversity. In Revenant Ecologies, Audra Mitchell argues that these responses not only ignore but also magnify powerful forms of structural violence like colonialism, racism, genocide, extractivism, ableism, and heteronormativity, ultimately contributing to the destruction of unique life forms and ecosystems. Critiquing the Western discourse of global extinction and biodiversity through the lens of diverse Indigenous philosophies and other marginalized knowledge systems, Revenant Ecologies promotes new ways of articulating the ethical enormity of global extinction. Mitchell offers an ambitious framework—(bio)plurality—that focuses on nurturing unique, irreplaceable worlds, relations, and ecosystems, aiming to transform global ecological–political relations. Revenant Ecologies fuses political ecology, global ethics, and violence studies to offer concrete, practical alternatives. It also foregrounds the ways that multi-life-form worlds are actively defying the forms of violence that drive extinction—and that shape global efforts to manage it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769117">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769117</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revenant Ecologies: Defying the Violence of Extinction and Conservation
Author: Audra Mitchell
Narrator: Holly Adams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 29 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
As global rates of plant and animal extinctions mount, anxieties about the future of the earth&amp;#039;s ecosystems are fueling ever more ambitious efforts at conservation, which draw on Western scientific principles to manage species and biodiversity. In Revenant Ecologies, Audra Mitchell argues that these responses not only ignore but also magnify powerful forms of structural violence like colonialism, racism, genocide, extractivism, ableism, and heteronormativity, ultimately contributing to the destruction of unique life forms and ecosystems. Critiquing the Western discourse of global extinction and biodiversity through the lens of diverse Indigenous philosophies and other marginalized knowledge systems, Revenant Ecologies promotes new ways of articulating the ethical enormity of global extinction. Mitchell offers an ambitious framework—(bio)plurality—that focuses on nurturing unique, irreplaceable worlds, relations, and ecosystems, aiming to transform global ecological–political relations. Revenant Ecologies fuses political ecology, global ethics, and violence studies to offer concrete, practical alternatives. It also foregrounds the ways that multi-life-form worlds are actively defying the forms of violence that drive extinction—and that shape global efforts to manage it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Homewaters: A Human and Natural History of Puget Sound by David B. Williams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769111</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769111">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769111</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Homewaters: A Human and Natural History of Puget Sound
Author: David B. Williams
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 1 minute
Release date: June 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Not far from Seattle skyscrapers live 150-year-old clams, more than 250 species of fish, and underwater kelp forests as complex as any terrestrial ecosystem. For millennia, vibrant Coast Salish communities have lived beside these waters dense with nutrient-rich foods, with cultures intertwined through exchanges across the waterways. Transformed by settlement and resource extraction, Puget Sound and its future health now depend on a better understanding of the region&amp;#039;s ecological complexities. Focusing on the area south of Port Townsend and between the Cascade and Olympic mountains, Williams uncovers human and natural histories in, on, and around the Sound. In conversations with archaeologists, biologists, and tribal authorities, Williams traces how generations of humans have interacted with such species as geoducks, salmon, orcas, rockfish, and herring. He sheds light on how warfare shaped development and how people have moved across this maritime highway, in canoes, the mosquito fleet, and today&amp;#039;s ferry system. The book also takes an unflinching look at how the Sound&amp;#039;s ecosystems have suffered from human behavior, including pollution, habitat destruction, and the effects of climate change.</description>
      <author>David B. Williams</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855507805.mp3" length="8446259" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769111</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855507805.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769111">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769111</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Homewaters: A Human and Natural History of Puget Sound
Author: David B. Williams
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 1 minute
Release date: June 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Not far from Seattle skyscrapers live 150-year-old clams, more than 250 species of fish, and underwater kelp forests as complex as any terrestrial ecosystem. For millennia, vibrant Coast Salish communities have lived beside these waters dense with nutrient-rich foods, with cultures intertwined through exchanges across the waterways. Transformed by settlement and resource extraction, Puget Sound and its future health now depend on a better understanding of the region&amp;#039;s ecological complexities. Focusing on the area south of Port Townsend and between the Cascade and Olympic mountains, Williams uncovers human and natural histories in, on, and around the Sound. In conversations with archaeologists, biologists, and tribal authorities, Williams traces how generations of humans have interacted with such species as geoducks, salmon, orcas, rockfish, and herring. He sheds light on how warfare shaped development and how people have moved across this maritime highway, in canoes, the mosquito fleet, and today&amp;#039;s ferry system. The book also takes an unflinching look at how the Sound&amp;#039;s ecosystems have suffered from human behavior, including pollution, habitat destruction, and the effects of climate change.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769111">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769111</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Homewaters: A Human and Natural History of Puget Sound
Author: David B. Williams
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 1 minute
Release date: June 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Not far from Seattle skyscrapers live 150-year-old clams, more than 250 species of fish, and underwater kelp forests as complex as any terrestrial ecosystem. For millennia, vibrant Coast Salish communities have lived beside these waters dense with nutrient-rich foods, with cultures intertwined through exchanges across the waterways. Transformed by settlement and resource extraction, Puget Sound and its future health now depend on a better understanding of the region&amp;#039;s ecological complexities. Focusing on the area south of Port Townsend and between the Cascade and Olympic mountains, Williams uncovers human and natural histories in, on, and around the Sound. In conversations with archaeologists, biologists, and tribal authorities, Williams traces how generations of humans have interacted with such species as geoducks, salmon, orcas, rockfish, and herring. He sheds light on how warfare shaped development and how people have moved across this maritime highway, in canoes, the mosquito fleet, and today&amp;#039;s ferry system. The book also takes an unflinching look at how the Sound&amp;#039;s ecosystems have suffered from human behavior, including pollution, habitat destruction, and the effects of climate change.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Barefoot Biodynamics: How Cows, Compost, and Community Help Us Understand Rudolf Steiner’s Agriculture Course by Jeff Poppen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barefoot Biodynamics: How Cows, Compost, and Community Help Us Understand Rudolf Steiner’s Agriculture Course
Author: Jeff Poppen
Narrator: Madison Niederhauser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
With decades of knowledge and proven, common-sense methods from “The Barefoot Farmer,” this practical guide to biodynamic principles and practices will appeal to growers of every scale and experience level.     In Barefoot Biodynamics, organic grower Jeff Poppen—“The Barefoot Farmer”—combines tales from his personal history in rural Tennessee with the practical applications of biodynamic principles and the deep aspects of the biodynamic methods that continue to make his farm a success today.     Jeff’s friendly, direct, and humorous writing will appeal not only to the biodynamic-curious, but also to farmers and gardeners who have experimented with the biodynamic approach and are looking for a deeper understanding of the practice.     Rooted in the teachings of biodynamic pioneer Rudolf Steiner, Jeff’s unique insights and deep reflections on “guiding lines” of biodynamic growing are an invaluable resource. Those “guiding lines” include:       - producing a farm’s fertility using cover crops, compost, and other on-farm inputs  - enjoying the renewing power of farm festivals  - augmenting scientific knowledge with the power of observation and intuition  - avoiding chemical fertilizers  - understanding that carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and hydrogen make up 95 percent of the physical structure of plants and are freely available in the air around us  - enhancing the availability of critical minerals such as silica and lime through good farming practices  - building humus-rich soil teeming with microbial life  - using homeopathic preparations to heal and enrich the soil       In addition, Jeff walks the reader through the eight lectures on farming given by Steiner in 1924, summarizing important points from each lecture and “translating” them from Steiner’s profound yet sometimes impenetrable vocabulary into plain language. In Barefoot Biodynamics, Jeff provides new insight into these enigmatic lectures, revealing an often overlooked yet cost-effective farming method rooted in common sense.</description>
      <author>Jeff Poppen</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Apr 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645022503.mp3" length="870622" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645022503.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barefoot Biodynamics: How Cows, Compost, and Community Help Us Understand Rudolf Steiner’s Agriculture Course
Author: Jeff Poppen
Narrator: Madison Niederhauser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
With decades of knowledge and proven, common-sense methods from “The Barefoot Farmer,” this practical guide to biodynamic principles and practices will appeal to growers of every scale and experience level.     In Barefoot Biodynamics, organic grower Jeff Poppen—“The Barefoot Farmer”—combines tales from his personal history in rural Tennessee with the practical applications of biodynamic principles and the deep aspects of the biodynamic methods that continue to make his farm a success today.     Jeff’s friendly, direct, and humorous writing will appeal not only to the biodynamic-curious, but also to farmers and gardeners who have experimented with the biodynamic approach and are looking for a deeper understanding of the practice.     Rooted in the teachings of biodynamic pioneer Rudolf Steiner, Jeff’s unique insights and deep reflections on “guiding lines” of biodynamic growing are an invaluable resource. Those “guiding lines” include:       - producing a farm’s fertility using cover crops, compost, and other on-farm inputs  - enjoying the renewing power of farm festivals  - augmenting scientific knowledge with the power of observation and intuition  - avoiding chemical fertilizers  - understanding that carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and hydrogen make up 95 percent of the physical structure of plants and are freely available in the air around us  - enhancing the availability of critical minerals such as silica and lime through good farming practices  - building humus-rich soil teeming with microbial life  - using homeopathic preparations to heal and enrich the soil       In addition, Jeff walks the reader through the eight lectures on farming given by Steiner in 1924, summarizing important points from each lecture and “translating” them from Steiner’s profound yet sometimes impenetrable vocabulary into plain language. In Barefoot Biodynamics, Jeff provides new insight into these enigmatic lectures, revealing an often overlooked yet cost-effective farming method rooted in common sense.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barefoot Biodynamics: How Cows, Compost, and Community Help Us Understand Rudolf Steiner’s Agriculture Course
Author: Jeff Poppen
Narrator: Madison Niederhauser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
With decades of knowledge and proven, common-sense methods from “The Barefoot Farmer,” this practical guide to biodynamic principles and practices will appeal to growers of every scale and experience level.     In Barefoot Biodynamics, organic grower Jeff Poppen—“The Barefoot Farmer”—combines tales from his personal history in rural Tennessee with the practical applications of biodynamic principles and the deep aspects of the biodynamic methods that continue to make his farm a success today.     Jeff’s friendly, direct, and humorous writing will appeal not only to the biodynamic-curious, but also to farmers and gardeners who have experimented with the biodynamic approach and are looking for a deeper understanding of the practice.     Rooted in the teachings of biodynamic pioneer Rudolf Steiner, Jeff’s unique insights and deep reflections on “guiding lines” of biodynamic growing are an invaluable resource. Those “guiding lines” include:       - producing a farm’s fertility using cover crops, compost, and other on-farm inputs  - enjoying the renewing power of farm festivals  - augmenting scientific knowledge with the power of observation and intuition  - avoiding chemical fertilizers  - understanding that carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and hydrogen make up 95 percent of the physical structure of plants and are freely available in the air around us  - enhancing the availability of critical minerals such as silica and lime through good farming practices  - building humus-rich soil teeming with microbial life  - using homeopathic preparations to heal and enrich the soil       In addition, Jeff walks the reader through the eight lectures on farming given by Steiner in 1924, summarizing important points from each lecture and “translating” them from Steiner’s profound yet sometimes impenetrable vocabulary into plain language. In Barefoot Biodynamics, Jeff provides new insight into these enigmatic lectures, revealing an often overlooked yet cost-effective farming method rooted in common sense.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Into the Thaw: Witnessing Wonder Amid the Arctic Climate Crisis by Jon Waterman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768819</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Into the Thaw: Witnessing Wonder Amid the Arctic Climate Crisis
Series: Part of Patagonia
Author: Jon Waterman
Narrator: Jon Waterman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning author and photographer returns to the Arctic to document the effects of climate change. Forty years ago, the park ranger Jon Waterman took his first journey into the Alaskan Arctic, to the Noatak headwaters. He was astonished by the abundant wildlife, the strange landscape, and its otherworldly light—how the “frequent rain showers glow like lemonade poured out of the sky.” Taken with a new sense of wonder, he began to explore the North on several trips in the 1980s.  After a 30-year absence from the Noatak, he returned with his son in 2021. Amid a now-flooded river missing the once-plentiful caribou, he was shocked and heartbroken by the changes. The following year, in 2022, he took one final journey “into the thaw” to document—for this lushly illustrated and scholarly book—the environmental and cultural changes wrought by the climate crisis.  A widely published author and photographer, Waterman’s narrative alternates between adventure and wilderness memoir and plainly stated natural history of the area. Chased by bears, sometimes alone for weeks on end amid hordes of mosquitoes, he notes the extraordinary changes from 1983 until the present day: brush grown over the tundra in a phenomenon called Greening of the Arctic, tear-drop-shaped landslide thaw slumps—a.k.a. thermokarsts—caused by thawing permafrost, and an increasing loss of sea ice as he travels along the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas. The author also spends time with the kindhearted, welcoming Inuit or Inupiat most affected by the Arctic crisis, who share how their age-old culture has attempted to cope with “the thaw.” Stricken by the change, Waterman paints an intimate portrait of both the villages and the little-visited landscape, because “it’s high time that we truly understand the Arctic.” He writes, “Lest we forget what it once was.” Through his quest for wonder—in prose illuminated by humility and humor—Waterman shows how the Arctic can confer grace on those who pass through. Despite the unfolding crisis, as a narrative of hope, at the book’s end he suggests actions we can all take to slow the thaw and preserve what is left of this remarkable, vast frontier. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains stunning photographs from the book.</description>
      <author>Jon Waterman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798217017232.mp3" length="2674057" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768819</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798217017232.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Into the Thaw: Witnessing Wonder Amid the Arctic Climate Crisis
Series: Part of Patagonia
Author: Jon Waterman
Narrator: Jon Waterman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning author and photographer returns to the Arctic to document the effects of climate change. Forty years ago, the park ranger Jon Waterman took his first journey into the Alaskan Arctic, to the Noatak headwaters. He was astonished by the abundant wildlife, the strange landscape, and its otherworldly light—how the “frequent rain showers glow like lemonade poured out of the sky.” Taken with a new sense of wonder, he began to explore the North on several trips in the 1980s.  After a 30-year absence from the Noatak, he returned with his son in 2021. Amid a now-flooded river missing the once-plentiful caribou, he was shocked and heartbroken by the changes. The following year, in 2022, he took one final journey “into the thaw” to document—for this lushly illustrated and scholarly book—the environmental and cultural changes wrought by the climate crisis.  A widely published author and photographer, Waterman’s narrative alternates between adventure and wilderness memoir and plainly stated natural history of the area. Chased by bears, sometimes alone for weeks on end amid hordes of mosquitoes, he notes the extraordinary changes from 1983 until the present day: brush grown over the tundra in a phenomenon called Greening of the Arctic, tear-drop-shaped landslide thaw slumps—a.k.a. thermokarsts—caused by thawing permafrost, and an increasing loss of sea ice as he travels along the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas. The author also spends time with the kindhearted, welcoming Inuit or Inupiat most affected by the Arctic crisis, who share how their age-old culture has attempted to cope with “the thaw.” Stricken by the change, Waterman paints an intimate portrait of both the villages and the little-visited landscape, because “it’s high time that we truly understand the Arctic.” He writes, “Lest we forget what it once was.” Through his quest for wonder—in prose illuminated by humility and humor—Waterman shows how the Arctic can confer grace on those who pass through. Despite the unfolding crisis, as a narrative of hope, at the book’s end he suggests actions we can all take to slow the thaw and preserve what is left of this remarkable, vast frontier. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains stunning photographs from the book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Into the Thaw: Witnessing Wonder Amid the Arctic Climate Crisis
Series: Part of Patagonia
Author: Jon Waterman
Narrator: Jon Waterman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning author and photographer returns to the Arctic to document the effects of climate change. Forty years ago, the park ranger Jon Waterman took his first journey into the Alaskan Arctic, to the Noatak headwaters. He was astonished by the abundant wildlife, the strange landscape, and its otherworldly light—how the “frequent rain showers glow like lemonade poured out of the sky.” Taken with a new sense of wonder, he began to explore the North on several trips in the 1980s.  After a 30-year absence from the Noatak, he returned with his son in 2021. Amid a now-flooded river missing the once-plentiful caribou, he was shocked and heartbroken by the changes. The following year, in 2022, he took one final journey “into the thaw” to document—for this lushly illustrated and scholarly book—the environmental and cultural changes wrought by the climate crisis.  A widely published author and photographer, Waterman’s narrative alternates between adventure and wilderness memoir and plainly stated natural history of the area. Chased by bears, sometimes alone for weeks on end amid hordes of mosquitoes, he notes the extraordinary changes from 1983 until the present day: brush grown over the tundra in a phenomenon called Greening of the Arctic, tear-drop-shaped landslide thaw slumps—a.k.a. thermokarsts—caused by thawing permafrost, and an increasing loss of sea ice as he travels along the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas. The author also spends time with the kindhearted, welcoming Inuit or Inupiat most affected by the Arctic crisis, who share how their age-old culture has attempted to cope with “the thaw.” Stricken by the change, Waterman paints an intimate portrait of both the villages and the little-visited landscape, because “it’s high time that we truly understand the Arctic.” He writes, “Lest we forget what it once was.” Through his quest for wonder—in prose illuminated by humility and humor—Waterman shows how the Arctic can confer grace on those who pass through. Despite the unfolding crisis, as a narrative of hope, at the book’s end he suggests actions we can all take to slow the thaw and preserve what is left of this remarkable, vast frontier. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains stunning photographs from the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Feather Trails: A Journey of Discovery Among Endangered Birds by Sophie A. H. Osborn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768695</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768695">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768695</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Feather Trails: A Journey of Discovery Among Endangered Birds
Author: Sophie A. H. Osborn
Narrator: Tia Rider
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 56 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of one woman’s remarkable work with a trio of charismatic, endangered bird species—and her discoveries about the devastating threats that imperil them.     In Feather Trails, wildlife biologist and birder Sophie A. H. Osborn reveals how the harmful environmental choices we’ve made—including pesticide use, the introduction of invasive species, lead poisoning, and habitat destruction—have decimated Peregrine Falcons, Hawaiian Crows, and California Condors.     In the Rocky Mountains, the cloud forests of Hawai’i, and the Grand Canyon, Sophie and her colleagues work day-to-day to try to reintroduce these birds to the wild, even when it seems that the odds are steeply stacked against their survival.     With humor and suspense, Feather Trails introduces us to the fascinating behaviors and unique personalities of Sophie’s avian charges and shows that what endangers them ultimately threatens all life on our planet.     More than a deeply researched environmental investigation, Feather Trails is also a personal journey and human story, in which Sophie overcomes her own obstacles—among them heat exhaustion, poachers, rattlesnakes, and chauvinism.     Ultimately, Feather Trails is an inspiring, poignant narrative about endangered birds and how our choices can help to ensure a future not only for the rarest species, but for us too.</description>
      <author>Sophie A. H. Osborn</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645022442.mp3" length="814672" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768695</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645022442.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768695">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768695</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Feather Trails: A Journey of Discovery Among Endangered Birds
Author: Sophie A. H. Osborn
Narrator: Tia Rider
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 56 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of one woman’s remarkable work with a trio of charismatic, endangered bird species—and her discoveries about the devastating threats that imperil them.     In Feather Trails, wildlife biologist and birder Sophie A. H. Osborn reveals how the harmful environmental choices we’ve made—including pesticide use, the introduction of invasive species, lead poisoning, and habitat destruction—have decimated Peregrine Falcons, Hawaiian Crows, and California Condors.     In the Rocky Mountains, the cloud forests of Hawai’i, and the Grand Canyon, Sophie and her colleagues work day-to-day to try to reintroduce these birds to the wild, even when it seems that the odds are steeply stacked against their survival.     With humor and suspense, Feather Trails introduces us to the fascinating behaviors and unique personalities of Sophie’s avian charges and shows that what endangers them ultimately threatens all life on our planet.     More than a deeply researched environmental investigation, Feather Trails is also a personal journey and human story, in which Sophie overcomes her own obstacles—among them heat exhaustion, poachers, rattlesnakes, and chauvinism.     Ultimately, Feather Trails is an inspiring, poignant narrative about endangered birds and how our choices can help to ensure a future not only for the rarest species, but for us too.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768695">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768695</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Feather Trails: A Journey of Discovery Among Endangered Birds
Author: Sophie A. H. Osborn
Narrator: Tia Rider
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 56 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of one woman’s remarkable work with a trio of charismatic, endangered bird species—and her discoveries about the devastating threats that imperil them.     In Feather Trails, wildlife biologist and birder Sophie A. H. Osborn reveals how the harmful environmental choices we’ve made—including pesticide use, the introduction of invasive species, lead poisoning, and habitat destruction—have decimated Peregrine Falcons, Hawaiian Crows, and California Condors.     In the Rocky Mountains, the cloud forests of Hawai’i, and the Grand Canyon, Sophie and her colleagues work day-to-day to try to reintroduce these birds to the wild, even when it seems that the odds are steeply stacked against their survival.     With humor and suspense, Feather Trails introduces us to the fascinating behaviors and unique personalities of Sophie’s avian charges and shows that what endangers them ultimately threatens all life on our planet.     More than a deeply researched environmental investigation, Feather Trails is also a personal journey and human story, in which Sophie overcomes her own obstacles—among them heat exhaustion, poachers, rattlesnakes, and chauvinism.     Ultimately, Feather Trails is an inspiring, poignant narrative about endangered birds and how our choices can help to ensure a future not only for the rarest species, but for us too.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anna Veronica: Finding God the Hard Way by Anne-Lene Bleken</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768258</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anna Veronica: Finding God the Hard Way
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;If your path is to walk through hell, walk as if you own the place.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s a Twin Flame story and a message from the heart!&amp;#039; This story will take you on a journey to sacred sites in Peru, to the volcano Pele on Hawaii, to the Indian Reservation Standing Rock in North Dakota, to the rolling hills of Ireland, to stone circles in Denmark, and to the mountains and fjords of Norway. Most of all, it will take you on a journey from the head to the heart. And so, the book is dedicated to Our Ancestors. This is the story of Anna Veronica, who as a grown-up woman becomes interested in her family history, and goes searching for her grandmother&amp;#039;s story and what happened to her as a young woman when her little brother died so young. Just when Anna Veronica thought her life was going well, she meets her twin flame and from this point on her life will never be the same again. Slowly but surely Anna Veronica&amp;#039;s life falls apart and more than once she is on her knees praying desperately for help to be released from stress and pain. Anna Veronica is the sequel to the novel &amp;#039;Olava&amp;#039; but can be read independently. She is named Anna after her own grandmother, Olava&amp;#039;s mother, and Veronica after the medicine woman that Olava met when she was young. www.annelenebleken.dk</description>
      <author>Anne-Lene Bleken</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 23 Mar 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788293576273.mp3" length="1288907" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768258</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788293576273.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anna Veronica: Finding God the Hard Way
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;If your path is to walk through hell, walk as if you own the place.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s a Twin Flame story and a message from the heart!&amp;#039; This story will take you on a journey to sacred sites in Peru, to the volcano Pele on Hawaii, to the Indian Reservation Standing Rock in North Dakota, to the rolling hills of Ireland, to stone circles in Denmark, and to the mountains and fjords of Norway. Most of all, it will take you on a journey from the head to the heart. And so, the book is dedicated to Our Ancestors. This is the story of Anna Veronica, who as a grown-up woman becomes interested in her family history, and goes searching for her grandmother&amp;#039;s story and what happened to her as a young woman when her little brother died so young. Just when Anna Veronica thought her life was going well, she meets her twin flame and from this point on her life will never be the same again. Slowly but surely Anna Veronica&amp;#039;s life falls apart and more than once she is on her knees praying desperately for help to be released from stress and pain. Anna Veronica is the sequel to the novel &amp;#039;Olava&amp;#039; but can be read independently. She is named Anna after her own grandmother, Olava&amp;#039;s mother, and Veronica after the medicine woman that Olava met when she was young. www.annelenebleken.dk</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anna Veronica: Finding God the Hard Way
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;If your path is to walk through hell, walk as if you own the place.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s a Twin Flame story and a message from the heart!&amp;#039; This story will take you on a journey to sacred sites in Peru, to the volcano Pele on Hawaii, to the Indian Reservation Standing Rock in North Dakota, to the rolling hills of Ireland, to stone circles in Denmark, and to the mountains and fjords of Norway. Most of all, it will take you on a journey from the head to the heart. And so, the book is dedicated to Our Ancestors. This is the story of Anna Veronica, who as a grown-up woman becomes interested in her family history, and goes searching for her grandmother&amp;#039;s story and what happened to her as a young woman when her little brother died so young. Just when Anna Veronica thought her life was going well, she meets her twin flame and from this point on her life will never be the same again. Slowly but surely Anna Veronica&amp;#039;s life falls apart and more than once she is on her knees praying desperately for help to be released from stress and pain. Anna Veronica is the sequel to the novel &amp;#039;Olava&amp;#039; but can be read independently. She is named Anna after her own grandmother, Olava&amp;#039;s mother, and Veronica after the medicine woman that Olava met when she was young. www.annelenebleken.dk</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pilgrim at Tinker Creek by Annie Dillard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767144</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767144">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767144</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pilgrim at Tinker Creek
Author: Annie Dillard
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the Pulitzer Prize “The book is a form of meditation, written with headlong urgency, about seeing. . . . There is an ambition about [Dillard&amp;#039;s] book that I like. . . . It is the ambition to feel.” — Eudora Welty, New York Times Book Review Pilgrim at Tinker Creek is the story of a dramatic year in Virginia&amp;#039;s Roanoke Valley, where Annie Dillard set out to chronicle incidents of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;beauty tangled in a rapture with violence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Dillard&amp;#039;s personal narrative highlights one year&amp;#039;s exploration on foot in the Virginia region through which Tinker Creek runs. In the summer, she stalks muskrats in the creek and contemplates wave mechanics; in the fall, she watches a monarch butterfly migration and dreams of Arctic caribou. She tries to con a coot; she collects pond water and examines it under a microscope. She unties a snake skin, witnesses a flood, and plays King of the Meadow with a field of grasshoppers. The result is an exhilarating tale of nature and its seasons.</description>
      <author>Annie Dillard</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063421950.mp3" length="1293819" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767144</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063421950.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767144">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767144</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pilgrim at Tinker Creek
Author: Annie Dillard
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the Pulitzer Prize “The book is a form of meditation, written with headlong urgency, about seeing. . . . There is an ambition about [Dillard&amp;#039;s] book that I like. . . . It is the ambition to feel.” — Eudora Welty, New York Times Book Review Pilgrim at Tinker Creek is the story of a dramatic year in Virginia&amp;#039;s Roanoke Valley, where Annie Dillard set out to chronicle incidents of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;beauty tangled in a rapture with violence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Dillard&amp;#039;s personal narrative highlights one year&amp;#039;s exploration on foot in the Virginia region through which Tinker Creek runs. In the summer, she stalks muskrats in the creek and contemplates wave mechanics; in the fall, she watches a monarch butterfly migration and dreams of Arctic caribou. She tries to con a coot; she collects pond water and examines it under a microscope. She unties a snake skin, witnesses a flood, and plays King of the Meadow with a field of grasshoppers. The result is an exhilarating tale of nature and its seasons.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767144">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767144</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pilgrim at Tinker Creek
Author: Annie Dillard
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the Pulitzer Prize “The book is a form of meditation, written with headlong urgency, about seeing. . . . There is an ambition about [Dillard&amp;#039;s] book that I like. . . . It is the ambition to feel.” — Eudora Welty, New York Times Book Review Pilgrim at Tinker Creek is the story of a dramatic year in Virginia&amp;#039;s Roanoke Valley, where Annie Dillard set out to chronicle incidents of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;beauty tangled in a rapture with violence.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Dillard&amp;#039;s personal narrative highlights one year&amp;#039;s exploration on foot in the Virginia region through which Tinker Creek runs. In the summer, she stalks muskrats in the creek and contemplates wave mechanics; in the fall, she watches a monarch butterfly migration and dreams of Arctic caribou. She tries to con a coot; she collects pond water and examines it under a microscope. She unties a snake skin, witnesses a flood, and plays King of the Meadow with a field of grasshoppers. The result is an exhilarating tale of nature and its seasons.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Barons: Money, Power, and the Corruption of America&amp;#039;s Food Industry by Austin Frerick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767015</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barons: Money, Power, and the Corruption of America&amp;#039;s Food Industry
Author: Austin Frerick
Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Barons is the story of seven corporate titans, their rise to power, and the consequences for everyone else. Take Mike McCloskey, chairman of Fair Oaks Farms. In a few short decades, he went from managing a modest dairy herd to running the Disneyland of agriculture. Mike benefited from deregulation of the American food industry, a phenomenon that has consolidated wealth in the hands of select tycoons, and along the way, hollowed out the nation&amp;#039;s rural towns and local businesses. Along with Mike McCloskey, listeners will meet a secretive German family that took over the global coffee industry in less than a decade, relying on wealth traced back to the Nazis to gobble up countless independent roasters. And they will learn that in the food business, crime really does pay—especially when you can bribe and then double-cross the president of Brazil. These, and the other stories in this book, are simply examples of the monopolies and ubiquitous corruption that today define American food. The tycoons profiled are hardly unique: many other companies have manipulated our lax laws and failed policies for their own benefit, to the detriment of our neighborhoods, livelihoods, and our democracy itself. A fair, healthy, and prosperous food industry is possible—if we take back power from the barons who have robbed us of it.</description>
      <author>Austin Frerick</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855530445.mp3" length="8007674" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767015</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855530445.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barons: Money, Power, and the Corruption of America&amp;#039;s Food Industry
Author: Austin Frerick
Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Barons is the story of seven corporate titans, their rise to power, and the consequences for everyone else. Take Mike McCloskey, chairman of Fair Oaks Farms. In a few short decades, he went from managing a modest dairy herd to running the Disneyland of agriculture. Mike benefited from deregulation of the American food industry, a phenomenon that has consolidated wealth in the hands of select tycoons, and along the way, hollowed out the nation&amp;#039;s rural towns and local businesses. Along with Mike McCloskey, listeners will meet a secretive German family that took over the global coffee industry in less than a decade, relying on wealth traced back to the Nazis to gobble up countless independent roasters. And they will learn that in the food business, crime really does pay—especially when you can bribe and then double-cross the president of Brazil. These, and the other stories in this book, are simply examples of the monopolies and ubiquitous corruption that today define American food. The tycoons profiled are hardly unique: many other companies have manipulated our lax laws and failed policies for their own benefit, to the detriment of our neighborhoods, livelihoods, and our democracy itself. A fair, healthy, and prosperous food industry is possible—if we take back power from the barons who have robbed us of it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barons: Money, Power, and the Corruption of America&amp;#039;s Food Industry
Author: Austin Frerick
Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Barons is the story of seven corporate titans, their rise to power, and the consequences for everyone else. Take Mike McCloskey, chairman of Fair Oaks Farms. In a few short decades, he went from managing a modest dairy herd to running the Disneyland of agriculture. Mike benefited from deregulation of the American food industry, a phenomenon that has consolidated wealth in the hands of select tycoons, and along the way, hollowed out the nation&amp;#039;s rural towns and local businesses. Along with Mike McCloskey, listeners will meet a secretive German family that took over the global coffee industry in less than a decade, relying on wealth traced back to the Nazis to gobble up countless independent roasters. And they will learn that in the food business, crime really does pay—especially when you can bribe and then double-cross the president of Brazil. These, and the other stories in this book, are simply examples of the monopolies and ubiquitous corruption that today define American food. The tycoons profiled are hardly unique: many other companies have manipulated our lax laws and failed policies for their own benefit, to the detriment of our neighborhoods, livelihoods, and our democracy itself. A fair, healthy, and prosperous food industry is possible—if we take back power from the barons who have robbed us of it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Letters From Everest: Unpublished Letters from Mallory’s Life and Death in the Mountains by George Mallory</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766315</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766315">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766315</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Letters From Everest: Unpublished Letters from Mallory’s Life and Death in the Mountains
Author: George Mallory
Narrator: Seb Humphreys, Catherine Bailey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
‘An extraordinary treasure trove’ Andrew Marr                        A unique collection of unpublished letters from the climbing legend George Mallory to his family, revealing his innermost thoughts about people, places and mountains.                      On the 8th of June, 1924, George Mallory and Sandy Irvine were seen through a telescope on the upper slopes of Mount Everest. They were never seen alive again. In 1999, Mallory’s body was found below the ridge where he was last seen. In the 100 years since his disappearance, many words have been written about Mallory, but very little has ever been published of his own thoughts.           Letters from Everest is an eye opening set of personal letters from Mallory to his family, collected and published for the first time by his great-nephew. In the letters, Mallory is completely open about his life, his climbing and especially the three Everest Expeditions he was a part of – 1921, 1922 and the last in 1924. His writing is full of extraordinary insights – most of which have never been published in any form. They are a unique collection – an actual reflection, possibly the one and only, of the thoughts of a climbing legend who walked into history a century ago.</description>
      <author>George Mallory</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 May 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008702908.mp3" length="1363509" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766315</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008702908.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766315">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766315</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Letters From Everest: Unpublished Letters from Mallory’s Life and Death in the Mountains
Author: George Mallory
Narrator: Seb Humphreys, Catherine Bailey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
‘An extraordinary treasure trove’ Andrew Marr                        A unique collection of unpublished letters from the climbing legend George Mallory to his family, revealing his innermost thoughts about people, places and mountains.                      On the 8th of June, 1924, George Mallory and Sandy Irvine were seen through a telescope on the upper slopes of Mount Everest. They were never seen alive again. In 1999, Mallory’s body was found below the ridge where he was last seen. In the 100 years since his disappearance, many words have been written about Mallory, but very little has ever been published of his own thoughts.           Letters from Everest is an eye opening set of personal letters from Mallory to his family, collected and published for the first time by his great-nephew. In the letters, Mallory is completely open about his life, his climbing and especially the three Everest Expeditions he was a part of – 1921, 1922 and the last in 1924. His writing is full of extraordinary insights – most of which have never been published in any form. They are a unique collection – an actual reflection, possibly the one and only, of the thoughts of a climbing legend who walked into history a century ago.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766315">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766315</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Letters From Everest: Unpublished Letters from Mallory’s Life and Death in the Mountains
Author: George Mallory
Narrator: Seb Humphreys, Catherine Bailey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
‘An extraordinary treasure trove’ Andrew Marr                        A unique collection of unpublished letters from the climbing legend George Mallory to his family, revealing his innermost thoughts about people, places and mountains.                      On the 8th of June, 1924, George Mallory and Sandy Irvine were seen through a telescope on the upper slopes of Mount Everest. They were never seen alive again. In 1999, Mallory’s body was found below the ridge where he was last seen. In the 100 years since his disappearance, many words have been written about Mallory, but very little has ever been published of his own thoughts.           Letters from Everest is an eye opening set of personal letters from Mallory to his family, collected and published for the first time by his great-nephew. In the letters, Mallory is completely open about his life, his climbing and especially the three Everest Expeditions he was a part of – 1921, 1922 and the last in 1924. His writing is full of extraordinary insights – most of which have never been published in any form. They are a unique collection – an actual reflection, possibly the one and only, of the thoughts of a climbing legend who walked into history a century ago.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Tiermärchen vieler Völker: Auswahl by Alexander Gruber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766305</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766305">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766305</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tiermärchen vieler Völker: Auswahl
Author: Alexander Gruber
Narrator: Elisabeth Holmer
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 55 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Tiermärchen aus diesem Hörbuch stammen aus Deutschland, der Türkei, Russland, dem Vorderen Orient, China, Vietnam und Japan. Die Märchen predigen keine Moral, sie erzählen farbig und anschaulich und oft fröhlich vom Zusammenleben der Menschen und Tiere. Die Märchen wurden meist im Kreis der Erwachsenen erzählt. Kinder konnten zuhören, wie sie auch heute oft bis spät in die Nacht bei Festivitäten dabei sind und manchmal auf ihren Stühlen einschlafen. Durch diese Tiermärchen gewinnen wir einen erstaunlichen Einblick in die Denkweisen und Seelen der beschriebenen Völker.   Alexander Gruber hat alle Tiermärchen, die hier versammelt sind, neu erzählt.</description>
      <author>Alexander Gruber</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Apr 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783865328625.mp3" length="872187" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766305</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783865328625.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766305">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766305</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tiermärchen vieler Völker: Auswahl
Author: Alexander Gruber
Narrator: Elisabeth Holmer
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 55 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Tiermärchen aus diesem Hörbuch stammen aus Deutschland, der Türkei, Russland, dem Vorderen Orient, China, Vietnam und Japan. Die Märchen predigen keine Moral, sie erzählen farbig und anschaulich und oft fröhlich vom Zusammenleben der Menschen und Tiere. Die Märchen wurden meist im Kreis der Erwachsenen erzählt. Kinder konnten zuhören, wie sie auch heute oft bis spät in die Nacht bei Festivitäten dabei sind und manchmal auf ihren Stühlen einschlafen. Durch diese Tiermärchen gewinnen wir einen erstaunlichen Einblick in die Denkweisen und Seelen der beschriebenen Völker.   Alexander Gruber hat alle Tiermärchen, die hier versammelt sind, neu erzählt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766305">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766305</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tiermärchen vieler Völker: Auswahl
Author: Alexander Gruber
Narrator: Elisabeth Holmer
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 55 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Tiermärchen aus diesem Hörbuch stammen aus Deutschland, der Türkei, Russland, dem Vorderen Orient, China, Vietnam und Japan. Die Märchen predigen keine Moral, sie erzählen farbig und anschaulich und oft fröhlich vom Zusammenleben der Menschen und Tiere. Die Märchen wurden meist im Kreis der Erwachsenen erzählt. Kinder konnten zuhören, wie sie auch heute oft bis spät in die Nacht bei Festivitäten dabei sind und manchmal auf ihren Stühlen einschlafen. Durch diese Tiermärchen gewinnen wir einen erstaunlichen Einblick in die Denkweisen und Seelen der beschriebenen Völker.   Alexander Gruber hat alle Tiermärchen, die hier versammelt sind, neu erzählt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Drawdown: The Most Comprehensive Plan Ever Proposed to Reverse Global Warming by Paul Hawken</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765784</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Drawdown: The Most Comprehensive Plan Ever Proposed to Reverse Global Warming
Author: Paul Hawken
Narrator: Aven Shore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 11 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
• New York Times bestseller • The 100 most substantive solutions to reverse global warming, based on meticulous research by leading scientists and policymakers around the world “At this point in time, the Drawdown book is exactly what is needed; a credible, conservative solution-by-solution narrative that we can do it. Reading it is an effective inoculation against the widespread perception of doom that humanity cannot and will not solve the climate crisis. Reported by-effects include increased determination and a sense of grounded hope.” —Per Espen Stoknes, Author, What We Think About When We Try Not To Think About Global Warming  “There’s been no real way for ordinary people to get an understanding of what they can do and what impact it can have. There remains no single, comprehensive, reliable compendium of carbon-reduction solutions across sectors. At least until now. . . . The public is hungry for this kind of practical wisdom.” —David Roberts, Vox “This is the ideal environmental sciences textbook—only it is too interesting and inspiring to be called a textbook.” —Peter Kareiva, Director of the Institute of the Environment and Sustainability, UCLA In the face of widespread fear and apathy, an international coalition of researchers, professionals, and scientists have come together to offer a set of realistic and bold solutions to climate change. One hundred techniques and practices are described here—some are well known; some you may have never heard of. They range from clean energy to educating girls in lower-income countries to land use practices that pull carbon out of the air. The solutions exist, are economically viable, and communities throughout the world are currently enacting them with skill and determination. If deployed collectively on a global scale over the next thirty years, they represent a credible path forward, not just to slow the earth’s warming but to reach drawdown, that point in time when greenhouse gases in the atmosphere peak and begin to decline. These measures promise cascading benefits to human health, security, prosperity, and well-being—giving us every reason to see this planetary crisis as an opportunity to create a just and livable world.</description>
      <author>Paul Hawken</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593910870.mp3" length="2661272" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765784</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593910870.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Drawdown: The Most Comprehensive Plan Ever Proposed to Reverse Global Warming
Author: Paul Hawken
Narrator: Aven Shore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 11 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
• New York Times bestseller • The 100 most substantive solutions to reverse global warming, based on meticulous research by leading scientists and policymakers around the world “At this point in time, the Drawdown book is exactly what is needed; a credible, conservative solution-by-solution narrative that we can do it. Reading it is an effective inoculation against the widespread perception of doom that humanity cannot and will not solve the climate crisis. Reported by-effects include increased determination and a sense of grounded hope.” —Per Espen Stoknes, Author, What We Think About When We Try Not To Think About Global Warming  “There’s been no real way for ordinary people to get an understanding of what they can do and what impact it can have. There remains no single, comprehensive, reliable compendium of carbon-reduction solutions across sectors. At least until now. . . . The public is hungry for this kind of practical wisdom.” —David Roberts, Vox “This is the ideal environmental sciences textbook—only it is too interesting and inspiring to be called a textbook.” —Peter Kareiva, Director of the Institute of the Environment and Sustainability, UCLA In the face of widespread fear and apathy, an international coalition of researchers, professionals, and scientists have come together to offer a set of realistic and bold solutions to climate change. One hundred techniques and practices are described here—some are well known; some you may have never heard of. They range from clean energy to educating girls in lower-income countries to land use practices that pull carbon out of the air. The solutions exist, are economically viable, and communities throughout the world are currently enacting them with skill and determination. If deployed collectively on a global scale over the next thirty years, they represent a credible path forward, not just to slow the earth’s warming but to reach drawdown, that point in time when greenhouse gases in the atmosphere peak and begin to decline. These measures promise cascading benefits to human health, security, prosperity, and well-being—giving us every reason to see this planetary crisis as an opportunity to create a just and livable world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Drawdown: The Most Comprehensive Plan Ever Proposed to Reverse Global Warming
Author: Paul Hawken
Narrator: Aven Shore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 11 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
• New York Times bestseller • The 100 most substantive solutions to reverse global warming, based on meticulous research by leading scientists and policymakers around the world “At this point in time, the Drawdown book is exactly what is needed; a credible, conservative solution-by-solution narrative that we can do it. Reading it is an effective inoculation against the widespread perception of doom that humanity cannot and will not solve the climate crisis. Reported by-effects include increased determination and a sense of grounded hope.” —Per Espen Stoknes, Author, What We Think About When We Try Not To Think About Global Warming  “There’s been no real way for ordinary people to get an understanding of what they can do and what impact it can have. There remains no single, comprehensive, reliable compendium of carbon-reduction solutions across sectors. At least until now. . . . The public is hungry for this kind of practical wisdom.” —David Roberts, Vox “This is the ideal environmental sciences textbook—only it is too interesting and inspiring to be called a textbook.” —Peter Kareiva, Director of the Institute of the Environment and Sustainability, UCLA In the face of widespread fear and apathy, an international coalition of researchers, professionals, and scientists have come together to offer a set of realistic and bold solutions to climate change. One hundred techniques and practices are described here—some are well known; some you may have never heard of. They range from clean energy to educating girls in lower-income countries to land use practices that pull carbon out of the air. The solutions exist, are economically viable, and communities throughout the world are currently enacting them with skill and determination. If deployed collectively on a global scale over the next thirty years, they represent a credible path forward, not just to slow the earth’s warming but to reach drawdown, that point in time when greenhouse gases in the atmosphere peak and begin to decline. These measures promise cascading benefits to human health, security, prosperity, and well-being—giving us every reason to see this planetary crisis as an opportunity to create a just and livable world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This Isn’t Fine: The Cultural Shift We Need to Save Humanity from the Dumpster Fire We Started (a primer to the end of the world as we know it) by Taylor Ahlstrom</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765622</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Isn’t Fine: The Cultural Shift We Need to Save Humanity from the Dumpster Fire We Started (a primer to the end of the world as we know it)
Author: Taylor Ahlstrom
Narrator: Taylor Ahlstrom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 13, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This Isn’t Fine is a surprisingly funny and accessible ride through a world on the brink of collapse—and what we can do to survive it. Diving headfirst into finance and energy, culture and ecology, Taylor Ahlstrom transforms the complex systems and histories that underpin our society into relatable narratives, all while mythbusting popular delusions on everything from free-market capitalism to electric cars. This is not a book about the end of the world. This is a book about how we can save it. And it’s a must-read for any human on planet earth. *** Feel like the whole world is going to shit? Been haunted by a creeping sense of existential dread? Worried about the future of the planet—and ourselves? . . . it’s both better—and worse—than you think. Wars and pandemics and wildfires and murder hornets, Elon and Bezos and dick rockets and cost-of-living crises—this isn’t fine. In fact, it’s totally, utterly, almost inescapably f*cked. But however bad you think things seem . . . I promise you, all of these things are just a drop in the bucket, a matchbook in the dumpster fire we need to put out. It’s the biggest problem that nobody’s talking about . . . the biggest secret that’s hiding in plain sight. It’s the biggest problem humanity has ever faced. And no, I’m not talking about climate change. Well, there’s that too. And to make matters worse, as the dumpster fire keeps on raging, we’re starting to get used to the smell. Within these pages is the beginning to the answer to the problem at the heart of all the problems. It’s why you’ve probably tuned out, given up, or given in, and what you can do to come back to life. It’s everything that’s wrong with the world and the way we’re living in it and what we have to do to turn this ship around.  But if we want to put out the fire, burning. And if we want to build something better, we have to know which pieces were better off getting burnt.</description>
      <author>Taylor Ahlstrom</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Mar 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798985033397.mp3" length="1274220" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765622</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798985033397.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Isn’t Fine: The Cultural Shift We Need to Save Humanity from the Dumpster Fire We Started (a primer to the end of the world as we know it)
Author: Taylor Ahlstrom
Narrator: Taylor Ahlstrom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 13, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This Isn’t Fine is a surprisingly funny and accessible ride through a world on the brink of collapse—and what we can do to survive it. Diving headfirst into finance and energy, culture and ecology, Taylor Ahlstrom transforms the complex systems and histories that underpin our society into relatable narratives, all while mythbusting popular delusions on everything from free-market capitalism to electric cars. This is not a book about the end of the world. This is a book about how we can save it. And it’s a must-read for any human on planet earth. *** Feel like the whole world is going to shit? Been haunted by a creeping sense of existential dread? Worried about the future of the planet—and ourselves? . . . it’s both better—and worse—than you think. Wars and pandemics and wildfires and murder hornets, Elon and Bezos and dick rockets and cost-of-living crises—this isn’t fine. In fact, it’s totally, utterly, almost inescapably f*cked. But however bad you think things seem . . . I promise you, all of these things are just a drop in the bucket, a matchbook in the dumpster fire we need to put out. It’s the biggest problem that nobody’s talking about . . . the biggest secret that’s hiding in plain sight. It’s the biggest problem humanity has ever faced. And no, I’m not talking about climate change. Well, there’s that too. And to make matters worse, as the dumpster fire keeps on raging, we’re starting to get used to the smell. Within these pages is the beginning to the answer to the problem at the heart of all the problems. It’s why you’ve probably tuned out, given up, or given in, and what you can do to come back to life. It’s everything that’s wrong with the world and the way we’re living in it and what we have to do to turn this ship around.  But if we want to put out the fire, burning. And if we want to build something better, we have to know which pieces were better off getting burnt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Isn’t Fine: The Cultural Shift We Need to Save Humanity from the Dumpster Fire We Started (a primer to the end of the world as we know it)
Author: Taylor Ahlstrom
Narrator: Taylor Ahlstrom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 13, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This Isn’t Fine is a surprisingly funny and accessible ride through a world on the brink of collapse—and what we can do to survive it. Diving headfirst into finance and energy, culture and ecology, Taylor Ahlstrom transforms the complex systems and histories that underpin our society into relatable narratives, all while mythbusting popular delusions on everything from free-market capitalism to electric cars. This is not a book about the end of the world. This is a book about how we can save it. And it’s a must-read for any human on planet earth. *** Feel like the whole world is going to shit? Been haunted by a creeping sense of existential dread? Worried about the future of the planet—and ourselves? . . . it’s both better—and worse—than you think. Wars and pandemics and wildfires and murder hornets, Elon and Bezos and dick rockets and cost-of-living crises—this isn’t fine. In fact, it’s totally, utterly, almost inescapably f*cked. But however bad you think things seem . . . I promise you, all of these things are just a drop in the bucket, a matchbook in the dumpster fire we need to put out. It’s the biggest problem that nobody’s talking about . . . the biggest secret that’s hiding in plain sight. It’s the biggest problem humanity has ever faced. And no, I’m not talking about climate change. Well, there’s that too. And to make matters worse, as the dumpster fire keeps on raging, we’re starting to get used to the smell. Within these pages is the beginning to the answer to the problem at the heart of all the problems. It’s why you’ve probably tuned out, given up, or given in, and what you can do to come back to life. It’s everything that’s wrong with the world and the way we’re living in it and what we have to do to turn this ship around.  But if we want to put out the fire, burning. And if we want to build something better, we have to know which pieces were better off getting burnt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beekeeping for Beginners: A Complete Guide to Obtaining Your Bees, Selecting a Hive, Raising Your Bee Colonies, and Harvesting Your First Honey by William Barrol</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765577</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765577">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765577</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beekeeping for Beginners: A Complete Guide to Obtaining Your Bees, Selecting a Hive, Raising Your Bee Colonies, and Harvesting Your First Honey
Author: William Barrol
Narrator: Richard Kane
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you ever considered beekeeping but don’t know where to start? Are you looking to embark on beekeeping for personal or commercial purposes and are searching for a comprehensive guide to help you through the process? This audiobook will usher you into the world of beekeeping by equipping you with enough information for you to have a successful apiary! Did you know that a single beehive can produce up to 50 pounds of honey in a single year? Now, imagine if you were to sell these 50 pounds — that would translate to close to $300, assuming a pound of pure, raw honey costs just $6. All without really doing much! I know you are wondering… Is beekeeping a beginner-friendly activity you can pursue without prior experience or knowledge? How much financial investment should you anticipate for starting beekeeping, and is it a financially viable hobby or business? What safety measures and precautions do you need to consider when handling bees? Do bees get sick, and how do you care for them? Can you successfully keep bees in your backyard or do you need a larger area? If this sounds like you, keep reading, because this audiobook will answer all your questions! In this Audiobook you will: - Learn about the fascinating world of honey bees and the incredible benefits of honey - Master the art of installing a package of honey bees into a hive - Gain valuable insights into beekeeping hive management, including honey extraction, how to handle bees safely, and combating hive diseases - Discover the secrets of populating and managing your own beehives, along with exploring various honey varieties - Get practical tips on buying honey bees and essential apiary supplies - Uncover the steps to successfully start your own beekeeping business, whether from your home or on a larger scale -And much more! If the idea of keeping bees scares you because you are afraid of bees or feel like you lack space to have beehives, this audiobook will open your eyes to endless possibilities!</description>
      <author>William Barrol</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Mar 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875115523.mp3" length="1406751" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765577</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875115523.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765577">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765577</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beekeeping for Beginners: A Complete Guide to Obtaining Your Bees, Selecting a Hive, Raising Your Bee Colonies, and Harvesting Your First Honey
Author: William Barrol
Narrator: Richard Kane
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you ever considered beekeeping but don’t know where to start? Are you looking to embark on beekeeping for personal or commercial purposes and are searching for a comprehensive guide to help you through the process? This audiobook will usher you into the world of beekeeping by equipping you with enough information for you to have a successful apiary! Did you know that a single beehive can produce up to 50 pounds of honey in a single year? Now, imagine if you were to sell these 50 pounds — that would translate to close to $300, assuming a pound of pure, raw honey costs just $6. All without really doing much! I know you are wondering… Is beekeeping a beginner-friendly activity you can pursue without prior experience or knowledge? How much financial investment should you anticipate for starting beekeeping, and is it a financially viable hobby or business? What safety measures and precautions do you need to consider when handling bees? Do bees get sick, and how do you care for them? Can you successfully keep bees in your backyard or do you need a larger area? If this sounds like you, keep reading, because this audiobook will answer all your questions! In this Audiobook you will: - Learn about the fascinating world of honey bees and the incredible benefits of honey - Master the art of installing a package of honey bees into a hive - Gain valuable insights into beekeeping hive management, including honey extraction, how to handle bees safely, and combating hive diseases - Discover the secrets of populating and managing your own beehives, along with exploring various honey varieties - Get practical tips on buying honey bees and essential apiary supplies - Uncover the steps to successfully start your own beekeeping business, whether from your home or on a larger scale -And much more! If the idea of keeping bees scares you because you are afraid of bees or feel like you lack space to have beehives, this audiobook will open your eyes to endless possibilities!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765577">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765577</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beekeeping for Beginners: A Complete Guide to Obtaining Your Bees, Selecting a Hive, Raising Your Bee Colonies, and Harvesting Your First Honey
Author: William Barrol
Narrator: Richard Kane
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you ever considered beekeeping but don’t know where to start? Are you looking to embark on beekeeping for personal or commercial purposes and are searching for a comprehensive guide to help you through the process? This audiobook will usher you into the world of beekeeping by equipping you with enough information for you to have a successful apiary! Did you know that a single beehive can produce up to 50 pounds of honey in a single year? Now, imagine if you were to sell these 50 pounds — that would translate to close to $300, assuming a pound of pure, raw honey costs just $6. All without really doing much! I know you are wondering… Is beekeeping a beginner-friendly activity you can pursue without prior experience or knowledge? How much financial investment should you anticipate for starting beekeeping, and is it a financially viable hobby or business? What safety measures and precautions do you need to consider when handling bees? Do bees get sick, and how do you care for them? Can you successfully keep bees in your backyard or do you need a larger area? If this sounds like you, keep reading, because this audiobook will answer all your questions! In this Audiobook you will: - Learn about the fascinating world of honey bees and the incredible benefits of honey - Master the art of installing a package of honey bees into a hive - Gain valuable insights into beekeeping hive management, including honey extraction, how to handle bees safely, and combating hive diseases - Discover the secrets of populating and managing your own beehives, along with exploring various honey varieties - Get practical tips on buying honey bees and essential apiary supplies - Uncover the steps to successfully start your own beekeeping business, whether from your home or on a larger scale -And much more! If the idea of keeping bees scares you because you are afraid of bees or feel like you lack space to have beehives, this audiobook will open your eyes to endless possibilities!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hedgelands: A wild wander around Britain&amp;#039;s greatest habitat by Christopher Hart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765375</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765375">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765375</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hedgelands: A wild wander around Britain&amp;#039;s greatest habitat
Author: Christopher Hart
Narrator: Charles Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this joyous journey around the wild edges of Britain, Christopher Hart takes us through the life, ecology and history of the humble British hedge, showing us how this much-loved (but somewhat overlooked) feature is inextricably woven into our language, history and culture. Hedges – or hedgerows – have long been an integral part of the British landscape; a bastion of privacy for our gardens, a protective presence on winding country lanes and a vital hiding place for birds and beasts on farmland. This man-made marvel is finally getting its time in the sun. Recognised as an environmental hero and a powerful climate ally, hedgerow is now considered the greatest edge habitat on earth, offering thorny scrub, mature woodland, grassland and even wetland. It plays a critical role in carbon sequestration and provides essential protection against the elements. Hedgelands highlights the hawthorn and hazel of ancient hedges; the abundance of wildlife, from the elusive dunnock to the striking nightingale, the industrious hedgehog to the little harvest mouse; and the free pickings that the hedgerow offers, making it an essential – and delicious – element of any countryside ramble. Hedgelands will tell you everything you never thought you needed to know about this wild, diverse and rich habitat – and you might even look at your humble hedge in a whole new way.</description>
      <author>Christopher Hart</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Apr 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781915294210.mp3" length="831077" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765375</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781915294210.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765375">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765375</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hedgelands: A wild wander around Britain&amp;#039;s greatest habitat
Author: Christopher Hart
Narrator: Charles Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this joyous journey around the wild edges of Britain, Christopher Hart takes us through the life, ecology and history of the humble British hedge, showing us how this much-loved (but somewhat overlooked) feature is inextricably woven into our language, history and culture. Hedges – or hedgerows – have long been an integral part of the British landscape; a bastion of privacy for our gardens, a protective presence on winding country lanes and a vital hiding place for birds and beasts on farmland. This man-made marvel is finally getting its time in the sun. Recognised as an environmental hero and a powerful climate ally, hedgerow is now considered the greatest edge habitat on earth, offering thorny scrub, mature woodland, grassland and even wetland. It plays a critical role in carbon sequestration and provides essential protection against the elements. Hedgelands highlights the hawthorn and hazel of ancient hedges; the abundance of wildlife, from the elusive dunnock to the striking nightingale, the industrious hedgehog to the little harvest mouse; and the free pickings that the hedgerow offers, making it an essential – and delicious – element of any countryside ramble. Hedgelands will tell you everything you never thought you needed to know about this wild, diverse and rich habitat – and you might even look at your humble hedge in a whole new way.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765375">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765375</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hedgelands: A wild wander around Britain&amp;#039;s greatest habitat
Author: Christopher Hart
Narrator: Charles Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this joyous journey around the wild edges of Britain, Christopher Hart takes us through the life, ecology and history of the humble British hedge, showing us how this much-loved (but somewhat overlooked) feature is inextricably woven into our language, history and culture. Hedges – or hedgerows – have long been an integral part of the British landscape; a bastion of privacy for our gardens, a protective presence on winding country lanes and a vital hiding place for birds and beasts on farmland. This man-made marvel is finally getting its time in the sun. Recognised as an environmental hero and a powerful climate ally, hedgerow is now considered the greatest edge habitat on earth, offering thorny scrub, mature woodland, grassland and even wetland. It plays a critical role in carbon sequestration and provides essential protection against the elements. Hedgelands highlights the hawthorn and hazel of ancient hedges; the abundance of wildlife, from the elusive dunnock to the striking nightingale, the industrious hedgehog to the little harvest mouse; and the free pickings that the hedgerow offers, making it an essential – and delicious – element of any countryside ramble. Hedgelands will tell you everything you never thought you needed to know about this wild, diverse and rich habitat – and you might even look at your humble hedge in a whole new way.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Green Heart: The Soul and Science of Forests by Diana Beresford-Kroeger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765303</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Green Heart: The Soul and Science of Forests
Author: Diana Beresford-Kroeger
Narrator: Diana Beresford-Kroeger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
AN INSTANT NATIONAL BESTSELLER In this inspiring culmination of Diana Beresford-Kroeger’s life’s work as a botanist, biochemist, biologist and poet of the global forest, she delivers a challenge to us all to dig deeper into the science of forests and the ways they will save us from climate breakdown—and then do our part to plant and protect them. As the last child in Ireland to receive a full Druidic education, Diana Beresford-Kroeger has brought an unusual and ancient holistic attitude to the science of trees, which has led her to many fresh insights into how closely we are tied to one another and to the natural world. Her influential message is to pay rapt attention to trees, because they are the green heart of the living world. Forests are our lungs, our medicine, our oxygen and the renewal of our soil. Planting the right trees in the right places, protecting the last virgin forests and working to create new ones is our best means to ensure a future for our children and grandchildren on this burning earth. Each of the essays gathered in Our Green Heart show us a slice of the natural world through Diana’s unique lens, illuminating the way our health, individually and as a species, is tied to the health of the forest—a tie we ignore at our peril. She maps the science that still needs to be done—there is so much we don’t know about the ways trees and forests work—but also, eloquently, shows us the path to survival that her own science has revealed, the “bioplan” or blueprint for the connectivity of life in nature. If we realize that even the flowerpot on our doorstep is a natural habitat, and plant it according to its bioplan, we will be aiding and abetting life rather than destroying it.</description>
      <author>Diana Beresford-Kroeger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781039009813.mp3" length="2204731" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765303</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781039009813.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Green Heart: The Soul and Science of Forests
Author: Diana Beresford-Kroeger
Narrator: Diana Beresford-Kroeger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
AN INSTANT NATIONAL BESTSELLER In this inspiring culmination of Diana Beresford-Kroeger’s life’s work as a botanist, biochemist, biologist and poet of the global forest, she delivers a challenge to us all to dig deeper into the science of forests and the ways they will save us from climate breakdown—and then do our part to plant and protect them. As the last child in Ireland to receive a full Druidic education, Diana Beresford-Kroeger has brought an unusual and ancient holistic attitude to the science of trees, which has led her to many fresh insights into how closely we are tied to one another and to the natural world. Her influential message is to pay rapt attention to trees, because they are the green heart of the living world. Forests are our lungs, our medicine, our oxygen and the renewal of our soil. Planting the right trees in the right places, protecting the last virgin forests and working to create new ones is our best means to ensure a future for our children and grandchildren on this burning earth. Each of the essays gathered in Our Green Heart show us a slice of the natural world through Diana’s unique lens, illuminating the way our health, individually and as a species, is tied to the health of the forest—a tie we ignore at our peril. She maps the science that still needs to be done—there is so much we don’t know about the ways trees and forests work—but also, eloquently, shows us the path to survival that her own science has revealed, the “bioplan” or blueprint for the connectivity of life in nature. If we realize that even the flowerpot on our doorstep is a natural habitat, and plant it according to its bioplan, we will be aiding and abetting life rather than destroying it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Green Heart: The Soul and Science of Forests
Author: Diana Beresford-Kroeger
Narrator: Diana Beresford-Kroeger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
AN INSTANT NATIONAL BESTSELLER In this inspiring culmination of Diana Beresford-Kroeger’s life’s work as a botanist, biochemist, biologist and poet of the global forest, she delivers a challenge to us all to dig deeper into the science of forests and the ways they will save us from climate breakdown—and then do our part to plant and protect them. As the last child in Ireland to receive a full Druidic education, Diana Beresford-Kroeger has brought an unusual and ancient holistic attitude to the science of trees, which has led her to many fresh insights into how closely we are tied to one another and to the natural world. Her influential message is to pay rapt attention to trees, because they are the green heart of the living world. Forests are our lungs, our medicine, our oxygen and the renewal of our soil. Planting the right trees in the right places, protecting the last virgin forests and working to create new ones is our best means to ensure a future for our children and grandchildren on this burning earth. Each of the essays gathered in Our Green Heart show us a slice of the natural world through Diana’s unique lens, illuminating the way our health, individually and as a species, is tied to the health of the forest—a tie we ignore at our peril. She maps the science that still needs to be done—there is so much we don’t know about the ways trees and forests work—but also, eloquently, shows us the path to survival that her own science has revealed, the “bioplan” or blueprint for the connectivity of life in nature. If we realize that even the flowerpot on our doorstep is a natural habitat, and plant it according to its bioplan, we will be aiding and abetting life rather than destroying it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What the Chicken Knows: A New Appreciation of the World&amp;#039;s Most Familiar Bird by Sy Montgomery</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764951</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What the Chicken Knows: A New Appreciation of the World&amp;#039;s Most Familiar Bird
Author: Sy Montgomery
Narrator: Sy Montgomery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 9 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT NATIONAL BESTSELLER   A charming and eye-opening exploration of the special relationship between humans and chickens from Sy Montgomery, “one of our finest chroniclers of the natural world” (The New York Times).  For more than two decades, Sy Montgomery—whose The Soul of an Octopus was a National Book Award finalist—has kept a flock of chickens in her backyard. Each chicken has an individual personality (outgoing or shy, loud or quiet, reckless or cautious) and connects with Sy in her own way.   In this short, delightful book, Sy takes us inside the flock and reveals all the things that make chickens such remarkable creatures: only hours after leaving the egg, they are able to walk, run, and peck; relationships are important to them and the average chicken can recognize more than one hundred other chickens; they remember the past and anticipate the future; and they communicate specific information through at least twenty-four distinct calls. Visitors to her home are astonished by all this, but for Sy what’s more astonishing is how little most people know about chickens, especially considering there are about twenty percent more chickens on earth than people.   With a winning combination of personal narrative and science, What the Chicken Knows is exactly the kind of book that has made Sy Montgomery such a beloved and popular author.</description>
      <author>Sy Montgomery</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797184678.mp3" length="868384" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764951</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797184678.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What the Chicken Knows: A New Appreciation of the World&amp;#039;s Most Familiar Bird
Author: Sy Montgomery
Narrator: Sy Montgomery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 9 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT NATIONAL BESTSELLER   A charming and eye-opening exploration of the special relationship between humans and chickens from Sy Montgomery, “one of our finest chroniclers of the natural world” (The New York Times).  For more than two decades, Sy Montgomery—whose The Soul of an Octopus was a National Book Award finalist—has kept a flock of chickens in her backyard. Each chicken has an individual personality (outgoing or shy, loud or quiet, reckless or cautious) and connects with Sy in her own way.   In this short, delightful book, Sy takes us inside the flock and reveals all the things that make chickens such remarkable creatures: only hours after leaving the egg, they are able to walk, run, and peck; relationships are important to them and the average chicken can recognize more than one hundred other chickens; they remember the past and anticipate the future; and they communicate specific information through at least twenty-four distinct calls. Visitors to her home are astonished by all this, but for Sy what’s more astonishing is how little most people know about chickens, especially considering there are about twenty percent more chickens on earth than people.   With a winning combination of personal narrative and science, What the Chicken Knows is exactly the kind of book that has made Sy Montgomery such a beloved and popular author.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What the Chicken Knows: A New Appreciation of the World&amp;#039;s Most Familiar Bird
Author: Sy Montgomery
Narrator: Sy Montgomery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 9 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT NATIONAL BESTSELLER   A charming and eye-opening exploration of the special relationship between humans and chickens from Sy Montgomery, “one of our finest chroniclers of the natural world” (The New York Times).  For more than two decades, Sy Montgomery—whose The Soul of an Octopus was a National Book Award finalist—has kept a flock of chickens in her backyard. Each chicken has an individual personality (outgoing or shy, loud or quiet, reckless or cautious) and connects with Sy in her own way.   In this short, delightful book, Sy takes us inside the flock and reveals all the things that make chickens such remarkable creatures: only hours after leaving the egg, they are able to walk, run, and peck; relationships are important to them and the average chicken can recognize more than one hundred other chickens; they remember the past and anticipate the future; and they communicate specific information through at least twenty-four distinct calls. Visitors to her home are astonished by all this, but for Sy what’s more astonishing is how little most people know about chickens, especially considering there are about twenty percent more chickens on earth than people.   With a winning combination of personal narrative and science, What the Chicken Knows is exactly the kind of book that has made Sy Montgomery such a beloved and popular author.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Ein Bärenwort für Rocco by Jens Teutsch-Majowski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764707</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ein Bärenwort für Rocco
Author: Jens Teutsch-Majowski
Narrator: Jürgen Von Der Lippe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 13, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit diesem kleinen Hörbuch unterstützen der Autor Jens Teutsch-Majowski und Jürgen von der Lippe die Piecksi Hörbücher. Dort wird von professionellen Sprechern gelesen, was Kinder für Kinder geschrieben haben. Mit ein paar verkauften Rocco-Hörbüchlein kann wieder eine neues von KINDERN geschriebenes Hörbuch produziert werden. Jürgen von der Lippe verleiht den Figuren auf zauberhafte und berührende Weise Leben, so dass man sich nahezu als Teil der tierischen Waldbevölkerung empfindet. Eine kleine Geschichte, ganz groß! Der Autor freut sich über Ideen, wie es mit Rocco und Borgward weiter gehen kann und ist erreichbar über diese Mailadresse: rocco&amp;amp;borgward@piecksi-hörbücher.de</description>
      <author>Jens Teutsch-Majowski</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Mar 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783947878123.mp3" length="586537" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764707</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783947878123.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ein Bärenwort für Rocco
Author: Jens Teutsch-Majowski
Narrator: Jürgen Von Der Lippe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 13, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit diesem kleinen Hörbuch unterstützen der Autor Jens Teutsch-Majowski und Jürgen von der Lippe die Piecksi Hörbücher. Dort wird von professionellen Sprechern gelesen, was Kinder für Kinder geschrieben haben. Mit ein paar verkauften Rocco-Hörbüchlein kann wieder eine neues von KINDERN geschriebenes Hörbuch produziert werden. Jürgen von der Lippe verleiht den Figuren auf zauberhafte und berührende Weise Leben, so dass man sich nahezu als Teil der tierischen Waldbevölkerung empfindet. Eine kleine Geschichte, ganz groß! Der Autor freut sich über Ideen, wie es mit Rocco und Borgward weiter gehen kann und ist erreichbar über diese Mailadresse: rocco&amp;amp;borgward@piecksi-hörbücher.de</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ein Bärenwort für Rocco
Author: Jens Teutsch-Majowski
Narrator: Jürgen Von Der Lippe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 13, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit diesem kleinen Hörbuch unterstützen der Autor Jens Teutsch-Majowski und Jürgen von der Lippe die Piecksi Hörbücher. Dort wird von professionellen Sprechern gelesen, was Kinder für Kinder geschrieben haben. Mit ein paar verkauften Rocco-Hörbüchlein kann wieder eine neues von KINDERN geschriebenes Hörbuch produziert werden. Jürgen von der Lippe verleiht den Figuren auf zauberhafte und berührende Weise Leben, so dass man sich nahezu als Teil der tierischen Waldbevölkerung empfindet. Eine kleine Geschichte, ganz groß! Der Autor freut sich über Ideen, wie es mit Rocco und Borgward weiter gehen kann und ist erreichbar über diese Mailadresse: rocco&amp;amp;borgward@piecksi-hörbücher.de</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Italian] - La Leggenda del Gatto Chitarrista by Carlo Matti</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764681</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764681">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764681</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - La Leggenda del Gatto Chitarrista
Author: Carlo Matti
Narrator: Alessia Ambrosi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March  8, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In una biblioteca infinita, tra corridoi che si perdono oltre l&amp;#039;orizzonte delle parole, risuona l&amp;#039;eco dell&amp;#039;antica musica del Gatto Chitarrista. Dove si nasconde? Qual è la sua vera identità? Seguendo il volo dell’immaginazione, un viaggiatore curioso si perderà in un mondo fantastico e surreale tra avventure, misteri, inganni e straordinarie rivelazioni. Sarà pronto a rischiare tutto per trovare il significato nascosto della musica? Un racconto profondo, ricco di sorprese, per chi sa ascoltare con il cuore. La lettura si intreccia con musiche originali composte dall&amp;#039;autore, che non sono però soltanto una colonna sonora dell&amp;#039;audiolibro: esse sono la voce musicale del Gatto Chitarrista e sono parte insostituibile della narrazione. Le note parlano una lingua e raccontano un mondo che le parole non possono esprimere. La Leggenda del Gatto Chitarrista è una storia dedicata alla musica, fatta di musica, scritta per tutti musicisti e gli amanti della musica.</description>
      <author>Carlo Matti</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Mar 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9791281785007.mp3" length="886761" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764681</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9791281785007.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764681">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764681</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - La Leggenda del Gatto Chitarrista
Author: Carlo Matti
Narrator: Alessia Ambrosi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March  8, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In una biblioteca infinita, tra corridoi che si perdono oltre l&amp;#039;orizzonte delle parole, risuona l&amp;#039;eco dell&amp;#039;antica musica del Gatto Chitarrista. Dove si nasconde? Qual è la sua vera identità? Seguendo il volo dell’immaginazione, un viaggiatore curioso si perderà in un mondo fantastico e surreale tra avventure, misteri, inganni e straordinarie rivelazioni. Sarà pronto a rischiare tutto per trovare il significato nascosto della musica? Un racconto profondo, ricco di sorprese, per chi sa ascoltare con il cuore. La lettura si intreccia con musiche originali composte dall&amp;#039;autore, che non sono però soltanto una colonna sonora dell&amp;#039;audiolibro: esse sono la voce musicale del Gatto Chitarrista e sono parte insostituibile della narrazione. Le note parlano una lingua e raccontano un mondo che le parole non possono esprimere. La Leggenda del Gatto Chitarrista è una storia dedicata alla musica, fatta di musica, scritta per tutti musicisti e gli amanti della musica.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764681">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764681</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - La Leggenda del Gatto Chitarrista
Author: Carlo Matti
Narrator: Alessia Ambrosi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March  8, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In una biblioteca infinita, tra corridoi che si perdono oltre l&amp;#039;orizzonte delle parole, risuona l&amp;#039;eco dell&amp;#039;antica musica del Gatto Chitarrista. Dove si nasconde? Qual è la sua vera identità? Seguendo il volo dell’immaginazione, un viaggiatore curioso si perderà in un mondo fantastico e surreale tra avventure, misteri, inganni e straordinarie rivelazioni. Sarà pronto a rischiare tutto per trovare il significato nascosto della musica? Un racconto profondo, ricco di sorprese, per chi sa ascoltare con il cuore. La lettura si intreccia con musiche originali composte dall&amp;#039;autore, che non sono però soltanto una colonna sonora dell&amp;#039;audiolibro: esse sono la voce musicale del Gatto Chitarrista e sono parte insostituibile della narrazione. Le note parlano una lingua e raccontano un mondo che le parole non possono esprimere. La Leggenda del Gatto Chitarrista è una storia dedicata alla musica, fatta di musica, scritta per tutti musicisti e gli amanti della musica.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Legend of the Guitarist Cat by Carlo Matti</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764683</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legend of the Guitarist Cat
Author: Carlo Matti
Narrator: Cónal Doyle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In an infinite library, amidst corridors that lose themselves beyond the horizon of words, the echo of the ancient music of the Guitarist Cat resonates. Where does it hide? What is its true identity? Following the flight of imagination, a curious traveler will get lost in a fantastical and surreal world filled with adventures, mysteries, deceptions, and extraordinary revelations. Will they be ready to risk everything to find the hidden meaning of the music? A profound tale, rich in surprises, for those who can listen with their hearts. The reading intertwines with original music composed by the author, which is not merely a soundtrack for the audiobook: it is the musical voice of the Guitarist Cat and an irreplaceable part of the narration. The notes speak a language and tell a world that words cannot express. The Legend of the Guitarist Cat is a story dedicated to music, made of music, written for all musicians and music lovers.</description>
      <author>Carlo Matti</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Mar 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9791281785045.mp3" length="888187" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764683</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9791281785045.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legend of the Guitarist Cat
Author: Carlo Matti
Narrator: Cónal Doyle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In an infinite library, amidst corridors that lose themselves beyond the horizon of words, the echo of the ancient music of the Guitarist Cat resonates. Where does it hide? What is its true identity? Following the flight of imagination, a curious traveler will get lost in a fantastical and surreal world filled with adventures, mysteries, deceptions, and extraordinary revelations. Will they be ready to risk everything to find the hidden meaning of the music? A profound tale, rich in surprises, for those who can listen with their hearts. The reading intertwines with original music composed by the author, which is not merely a soundtrack for the audiobook: it is the musical voice of the Guitarist Cat and an irreplaceable part of the narration. The notes speak a language and tell a world that words cannot express. The Legend of the Guitarist Cat is a story dedicated to music, made of music, written for all musicians and music lovers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legend of the Guitarist Cat
Author: Carlo Matti
Narrator: Cónal Doyle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In an infinite library, amidst corridors that lose themselves beyond the horizon of words, the echo of the ancient music of the Guitarist Cat resonates. Where does it hide? What is its true identity? Following the flight of imagination, a curious traveler will get lost in a fantastical and surreal world filled with adventures, mysteries, deceptions, and extraordinary revelations. Will they be ready to risk everything to find the hidden meaning of the music? A profound tale, rich in surprises, for those who can listen with their hearts. The reading intertwines with original music composed by the author, which is not merely a soundtrack for the audiobook: it is the musical voice of the Guitarist Cat and an irreplaceable part of the narration. The notes speak a language and tell a world that words cannot express. The Legend of the Guitarist Cat is a story dedicated to music, made of music, written for all musicians and music lovers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Train Your Dog like a Pro: A Beginners Guide to Teaching Your Dog Discipline and Proper Behavior by Jacob Michael</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764679</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Train Your Dog like a Pro: A Beginners Guide to Teaching Your Dog Discipline and Proper Behavior
Author: Jacob Michael
Narrator: Josiah Norton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
They say if you give a man a fish, he eats for a day, but if you teach a man to fish, he’s going to eat for a lifetime. This book is going to teach you all the techniques you need to know to train your dog for a lifetime. Ranging from basic training to more complicated commands, this book opens doors to advanced behaviors.   If your dog barks at the mailman, chases someone down, chews up your shoes, lies on the couch, or if there’s any dog behavior you want to reinforce or change, you’ll soon discover powerful techniques that will win them over to your side. Most people think it’s okay to scold their dog or shame them for undesired behavior; some think this is the only way. But what if there’s a better way—a non-negative approach to train your dog? In this step-by-step book on how to train your dog, you’ll discover all the secrets to training your dog to break bad habits without breaking their spirit. You’ll learn how to train with positive reinforcement, assess your dog, and be able to catch bad behavior and prevent it from happening. The chapters are twofold which will help you learn reward-based training and discourage bad behavior to instill good behavior.   Regardless of whether you have a dog that’s biting, barking, chewing, or chasing, this book will bring out the best trainer in you and help you turn your furry friend into the best dog.  At the end of the book you’ll know how to teach your dog obedience actions and get the desired behavior from them. You’ll understand the complicated world of dog behavior, fundamentals of communication, and how to build a strong foundation with the principles of dog training. You’ll know how dogs act, connect, and react, and you’ll open doors to better interactions with an entirely new world of trust between both you and your dog.</description>
      <author>Jacob Michael</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875112096.mp3" length="1275302" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764679</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875112096.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Train Your Dog like a Pro: A Beginners Guide to Teaching Your Dog Discipline and Proper Behavior
Author: Jacob Michael
Narrator: Josiah Norton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
They say if you give a man a fish, he eats for a day, but if you teach a man to fish, he’s going to eat for a lifetime. This book is going to teach you all the techniques you need to know to train your dog for a lifetime. Ranging from basic training to more complicated commands, this book opens doors to advanced behaviors.   If your dog barks at the mailman, chases someone down, chews up your shoes, lies on the couch, or if there’s any dog behavior you want to reinforce or change, you’ll soon discover powerful techniques that will win them over to your side. Most people think it’s okay to scold their dog or shame them for undesired behavior; some think this is the only way. But what if there’s a better way—a non-negative approach to train your dog? In this step-by-step book on how to train your dog, you’ll discover all the secrets to training your dog to break bad habits without breaking their spirit. You’ll learn how to train with positive reinforcement, assess your dog, and be able to catch bad behavior and prevent it from happening. The chapters are twofold which will help you learn reward-based training and discourage bad behavior to instill good behavior.   Regardless of whether you have a dog that’s biting, barking, chewing, or chasing, this book will bring out the best trainer in you and help you turn your furry friend into the best dog.  At the end of the book you’ll know how to teach your dog obedience actions and get the desired behavior from them. You’ll understand the complicated world of dog behavior, fundamentals of communication, and how to build a strong foundation with the principles of dog training. You’ll know how dogs act, connect, and react, and you’ll open doors to better interactions with an entirely new world of trust between both you and your dog.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Train Your Dog like a Pro: A Beginners Guide to Teaching Your Dog Discipline and Proper Behavior
Author: Jacob Michael
Narrator: Josiah Norton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
They say if you give a man a fish, he eats for a day, but if you teach a man to fish, he’s going to eat for a lifetime. This book is going to teach you all the techniques you need to know to train your dog for a lifetime. Ranging from basic training to more complicated commands, this book opens doors to advanced behaviors.   If your dog barks at the mailman, chases someone down, chews up your shoes, lies on the couch, or if there’s any dog behavior you want to reinforce or change, you’ll soon discover powerful techniques that will win them over to your side. Most people think it’s okay to scold their dog or shame them for undesired behavior; some think this is the only way. But what if there’s a better way—a non-negative approach to train your dog? In this step-by-step book on how to train your dog, you’ll discover all the secrets to training your dog to break bad habits without breaking their spirit. You’ll learn how to train with positive reinforcement, assess your dog, and be able to catch bad behavior and prevent it from happening. The chapters are twofold which will help you learn reward-based training and discourage bad behavior to instill good behavior.   Regardless of whether you have a dog that’s biting, barking, chewing, or chasing, this book will bring out the best trainer in you and help you turn your furry friend into the best dog.  At the end of the book you’ll know how to teach your dog obedience actions and get the desired behavior from them. You’ll understand the complicated world of dog behavior, fundamentals of communication, and how to build a strong foundation with the principles of dog training. You’ll know how dogs act, connect, and react, and you’ll open doors to better interactions with an entirely new world of trust between both you and your dog.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heart of the Hive: Inside the Mind of the Honey Bee and the Incredible Life Force of the Colony by Hilary Kearney</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764058</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764058">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764058</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heart of the Hive: Inside the Mind of the Honey Bee and the Incredible Life Force of the Colony
Author: Hilary Kearney
Narrator: Hilary Kearney
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Expert beekeeper and swarm-catcher Hilary Kearney offers a unique window into the social lives and biology of these remarkable creatures  Readers will be awestruck by the hive as superorganism and how the individual bee lives and behaves within it, perfectly suited to each specific job it performs. From their intricate dances and information-rich pheromones to how they sense and respond to their environment, learn, and remember, this immersive journey into the world of bees offers an entirely new perspective on the wisdom of nature and our relationship to it.</description>
      <author>Hilary Kearney</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2024 07:56:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668645062.mp3" length="868344" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764058</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668645062.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764058">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764058</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heart of the Hive: Inside the Mind of the Honey Bee and the Incredible Life Force of the Colony
Author: Hilary Kearney
Narrator: Hilary Kearney
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Expert beekeeper and swarm-catcher Hilary Kearney offers a unique window into the social lives and biology of these remarkable creatures  Readers will be awestruck by the hive as superorganism and how the individual bee lives and behaves within it, perfectly suited to each specific job it performs. From their intricate dances and information-rich pheromones to how they sense and respond to their environment, learn, and remember, this immersive journey into the world of bees offers an entirely new perspective on the wisdom of nature and our relationship to it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764058">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764058</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heart of the Hive: Inside the Mind of the Honey Bee and the Incredible Life Force of the Colony
Author: Hilary Kearney
Narrator: Hilary Kearney
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Expert beekeeper and swarm-catcher Hilary Kearney offers a unique window into the social lives and biology of these remarkable creatures  Readers will be awestruck by the hive as superorganism and how the individual bee lives and behaves within it, perfectly suited to each specific job it performs. From their intricate dances and information-rich pheromones to how they sense and respond to their environment, learn, and remember, this immersive journey into the world of bees offers an entirely new perspective on the wisdom of nature and our relationship to it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
